TM 9-2320-289-20 - Roscommon Equipment Center

TM
9-2320-289-20
ARMY TM 9-2320-289-20
AIR FORCE TO 36A12-1A-2082-1
MARINE CORPS TM 2320-20/2
Supersedes Copy Dated April 1983
See Page i For Details
UNIT
MAINTENANCE
FOR
MANUAL
TRUCK, CARGO, TACTICAL, 1-1/4 TON, 4x4, M1008
(2320-01-1
23-6827)
TRUCK, CARGO, TACTICAL, 1-1/4 TON, 4x4, M1008A1
(2320-01-123-2671
)
TRUCK, UTILITY, TACTICAL, 3/4 TON, 4x4, M1009
(2320-01-1
23-2665)
TRUCK, AMBULANCE, TACTICAL, 1-1 /4 TON, 4x4, M1010
(2310-01-1
23-2666)
TRUCK, SHELTER CARRIER, TACTICAL, 1-1/4 TON, 4x4, M1028
(2320-01-1
27-5077)
TRUCK, SHELTER CARRIER W/PTO, TACTICAL, 1-1/4 TON, 4x4, Ml 028A1
(2320-01-158-0820)
TRUCK, CHASSIS, TACTICAL, 1-1/4 TON, 4x4, M1031
(2320-01-1
33-5368)
Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.
DEPARTMENTS OF THE ARMY, THE AIR FORCE, AND
HEADQUARTERS, MARINE CORPS
20 JANUARY 1988
TM 9-2320-289-20
TO 36A12-1A-2082-1
TM 2320-20/2
C4
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY, THE AIR FORCE,
AND HEADQUARTERS, MARINE CORPS
Washington D.C., 1 November 1995
CHANGE
NO. 4
UNIT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FOR
TRUCK, CARGO, TACTICAL, 1-1/4 TON, 4X4, M1008
(2320-01-123-6827)
TRUCK, CARGO, TACTICAL, 1-1/4 TON, 4X4, M1008A1
(2320-01-123-2671)
TRUCK, UTILITY, TACTICAL, 3/4 TON, 4X4, M1009
(2320-01-123-2665)
TRUCK, AMBULANCE, TACTICAL, 1-1/4 TON, 4X4, M1010
(2310-01-123-2666)
TRUCK, SHELTER CARRIER, TACTICAL, 1-1/4 TON, 4X4, M1028
(2320-01-127-5077)
TRUCK, SHELTER CARRIER W/PTO, TACTICAL, 1-1/4 TON, 4X4, M1028A1
(2320-01-158-0820)
TRUCK, SHELTER CARRIER W/PTO, TACTICAL 1-1/4 TON, 4X4, M1028A2
(2320-01-295-0822)
TRUCK, CHASSIS, TACTICAL, 1-1/4 TON, 4X4, M1031
(2320-01-133-5368)
TM 9-2320-289-20, 20 January 1988, is changed as follows:
1. Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below.
2. New or changed material is indicated by a vertical bar in the margin of the page.
Remove Pages
Insert Pages
2-15 and 2-16
10-69 and 10-70
10-89/(10-90
blank)
Index 25 and Index 26
2-15 and 2-16
10-69 and 10-70
10-89 thru 10-90.1/(10-90.2
Index 25 and Index 26
File this change sheet in front of the publication for reference purposes.
Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.
blank)
By Order of the Secretary of the Army:
DENNIS J. REIMER
General, United States Army
Chief of Staff
Official:
YVONNE M. HARRISON
Administrative Assistant to the
Secretary of the Army
01227
By Order of the Secretary of the Air Force:
RONALD R. FOGLEMAN
General, United States Air Force
Chief of Staff
Official:
HENRY VICCELLIO, JR.
General, United States Air Force
Commander, Air Force Materiel Command
DISTRIBUTION:
To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-38-E, block 0370, requirements for
TM 9-2320-289-20.
TM 9-2320-289-20
TO 36A12-1A-2082-1
TM 2320-20/2
C3
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY, THE AIR FORCE,
CHANGE
AND HEADQUARTERS, MARINE CORPS
WASHINGTON, D. C., 20 April 1993
NO. 3
UNIT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
FOR
TRUCK, CARGO, TACTICAL, 1-1/4 TON, 4X4, M1008
(2320-01-123-6827)
TRUCK, CARGO, TACTICAL, 1-1/4 TON, 4X4, M1008A1
(2320-01-123-2671)
TRUCK, UTILITY, TACTICAL, 3/4 TON, 4X4, M1009
(2320-01-123-2665)
TRUCK, AMBULANCE, TACTICAL, 1-1/4 TON, 4X4, M1010
(2310-01-123-2666)
TRUCK, SHELTER CARRIER, TACTICAL, 1-1/4 TON, 4X4, M1028
(2320-01-127-5077)
TRUCK, SHELTER CARRIER W/PTO, TACTICAL, 1-1/4 TON, 4X4, M1028A1
(2320-01-158-0820)
TRUCK, SHELTER CARRIER W/PTO, TACTICAL 1-1/4 TON, 4X4, M1028A2
(2320-01-295-0822)
TRUCK, CHASSIS, TACTICAL, 1-1/4 TON, 4X4, M1031
(2320-01-133-5368)
TM 9-2320-289-20, 20 January 1988, is changed as follows:
1. Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below.
2. The Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services have been completely replaced; no change bars or
pointing hands will appear on pages 2-3 through 2-24.8.
Remove Pages
Insert Pages
2-3 thru 2-24.
2-3 thru 2-24.8
3. File this change sheet in the front of the publication for information purposes.
Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.
By Order of the Secretary of the Army:
GORDON R. SULLIVAN
General, United States Army
Chief of Staff
Official:
MILTON H. HAMILTON
Administrative Assistant to the
Secretary of the Army
04027
By Order of the Secretary of the Air Force:
MERRILL A. McPEAK
General, United States Air Force
Chief of Staff
Official:
RONALD W. YATES
General, United States Air Force
Commander, Air Force Logistics Command
By Order of the Marine Corps:
RONALD D. ELLIOT
Executive Director
Marine Corps Systems Command
Distribution:
To be distributedin accordance with DA Form 12–38–E (Block 0370) requirements for TM9–2320–289–20.
3
TM 9-2330-289-20.
TM 9-2320-289-20
WARNING
CARBON MONOXIDE (EXHAUST GASES) CAN KILL
Carbon monoxide is without color or smell, but can kill you. Breathing air with carbon monoxide
produces symptoms of headache, dizziness, loss of muscular control, a sleepy feeling, and coma.
Brain damage or death can result from heavy exposure. Carbon monoxide occurs in the exhaust
fumes of fuel-burning heaters and internal combustion engines. Carbon monoxide can become
dangerously concentrated under conditions of no air movement. Precautions must be followed to
ensure crew safety when personnel heater or main or auxiliary engines of any truck are operated for
any purpose.
1.
DO NOT operate personnel heater or engine of truck in enclosed areas.
2.
DO NOT idle truck engine without ventilator blower operating and truck windows open.
3.
BE ALERT at all times for exhaust odors.
4.
BE ALERT for exhaust poisoning symptoms. They are:
Headache
Dizziness
Sleepiness
Loss of muscular control
5.
If you see another person with exhaust poisoning symptoms:
Remove person from area.
Expose to fresh air.
Keep person warm.
Do not permit physical exercise.
Administer artificial respiration, if necessary.
Notify a medic.
6.
BE AWARE: The field protective mask for chemical-biological-radiological (CBR) protection
will not protect you from carbon monoxide poisoning.
The Best Defense Against Carbon Monoxide Poisoning Is Good Ventilation
* For First Aid, refer to FM 21-11.
Warning a
TM 9-2320-289-20
WARNING
ACCELERATOR SYSTEM
Use extreme caution to ensure that clothing or tools DO NOT get caught in truck’s operating
drivebelts. Failure to follow this warning may result in serious injury to personnel or equipment
damage.
WARNING
BATTERY SYSTEM
Battery acid (electrolyte) is extremely dangerous. Always wear goggles and rubber gloves when
performing battery checks or inspections. Serious injury to personnel will result if battery acid
contacts skin or eyes.
DO NOT perform battery system checks or inspections while smoking or near fire, flames, or
sparks. Batteries may explode, causing serious injury or death to personnel.
Rotate cover to underside of clamp as each cable is disconnected. Remove all jewelry such as
dog tags, rings, bracelets, etc. If jewelry or disconnected battery ground cable contacts battery
terminal, a direct short will result. Failure to follow proper disconnection procedures will result in
serious injury or death to personnel or equipment damage.
Both negative battery cables must be disconnected before removing any electrical system
components. Failure to follow this warning may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
DO NOT charge, test, or slave start battery when built-in hydrometer shows clear or light yellow.
An explosion may occur causing serious injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
BODY AND ACCESSORIES
Radiator grille guard is heavy. Failure to use an assistant during removal or installation may cause
serious injury to personnel.
Support bumper during removal or installation.
personnel.
Warning b
If dropped, it may cause serious injury to
TM 9-2320-289-20
WARNING
BODY AND ACCESSORIES (Continued)
Use extreme caution when removing rear door assembly (M1010). Rear door assembly is heavy
and if dropped will cause equipment damage and serious injury to personnel.
Wear heavy gloves when handling glass to avoid risk of injury. If glass is cracked but still intact,
crisscross it with masking tape to reduce risk of injury to personnel.
Ambulance attendant’s seat stem assembly is spring loaded. Carefully raise and lower
attendant’s seat to avoid risk of injury to personnel.
Only authorized and trained personnel are to remove and service gas-particulate filters that have
been used in an NBC environment. See local SOP for disposing of contaminated filters. Failure to
follow this warning may result in serious illness or death to personnel.
Special protective clothing (see TM 10-277) must be used and special safety measures and
decontamination procedures (see FM 3-5) must be followed when replacing contaminated filters.
Failure to follow this warning may result in serious illness or death to personnel.
WARNING
BRAKE SYSTEM
DO NOT use a dry brush or compressed air to clean brake shoes, brake pads, or brake
components. There may be asbestos dust on brake shoes, brake pads or brake components
which can be dangerous to you if you breathe it. Brake shoes, brake pads, and brake
components must be wet, and a soft brush must be used. Failure to follow this warning may result
in serious illness or death to personnel.
Always wear goggles when bleeding brakes. Failure to follow this warning may result in serious
eye injury.
Always wear goggles during removal and installation of brake shoe springs. Failure to follow this
warning may result in serious eye injury.
Cautiouslv feel each wheel hub and brake drum. Wheel hub or brake drum may be hot. Failure to
follow this warning may result in burns.
Warning c
TM 9-2320-289-20
WARNING
CLEANING AGENTS
Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 is toxic and flammable. Always wear protective goggles and gloves
and use only in a well-ventilated area. Avoid contact with skin, eyes, and clothes and DO NOT
breathe vapors. DO NOT use near open flame or excessive heat. The solvent’s flash point is
10O°F-138°F (38°C-59°C). If you become dizzy while using cleaning solvent, immediately get
fresh air and medical help. If solvent contacts eyes, immediately wash your eyes with water and
get medical aid.
Compressed air used when checking for restrictions or cleaning purposes should never exceed
30 psi (207 kPa). Use only effective chip guarding and personnel protective equipment
(goggles/shield, gloves, etc.). Failure to follow this warning may result in serious injury to
personnel.
WARNING
COOLING SYSTEM
Servicing of engine cooling system should only be performed on a cool engine. Never remove a
clamp or hose when engine is hot. Pressurized steam or hot water will cause serious burns.
Wait for pressure release before removing radiator cap, Pressurized steam or hot water will cause
serious burns.
Never remove radiator cap when engine is hot. Pressurized steam or hot water will cause serious
burns.
DO NOT repair and reuse a fan with a bent or damaged blade. Replace fan as an assembly. A
damaged fan is out of balance and may fall apart during use causing serious injury or death to
personnel.
WARNING
EXHAUST SYSTEM
Before attempting to inspect or service any part of exhaust system, allow exhaust system to cool.
Failure to follow this warning will result in serious burns.
Warning d
TM 9-2320-289-20
WARNING
FUEL SYSTEM
Diesel fuel is flammable. When disconnecting fuel lines to test fuel flow, direct fuel spray away
from source of ignition. A fire extinguisher must be on hand in work area. Failure to follow this
warning may result in serious injury or death to personnel,
A!low engine to cool before replacing drainback hose or pipe assembly. Failure to follow this
warning may result in serious burns.
Diesel fuel is flammable, DO NOT perform procedures near fire, flames, or sparks. A fire
extinguisher must be on hand in work area. Failure to follow this warning may result in serious
injury or death.
Always wear goggles when working on underside of truck. Fuel and hydraulic fluid spillage can
occur. Failure to follow this warning may result in serious eye injury.
WARNING
STARTER SYSTEM
Support starter during removal and installation. Failure to support starter may cause it to fall,
resulting in injury to personnel.
WARNING
TRANSMISSION
Always wear goggles when working on underside of truck. Hydraulic fluid spillage can occur when
removing transmission oil pan. Failure to follow this warning may result in serious eye injury.
Warning e
TM 9-2320-289-20
WARNING
WHEELS
Position wheel chocks at front and rear of tires opposite axle to be raised. Truck must be on level
surface before attempting to remove wheel. Failure to follow this warning may result in serious
injury or death to personnel.
All air must be removed from tire before removing tire from wheel rim. Failure to follow this
warning may result in serious injury to personnel.
The tapered end of inner bearing assembly must be facing toward the outboard (cap end) of the
axle shaft. The tapered end of the outer wheel bearing assembly must be facing toward the
inboard (splined end) of the axle shaft. Failure to follow this warning may force wheel off truck
during operation, causing serious injury or death to personnel.
Splash shield and caliper bracket are factory-installed with 6 locknuts and washers. Refer to
TM 9-2320-289-20P for proper replacement parts. Using improper replacement parts may cause
caliper to fall off during operation, resulting in serious injury or death to personnel.
Use extreme caution when lowering or raising spare tire and carrier. Spare tire is heavy. Dropping
it may result in serious injury to personnel.
Warning f
* TM 9-2320-289-20
TECHNICAL MANUAL
TM 9-2320-289-20
DEPARTMENTS (OF THE ARMY, THE AIR FORCE,
AND HEADQUARTERS, MARINE CORPS
Washington, D.C. 20 January 1988
UNIT
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
FOR
TRUCK, CARGO, TACTICAL, 1-1/4 TON, 4x4, M1008
(2320-01-123-6827)
TRUCK, CARGO, TACTICAL, 1-1/4 TON, 4x4, M1008A1
(2320-01-123-2671)
TRUCK, UTILITY, TACTICAL, 3/4 TON, 4x4, M1009
(2320-01-123-2665)
TRUCK, AMBULANCE, TACTICAL, 1-1/4 TON, 4x4, M1010
(2310-01-123-2666]
TRUCK, SHELTER CARRIER, TACTICAL, 1-1/4 TON, 4x4, M1028
(2320-01-127-5077)
TRUCK, SHELTER CARRIER W/PTO, TACTICAL, 1-1/4 TON, 4x4, M1028A1
(2320-01-158-0820)
TRUCK, SHELTER CARRIER W/PTO, TACTICAL 1-1/4 TON, 4X4, M1028A2
(2320-01-295-0822)
TRUCK, SHELTER CARRIER, TACTICAL, 1-1/4 TON, 4X4, M1028A3
(2320-01-325-1937)
TRUCK, CHASSIS, TACTICAL, 1-1/4 TON, 4x4, M1031
(2320-01-133-5368)
REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS
(Army) You can help improve this manual. If you find any mistakes or if you know of a way to
improve the procedures, please let us know. Mail your letter, DA Form 2028 ( R e c o m m e n d e d
Changes to Publications and Blank Forms), or DA Form 2028-2, located in the back of this manual,
direct to: Commander, U.S. Army Tank-Automotive Command, ATTN: AMSTA-MB, Warren, Ml
48397-5000. (Marine Corps) Submit NAVMC 10772 to the Commanding General, Marine Corps
Logistic Base (Code 850), Albany, GA 31704, A reply will be furnished to y O U.
Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
How To Use This Manual .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION
..............................................
v
1-1
Section I
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-1
Section II
Equipment Description and Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-3
Section Ill
Principles of Operaticm .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-11
* This publication supersedes TM 9-2320-289-20 dated April 1983.
Change 2
i
TM 9-2320-289-20
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
SERVICE AND TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-1
Section I
Service Upon Receipt of Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-1
SectIon II
Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) . . . . . . . . . .
2-3
Section Ill
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-25
CHAPTER 2
3-1
Section I
Lubrication System Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-1
Section II
Fuel System Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-13
Section Ill
Accelerator System Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-65
Section lV Exhaust System Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-73
Cooling System Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-87
Section V
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-1
Section I
Generating System Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-1
Section II
Starter System Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-11
Section Ill
Instruments, Sending Units, Switches, and Horn Maintenance . . . . . .
4-15
Section lV Lighting System Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-47
Battery System Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-71
Section VI Communications System Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-91
CHAPTER 4
Section V
CHAPTER 5
SYSTEM
TRANSMISSION
AND
MAINTENANCE
TRANSFER
CASE
MAINTENANCE
5-1
PROPELLER SHAFTS, AXLES, AND SUSPENSION MAINTENANCE . . .
6-1
Section I
Propeller Shafts Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-1
Section II
Front and Rear Axles Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-13
Section Ill
Suspension Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-17
BRAKE SYSTEM MAINTENANCE . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-1
Section I
Parking Brake System Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-1
Section II
Service Brake System Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-9
WHEELS AND STEERING SYSTEM MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-1
Section I
Wheel and Tire Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-1
Section II
Steering Systern Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-15
CHAPTER 6
CHAPTER 7
CHAPTER 8
CHAPTER 9
ii
ELECTRICAL
FRAME
MAINTENANCE
.......................................
9-1
TM 9-2320-289-20
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
CHAPTER 10 BODY AND ACCESSORIES MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-1
Section I
Standard Body Maintenance.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-1
Section II
Standard Body Accessories Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-29
Section Ill Cargo Body Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-47
Section IV Utility Truck Body Maintenance . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . ..
10-69
Section V Ambulance Body Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-91
ISPECIAL PURPOSE KITS MAINTENANCE
................... ..
11-1
Section I
Troop Seat Kit Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-1
Section ll
Winterization Kit Cab Heater Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-5
Section lll Winterization Kit Engine Heater Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-53
Section lV Winterization Kit Cargo Compartment Heater Maintenance . . . . . . . . .
11-69
Section V Cargo Compartment Enclosure Kit Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-95
CHAPTER 11
CHAPTER 12
PREPARATION FOR STORAGEOR SHIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-1
Section l
General Preparation of Truck for Shipment
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-3
Section ll
Loading and Movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-7
Section Ill Limited Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-9
APPENDIX A
REFERENCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-1
APPENDIX B
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B-1
APPENDIX C
EXPENDABLE/DURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST . . . . . . . . . .
C-1
APPENDIX D
ILLUSTRATED LIST OF MANUFACTURED ITEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D-1
APPENDIX E
TORQUE LIMITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E-1
APPENDIX F
WIRING DIAGRAMS AND SCHEMATICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F-1
Glossary
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary 1
Alphabetical Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Index 1
Foldouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .....
FP-1
iii/(iv blank)
TM 9-2320-289-20
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
This manual is designed to help operate and maintain the CUCV Series trucks. This manual
describes in detail the Unit Maintenance prescribed by the Maintenance Allocation Chart
(Appendix B) and Source, Maintenance, and Recoverability (SMR) Codes (TM 9-2320-289-20P).
FEATURES OF THIS MANUAL:
Bleed-to-edge indicators on the cover and on the edge of applicable manual pages
provide quick access to chapters and sections most often used.
A table of contents is provided for all chapters, sections, and appendices.
WARNING S, CAUTIONS, NOTES, subject headings, and other important information are
highlighted in BOLD print as a visual aid.
Statements and words of particular importance are printed in capital letters to create
emphasis.
Instructions are located together with figures that illustrate the specific task you are
working on. In many cases, the task steps and illustrations are located side-by-side,
making identification and procedure sequence easier to follow.
An alphabetical index is provided at the end of the manual to assist in locating
information not readily found in the table of contents.
Technical instructions include metric in addition to standard units. A metric conversion
chart is provided on the inside back cover.
FOLLOW THESE GUIDELINES WHEN YOU USE THIS MANUAL:
Quickly read through this manual and become familiar with its contents before
proceeding to specific maintenance tasks.
A warning summary is provided at the beginning of this manual and should be read
before performing any maintenance tasks.
In the actual maintenance tasks, follow all WARNING S, CAUTIONS, and NOTES. These
are given immediately preceding the procedural steps to which they apply. If these
instructions are not followed, or care is not taken, you may injure yourself or cause
equipment damage.
Within a chapter, section, or paragraph, headings are used to help mount the material
and assist you in quickly finding tasks. Read all preliminary information found at the
beginning of each task. After completing a task, ALWAYS perform the follow-on
maintenance at the end of the task.
USING YOUR MANUAL: AN EXAMPLE
The operator of a CUCV truck complains that the truck engine cranks but will not start. The
truck has been assigned to you for repair. To correct the problem you will need to follow these steps:
Turn to the cover of your manual. On the right margin, find the listing for
Troubleshooting and turn to the page listing given. When you reach the troubleshooting
section, locate the paragraph entitled Troubleshooting Symptom Index (paragraph
2-11).
Both mechanical and electrical troubleshooting symptoms are listed in the
Troubleshooting Symptom Index and are organized according to equipment category.
v
TM 9-2320-289-20
Read through the index until you find a symptom listing which most closely matches the
problem. The symptom “Cranks But Will Not Start” is found under the “ENGINE”
category of mechanical troubleshooting. Turn to the page for the troubleshooting
procedure that will help solve your problem.
Follow the instructions for each “Step” listed in the troubleshooting procedure. Start
with Step 1 and proceed in order until you reach the step where a problem is actually
found. In this case, let’s assume that steps 1-5 are performed without difficulty, Step 6
reveals that the problem is with the fuel pump. The Corrective Action for Step 6 tells
you where in the manual to go to correct the problem: “If fuel flow is insufficient,
replace fuel pump. (See paragraph 3-10).”
Paragraph 3-10 is located in Chapter 3. Using the Tab/e of Contents, find the listings for
Chapter 3. Because the fuel pump is part of the fuel system, you would proceed to
Section II, Fuel System Maintenance. The index at the beginning of Section II will tell you
on which page paragraph 3-10 is located,
Paragraph 3-10 is the maintenance procedure for replacing the fuel pump. Carefully
read through the procedure, follow all instructions, and perform all steps in the proper
sequence. When you have finished the last step, you will have replaced the fuel pump,
USE OF RTV SEALANT:
When maintenance instructions in this manual instruct you to use RTV sealant (Item 41,
Appendix C), wait a minimum of 15 minutes before installing the part or assembly to allow the RTV
sealant to cure.
TRUCKS EQUIPPED WITH SWINGFIRE HEATERS:
Maintenance tasks in this manual do not allow for trucks which may have swingfire heaters
installed. If the truck you are working on has a swingfire heater, you may have to disconnect the
heater’s components to obtain access to other components if interference exists.
vi
TM 9-2320-289-20
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION
Section I. GENERAL INFORMATION
1-1.
SCOPE.
a. This manual contains instructions for the performance of maintenance of CUCV Series
trucks at the unit level. Models inciuded are:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
M1008, Truck, Cargo, Tactical, 1¼ Ton, 4x4
M1008A1 , Truck, Cargo, Tactical, 1¼ Ton, 4x4
M1009, Truck, Utility, Tactical, ¾ Ton, 4x4
M1010, Truck, Ambulance, Tactical, 1¼ Ton, 4x4
(5) M1028, Truck, Shelter Carrier, Tactical, 1¼ Ton, 4x4
(6) M1028A1, Truck, Shelter Carrier w/PTO, Tactical, 1¼ Ton, 4x4
(7) M1028A2, Truck, Shelter Carrier w/PTO, Tactical, 1¼ Ton, 4x4
(8) M1028A3, Truck, Sheller Carrier, Tactical, 1¼ Ton, 4x4
(9) M1031, Truck, Chassis, Tactical, 1¼ Ton, 4x4
b. Other manuals which may be referred to should be considered a part of this manual.
1-2
MAINTENANCE FORMS AND RECORDS
Department of the Army forms and procedures used for equipment maintenance will be
those prescribed by DA Pam 738-750, The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS).
1-3.
DESTRUCTION OF ARMY MATERIEL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE.
Procedures outlined in TM 750-244-6 (Procedures for Destruction of Tank-Automotive
Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use) are applicable to these trucks.
1-4.
PREPARATION FOR STORAGE OR SHIPMENT.
For information on storage or shipment of these trucks, see Chapter 12.
1-5.
OFFICIAL NOMENCLATURE, NAMES, AND DESIGNATIONS.
The nomenclature, names, and designations used in this manual are consistent with official
usage. All hardware, assemblies, and subassemblies are named according to the nomenclature used
in TM 9-2320-289-20P.
1-6.
REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIRs).
If your CUCV Series truck needs improvement, let us know. Send us an EIR. You, the user,
are the only one who can tell us what you don’t like about your equipment. Let us know why you don’t
Change
2
1-1
TM 9-2320-289-20
like the design or performance. Put it on an SF 368 (Quality Deficiency Report). Mail it to us at:
Commander, U.S. Army Tank-Automotive Command, ATTN: AMSTA-QRD, Warren, MI 48397-5000.
We’ll send you a reply.
1-7.
WARRANTY INFORMATION.
To determine if your CUCV Series truck is under warranty, see TB 9-2300-295-15/24.
1-8.
METRIC SYSTEM.
The equipment described herein contains metric components and requires the use of metric
tools; therefore, metric units, in addition to standard units, will be used throughout this manual.
Standard units will be given first with the equivalent metric unit in parentheses, for instance: 7000 lb.
(3178 kg). A metric conversion chart is located on the inside back cover of this manual.
1-9.
COMMON TOOLS, SPECIAL TOOLS, AND REPAIR PARTS.
a. For authorized common tools, refer to the Common Table of Allowance (CTA) and the
Modified Table of Organization and Equipment (MTOE) applicable to your unit.
b. For special tools, and Test, Measurement, and Diagnostic Equipment (TMDE), refer to
the Repair Parts and Special Took List (RPSTL) manual, TM 9-2320-289-20P, and the Maintenance
Allocation Chart (MAC) in Appendix B of this manual.
c. Repair parts are listed and illustrated in the Repair Parts and Special Tools List (RPSTL)
manual, TM 9-2320-289-20P.
d. Torque wrenches are normally marked with a measurement term ft. -lb. or in. -lb. T h e
terms used within this manual are lb. -ft. or lb. -in., unless otherwise noted in the text.
1-2
Change 1
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il. EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA
1-10.
EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS, CAPABILITIES, AND FEATURES.
a, These trucks are commercial vehicles suitable for use on all types of roads and limited
off-road operations.
b. They are capable of occasional hardbottom fording to a depth of 16 in. (41 cm) at 5 mi/h
(8 km/h) for not more than 3 minutes, without stalling the engine, causing permanent damage to
components, or requiring immediate maintenance.
c. Commercial Utility Cargo Vehicle features include:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
379 cu in. (6.2 I) diesel V-8 engine
automatic transmission (Hydra-matic 400) with 3 forward and 1 reverse speeds
manually activated transfer case for four-wheel drive operations
hydraulically activated, power-assisted front disc and rear drum service brakes
12/24 volt electrical system
NATO slave cable receptacle
winterization kit available for each model
multi-purpose tow hooks on front and rear bumpers and swivel-type pintles on rear
bumper to permit tie-down of vehicle or towing
d. Cargo Truck. The M1008, M1008A1, M10028, M1028A1, M1028A2, and M1028A3 1¼
ton, 4x4, cargo trucks are light commercial trucks designed to provide standard tactical mobility and
to carry cargo or passengers. The M1008 and M1008A1 can be equipped with troop seats to
accommodate eight personnel. The M1008A1 includes a 100 amp/24 v communications kit. The M1028
has a 100 amp/24 v electrical system, and will accept an S250 communications shelter and a
communications kit. The M1028A1 is equipped with a New Process Model 205 transfer case which
allows for the addition of a power take-off (PTO) unit. Some M1028s have been equipped with
heavy-duty electrical systems that incorporate the M1010 200 amp/24 v electrical system and air
conditioner fixtures. These M1028s have not been provided with a different designation. The M1028A2
is an M1028A1 which has been converted to rear dual wheel configuration. The M1028A3 is an M1028
which has been converted to a rear dual wheel shelter carrier configuration and is equipped with a New
Process 208 Transfer Case.
Change
2
1-3
TM 9-2320-289-20
e. Utility Truck. The M1009 is a ¾ ton truck that has an enclosed body and can be used for
command and control purposes.
f. Ambulance. The M1010 is designed to carry a maximum of four litter or eight ambulatory
patients with both upper litters in place. It is equipped with a 200 amp/24 v electrical system, which
supports a gas-particulate filter unit (GPFU) system, a patient compartment air conditioner, and a
fuel-fired compartment heater. It has mounting provisions inside the cab for the AN-GRC-60 radio. The
AS-1729/GRC antenna is mounted outside on the front of the patient compartment.
TA49618
1-4
TM 9-2320-289-20
g. Chassis Truck. The M1031 is a chassis and cab combination, which is designed for the
mounting of special bodies as required. It is equipped with a New Process Model 205 transfer case,
which allows for the addition of a power take-off (PTO) unit.
1-5
TM 9-2320-289-20
1-11.
LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS.
For information on the operation of the major components outlined below, see the
Operator’s Manual, TM 9-2320-289-10.
1-6
TM 9-2320-289-20
1-12.
DIFFERENCES BETWEEN MODELS.
a. Model 208 Transfer Case
M1OO8
M1OO8A1
M1OO9
M1010
M1028
x
x
x
x
x
M1028A1
M1031
x
x
x
x
b. Model 205 Transfer Case
e. 100 amp, 12/24 volt
Electrical System
x
x
x
d. 200 amp, 12/24 voft
Electrical System
e. Troop Seat Kit*
x
x
f. Communicatlons Kit
Q.
x
x
x
Radio Mounting
x
h. Weapon Brackets
x
x
l. Cargo Tie-downs
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
j. Shelter Tie-downs
k. Air Conditioner
x
i. Gas-Particulate Filter
Unit (GPFU) System
x
m. Cargo Cover Kit*
x
x
o. Spotlight
x
p. Floodlights
x
q. 10. 00R-15C Tires
x
x
x
e. Looking Differential
t. No-spln Differential
x
x
n. Rear Passenger Seating
r. LT23W135R-16E Tires
x
x
x
x
L
* TR&3e Iteme are not etandard equipment, but the Indicated trucks may be equipped as shown.
@ * se~oted M 1028 trucks only.
1-13.
LOCATION AND CONTENTS OF WARNING, CAUTION, AND DATA PLATES.
See TM 9-2320-289-10 for the location and contents of warning, caution, and data plates.
1-7
TM 9-2320-289-20
1-14.
EQUIPMENT DATA.
Vehicle performance data for the CUCV Series trucks is listed in the table below.
Table 1-1. Tabulated Data
MODEL
DATA
M1OO8
M1008A1
Ml 009
M100
M1028
M1028A1
M1031
Weights:
Curb
5900 lb
(2679 kg)
5200 lb
(2361 kg)
7370 lb
(3346 kg)
5800 lb
(2633 kg)
5250 lb
(2384 kg)
Payload/
Passengers
2900 lb
(1317 kg)
1200 lb
(545 kg)
2080 lb
(944 kg)
3600 lb
(1634 kg)
3950 lb
(1793 kg)
GVWR
8800 lb
(3995 kg)
6400 lb
(2906 kg)
9450 lb
(4290 kg)
9400 lb
(4268 kg)
9200 lb max
(4177 kg)
GAWR (front)
4500 lb
(2043 kg)
3600 lb
(1634 kg)
4500 lb
(2043 kg)
4500 lb
(2043 kg)
4500 lb
(2043 kg)
GAWR (rear)
7500 lb
(3405 kg)
3750 lb
(1703 kg)
7500 lb
(3405 kg)
7500 lb
(3405 kg)
7500 lb
(3405 kg)
Wheelbase
131.5 in
(334 cm)
106.5 in
(271 cm)
131.5 in
(334 cm)
131.5 in
(334 cm)
131.5 in
(334 cm)
Track (front)
67.8 in
(172 cm)
57,4in
(146 cm)
67.8 In
(172 cm)
67.8 in
(172 cm)
67,8 in
(172 cm)
Track (rear)
65.8 in
(167 cm)
54.4iIn
(138 cm)
65.8 In
(167 cm)
65.8 in
(167 cm)
65.8 in
(167 cm)
Ground Clearance
(to T/C skid plate
@ GVWR)
10.7 in
(27.2 cm)
9.8 In
(24.4 cm)
10.5 in
(26.7 cm)
10,5 in
(26.7 cm)
10,5 in
(26.7 cm)
Rear Axle @ GVWR
7.8 in
(19.8 cm)
8.6 In
(21.6 cm)
7.8 In
(19.8 cm)
7.8 in
(19.8 cm)
7.8 in
(19.8 cm)
Front Axle @ GVWR
8.6 in
(21.8 cm)
8.4 in
(21.3 cm)
6.6 In
(21.8 cm)
8.6in
(21.8 cm)
8.6 in
(21.6 cm)
Height (overall)
@ Curb
75.4in
(191.5 cm)
75.0 in
(190.5 cm)
101.6 In
(258 cm)
107.1 In’
(272 cm)
76.3 in
(193.8 cm)
Length (overall)
220.7 in
(560.6 cm)
191.8 in
(487. 1 cm)
227.7 In
(578.4 cm)
220.7 In
(560.6 cm)
212.9 in
(504.8 cm)
Width (overall)
81.2 in
(206.2 cm)
79.6 in
(202 cm)
61.2 In
(206.2 cm)
81.2 in
(206.2 cm)
81.2 in
(206.2 cm)
Type
90-degree
V8 Diesel
90-degree
V8 Diesel
90-degree
V8 Diesel
90-degree
V8 Diesel
90-degree
V8 Diesel
Piston
Displacement
379 cu in
(6.2 I)
379 cu in
(6.2 I)
379 cu In
(6.2 I)
379 cu in
(6.2 I)
379 cu in
(6.2 I)
SAE Net
Horsepower
135 hp @
3600 rpm
135 hp @
3600 rpm
135 hp @
3600 rpm
135 hp @
3600 rpm
135 hp @
3600 rpm
Engine:
l Height will vary with different shelters and loading.
1-8
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 1-1. Tabulated Data (Continued)
DATA
MODEL
M1008
M1008A1
M1009
M1010
M1028
M1028A1
M1031
Fuel System:
Low-pressure
Mechanical
Lift Pump
Mechanical
Lift Pump
Mechianical
Lift Pump
Mechanical
Lift Pump
Mechanical
Lift Pump
High-pressure
Stanadyne
Model DB2
Stanadyne
Model DB2
Stanadyne
Model DB2
Stanadyne
Model DB2
Stanadyne
Model DB2
Injection Nozzle
Bosch
Bosch
Bosch
Bosch
Bosch
Fuel Tank
Capacity
20 gal
(75.7 I)
27 gal
(102.2 I)
20 gal
(75.7 I)
20 gal
(75.7 I)
20 gal
(75.7 I)
Electrical System
12/24 volt
12/24 volt
1 2/24 volt
12/24 Volt
12/24 volt
Charging
100 amp/
28 volt
100 amp/
28 volt
200 amp/
28 volt
100 amp/
28 volt
100 amp/
28 volt
Type
Automatic
GM THM 400
Automatic
GM THM 400
Automatic
GM THM 400
Automatic
GM THM 400
Automatic
GM THM 400
Lubrication
Capacity
19 pt
(9 I)
19 pt
(9 I)
19pt
(9 I)
19pt
(9 I)
19 pt
(9 I)
Model
New Process
Model 208
New Process
Model 208
New Process
Model 208
New Process
Model 208 or
Model 205
New Process
Model 205
Speed
2-speed
2-speed
2-speed
2-speed
2-speed
Ratios
2.61 & 1.00
2.61 & 1.00
2.61 & 1.00
2.61 & 1.00
or 1.96 &
1.00
1.96 & 1.00
Lubrication
Capacity
5 qt
(4.8 I)
5 qt
(4.8 I)
5 qt
(4.8 I)
5 qt (4.8 I)
or 2 qt (2.5 I)
2 qt
(2.5 I)
Full-floating
Semi-floating
Full-floatlng
Full-floating
Full-floating
System
Transmission:
Transfer Case:
Front Axle:
Type
Differential Type
Two-pinion
Two-pinion
Two-pinion
Two-pinIon
Two-pinion
Lubrication
Capacity
4.5 pt
(2.13 1)
4.5 pt
(2.13 I)
4.5 pt
(2.13 I)
4.5 pt
(2.13 I)
4.5 pt
(2.13 I)
Rear Axle:
Type
Full-floating
Semi-floatlng
Full-floating
Full-floatlng
Full-floating
Differential Type
Four-pinIon
No-spin
Two-pinion
Locking
Four-pinion
No-spin
Four-pinion
No-spin
Four-pinion
No-spin
Lubrication
Capacity
5.4 pt
(2.1 I)
5.4 pt
(2.1 I)
5.4 pt
(2.1 I)
5.4 pt
(2.1 I)
5.4 pt
(2.1 I)
Service Brake:
Front
Disc
Disc
Disc
Disc
Disc
Rear
Drum
Drum
Drum
Drum
Drum
1-9
TM 9-2320-289-20
1-14.1 DIFFERENCES BETWEEN MODELS.
M1028A2
x
a. Model 208 Transfer Case
b. Model 205 Transfer Case
x
c. 100 amp, 12/24 volt
Electrical System
x
M1028A2
M1028A3
x
x
t. No-spin Differential
x
x
u. Dual Rear Wheels
x
x
M1028A3
k. Air Conditioner
l. Gas-Particulate Filter Unit
(GPFU) System
x
m. Cargo Cover Kit
n. Rear Passenger Seating
d. 200 amp, 12/24 volt
Electrical System
o. Spotlight
e. Troop Seat Kit’
p. Floodlights
x
f. Communications Kit
x
g. Radio Mounting
h. Weapons Bracket
x
x
i. Cargo Tie-downs
x
x
j. Shelter Tie-downs
x
x
q.
10.00R-15C
r.
LT235/85R-16E Tires
Tires
s. Locking Differential
1-14.2 EQUIPMENT DATA.
Table 1-1.1. Tabulated Data
DATA
DATA
M1028A2
M1028A2
M1028A3
Weights:
7.7 in
(19.6 cm)
7.7 in
(19,6 cm)
Front Axle @ GVWR
8.6 in
(21,8 cm)
8.6 in
(21.8 cm)
Height (overall)
@ Curb
107,1 in *
(272 cm)
107.1 in *
(272 cm)
Length (overall)
220.7 in
(560.6 cm)
220.7 in
(560.6 cm)
95.8 in
(243.3 cm)
95,8 in
(243.3 cm)
Type
90-degree
V8 Diesel
90-degree
V8 Diesel
Piston
Displacement
379 cu in
(6.2 I)
379 cu in
(6.2 I)
SAE Net
Horsepower
135 bhp @
3600 rpm
135 bhp @
3600 rpm
Curb
6120 lb
(2778 kg)
6120 lb
(2778 kg)
Payload/
Passengers
3940 lb
(1789 kg)
3940 lb
(1789 kg)
GVWR
10,120 lb max
(4594 kg)
10,120 lb rmax
(4594 kg)
GAWR (front)
3900 lb
(1770 kg)
3900 lb
(1770 kg)
GAWR (rear)
6220 lb
(2824 kg)
6220 lb
(2824 kg)
Width (overall)
Wheelbase
131,5 in
(334 cm)
131.5 in
(334 cm)
Engine:
Track (front)
67.8 in
(172 cm)
67.8 in
(172 cm)
75,8 in
(193 cm)
75,8 in
(193 cm)
10.7 in
(27.2 cm)
10.7 in
(27.2 cm)
Track (rear)
Ground Clearance
(to T/C skid plate
@ GVWR)
* Height will vary with different shelters and loading.
1-10
Change 2
M1028A3
Rear Axle @ GVWR
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 1-1.1. Tabulated Data (Continued)
DATA
DATA
M1028A2
M1028A3
Fuel System:
Low-pressure
M1028A2
M1028A3
Ratios
1.96 & 1.00
2.61 & 1.00
Lubrication
Capacity
2 qt
(2.5 1)
5 qt
(4.6 I)
Transfer Case
(Con’t):
Mechanical
Lift Pump
Mechanical
Lift Pump
High-pressure
Stanadyne
Model DB2
Stanadyne
Model DB2
Injection Nozzle
Bosch
Bosch
Front Axle:
Fuel Tank
Capacity
20 gal
(75.7 I)
20 gal
(75.7 I)
Type
Full Floating
Full Floating
Differential Type
Two-pinion
Two-pinion
Lubrication
Capacity
4.5 pt
(2.1 I)
4,5 pt
(2.1 I)
Type
Electrical System
12124 volt
12124 volt
Charging
100 amp/
28 volt
100 amp/
28 volt
System
Rear Axle:
Full Floating
Full Floating
Type
Automatic
GM THM 400
Automatic
GM THM 400
Differential Type
Four-pinion
No-spin
Four-pinion
No-spin
Lubrication
Capacity
19 pt
(9I)
19 pt
(9 I)
Lubrication
Capacity
5.4 pt
(2.1 1)
5.4 pt
(2.1 I)
Front
Disc
Disc
Rear
Drum
Drum
Transmission:
Service Brake:
Transfer Case:
Model
Speed
New Process
Model 205
New Process
Model 208
2-speed
2-speed
Change 2
1-10.1/(1-10.2
blank)
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section III. PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
1-15.
PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION INDEX.
Paragraph
Number
1-16.
1-17.
1-18.
1-19.
1-20.
1-21.
1-22.
1-23.
1-24.
1-25.
1-26.
Page
Number
System
1-12
1-13
1-14
1-14
1-15
1-16
1-17
1-18
1-18
1-18
1-19
Drivetrain System . . . . .
Fuel System . . . . . . . . . .
Cooling System . . . . . . . .
Electrical System . . . . .
Cab Heating System . . . .
Brake System . . . . . . . . .
Steering System . . . . . . .
Suspension System . . . .
Winterization Kit Heaters
Ambulance Components
Dual Wheel Configuration
Change 1
1-11
TM 9-2320-289-20
1-16.
DRIVETRAIN SYSTEM.
a.
Functions to convert horsepower frorn engine into mechanical force needed to move
truck.
b. Major components of drivetrain are:
(1)
Engine:
(a)
(b)
6.2 liter diesel fueled V-8.
There is no carburetor on a diesel engine. Instead, fuel is injected under high
pressure through nozzles into the combustion chamber at correct timing
intervals.
(c)
ignition of fuel occours because of heat developed in combustion
prechamber. As a result, no spark plugs or high-voltage ignition system is
required. For cold starts, glow plugs heat up combustion prechamber,
(d) Vacuum pump driven by engine supplies shift signals to transmission.
(2)
Transmission:
(a)
GM Hydra-matic 400 automatic with neutral, reverse, and 3 forward gears.
(b) Provides operator with a selection of gear ranges while holding engine
speeds within effective torque range.
(c)
Includes a 3-element torque converter and a compound planetary gear set
with clutches and bands controlled by hydraulic system.
(3)
Transfer Case:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(4)
All trucks, except M1028A1 , M1028A2, and Ml 031, are equipped with a New
Process Model 238 transfer case.
M1028A1 , M1028A2, and M1031 are equipped with a New Process Model
205 transfer case, which is designed to accommodate installation of a power
take-off (PTO) unit (uses engine power to run auxiliary equipment).
Directs engine-to-transmission power to rear wheels for two-wheel drive or
to front and rear wheels for four-wheel drive.
Manually locking hubs must be set by hand to “LOCK” position before
shifting from two-wheel to four-wheel drive operation.
Bolted directly to an adapter plate behind transmission. No intermediate
propeller shaft needed.
Propeller Shafts:
(a)
Transmit driving force from transer case to front and rear axle differentials.
(b) Slip joints are installed to compensate for varying lengths of propeller shafts.
(c)
1-12
Change 1
Universal joints compensate for changes in drive angle of propeller shafts.
TM 9-2320-289-20
1-17.
FUEL SYSTEM.
a. Combines a low-pressure and a high-pressure fuel delivery system.
(1) Low-pressure fuel delivery system consists of:
(a) Fuel Tank.
(b) Fuel (Lift) Pump. Driven by camshaft. Pulls fuel from fuel tank and sends it
through fuel filter to injector pump.
(c) Fuel Filter. Mounted on bulkhead. Removes sediments and water from fuel
before it reaches injector pump.
(d) Fuel Lines. Connects fuel tank to injector pump.
(2) High-pressure fuel delivery system consists of:
(a) Stanadyne Model DB2 Fuel Injector Pump. Delivers high-pressure fuel
from injector pump to nozzles.
(b) Nozzles. Provide high-pressure fuel to each cylinder.
b. Fuel return system delivers excess fuel from the injector pump and injector nozzles
back to the truck’s fuel tank. Fuel lines provide fuel to and from the fuel tank and injector pump.
1-13
TM 9-2320-289-20
1-18.
COOLING SYSTEM.
a. Cooling System. Engine is liquid-cooled by means of coolant flow through radiator and
hoses.
b. T h e r m o s t a t . Located in coolant crossover pipe. Designed to open and close at
predetermined temperatures to supply correct engine operating temperature.
c. Engine and Transmission Lubricating Oils.
coolers of radiator.
Temperature-controlled in separate
d. Coolant Flow. The following illustration shows flow of coolant from radiator to engine.
1-19.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM.
a. 28 v Charging System. Includes alternators and regulators to maintain a proper state of
charge on both batteries.
b. Standard System. 100 amp, 12/24 v electrical system. includes two 12 v batteries
(Delco 1200 or military-type 6TN) in series and two 100 amp alternators (Delco 27-S1).
c. M1010 Ambulance and Selected M1028 System. 200 amp, 12/24 v system, using 2
batteries (Delco 1200 or military-type 6TN) and 2 Leece/Neville alternators,
d. Starting Motor. Heavy-duty 24 v 27MT starting motor, with increased strength pinion
and ring gear teeth.
TA49622
1-14
TM 9-2320-289-20
e. Glow Plugs. Operate as part of electrical system and assist in engine starting in cold
weather. Temperature self-regulating AC 13G glow plugs preheat air in precombustion chambers
prior to combustion. Glow plugs are energized prior to engine cranking for a “pre-glow” period and
remain on shortly after engine startup for an “after glow” period.
f. L i g h t and Control Systems. Operate from 12 volts.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Service Lights. Standard vehicle lights, including headlights, taillights, turn
indicators, and hazard warning.
Blackout Lights. A military adaptation of the CUCV truck provides for driving
during hours of limited visibility when service lights are not appropriate.
Toggle Switch. Lights are controlled by 2 toggle switches on the instrument
panel. When switches are in blackout mode, all exterior service lights, horn,
taillights, stoplights, seat belt buzzer, and hazard warning flashers are inoperable
while instrument panel warning signals remain functional.
M1010 Ambulance Lighting. In addition to standard service and blackout lights:
(a) Spotlight. Mounted on top of operator’s compartment; can be operated
and directed from inside cab by a handle.
(b) Floodlights. Located on each side of ambulance body; can be adjusted to
meet mission requirements.
(c) Surgical Light. Inside patient compartment provides overhead light.
(d) Interior Focus Lights. Provide direct light for specific medical applications.
(e) Blackout Domelight. Behind surgical light; provides overhead light in
blackout situations.
1-20.
CAB HEATING SYSTEM.
Standard Heater/Defroster System. Consists of blower and air inlet assembly, heater and
defroster distributor assembly, and heater control assembly. Used to clear windshield of fog or ice
and maintain a comfortable temperature level inside cab of truck. The system will maintain a
temperature of 60°F (15°C) at floor level, at a -10°F (-23°C) ambient.
1-15
TM 9-2320-289-20
1-21.
BRAKE SYSTEM.
a. Consists of parking brake and service brakes.
(1) Parking Brake. Able to hold truck, loaded to specified Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR), motionless on a 30% grade that is dry, hard, and free of loose
material.
(2) Service Brakes. Hydraulically activated, power-assisted front disc and rear drum
brakes.
b. The following schematic shows the major components of the system.
(1) Power Steering Pump. Supplies hydraulic power to the power booster.
(2) Power Booster. Transmits hydraulic power to the brake master cylinder.
Master Cylinder. Sends hydraulic power to both front and rear brakes, from 1 of
(3)
2 chambers.
(4) Brake Lines. Carry hydraulic fluid from master cylinder to brake mechanisms at
wheels.
TA49623
1-16
TM 9-2320-289-20
(5)
Combination Valve. Performs 3 distinct functions:
(a) Limits pressure to front disc brakes until a predetermined front input
pressure is reached, which allows for the overcoming of the rear shoe
retractor spring pressure.
(b) Proportions outlet pressure to rear brakes after a predetermined rear input
pressure has been reached.
(c) A bypass feature assuring full system pressure to rear brakes in the event
of front brake malfunction.
(6)
1-22.
Height Sensing, Brake Proportioning Valve (All Except M1009). Provides
optimum brake balance and efficiency by distributing braking force to front and
rear wheels as determined by payload.
STEERING SYSTEM.
a. Consists of the following major assemblies:
(1) Steering Wheel, Column, Intermediate Shaft, and Coupling. Mechanically
activated by operator.
(2) Power Steering Pump. Runs continuously, supplying hydraulic power to power
steering gear.
(3) Power Stearing Gear. Receives hydraulic power from power steering pump and
mechanical force from driver through steering wheel, column, intermediate
shaft, and coupling. Power steering gear can operate mechanically if hydraulic
system failure occurs.
(4) Steering Linkage. Mechanical linkage between power steering gear and
axle-mounted steering components.
(5) Axle-mounted Steering Components. Receive mechanical force from steering
linkage to actually turn wheels.
b. The following illustration shows, in simplified form, how the steering system works.
TA49624
1-17
TM 9-2320-289-20
1-23.
SUSPENSION SYSTEM.
a. Suspension System. Composed of springs, torsion bars, shock absorbers, axles, and
wheels.
b. Front Suspension. Features:
(1) Tapered-leaf Springs.
(2) Front Stabilizer Bar.
(3) Heavy-duty Shock Absorbers.
c.
Rear Suspension. Features:
(1) 3-stage Multileaf and Auxiliary Spring. M1028, M1028A1, and M1031 trucks.
2-stage Multileaf Springs. All other models.
(2)
(3) Heavy-duty Shock Absorbers.
d. Differentials. Provide equal traction to each wheel and, at the same time, permit each
of them to run ahead or lag behind the other, as may be required, in rounding curves or riding over
obstructions.
e. Wheels and Tires.
(1) All Except M1009. One-piece design, 16 in. x 6.50 in. wheels and
LT235/85R-16E steel-belted radial blackwall tires.
(2) M1009. One-piece design, 15 in. x 8 in. wheels and 10.00R-15C steel-belted
radial blackwall tires.
1-24.
WINTERIZATION KIT HEATERS.
a. Winterization Kit Heaters. Available for CUCV Series trucks for severe cold weather
areas. Three heaters are available for installation:
(1) Cab Heater (underhood). Heats batteries and cab.
(2) Engine Coolant Heater (underhood). Heats engine coolant. Exhaust from this
heater heats engine and transmission oil.
(3) Cargo Compartment Heater (M1008 and M008A1 only). Heats insulated cargo
enclosure of pickup box.
b. Heater Control Panel. Located on right side of instrument panel and controls both
underhood heaters.
c. Cargo Compartment Heater Control Panel. Bracket-mounted to heater itself and
controls only the cargo compartment heater.
1-25.
AMBULANCE COMPONENTS.
a. Air Conditioner. Provides cooling for the patient compartment allowing for a
temperature of 77°F (25°C) to be maintained with full patient load plus attendant [at 30 mi/h and
125°F (52°C) outside ambient temperature after 1 hour).
1-18
TM 9-2320-289-20
b. Air Conditioner Blower. Provides ventilation using outside air when conditions do not
warrant the use of the air conditioner.
c. Air Conditioner Control Panel. Located inside patient compartment above patient
compartment front door. Allows attendant to vary the temperature and function of the air conditioner.
d. Personnel Heater. Provides heated air to patient compartment during periods of cold
temperatures. Basic heater is the same heater used for warm air function in a winterized truck. After 1
hour of operation, 70°F can be maintained in ambient temperatures down to -50 o F (-46°C).
e. Personnel Heater Control Panel. Located under lower right side litter berth and controls
the functioning of the heater,
f. Gas-Particulate Filter Unit (GPFU) System. In an NBC environment, provides each crew
and patient station with clean, filtered, breathable air that is heated (if needed) to a comfortable
temperature and free of toxic agents. The protective mask and filter will NOT protect against carbon
monoxide.
1-26.
DUAL WHEEL CONFIGURATION.
a. M1028A2 and M1028A3 are shelter carriers converted to dual rear wheels. This provides
greater load carrying capability and increased stability,
b. Axles are heavier and dual wheels spread loads more evenly.
Change 2
1-19/(1-20
blank)
TM 9-2320-289-20
CHAPTER 2
SERVICE AND TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS
Section I. SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL
2-1.
GENERAL.
Upon receipt of a new truck, it must be determined whether the truck has been properly
prepared for service. Follow the inspection instructions found in paragraph 2-2. Read the servicing
instructions found in paragraph 2-3 and follow any that apply to the truck to be serviced. See
TM 9-2320-289-10 when checking equipment for proper operation. Before conducting the inspections
and services listed below, perform the following preliminary servicing:
WARNING
Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 is toxic and flammable. Always wear
protective goggles and gloves and use only in a well-ventilated area. Avoid
contact with skin, eyes, and clothes and DO NOT breathe vapors. DO NOT
use near open flame or excessive heat. The solvent’s flash point is
100°F-138°F (38°C-59°C). If you become dizzy while using cleaning
solvent, immediately get fresh air and medical help. If solvent contacts
eyes, immediately wash your eyes with water and get medical aid.
a. Use dry cleaning solvent (Item 15, Appendix C) to clean all exterior surfaces coated
with rust-preventive compounds. Remove all protective materials used on the truck during shipment,
b. Remove all tape and wrappings from the engine, crankcase breathers, intake and
exhaust openings, transmission, alternator, and brakes.
c. Remove wrappings from all machined surfaces.
2-2.
INSPECTION INSTRUCTIONS.
a. Perform the semiannual preventive maintenance checks and services listed in Section II
of this chapter.
b. Make a complete visual inspection of the truck to see that the required publications,
Basic Issue Items (Bll), and accessories are present.
2-3.
SERVICING INSTRUCTIONS UPON RECEIPT.
a. If any truck system does not operate properly, refer to the troubleshooting instructions
found in Section Ill of this chapter.
b. Schedule semiannual service on DD Form 314, Preventive Maintenance Schedule and
Report Card.
2-1
TM 9-2320-289-20
c. Replace any missing or damaged components if authorized by the Maintenance
Allocation Chart (MAC) in Appendix B. If not authorized to replace a damaged or missing component,
notify your supervisor.
d. Lubricate the truck and change/adjust fluids in accordance with LO 9-2320-289-12 and
PMCS in Section II of this chapter.
e. Make a final, complete inspection of the entire truck.
2-2
TM 9-2320-289-20
CHAPTER 2
SERVICE AND TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS
Section l. REPAIR PARTS, SPECIALTOOLS, TEST, MEASUREMENT,AND
DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT (TMDE), AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT
2-1. COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
For authorized common tools and equipment, refer to the Modified Table of Organization and Equipment
(MTOE) applicable to your unit.
2-2. SPECIAL TOOLS, TMDE, AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT
Special Tools, Test, Measurement, and Diagnostic Equipment (TMDE), and Support Equipment used to
maintain the vehicles covered in this manual can be found in TM 9-2320-289-20P.
2-3. REPAIR PARTS
Repair parts are listed and illustrated in TM 9-2320-289-20P.
Section Il. SERVICE UPON
2-4. GENERAL
a. Upon receipt of a new, used, or reconditioned vehicle, you must determine if the vehicle has been properly prepared for service. The following steps should be followed:
(1) Inspect all assemblies, subassemblies, and accessories to be sure they are in proper working order.
(2) Secure, clean, lubricate, or adjust as needed.
(3) Check all Basic Issue Items (TM 9-2320 -289-10) to be sure every item is present, in good condition, and properly mounted, or stowed.
(4) Follow general procedures for all services and inspections given in TM 9-2320-289-10.
b. The operator will assist when performing service upon receipt inspections.
c. See TM 9-2320-289-10 when checking equipment for proper operation.
d. Refer to TM 9-2320-289-10 for information concerning brake-in procedures.
2-5. GENERAL INSPECTION AND SERVICING INSTRUCTIONS
The following steps should be taken while performing general inspection and services:
(1) Use TM 9-2320-289-10 as well as other sections of this manual, when servicing and inspecting
equipment.
WARNING
Drycleaning solvent is flammable and will not be used near an open flame. A fire extinguisher
will be kept nearby when the solvent is used. Use only in well-ventilated places. Failure to do
this may result in injury to personnel and/or damage to equipment.
(2) Clean all exterior surfaces coated with rust-preventive compounds. Use drycleaning solvent (Appendix C, Item 15).
2-3
TM 9-2320-289-20
(3) Clean fittings before lubrication. Clean parts with drycleaning solvent (SD), Type II, or equivalent.
Dry before lubricating. Dotted arrow points indicate lubrication on both sides of equipment. A dotted circle
indicates a drain below. Relubricate all items found contaminated after fording.
(4) Read “Processing and Reprocessing Record of Shipping, Storage, and Issue of Vehicles and
Spare Engines,” tag (DD Form 1397) and follow all precautions listed. This tag should be attached to steering
wheel, steering column, or rotary switch.
2-6. SPECIFIC INSPECTION AND SERVICING INSTRUCTIONS
The following steps should be taken while performing specific inspections and services:
(1) Do the Semiannual (S) preventive maintenance checks and services listed in Section Ill in this
chapter.
(2) Lubricate the vehicle. Do not lubricate gear cases and engine unless processing tab states that the
oil is unsuitable for 500 miles (805 km) operation. If oil is suitable, just check level.
(3) Schedule semiannual service on DD Form 314 (Preventive Maintenance Schedule and Record
Card).
(4) If vehicle is delivered with a dry charged battery, activate it according to TM 9-6140-200-14.
(5) Check vehicle coolant level and determine if solution is proper for climate (refer to TB 750-651 for
preparation of antifreeze solutions).
Section Ill. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES
2-7. GENERAL
The best way to maintain vehicles covered by this manual is to inspect them on a regular basis so minor faults
can be discovered and corrected before they result in serious damage, failure, or injury. All intervals are
based on normal operation. Hard time intervals maybe shortened if your lubricants are contaminated or if you
are operating the equipment under adverse conditions, including longer-than-usual operating hours. Hard
time intervals may be extended during periods of low activity, though adequate preservation precautions must
be taken. This section contains systematic instructions of inspection, adjustment, lubrication, and correction
of vehicle components to avoid costly repairs or major breakdowns. This is Preventive Maintenance Checks
and Services (PMCS).
2-8. INTERVALS
a. Unit maintenance, assisted by operator/crew, will perform checks and services contained in Table 2-1
at the following intervals:
(1) Semiannually (S). Every 6 months or 6,000 miles (9,654 km), whichever comes first.
(2) Annually (A). Every 12 months or 12,000 miles (19,308 km), whichever comes first.
(3) Biennially (B). Every 24 months or 24,000 miles (38,615 km), whichever comes first.
b. Refer to the following steps when performing lubrication checks and services:
(1) Intervals. Lubrication services coincide with the vehicle’s Semiannual (S) Preventive Maintenance Service. For this purpose, a 10% tolerance (variation) in specified lubrication point mileage is permissible. Those vehicles not accumulating 1,000 miles (1 ,609 km) in a 6-month period will be lubricated at the time
of (S) Preventive Maintenance Service.
(2) Army Oil Analysis Program (AOAP). AOAP does not apply to CUCV series vehicles.
2-4
TM 9-2320-289-20
(3) For Operation of Equipment in Protracted Cold Temperatures Below -15 0F. (-260C). Remove lubricants prescribed in lubrication table for temperatures above -15°F(-26°C). Relubricate with lubricants
specified in lubrication table for temperatures below -15°F (-26°C). If OEA lubricant is required to meet the
temperature ranges prescribed in the lubrication table. OEA lubricant is to be used in place of OE/HDO 10
lubricant for all temperature ranges where OE/HDO 10 is specified in the lubrication table.
c. Perform all (S) inspections in addition to(A) inspections at the time of the annual inspection. Perform all
(A) and (S) inspections in addition to (B) inspections at the time of the biennial inspection.
2-9. REPORTING REPAIRS
All vehicle shortcomings will be reported on DA form 2404 (DA Pam 738-750), Equipment Inspection and
Maintenance Worksheet, immediately after the PMCS, and before taking corrective action. All vehicle deficiencies will be reported in the equipment record.
2-10. GENERAL SERVICE AND INSPECTION PROCEDURES
a. While performing specific PMCS procedures, make sure items are correctly assembled, secure, not
worn, serviceable, not leaking, and adequately lubricated as defined below.
(1) An item is CORRECTLY ASSEMBLED when it is in proper position and all parts are present.
(2) When wires, nuts, washers, hoses, or attaching hardware cannot be moved by hand, or wrench,
they are SECURE.
(3) An item is WORN if there is too much play between joining parts or when marking data, warning,
and caution plates are not readable.
(4) An item is UNSERVICEABLE if it is worn beyond repair and is likely to fail before the next scheduled inspection.
(5) LEAKS. TM 9-2320-289-10 contains definitions of Class I, II, and Ill leaks and their effect on vehicle operation.
(6) If an item meets the specified lubrication requirements, then it is ADEQUATELY LUBRICATED.
b. Where the instruction "lighten” appears in a procedure, you must tighten with a wrench to the given
torque value even when the item appears to be secure.
WARNING
Drycleaning solvent is inflammable and will not be used near an open flame. A fire extinguisher
will be kept nearby when the solvent is used. Use only in well-ventilated places. Failure to do
this may result in injury to personnel, and/or damage to equipment.
c. Where the instruction “clean” appears in a procedure, you must use drycleaning solvent (Appendix C,
Item 15) to clean grease or oil from metal parts. After the item is cleaned, rinsed, and dried, apply a light grade
of oil to unprotected surfaces to prevent rusting.
d. Clean rubber and plastic materials with soap and water. Refer to TM 9-2320-289-10 for general vehicle
cleaning instructions.
2-5
TM 9-2320-289-20
2-11. SPECIFIC PMCS PROCEDURES
a. The preventive maintenance for which you are responsible is provided in Table 2-1. The checks and
services listed are arranged in logical order requiring minimal time and effort on your part.
b. The following columns read across on the PMCS schedule:
(1) Item Number. Provides logical order of PMCS performance and is used as a source number for
DA Form 2404, on which your PMCS results will be recorded.
(2) Intervals. Shows the interval next to each item number to indicate when that check is to be performed. The interval will be repeated when consecutive item numbers are to be inspected during the same
interval. Interval columns include:
(a) Semiannual (six month) checks;
(b) Annual (yearly) checks; and
(c) Biennial (every two years) checks.
(3) Item To Be Inspected. Lists the system, common name, or location of the item to be inspected.
(4) Procedures. Provides instructions for servicing, inspection, lubrication, replacement, or adjustment, and in some cases, having item repaired at a higher level.
NOTE
Always do your preventive maintenance checks and services in the order prepared. Once it
gets to be a habit, you will be able to spot anything wrong in a hurry.
(5) Not Fully Mission Capable. If vehicle meets criteria in this column, vehicle is not mission capable
(NMC).
2-6
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-1. Unit Level Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for CUCV
Item
No.
Interval
Item To Be
Inspected
Procedure
Not Mission
Capable If:
BEFORE ROAD TEST
Ensure Operator/Crew has performed
-10 PMCS listed in TM 9-2320-289-10.
NOTE
Fuse box is located on driver’s side of
cab under instrument panel.
1
SemiAnnual
PreService
Checks
a. Check fuses, flashers, and switches
for looseness and damage. If loose or
damaged, tighten or replace as required.
b. Check fire extinguisher (on trucks
authorized to contain fire extinguishers)
for serviceability in accordance with label on fire extinguisher.
b. Fire extinguisher
damaged, seal broken or missing, gage
in recharge area.
ROAD TEST
Maintenance personnel will be with vehicle operator to verify pre-service checks.
For road test, vehicle will be driven at
least five miles over different ground to
give enough time to detect any malfunctions.
c. For M1009 and M1010, check seat
locking mechanism for proper operation.
d. Notice if starter engages smoothly
and turns the engine at normal cranking
speed.
e. Listen for unusual engine noise at
idle, at operating speeds, and under acceleration. Be alert for excessive vibration, the smell of oil, fuel, or any exhaust
noises.
locking
c. Seat
mechanism does not
operate properly.
d. Starter inoperative
or makes excessive
grinding sound.
knocks,
e. Engine
rattles, smokes excessively, or any exhaust noise.
2-7
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-1. Unit Level Preventive Maintenance Checks And Services for CUCV
Item
No.
Interval
Item To Be
Inspected
Procedure
Not Mission
Capable If:
1
SemiAnnual
PreService
Checks
f. Check for transmission response
to shifting and for smoothness of operation in all speed ranges. Be alert
for unusual noises and difficulty in
shifting in any speed range.
f. Transmission
improperly,
shifts
does not shift or
makes
excessive
noise.
Continued
NOTE
Lock front wheel hubs before checking
transfer (see TM 9-2320-289-10).
2-8
g. Check for transfer response to
shifting and for smoothness of operation in all gear ranges. Be alert for
unusual noises and difficulty in shifting in any gear range.
g. Transfer
jumps
out of gear or makes
excessive noise.
h. Test for response to accelerator
feed. Observe for sticking pedal.
h. Pedal sticking or
binding.
i. With vehicle speed approximately
5 mph (8 kph) turn steering wheel to
left, then right, to detect hard steering, binding or excessive play. Play
should not exceed 1 inch (25.4 mm)
in either direction. With vehicle on
straight, level terrain, lightly hold
steering wheel to detect pull or wander.
i. Steering
binds,
grabs, wanders, or
has excessive play.
j. Apply brake pedal with steady
force. Vehicle should slow and stop
without pulling to one side or jerking.
Release brake pedal. The brakes
should release immediately and
without difficulty.
j. Brakes chatter, pull
to one side, or inoperative. Brakes will
not release.
k. Bring vehicle to a full stop. Engage parking brake while transmission is still in “D” (DRIVE). Vehicle
should remain stationary.
k. Parking
brake
does not hold vehicle
stationary.
l. Observe vehicle response to road
shock. Side sway, or continuous
bouncing indicates a malfunction.
l. Handling is unstable.
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-1. Unit Level Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for CUCV
Item
No.
Interval
Item To Be
inspected
Procedure
Not Mission
Capable If:
AFTER ROAD TEST
a. Make sure the vehicle has been
cleaned of mud, gravel, etc, from the underbody, outside and crew compartment
area.
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
1
SemiAnnual
Cooling
System
a. Inspect all hoses and fittings for deterioration. Inspect radiator probe and
draincock for security of mounting.
b. Inspect engine oil cooler lines and fittings, and transmission oil cooler lines
and fittings for leaks and damage.
Tighten any loose fittings. Pay special
attention to areas where hoses or lines
contact or may come close to contacting
other components. These areas may be
prone to damage. Notify your supervisor
if any transmission or engine oil cooler
lines are damaged or are leaking.
a. Any Class Ill water
leak. Hoses cracked
or dry rotted.
b. Any damage that
will prevent operation.
2-9
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-1. Unit Level Preventive Maintenance
Checks And Services for CUCV
-.
-.
Item
No.
Interval
1
SemiAnnual
Item To Be
Inspected
Cooling
System
Continued
Not Mission
Capable If:
Procedure
WARNING
If vehicle has been operating, use
extreme care to avoid being burned
when removing cooling system radiator cap. Use heavy rags or
gloves to protect hands. Turn radiator cap only one-half turn counterclockwise and allow pressure to be
relieved before fully removing cap.
c. Test coolant (see TB 750-651).
2
SemiAnnual
Drive
Belts
a. Check for missing, broken, cracked,
and frayed drivebelts.
b. Check drive belts for proper adjustment using belt tensioning gage. If
loose, adjust tension as required.
ALT
NEW 146 lb.
67 lb.
OLD
P.S.
146 lb.
67 lb.
A/C
169 lb.
67 lb.
If replacing belt, adjust to new specification and run engine for 15 minutes and
readjust to old specifications (see Appendix E).
2-10
a. Any drivebelt is
missing or broken.
Belt fiber has more
than one crack 1/8
inch in depth or 50%
of belt thickness or
has frays more than 2
inches long.
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-1. Unit Level Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for CUCV
Item
No.
Interval
Item To Be
Inspected
3
SemiAnnual
Batteries
Procedure
Not Mission
Capable If:
WARNING
Battery acid (electrolyte) is extremely dangerous. Always wear
goggles and rubber gloves when
performing battery checks or inspections. Serious injury to personnel will result if battery acid contacts skin or eyes.
DO NOT perform battery system
checks or inspections while smoking or near fire, flame, or sparks.
Batteries may explode, causing serious injury or death to personnel.
Rotate cover to underside of clamp
as each cable is disconnected. Remove all jewelry such as dog tags,
rings, bracelets, etc. If jewelry or
disconnected battery ground cable
contacts battery terminal, a direct
short will result in serious injury or
death to personnel or equipment
damage.
a. Check battery charge indicators on
maintenance free batteries or specific
gravity on non-maintenance free batteries (see TM 9-6140-200-14). Notify your
supervisor if non-maintenance free batteries require servicing.
b. Inspect battery cables for frays,
splits, and tightness.
b. Any damage that
will prevent operation.
c. Clean battery terminals and lightly
coat with grease (Item 26, Appendix C).
2-11
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-1. Unit Level Preventive Maintenance Checks And Services for CUCV
tern
No.
Interval
Item To Be
Inspected
Procedure
4
SemiAnnual
Steering
System
NOTE
If there is Loctite on bolts, DO NOT
tighten without reapplying Loctite (Item
30, Appendix C).
Not Mission
Capable If:
a. Inspect power steering pump and
power steering gear for dents, cracks,
leaks, and mounting security. Check
fluid level. Fill as needed with Dexron Il.
If loose, tighten power steering pump
bolts to 30 ft Ibs, and/or steering gear to
frame bolts to 75 ft Ibs.
a. Any mount bolt
missing or unserviceable. Any Class Ill
leak.
b. Check power steering hoses for Ieakage and loose clamps and brackets.
b. Any Class Ill leak
or loose clamp.
5
SemiAnnual
Alternator
Inspect alternators for security for security of mounting.
Mounting bolts loose
or missing.
6
SemiAnnual
Fuel System
a. Inspect fuel pump and fittings for
leaks.
a. Any Class Ill fuel
leak.
b. Inspect injector pump, injectors, and
fittings for leaks.
b. Rubber cap missing or damaged. Any
Class Ill fuel leak.
c. Inspect inlet and outlet Iines for leaks,
connections, cracks, splits, or wear.
c. Any Class Ill fuel
leak.
I
2-12 Change 3
d. Inspect accelerator linkage for looseness, kinks, or damage.
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-1. Unit Level Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for CUCV
Item
No.
Interval
Item To Be
Inspected
Procedure
Not Mission
Capable If:
7
SemiAnnual
Air Intake
System
a. Inspect air cleaner, hoses, and tubing for improper installation, cracks,
breaks, and connections that could allow
unfiltered air to enter engine. Inspect air
filter element for restrictions.
a. Any damage that
would allow unfiltered
air to enter engine.
b. If vehicle is operating under unusual
dust/dirt conditions, change element
more frequently. Air filter element is normally changed annually or 12,000 miles.
8
SemiAnnual
Electrical
Wiring
a. Disconnect each glow plug lead and
check for resistance between glow plug
terminal and ground. Resistance should
be 1-3 ohms. Check glow plugs for
looseness or damage. Tighten glow
plugs to 10 ft-lbs (14 N.m).
a. Replace any failed
glow plug.
b. Inspect all engine compartment wiring for frays, splits, missing insulation, or
poor connections.
b. Wiring frayed, broken, or loose connections.
2-13
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-1. Unit Level Preventive Maintenance Checks And Services for CUCV
Interval
Item To Be
Inspected
Procedure
SemiAnnual
Master
Cylinder
a. Check brake fluid level in master cylinder. Maintain fluid level at 1/4 inch below lowest edge of each chamber. Fill
with BFS (Brake Fluid Silicone) only.
b. Inspect master cylinder, Hydrobooster lines, and fittings for leaks and
damage. Tighten loose fittings or replace damaged components.
Windshield
Wiper
System
a. Inspect wiper motor, hoses, nozzles,
and bottle for security of mounting, restrictions, and damage.
SemiAnnual
Cab
Heater
Inspect heater case for wear, cracks,
and security of mounting.
SemiAnnual
Engine
Lubrication System
NOTE
Foamy or milky oil or rust on engine oil
dipstick are evidence of contamination.
SemiAnnual
b. Check windshield wiper arms and
linkage for excessive play, binding or
damage.
a. Inspect engine dipstick for evidence
of contamination.
2-14
Change 3
Not Mission
Capable If:
b. Brake fluid low.
Any brake fluid leakage.
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-1. Unit Level Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for CUCV
Item
No.
Interval
Item To Be
Inspected
Procedure
12
SemiAnnual
Engine
Lubrication Systern
b. Change engine oil and filter semi-annually or at 6,000 miles. When operating
under unusual conditions, change the oil
and filter at 3 months or 3,000 miles. Refer to paragraph 3-1 for oil and filter
Continued
change instructions. Crankcase capacity is 7 quarts with filter.
Not Mission
Capable If:
c. Inspect oil filter for leaks.
d. Inspect valve covers for evidence of
leaks. If there are any leaks, notify your
supervisor.
e. Inspect engine front covers for evidence of leaks. If there are any leaks,
notify your supervisor.
f. Inspect oil filler cap vent for build-up of
sand, dirt, and other foreign material that
may keep oil filler cap vent valve in an
open position. If condition exists, remove oil filler cap, clean and shake to listen for rattling sound. if cap rattles, install. If cap does not rattle, replace.
13
SemiAnnual
Transmission
Fluid and
Fill Tube
DO NOT remove transmission dipstick before cleaning dirt away from
fill tube and transmission dipstick.
Dirt could enter and damage transmission.
NOTE
Foamy or milky oil or rust on transmission dipstick are evidence of contamination.
a. Inspect transmission dipstick and
fluid for evidence of contamination. If
there is contamination, notify your supervisor and service transmission (see
paragraph 5-2).
b. Inspect fill tube for security of mounting and damage.
Change 3
2-15
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-1. Unit Level Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for CUCV
10-23A.)
2-16
Change 4
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-1. Unit Level Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for CUCV
Item
No.
Interval
Item To Be
Inspected
Procedure
19
SemiAnnual
Winterization Kits
Check hood, cab, and cargo body insuIation for proper installation. Check
heaters for proper operation, security of
mounting, and damage.
20
SemiAnnual
Tires
Not Mission
Capable If:
WARNING
Use extreme caution when lowering
or raisng spare tire and carrier during 5 tire rotation for all except
M1009. Dropping It may result In serious injury to personnel.
NOTE
In case of unusual tire wear, the tire
manufacturer recommends 2 optional
methods for all except M1028A2 and
M1028A3: 5 tire rotation and cross rotation. Before performing either of the
optional methods, notify your supervisor.
a. Rotate tires as follows for all except
M1028A2 and M1028A3:
2-17
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-1. Unit Level Preventive Maintenance Checks And Services for CUCV
tern
No.
Interval
20
SemiAnnual
Item To Be
Inspected
Tires
Continued
Procedure
Not Mission
Capable If:
(1) Loosen Iugnuts on left side
wheels. Raise truck and remove left
side tires (see paragraph 8-2). Position front tire on rear wheel hub and
rear tire on front wheel hub, and finger tighten lugnuts. Lower truck and
fully tighten Iugnuts (see paragraph
8-2).
(2) Repeat previous steps for right
side tires.
b. Rotate tires as follows for M1028A2
and M1028A3 only:
M1028A2
(1) Loosen Iugnuts on left side
wheels. Raise truck and remove left
side tires (see paragraph 8-2). Position rear outer tire on rear inner hub,
front tire on rear outer hub, and rear
inner tire on front hub and finger
tighten lugnuts. Lower truck and fully
tighten Iugnuts (see paragraph 8-2).
(2) Repeat previous steps for right
side tires.
c. Ensure all wheel Iugnuts are present
and tightened to 90 Ibs. for M1009 and
140 Ibs. for all except M1009.
2-18
c. Any broken stud or
missing Iugnut.
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-1. Unit Level Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for CUCV
tern
No.
Interval
Item To Be
Inspected
Procedure
Not Mission
Capable If:
UNDER SIDE OF TRUCK
21
SemiAnnual
Brakes
Check brake lines, calipers, and hydrauIic fittings for looseness, damage, or
leakage. Check backing plates for indication of leakage from wheel cylinders
or inner hub seals.
22
SemiAnnual
Park
Brake
Cable
Guides
and
Pedal
Spring
a. Lubricate the hook shaped park
brake cable guide (located on the inside
of the frame, driver’s side, forward of the
parking brake equalizer). Lubricate with
GAA.
b. Check cables, clips, and guide for adjustment and damage.
Any leak. Broken or
damaged lines and
fittings.
b. Cable frayed or
broken. Guide or clip
missing.
c. Lubricate the service brake pedal
spring located at the upper end of the
foot pedal assembly. Lubricate with
GAA.
23
SemiAnnual
Engine
Underside
a. Inspect underside of engine for
Ieaks.
b. Inspect oil pan and pan drainplug for
leaks and security. If oil pan mounting
screws are loose tighten to 5 ft Ibs. If
drainplug is loose, tighten to 15-20 lb ft.
c. Inspect attaching components for
leaks, breaks, dents, and completeness
of assembly.
c. Any damage that
may prevent operation.
2-19
TM 9-2320-289-20
Item
2-1. U n i t
Interval
Item To Be
Inspected
Procedure
Not Mission
Capable If:
SemiAnnual
Steering
System
a. Inspect tie-rod shock absorber for
worn bushings, loose nuts, or leaks.
a. Any damage that
will prevent operation.
b. Inspect pitman arm connecting rod,
steering knuckles, and tie rod assemblies for cracks, breaks, mounting security, and deterioration of dust covers. If
tie-rod socket moves on ball stud .015“
(0.4m) replace tie rod end.
b. Tie rods, pitman
arm, connecting rod
worn or damaged.
No.
—
24
Level Preventive Maintenance Checks And Services for CUCV
Table
c. Check for presence of steering stops,
Check for presence of cotter pins on all
mounting nuts. If cotter pins are missing, tighten pitman arm nut to 95 ft-lb,
connecting rod nuts to 75 ft-lb, or tie rod
mounting nuts to 40 ft-lbs as required,
Install new cotter pins as required.
d. If vehicle is being driven off road, in
dust or mud, lubricate tie rod ends, connecting rods, and kingpins at fittings with
GAA.
25
SemiAnnual
Transmission
a. Inspect transmission case for loose
bolts and leaks. If mounting bolts are
loose, tighten to 80 ft-lb (108 N.m).
b. Inspect transmission shift linkage for
bends, excessive play and wear. Notify
supervisor if any of these conditions exist.
b. Shift linkage unserviceable.
c. Check transmission oil pan bolts for
looseness. If loose, tighten to 125-160
in.lb (14-18 N.m).
26
2-20
SemiAnnual
Transfer
a. Inspect transfer case for loose bolts
and leaks. If mounting bolts are loose,
tighten to 30 ft-lb (41 N.m).
a. Class Ill
Loose bolts.
leak.
b. Inspect shift linkage for cracks,
bends, wear, and play.
b. Shift linkage unserviceable.
c. Ensure that fillplug and drainplug are
secure. If drainplug is loose, tighten to
30-40 ft-lb (41-54 N.m).
c. Class Ill leak.
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-1. Unit Level Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for CUCV
Item
No.
Interval
Item To Be
Inspected
27
SemiAnnual
Propeller
Shafts
28
SemiAnnual
Axles
and Differentials
Procedure
Not Mission
Capable If:
a. Inspect all propeller shafts for bends
and cracks.
b. inspect universal joints for wear and
play. There should be no play at universal joints.
b. “U-joint is unserviceable.
c. Ensure that all companion flange
mounting screws and universal joint
mounting screws are tight. If loose,
tighten to 15 ft-lb (20 N.m). If straps are
retained with 6 lobe bolts, tighten to 25
ft-lb (34 N.m).
c. Missing or broken
bolts.
a. Inspect axle housings for security of
mounting, cracks, and leaks.
a. Class Ill leak,
Cracks and loose
mounting bolts.
b. Ensure that axle breather vents are
free of debris and are operative. Ensure
that fill plugs are present and secure.
b. Vent plugged.
c. Inspect differential covers for leaks.
c. Class Ill leak.
2-21
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-1. Unit Level Preventive Maintenance Checks And Services for CUCV
Item
No.
Interval
Item To Be
Inspected
Procedure
Not Mission
Capable If:
29
SemiAnnual
Fuel System
a. Inspect fuel tank for leaks. Inspect all
attaching hoses for wear, cracks, and
splits.
a. Any Class Ill fuel
leak.
b. Inspect all fuel lines for leaks, loose
connections, and crimps.
b. Any Class Ill fuel
leak.
30
SemiAnnual
Suspension
Inspect spring “U” bolts for mounting security. Tighten loose “U” bolt nuts to 40
ft-lb (54 N.m) in an “X” pattern. Tighten
again in same pattern to 150 ft-lb (203
N.m) for front springs and to 145 ft-lbs for
rear springs.
31
SemiAnnual
Body,
Frame,
and
Crossmembers
a. Inspect body, frame, and crossmembers for rust-through, discolored surface, blistered paint, surface separation,
or other evidence of corrosion damage.
If any corrosion damage exists, prepare
corroded surfaces IAW TM 9-247, and
treat surface IAW TB 43-0213.
b. Inspect truck’s main frame rails for
cracks, breaks, and bends.
b. Cracks,
bends,
breaks in frame.
c. Inspect crossmembers for breaks,
bends, and loose or missing rivets or
bolts
c. Any loose or missing fasteners.
d. Inspect body mounts and wheel
housings for security and damage.
e. For M1009 with additional engine
mounting holes, inspect for cracks at additional engine mounting holes.
f. For all except M1009, inspect cargo
body mounting bolts for looseness. If
loose, tighten to 50 ft-lbs (68 N.m).
2-22
Change 3
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-1. Unit Level Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for CUCV
Item
No.
Interval
Item To Be
Inspected
Procedure
Not Mission
Capable If:
NOTE
Perform all checks in Table 2-1 Preventive Maintenance Checks and
Services, Semiannual Schedule, then
perform the following inspections in
the order given.
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
1.
Annual
Cooling
System
a. Check radiator for damage or leaks.
a. Any Class Ill fuel
leaks.
b. Inspect radiator fan shroud for security of mounting and cracks.
b. Fan blades or any
pulley
broken,
cracked, or loose.
c, Inspect water pump, and water pump
plug and nipple for leaks and security of
mounting. Inspect fan clutch for security
of mounting.
2
Annual
Engine
Inspect crankcase depression regulator
valve (CDRV) and hoses for leaks,
cracks, dirt, and clogs.
3
Annual
Fuel Systern
Replace fuel filter (see paragraph 3-1 7).
4
Annual
Air Filter
Replace filter element annually or
12,000 miles.
2-23
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-1. Unit Level Preventive Maintenance Checks And Services for CUCV
Interval
No.
Item To Be
inspected
Procedure
Not Mission
Capable If:
—
UNDERSIDE OF TRUCK
WARNING
5
Annual
Brakes
DO NOT use a dry brush or compressed air to clean brake shoes,
brake pads, or brake components.
There may be asbestos dust on
brake shoes, brake pads, and brake
components which can be dangerous to you if you breathe it. Brake
shoes, brake pads, and brake components must be wet, and a soft
brush must be used. Failure to follow this warning may result in seriouS illness or death to personnel.
NOTE
M1009 brake shoes are factory installed with bonded linings instead of
riveted linings. Lining should not be
less than 0.031” (0.80 mm) thick at any
point.
a. Check brake shoes and brake pads
for damage or wear. Lining should not
be less than 0.031” (0.80 mm) between
rivets and lining.
b. Check brake drums and rotors for
damage or wear.
6
2-24
Annual
Front
Wheel
Bearings
and Hubs
If your records show that your vehicie
has not accumulated 6,000 miles, the
wheel bearing service may be deferred
once until the next scheduled service,
12,000 miles is obtained, or until other
services are required (i.e. brake replacement). No wheel bearing service will be
extended beyond 24 months/2 years.
a. Worn or damaged
drum or rotor.
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-1. Unit Level Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for CUCV’
tern
No.
Interval
Item To Be
Inspected
6
Annual
Front
Wheel
Bearings
and Hubs
Continued
Procedure
a. Remove locking hubs (see paragraph 8-3). Clean and inspect for damage.
Not Mission
Capable If:
a. Any damage that
will prevent operation.
b. Remove, clean, dry, and inspect front
wheel bearings.
c. Repack front wheel bearings with
GAA and install.
cl. Install locking hubs (see paragraph
8-3).
NOTE
The rear wheel bearings cm all except
M1009 do not require routine repacking of the rear wheel bearings. They
are Iubricated by the rear differential
fluid.
They should only require repacting if
the drum is turned during brake replacement or if contaminated after disassembly.
7
Annual
Engine
Inspect for loose, cracked, or damaged
engine mounts, expansion plugs, crankshaft pulley, and torsion damper. If engine mount retaining bolts are loose,
tighten to 85 ft-lbs (115 N.m). If any of
these components are cracked or damaged, notify your supervisor.
Engine
mounts
cracked, damaged.
Any damage that will
prevent
operation.
Class Ill leak.
8
Annual
Starter
a. Inspect starter mounting bolts to ensure that none are loose or missing. If
loose, tighten to 33 ft-lbs (45 N.m).
bolt
a. Mounting
missing, broken or
loose.
b. Inspect starter wiring connections for
looseness.
b. Stud nut loose.
2-24.1
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-1. Unit Level Preventive Maintenance Checks And Services for CUCV
2-24.2
Interval
Item To Be
Inspected
Procedure
Annual
Steering
Linkage
Lubricate annually or 12,000 miles. Lubricate tie-rod ends, connecting rods,
and kingpins at fittings. Original M1009
ball joints do not have zirc fittings and do
not require lubrication. If vehicle is being
driven off-road, in dust or mud, lubricate
every 3 months or 3,000 miles. Lubricate with GAA.
Annual
Propeller
Shaft Slip
Joint
Annually or every 12,000 miles, lubricate shaft fittings with GAA.
Annual
Propeller
Shaft
Universal
Joints
and CV
Joint
Lubricate fittings annually or 12,000
miles with GAA. Use a needle point
greaser with a flex hose to inject grease
into CV joint fitting.
Not Mission
Capable If:
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-1. Unit Level Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for CUCV
—
Item
No.
Interval
Item To Be
Inspected
12
Annual
Trans
mission
Procedure
Not Mission
Capable [f:
Normally, transmission filter and oil is
changed biennially. However, if vehicle
is primarily used for off-road or heavy
duty operations, annually drain oil,
change filter and refill with DEXRON II
oil.
NOTE
Casting marks in torque converter
cover have the appearance of small
cracks and are considered normal.
a. Inspect torque converter cover
where transmission is connected to engine flywheel, for missing or loose
If bolts are loose,
mounting bolts.
tighten 60 in-lb (27 N.m).
b. Inspect vacuum modulator (right side
of transmission near base of transmission fill tube) for cracks or leaks. If
mounting bolt is loose, tighten to 20 ft-lbs
(27 N.m). Notify your supervisor if damaged or leaking.
13
Annual
Transfer
Case
b. Any damage that
will prevent operation. Class Ill leak.
a. Check fluid level in transfer case.
Fluid should be approximately 1/4" (6.4
mm) below the edge of the filler plug
hole. If low, fill with DEXRON II fluid.
b. Inspect transfer case breather vent
for looseness or damage.
b. Vent plugged or
damaged.
2-24.3
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-1. Unit Level Preventive Maintenance Checks And Services for CUCV
Interval
Item To Be
Inspected
14
Annual
Axles
and Dif ferentials
15
Annual
Exhaust
System
16
Annual
Suspension
Procedure
Annually or every 12,000 miles, check
and fill front and rear differentials with
GO lubricating oil. Fill to level of filler
plug hole. Ensure that differential cover
bolts are tight and that none are missing.
If bolts are loose, tighten to 35 ft-lbs (47
N.m).
Not Mission
Capable If:
Class Ill leaks. Missing bolts.
WARNING
Before attempting to service any
part of the exhaust system, allow
exhaust system to COOL Failure to
follow this warning will result in serious burns.
Inspect for damaged, cracked, or loose
tailpipe, muffler, muffler supports, hangers, exhaust pipe, and exhaust manifold.
Any loose or damaged exhaust pipe,
support, or any exhaust leak.
a. Check front wheel toe alignment (see
paragraph 8-6).
a. Improper
ment.
align-
NOTE
Only M1028A2 and M1028A3 have
rear stabilizer bars.
b. Inspect front and rear stabilizer bars
for loose mounting bolts or damage. lnspect bushings for wear. If bolts are
loose, tighten to 55 ft-lbs (75 N.m).
2-24.4
b. Any damage that
will prevent damage.
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-1. Unit Level Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for CUCV
Item
No.
Procedure
Interval
Item To Be
Inspected
1
Biennially
Differentials
Biennial or every 24,000 miles, drain
and refill front and rear differentials with
clean GO lubricating oil. For drain and
refill of M1028, M1028A1, M1028A2,
M1028A3, and M1031 front axles, four
(NSN
additive
ounces
of
9150-01-198-3829) must be added to lubricant (see paragraph 6-8.1, 6-8.2, or
6-8.3). Front differential capacity is 4.5
pt (2.1 L). Rear differential capacity is
5.4 pt (2.6 L).
2
Biennially
Transmission
Remove oil pan, drain fluid, replace filter, install pan, and refill with new Dexron II fluid. DO NOT overfill (see paragraph 5-2). Transmission service capacity is 4.0 quarts (5.7 L).
3
Biennially
Transfer
Change fluid by removing drain plug and
allowing fluid to drain, then refill with new
Dexron II fluid. Transfer service capacity is 5.0 quarts (5.7 L).
Not Mission
Capable If:
2-24.5
TM 9-2320-289-20
PARTS LIST
The following is a list of parts required when performing semi-annual, annual or biennial PMCS. The semi-annual parts list contains the mandatory replacement parts for one semi-annual PMCS. The annual parts list
contains the mandatory replacement parts for one semi-annual PMCS and the peculiar replacement parts for
one annual PMCS.
SEMIANNUAL (6,000 MILE) PMCS PARTS LIST
PART
NUMBER
PF-35
NSN
2940-00-082-6034
NOMENCLATURE
QTY
Element, Engine Oil Filter
1
ANNUAL (1 2,000 MILE) PMCS PARTS LIST
PART
NUMBER
PF-35
14075347
A644C
27467
6273948
469694
327739
15528
13446
NSN
2940-00-082-6034
2910-01-156-8361
2940-01-155-3190
5330-01-106-7938
5330-01-086-3506
5330-01-085-0918
5330-01-076-3009
2530-01-163-0800
5330-01-331-7230
NOMENCLATURE
Element, Engine Oil Filter
Element, Fuel Filter
Element, Air Filter
Seal, Plain, Front Hub (all except M1009)
Seal, Plain, Front Hub (M1009 only)
Seal Assy, Rear Hub (all except M1009)
Gasket, Axle Shaft (all except M1009)
Parts Kit, Four Wheel (all except M1009)
Packing, Preformed, Locking Hub (M1009)
QTY
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
BIENNIAL (24,000 MILE) PMCS PARTS LIST
PART
NUMBER
6273951
458860
3977387
26016662
8655625
6259423
2-24.6
NSN
5330-01-150-4022
5330-07-155-4399
5330-01-020-9319
5330-01-084-2410
9150-01-198-3829
5330-01-148-7492
2940-01-121-6350
NOMENCLATURE
QTY
Gasket, Front Diff Cover (all except Ml 009) 1
Gasket, Front Diff Cover (Ml 009 only)
1
Gasket, Rear Diff Cover (all except Ml 009) 1
Gasket, Rear Diff Cover (Ml 009 only)
1
Additive, Oil, Diff
1
Gasket, Trans Pan
1
Parts Kit, Fluid Pre
1
TM 9-2320-289-20
2-24.7
TM 9-2320-289-20
2-24.8
Change 3
*lJS c,o~~&fEJ.Jrp~~lNGomcE 1993. 746. 017 !301cB
PIN: 053627-003
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Ill. TROUBLESHOOTING
2-9.
GENERAL.
a. This section provides information for identifying malfunctions which may develop in the
CUCV. Because of the complexity of the CUCV, troubleshooting has been divided into two major
areas: mechanical troubleshooting (Table 2-3) and electrical troubleshooting (Table 2-4). The
troubleshooting symptom index (paragraph 2-11) provides a list of possible malfunctions, grouped
alphabetically by major truck system, with the location of steps that can be taken to correct the
malfunction.
b. For a better understanding of how a system operates, see Principles of Operation
(Chapter 1, Section Ill). If you’re unsure about the location of an item mentioned in troubleshooting,
refer to the maintenance task where the item is replaced. DO NOT perform the maintenance task
unless the troubleshooting table or your supervisor tell you to do so.
c. When troubleshooting a malfunction:
(1) Ensure that both batteries are fully charged.
(2) Question the operator to obtain any information that might help determine the
cause of the problem. Also ensure that all applicable operator troubleshooting was performed before
beginning troubleshooting procedures in this manual.
(3) Locate the symptom or symptoms in paragraph 2-11 that describe the
malfunction. Check both mechanical and electrical symptoms. If a symptom of a truck malfunction is
not listed, notify your supervisor.
(4) Turn to the page in the troubleshooting table where the troubleshooting
procedures are listed. Headings at the top of each page show how each troubleshooting task is
organized: MALFUNCTION, TEST OR INSPECTION (in step number order), and CORRECTIVE
ACTION.
(5)
Perform each step in the order listed until the malfunction is corrected.
d. If a malfunction cannot be corrected by the listed corrective actions, notify your
supervisor.
2-25
TM 9-2320-289-20
2-10.
TROUBLESHOOTING ELECTRICAL MALFUNCTIONS.
WARNING
Both battery negative cables must be disconnected before removing any
electrical system components. (See paragraph 4-38) Failure to follow this
warning may result in seriuos injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Do not leave key in “RUN” position for more than 2 minutes for any
electrical system test. Failure to follow this caution may result in damage
to glow plugs.
a. I n t r o d u c t i o n . As a general rule, when troubleshooting malfunctions of electrical
systems, check for continuity through the component and any applicable switches and fuses. Use
the wiring diagrams in Appendix F and the following instructions to determine the routing of the
wiring. Replace any component, switch, or fuse that does not have continuity.
b. Abbreviations, Lead Descriptions, and Symbols.
(1) Abbreviations. The following abbreviations of wire colors are used throughout
Appendix F:
BLK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BLK/LT BLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BLK/WHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BLK/YEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BRN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BRN/RED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BRN/WHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DK BLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DKGRN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DK GRN/WHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LT BLU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LT BLU/RED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LT GRN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GRA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GRN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ORN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ORN/BLK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PNK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PNK/BLK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PPL/WHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RED/WHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TAN/WHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WHT/BLK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
YEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
YEL/BLK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-26
Black
Black with one light blue stripe
Black with one white stripe
Black with one yellow stripe
Blue
Brown
Brown with one red stripe
Brown with one white stripe
Dark blue
Dark green
Dark Greenwich one white stripe
Light blue
Light blue with one red stripe
Light green
Gray
Green
Orange
Orange with one black stripe
Pink
Pink with one black stripe
Purple
Purple with one white stripe
Red with one white stripe
Tan with one white stripe
White
White with one black stripe
Yellow
Yellow with one black stripe
TM 9-2320-289-20
(2) Lead Descriptions. Each lead on a wiring diagram is designated according to wire
size, wire color, and circuit. For example, lead 3 RED-2J (SXL) is designated as follows:
(a)
Wire size is the diameter of the wire in millimeters. Use the following table
to convert wire size into wire gage:
Wire Gage
Wire size
.5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...20
.8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
................... 8
8
13 ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
(b)
Wire co/or is as previously described.
(c)
The circuit identifier is only found on the wiring diagram and is used to help
distinguish between leads of the same wire size and color. The following
abbreviations may appear as part of the circuit identifier (temperature in
parentheses is maximum temperature that the wire can withstand):
NOTE
A fusible link is connected to a lead by a splice and is always
constructed of a wire 4 gages higher than the lead it connects to.
Any wire that is not labeled will be poly-vinyl chloride wire.
HDT
HW
SGT
SGX
SXL
THERMO HW
Heavy-walled, high-abrasion, poly-vinyl
chloride wire (175°F or 97°C)
Heavy-walled, high-abrasion, poly-vinyl
chloride wire (275°F or 152°C)
Poly-vinyl chloride; negative battery cable
Cross-link polyethylene; positive battery
cable
Heavy-walled, high-abrasion, cross-link
polyethylene (275°F or 152°C)
Fusible link; heavy-walled silicone over
cross-link polyethylene.
2-27
TM 9-2320-289-20
(3) Symbols. Major items appearing in wiring diagrams and schematics are labeled.
Other items that may require explanation are defined below:
A. Wiring Harness Terminals, Will be found In “mirror image” locations on the wiring harness
male/female connector (F), The circuit through lead 3 RED-2J (SXL) is shown at points marked
“(A).” Note that only terminals for the applicable circuit wiII be shown on the wiring diagram.
Terminals shown on other wiring diagrams will be represented by empty blocks on the wiring
harness connectors.
B. Splice. Indicates where a lead Is soldered or otherwise connected to 1 or more other leads,
Repair any broken soldered splice using soldering gun.
c . Wiring Harness, Can be Identified on a wiring diagram by a large number of leads going In the
same direction. Wiring harnesses can be identified on the truck by a conduit (plastic sleeve) or a
loom (string mesh) that wraps around the leads. The leads of each wiring harness are exposed
at the base of the connectors.
D. Leads and Connectors, Transmit electricity to major components, When disconnecting more
than one lead and connector from a major component, tag leads and connectors for installation.
E. Ground Lead. Connects to frame or body to complete electrical circuit, A disconnected or
damaged ground lead can make a major component inoperative, or operative at lower
efficiency.
F. Wiring Harness Male/Female Connectors, Are shown on the wiring diagram according to
their actual shape. Anywhere that a female connector appears, the “mirror image” shown
opposite It will be its male connector.
TA49631
2-28
TM 9-2320-289-20
c. General Electrical Troubleshooting Instructions.
(1) Any components that have been removed for testing must be installed again if
they are not defective.
(2) Fuses are identified by amperage in the troubleshooting procedures, as well by as
a number printed on the fuse itself. An easy way to identify fuses is by their color. The following is a
list of fuses and their colors:
Amperage Fuse
Color
5 amps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tan
10 amps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Red
15 amps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Light Blue
20 amps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yellow
25 amps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... White
30 amps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Light Green
(3) Many electrical troubleshooting tasks will require that you check for voltage or
continuity through a lead or connector terminal. Leads will be identified by wire color if their location
is unclear. Connector terminals will usually be identified by the leads that connect to the back of
them.
2-29
TM 9-2320-289-20
2-11.
TROUBLESHOOTING SYMPTOM INDEX.
MECHANICAL
TROUBLESHOOTING
Troubleshooting
Procedure
Page
BRAKE SYSTEM
Service Brakes:
Drag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pull . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Sensitive braking action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Squeak, high-pitched . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Uneven braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking Brake Does Not Hold Truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pedal:
Excessive effort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Returns slowly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rough during normal application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spongy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Travel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vibrates (booster chatters) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-35
2-36
2-35
2-35
2-36
2-36
2-36
2-36
2-37
2-38
2-38
2-37
2-38
ENGINE
Accelerator:
Full throttle cannot be obtained . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loss of power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pedal sticks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Will not shut off using key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Assembly:
Exhaust smoke during operation (excessive) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heavy knock with engine torque applied . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Will not shut off using key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Idle:
Knocks when hot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rough on cold-starts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rough when hot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Will not continue to run, hard restarting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Will not return to idle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lubrication System:
Oil loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil pressure light on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Radiator:
Coolant loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starting:
Cranks but will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High-pitched whine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Slow cranking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unusual noise during cranking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Will not crank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-30
2-40
2-45
2-40
2-47
2-46
2-46
2-43
2-47
2-42
2-41
2-42
2-41
2-41
2-44
2-44
2-44
2-45
2-39
2-40
2-39
2-39
2-39
TM 9-2320-289-20
2-1 1
TROUBLESHOOTING SYMPTOM INDEX (Con’t).
MECHANICAL
TROUBLESHOOTING
Troubleshooting
Prooedure
Page
EXHAUST SYSTEM
Leaking Exhaust Gases.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Noisy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-47
2-47
HEATER, AMBULANCE PERSONNEL
Smoky Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starts But Shuts Off Completely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-48
2-48
HEATER, ENGINE COOLANT
Cold Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fan Runs Continually With Switch Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
No Heat Produced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operates; Engine Remains Cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
‘RUN” Lamp Stays On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Will Not Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-50
2-50
2-50
2-50
2-50
2-50
HEATER, WINTERIZATION KIT
Smoky Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starts But Shuts Off Completely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Will Not Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-49
2-49
2-49
PROPELLER SHAFT
“Klunking” Sound . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vibrates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-51
2-51
STEERING
Excessive Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lack of Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Noisy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . .
Slow Return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-52
2-52
2-52
2-53
2-53
SUSPENSION
Noisy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-53
TRANSFER CASE
Difficult to Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Noisy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-54
2-54
2-31
TM 9-2320-289-20
2-11.
TROUBLESHOOTING SYMPTOM INDEX (Con’t).
MECHANICAL TROUBLESHOOTING
Troubleshooting
Procedure
Page
TRANSMISSION
“Clunks’’ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Noisy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Whines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Will Not Shift Properly.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
2-55
2-55
2-54
2-55
2-55
Uneven Wear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wanders to One Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-55
2-56
2-56
WHEELES AND TIRES
2-32
TM 9-2320-289-20
2-11.
TROUBLESHOOTING SYMPTOM INDEX (Con’t).
ELECTRICAL
TROUBLESHOOTING
Troubleshooting
Procedure
Page
AIR CONDITIONER
Cooling lnsufficient; Air Flow Normal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low Air Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
No Air Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-57
2-57
2-57
AMBULANCE BODY SERVICE OUTLETS
15 amp Outlets Inoperative. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
60 amp Outlet Inoperative.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-58
2-58
BATTERIES/CHARGING SYSTEM
All Systems Inoperative .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Generator Light (All Except M1010):
Does not come on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
“GEN 2’’ lightre remains on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remains on; key off..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Turns on during operation.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Slave Receptacle Inoperative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltmeter:
All except M1010:
In red zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In yellow zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inoperative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1010 and M1028 (with 200 amp system):
In red zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In yellow zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inoperative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remains on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-59
2-59
2-60
2-60
2-59
2-62
2-60
2-59
2-59
2-61
2-61
2-61
2-60
GLOW PLUG SYSTEM
Engine Cranks But Will Not Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Glow Plug Module Inoperative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
“WAIT” Light:
Continuously on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inoperative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operates upon restarting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-64
2-62
2-64
2-63
2-64
HEATER, GAS-PARTICULATE FILTER UNIT
Will Not Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-66
HEATER, AMBULANCE AND WINTERIZATION KIT
Will Not Shut Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Will Not Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change 2
2-66
2-66
2-33
TM 9-2320-289-20
2-11.
TROUBLESHOOTING SYMPTOM INDEX (Con’t).
ELECTRICAL
TROUBLESHOOTING
Troubleshooting
Procedure
Page
HORN
Inoperative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Will Not Shut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-68
2-69
INSTRUMENT PANEL
Fuel Gage Inaccurate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light Flickering or Will Not Turn Off:
Brake warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Four-wheel drive (transfer case not in four-wheel drive) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light Inoperative:
Four-wheel drive (transfer case in four-wheel drive) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-70
2-69
2-69
2-70
2-70
2-71
LIGHTING SYSTEM
Inoperative:
Back-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Blackout .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Blackout drive..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hazard warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Head, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marker/parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Turn signals.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Turn Signals Light But Do Not Flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Will Not Turn Off:
Back-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-71
2-72
2-73
2-73
2-72
2-72
2-73
2-74
2-74
2-71
2-74
STARTING SYSTEM
Engine Will Not Crank (No Audible Solenoid Clicks) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Slow Cranking (Solenoid Clicks) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
No Cranking (Solenoid Clicks) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starter Stays Engaged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-74
2-76
2-76
2-75
WINDSHIELD WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
Wiper Motor:
Inoperative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Will not turn off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Washer inoperative; Wiper Operative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-75
2-76
2-76
STE/lCE TROUBLESHOOTING.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-77
2-34
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-3. Mechanical Troubleshooting
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
BRAKE SYSTEM
1.
BRAKES DRAG
Step 1.
Inspect brake lines and hoses. (See TB 9-2300-405-14)
Clear restrictions or replace if damaged or crimped. (See paragraphs 7-9
and 7-10)
Step 2.
Check for incorrect parking brake adjustment on rear brakes.
Adjust parking brake. (See paragraph 7-2)
Step 3.
Inspect brake shoes, brake pads, and all components for proper operation and
installation. (See paragraphs 7-7 and 7-11)
2. BRAKES PULL WHEN APPLIED
Step 1.
Check for incorrect tire pressure.
Inflate all tires to recommended pressure. (See TM 9-2320-289-10)
Step 2.
Inspect brake lines and hoses. (See TB 9-2300-405-14)
Clear restrictions or replace if damaged or crimped. (See paragraphs 7-9
and 7-10)
Step 3.
Inspect for loose calipers.
If calipers are loose, tighten bolts to specifications. (See paragraph 7-11)
Step 4.
Have assistant press brake pedal and check for movement of caliper piston.
If pistons are stuck or sluggish, replace caliper. (See paragraph 7-11)
Step 5.
Check front wheel toe alinement. (See paragraph 8-6)
3. SENSITIVE BRAKING ACTION (M1009)
Step 1.
Check to ensure that the correct power booster has been installed (M1009 only).
(See paragraph 7-8)
If correct power booster is on truck and condition still exists, replace power
booster. (See paragraph 7-8)
2-35
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-3. Mechanical Troubleshooting (Con’t)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
4.
GRABBING OR UNEVEN BRAKING ACTION BETWEEN FRONT AND REAR BRAKES
Step 1.
Inspect combination valve and lines for obvious damage.
Replace valve and lines if damaged. (See paragraph 7-9)
Step 2.
Inspect proportioning valve (all except M1009) and lines for obvious damage.
Replace proportioning valve and lines if damaged. (See paragraph 7-10)
If proportioning valve is not damaged, adjust. (See paragraph 7-10)
5.
HIGH-PITCHED SQUEAK
Step 1.
Inspect brake shoes and brake pads for incorrect installation, distortion, and
excessive wear; thickness of lining or distance from rivet head must exceed
0.031 in. (0.80 mm).
Repair if necessary. (See paragraphs 7-7 and 7-11)
6.
PARKING BRAKE DOES NOT HOLD TRUCK
Step 1.
Check parking brake adjustment and ensure that linkage operates properly.
Adjust parking brake (see paragraph 7-2) or replace damaged parts (see
paragraphs 7-3 and 7-4).
7.
PEDAL EFFORT EXCESSIVE
Step 1.
Check for insufficient brake fluid in master cylinder.
Fill reservoir if low (see LO 9-2320-289-12) and check for leakage.
Step 2.
Check power steering pump fluid level. (See LO 9-2320-289-12)
Step 3.
Check to ensure that the correct power booster has been installed (all except
M1009). (See paragraph 7-8)
If condition still exists replace power booster. (See paragraph 7-8)
Step 4.
Inspect power steering belt.
Tighten if loose or replace if worn. (See paragraph 8-15)
Step 5.
Inspect brake lines and hoses. (See TB 9-2300-405-14)
Clear restrictions or replace if damaged or crimped. (See paragraphs 7-9
and 7-10)
2-36
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-3. Mechanical Troubleshooting (Con’t)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 6.
Inspect brake shoes and brake pads for incorrect installation, distortion, and
excessive wear; thickness of lining or distance from rivet head must exceed
0.031 in. (0.80 mm).
Repair if required. (See paragraphs 7-7 and 7-11)
Step 7.
Have assistant press brake pedal; check for movement of caliper piston.
Replace calipers if required. (See paragraph 7-11)
Step 8.
Inspect for binding brake pedal mechanism.
Lubricate or replace bushing and spacer. (See paragraph 7-12)
8.
PEDAL RETURNS SLOWLY
NOTE
Pedal should travel 1-1½ in. (2.54-3.81 cm) before brakes take hold. After
brakes take hold, pedal may exceed 1-1½ in. (2.54-3.81 cm) travel; this is
normal.
Step 1.
Inspect power steering pump belt.
Tighten if loose or replace if worn. (See paragraph 8-15)
WARNING
Compressed air used to check for restrictions should never exceed 30 psi
(207 kPa). Use only effective chip guarding and personnel protective
equipment (goggles/shield, gloves, etc.). Failure to follow this warning may
result in serious injury to personnel.
Step 2.
Check for restrictions in lines from power booster to power steering pump with low
pressure air.
Clear restrictions or replace. (See paragraph 8-14)
Step 3.
Check power booster input rod end at brake pedal for wear or damage.
Replace if worn or damaged. (See paragraph 7-8)
9.
EXCESSIVE PEDAL TRAVEL
Step 1.
Check master cylinder reservoirs for low brake fluid. (See LO 9-2320-289-12)
Step 2.
Inspect master cylinder and brake lines for leakage.
Tighten or replace damaged parts. (See paragraphs 7-8, 7-9, and 7-10)
Fill reservoir if low. (See LO 9-2320-289-12)
Change 2
2-37
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-3. Mechanical Troubleshooting (Con’t)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 3.
Check rear brake adjustment and inspect auto adjusters for damage,
Adjust rear brakes and repair auto adjusters if damaged. (See paragraph 7-7)
Step 4.
Check power booster operation. Depress brake pedal several times to exhaust
accumulator pressure. Start engine. Brake pedal should return to normal position.
Replace power booster if not operating properly. (See paragraph 7-8)
Step 5.
Check wheel bearing adjustment. (See paragraphs 8-4 and 8-5)
10. SPONGY BRAKES
NOTE
Pedal should travel 1-1½ in. (2.54-3.81 cm) before brakes take hold. After
brakes take hold, pedal may exceed 1-1½ in. (2.54-3.81 cm) travel; this is
normal.
Step 1.
Bleed brakes. (See paragraph 7-6)
11. PEDAL VIBRATES (BOOSTER CHATTERS)
Step 1.
Inspect power steering pump belt.
Tighten if loose or replace if worn. (See paragraph 8-15)
Step 2.
Check power steering pump reservoir for low power steering fluid. Inspect power
steering pump and lines for leakage.
Tighten hoses if leaking. If still leaking, replace pump and/or hoses. (See
paragraphs 8-15 and 8-14)
Fill reservoir if low. (See LO 9-2320-289-12)
12. ROUGHNESS FELT DURING NORMAL BRAKE APPLICATION
WARNING
DO NOT use a dry brush or compressed air to clean brake shoes, brake
pads, or brake components. There may be asbestos dust on brake shoes,
brake pads, or brake components which can be dangerous to you if you
breathe it. Brake shoes, brake pads, and brake components must be wet,
and a soft brush must be used. Failure to follow this warning may result in
serious illness or death to personnel.
Step 1.
Inspect brake shoes and brake pads for incorrect installation, foreign material,
distortion, and excessive wear; thickness of lining or distance from rivet head must
exceed 0.031 in. (0.80 mm).
Repair or replace if necessary. (See paragraphs 7-7 and 7-11)
2-38
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-3. Mechanical Troubleshooting (Con’t)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 2.
Check drums and rotors for heat spotting, glazing, or heavy scoring.
Notify your supervisor if heat spotted, glazed, or scored.
Step 3.
Check tires for improper balancing. (See TM 9-2610-200-24)
Step 4.
Clean, inspect, and adjust wheel bearings.
Replace if damaged. (See paragraph 8-4 or 8-5)
ENGINE
13. ENGINE WILL NOT CRANK
Step 1.
See Electrical Troubleshooting malfunction #42.
If engine still will not crank, notify your supervisor.
14. SLOW CRANKING OR UNUSUAL NOISE DURING CRANKING
Step 1.
Check starter mounting bolts for looseness.
Tighten any loose mounting bolts to 33 Ib.-ft. (45 N•m).
Step 2.
Check clearance between starter pinion tooth and flywheel. (See paragraph 4-5,
INSTALLATION)
Step 3.
Inspect flywheel ring gear for chipped or damaged teeth. (See paragraph 4-5,
INSTALLATION)
If chipped or damaged teeth are found, notify your supervisor.
15. CRANKS BUT WILL NOT START
Step 1.
Check to see if there is fuel in tank. Add fuel if empty.
Step 2.
Check fuel supply and return lines for restrictions, looseness, or damage.
Tighten or replace if damaged. (See paragraph 3-13 or 3-14)
Step 3.
Inspect fuel filter, fuel pump, and injector pump for leakage.
Notify your supervisor if injector pump is leaking. Replace other leaking
components. (See paragraphs 3-10 and 3-17)
Step 4.
Check for inoperative glow plugs and glow plug system. (See Electrical
Troubleshooting malfunction #19)
2-39
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-3. Mechanical Troubleshooting (Con’t)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 5.
Check for contaminated fuel by draining fuel from fuel filter draincock into suitable
container. Check color of fuel to determine if the correct fuel is in fuel system.
Drain fuel and replace if contaminated or incorrect fuel is in fuel system.
WARNING
Diesel fuel is flammable. When disconnecting fuel lines to test fuel flow,
direct fuel spray away from source of ignition. A fire extinguisher must be
on hand in work area. Failure to follow this warning may result in serious
injury or death to personnel.
Step 6.
Check fuel pump operation. Disconnect input fuel line at the fuel filter. Disconnect
pink lead from fuel injector pump. Use a quart capacity container, and crank
engine for 15 seconds. Container should be at least ¼ full or contain ½ pt (0.231)
of fuel. Install low pressure gage in fuel line. Crank engine for 15 more seconds.
Fuel pressure should be 5.5-6.5 psi (38-45 kPa). Reconnect fuel inlet line to fuel
filter, and reconnect pink lead to fuel injector pump.
If fuel flow is insufficient, replace fuel pump. (See paragraph 3-10)
Step 7.
Bleed fuel filter. (See paragraph 3-17)
16. HIGH-PITCHED WHINE FOLLOWING STARTUP
Step 1.
Check starter mounting bolts for looseness.
Tighten any loose mounting bolts to 33 Ib.-ft. (45 N•m).
Step 2.
Check clearance between starter pinion tooth and flywheel. (See paragraph 4-5,
INSTALLATION)
If condition still exists, replace starter. (See paragraph 4-5)
17. ACCELERATOR PEDAL STICKS OR FULL THROTTLE CANNOT BE OBTAINED
Step 1.
Inspect accelerator pedal components for binding or damage that would limit pedal
travel.
Replace components if required. (See paragraph 3-24)
Step 2.
Inspect accelerator cable and control spring on left side of injection pump for
damage that would restrict cable movement.
Replace cable or spring if damaged. (See paragraph 3-23)
2-40
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-3. Mechanical Troubleshooting (Con’t)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
18. WILL NOT RETURN TO IDLE
Step 1.
Inspect accelerator cable for binding or damage,
Replace cable if damaged. (See paragraph 3-23)
Step 2.
Check for missing or damaged control spring on left side of fuel injector pump.
Install control spring if missing or replace if damaged. (See paragraph 3-23)
Step 3.
Check idle speed setting. (See paragraph 3-25)
19. IDLES ROUGH ON COLD-STARTS WITH BLACK SMOKE BUT CLEARS UP AFTER WARM-UP
Step 1.
Check for improper starting procedures. (See TM 9-2320-289-10)
Step 2.
Check for inoperative glow plugs and glow plug system. (See Electrical
Troubleshooting malfunction #19)
20. STARTS BUT WILL NOT CONTINUE TO RUN, HARD RESTARTING
Step 1.
Inspect air cleaner filter and polywrap,
Replace air cleaner filter if required. Clean polywrap if required. (See
paragraph 3-9)
Step 2.
Check idle speed setting. (See paragraph 3-25)
WARNING
Diesel fuel is flammable. When disconnecting fuel lines to test fuel flow,
direct fuel spray away from source of ignition. A fire extinguisher must be
on hand in work area. Failure to follow this warning may result in serious
injury or death to personnel.
Step 3.
Check for leaking or restricted fuel lines.
Tighten fittings or replace leaking or restricted lines. (See paragraph 3-13 or
3-14)
If no leaks or crimps are obvious, bleed fuel filter. (See paragraph 3-17)
Step 4.
Check for contaminated fuel by draining fuel from fuel filter draincock into suitable
container. Check color of fuel to determine if the correct fuel is in fuel system.
Drain fuel and replace if contaminated or incorrect fuel is in fuel system.
Step 5.
Check seals on vent plug and draincock on fuel filter for damage. (See paragraph
3-17)
Replace damaged seals. (See paragraph 3-17)
Change 2
2-41
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-3. Mechanical Troubleshooting (Con’t)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
WARNING
Diesel fuel is flammable. When disconnecting fuel lines to test fuel flow,
direct fuel spray away from source of ignition. A fire extinguisher must be
on hand in work area. Failure to follow this warning may result in serious
injury or death to personnel.
Step 6.
Check fuel pump operation. Disconnect input fuel line at the fuel filter. Disconnect
pink lead from fuel injector pump. Use a quart capacity container and crank engine
for 15 seconds. Container should be at least ¼ full or contain ½ pt (0.23 1) of fuel,
Install low pressure gage in fuel line. Crank engine for 15 more seconds. Fuel
pressure should be 5.5-6.5 psi (38-45 kPa). Connect fuel inlet line to fuel filter and
connect pink lead to fuel injector pump.
If fuel flow is insufficient, replace fuel pump. (See paragraph 3-10)
21. STARTS, IDLES ROUGH WHEN HOT
WARNING
Diesel fuel is flammable. When disconnecting fuel lines to test fuel flow,
direct fuel spray away from source of ignition. A fire extinguisher must be
on hand in work area. Failure to follow this warning may result in serious
injury or death to personnel.
Step 1.
Check for leaking or restricted fuel lines.
Tighten fittings or replace leaking or restricted lines as required, (See
paragraph 3-13 or 3-14)
lf no leaks or crimps are obvious, bleed fuel filter. (See paragraph 3-17)
Step 2.
Check for contaminated fuel by draining fuel from fuel filter draincock into suitable
container. Check color of fuel to determine if the correct fuel is in fuel system.
Drain fuel and replace if contaminated or incorrect fuel is in fuel system.
22. KNOCKS AT IDLE WHEN HOT
2-42
Step 1.
Check oil level indicator for proper reading. (See TM 9-2320-289-10)
Step 2.
With engine cool, check level of coolant. (See TM 9-2320-289-10)
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-3. Mechanical Troubleshooting (Con’t)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
WARNING
Before checking for improper positioning and damage, allow exhaust
system to cool. Failure to follow this warning will result in serious burns.
Step 3.
Check tailpipe, muffler, and exhaust pipe for improper positioning and damage.
Reposition and tighten mounting hardware.
Replace any damaged components. (See paragraph 3-27)
Step 4.
Check. engine mounts and insulators for looseness and damage.
Tighten bolts securing mount to frame or engine if loose. If there is any
damage, notify your supervisor.
Step 5.
Check alternator belts for improper tension or damage.
Adjust or replace if damaged. (See paragraph 4-2 or 4-3)
Step 6.
Check for contaminated fuel by draining fuel from fuel filter draincock into suitable
container. Check color of fuel to determine if the correct fuel is in fuel system.
Drain fuel and replace if contaminated or incorrect fuel is in fuel system.
WARNING
Diesel fuel is flammable. When disconnecting fuel lines to test fuel flow,
direct fuel spray away from source of ignition. A fire extinguisher must be
on hand in work area. Failure to follow this warning may result in serious
injury or death to personnel.
Step 7.
Check fuel pump operation. Disconnect input fuel line at the fuel filter. Disconnect
pink lead from fuel injector pump. Use a quart capacity container and crank engine
for 15 seconds. Container should be at least ¼ full or contain ½ pt (0.23 I) of fuel.
Install low pressure gage in fuel line. Crank engine for 15 more seconds. Fuel
pressure should be 5.5-6.5 psi (38-45 kPa). Connect fuel inlet line to fuel filter
and connect pink lead to fuel injector pump.
If fuel flow is insufficient, replace fuel pump. (See paragraph 3-10)
23. EXCESSIVE VIBRATION
Step 1.
Check engine mounts, insulators, and components for looseness and damage.
Tighten any loose components. Tighten bolts securing mounts to frame or
engine if loose. If there is any damage, notify your supervisor.
2-43
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-3. Mechanical Troubleshooting (Con’t)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
C0RRECTIVE ACTION
24. EXCESSIVE OIL LOSS
Step 1.
Check oil level indicator for proper reading. (See TM 9-2320-289-10)
Step 2.
Inspect oil filler cap vent for buildup of sand, dirt, and other foreign material that may
keep oil filler cap vent valve in an open position. If condition exists, remove oil filler
cap, clean, and shake to listen for rattling sound.
If cap rattles, install.
If cap does not rattle, replace.
Step 3.
Remove crankcase depression regulator valve (CDRV) assembly and CDRV hoses.
Clean with a rag and inspect for cracks. Test CDRV for proper operation.
Clear foreign material and test or replace if necessary.
Step 4.
Clean excess oil from exterior of valve cover, oil level indicator tube, oil pan and
plug, oil filter, fuel pump, engine oil cooler lines, and oil pressure sending unit;
check for looseness, damage, and leakage.
If leakage is evident, notify your supervisor.
25. OIL PRESSURE LIGHT ON AT IDLE
Step 1.
Check oil level indicator for proper reading. (See TM 9-2320-289-10)
Step 2.
Check engine idle speed. (See paragraph 3-25)
Step 3.
Check oil pressure sending unit for looseness, damage, or leakage.
Repair as necessary.
Step 4.
If light remains on, replace oil pressure sending unit. (See paragraph 4-14)
26. COOLANT LOSS
Step 1.
Pressurize cooling system and check for leakage on all hoses and components.
(See TM 750-254)
Tighten loose clamps, fasteners, or fittings. Replace leaking hoses and
components. (See paragraphs 3-32, 3-33, and 3-34)
Step 2.
Check radiator cap for proper relief pressure. (See TM 750-254) Relief pressure
should be 15 psi (103 kPa).
Replace if defective.
2-44
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-3. Mechanical Troubleshooting (con’t)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
27. OVERHEATS
Step 1.
Check for loose, damaged, or missing fan belts.
Adjust or replace if damaged. (See paragraph 4-2 or 4-3)
Step 2.
Pressurize cooling system and check for leakage on all hoses and components.
(See TM 750-254)
Tighten loose clamps, fasteners, or fittings. Replace leaking hoses and
components. (See paragraphs 3-6, 3-32, 3-33, and 3-34)
Step 3.
If engine continues to overheat, replace thermostat. (See paragraph 3-34)
Step 4.
Check fan clutch.
Replace fan clutch. (See paragraph 3-35)
28. NOTICEABLE LOSS OF POWER
Step 1.
Inspect air cleaner filter and polywrap.
Replace air cleaner filter if required. Clean polywrap if required. (See
paragraph 3-9).
WARNING
Diesel fuel is flammable. When disconnecting fuel lines to test fuel flow,
direct fuel spray away from source of ignition. A fire extinguisher must be
on hand in work area. Failure to follow this warning may result in serious
injury or death to personnel.
Step 2.
Check for restricted fuel filter. Bleed air from fuel system. (See paragraph 3-17)
If fuel flow is insufficient, replace fuel filter. (See paragraph 3-17)
Step 3.
Check for leaking or restricted fuel lines.
Tighten fittings or replace leaking or restricted lines. (See paragraph 3-13 or
3-14)
WARNING
Before checking for improper positioning and damage, allow exhaust
system to cool. Failure to follow this warning will result in serious burns.
Step 4.
Check tailpipe, muffler, and exhaust pipe for improper positioning and damage.
Reposition and tighten mounting hardware.
Replace any damaged components. (See paragraph 3-27)
Change 2
2-45
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-3. Mechanical Troubleshooting (Con’t)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
29. EXCESSIVE EXHAUST SMOKE DURING OPERATION
Step 1.
Inspect air cleaner filter and polywrap.
Replace air cleaner filter if required. Clean polywrap if required. (See
paragraph 3-9)
Step 2.
Check for contaminated fuel by draining fuel from fuel filter draincock into suitable
container. Check color of fuel to determine if the correct fuel is in fuel system.
Drain fuel and replace if contaminated or incorrect fuel is in fuel system.
WARNING
Diesel fuel is flammable. When disconnecting fuel lines to test fuel flow,
direct fuel spray away from source of ignition. A fire extinguisher must be
on hand in work area. Failure to follow this warning may result in serious
injury or death to personnel.
Step 3.
Check fuel pump operation. Disconnect input fuel line at the fuel filter. Disconnect
pink lead from fuel injector pump. Use a quart capacity container and crank engine
for 15 seconds. Container should be at least ¼ full or contain ½ pt (0.23 I) of fuel.
Install low pressure gage in fuel line. Crank engine for 15 more seconds. Fuel
pressure should be 5.5-6.5 psi (38-45 kPa). Connect fuel inlet line to fuel filter and
connect pink lead to fuel injector pump.
If fuel flow is insufficient, replace fuel pump. (See paragraph 3-10)
Step 4.
Bleed fuel filter. (See paragraph 3-17)
Step 5.
Check crankcase depression regulator valve (CDRV) and hose for restrictions.
Inspect hose and air intake manifold for evidence of oil.
Clean off all traces of oil and clear restrictions or replace CDRV and hose as
required. (See paragraph 3-5)
30. HEAVY KNOCK WITH ENGINE TORQUE APPLIED
WARNING
Before checking for improper positioning and damage, allow exhaust
system to cool. Failure to follow this warning will result in serious burns.
2-46
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-3. Mechanical Troubleshooting (Con’t)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
NOTE
Knocking and rattling will result if air cleaner wingnut is loose.
Step 1.
Check tailpipe, muffler, and exhaust pipe for improper positioning and damage.
Reposition and tighten mounting hardware.
Replace any damaged components. (See paragraph 3-27)
Step 2.
Check engine mounts and insulators for looseness and damage.
Tighten bolts securing mounts to frame or engine if loose. If there is any
damage, notify your supervisor.
Step 3.
Check alternator belts for improper tension or damage.
Adjust or replace if damaged. (See paragraph 4-2 or 4-3)
Step 4.
If knock is still evident, notify your supervisor.
31. WILL NOT SHUT OFF USING KEY
NOTE
Ground wire for ignition switch goes to top of parking brake bracket. If
ground wire is broke, engine will not shut off if light switch is on.
Step 1.
With engine at idle, pinch flexible part of the fuel return line at fuel injector pump to
stop engine. Notify your supervisor.
EXHAUST SYSTEM
32. EXCESSIVE NOISE OR LEAKING EXHAUST GASES
WARNING
Before checking for looseness, damage, or restrictions, allow exhaust
system to cool. Failure to follow this warning will result in serious burns.
Step 1.
Check tailpipe, muffler, exhaust manifolds, and exhaust pipe for looseness,
damage, or restrictions.
Tighten or replace any damaged components. (See paragraphs 3-27 and
3-28)
Change 2
2-47
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-3. Mechanical Troubleshooting (Con’t)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
AMBULANCE PERSONNEL HEATER
33. SMOKY HEATER EXHAUST AFTER 5 MINUTES CONTINUOUS OPERATION
WARNING
Before checking for restrictions, allow exhaust pipe to cool. Failure to
follow this warning will result in serious burns.
Step 1.
Check air inlet or exhaust outlet for restrictions.
Remove any restrictions.
If there are no restrictions, replace heater, (See paragraph 10-36)
34. STARTS BUT SHUTS OFF COMPLETELY
Step 1.
Ensure that truck fuel tank is at least ¼ full. Add fuel if low.
Step 2.
Inspect air passages for restrictions.
Clear restrictions. Allow system to cool before retesting.
WARNING
Diesel fuel is flammable. When disconnecting fuel lines to test fuel flow,
direct fuel spray away from source of ignition. A fire extinguisher must be
on hand in work area. Failure to follow this warning may result in serious
injury or death to personnel.
Step 3.
Remove side panel from heater compartment. Disconnect fuel line from inlet side
of heater. Place suitable container under inlet line. Check for fuel flow to heater
while holding run-start switch in the “START” position.
If fuel flow is evident, replace heater (See paragraph 10-36)
If fuel flow is not evident, perform step 4.
Step 4.
Check for restrictions in heater inlet fuel line.
If line is restricted, clear restriction.
2-48
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-3. Mechanical Troubleshooting (Con’t)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
WINTERIZATION KIT HEATERS
35. WITERIZATION KIT HEATERS WILL NOT START
Step 1.
Perform Electrical Troubleshooting malfunction #22.
36. SMOKY HEATER EXHAUST AFTER 5 MINUTES CONTINUOUS OPERATION
WARNING
Before checking for restrictions, allow exhaust pipe to cool. Failure to
follow this warning may result in serious burns.
Step 1.
Check air inlet or exhaust outlet for restrictions.
Remove any restrictions.
If there are no restrictions, replace heater. (See paragraph 11-8, 11-16, or
11-21)
37. STARTS BUT SHUTS OFF COMPLETELY
Step 1.
Ensure that truck fuel tank is at least ¼ full.
Add fuel if low.
Step 2.
Inspect air passages for restrictions.
Clear restrictions. Allow system to cool before retesting.
2-49
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-3. Mechanical Troubleshooting (Con’t)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
WARNING
Diesel fuel is flammable. When disconnecting fuel lines to test fuel flow,
direct fuel spray away from source of ignition. A fire extinguisher must be
on hand in work area. Failure to follow this warning may result in serious
injury or death to personnel.
Step 3.
If troubleshooting cargo compartment heater malfunction, remove heater cover.
Disconnect fuel line from inlet side of heater. Place a suitable container under inlet
line. Check for fuel flow to heater while holding run-start switch in “START” position
(all except engine coolant heater) or on-off switch in “ON” position (engine coolant
heater only).
If fuel flow is evident, replace heater, (See paragraph 11-8 or 11-21)
If fuel flow is not evident, perform step 4.
Step 4.
Check for restrictions in heater inlet fuel line.
If line is restricted, clear restrictions.
Step 5.
Perform Electrical Troubleshooting malfunction #22.
HEATER (ENGINE COOLANT ONLY)
38. FAN RUNS CONTINUALLY WITH SWITCH OFF; RUN LAMP STAYS ON; NO HEAT PRODUCED
Step 1.
Replace heater. (See paragraph 11-16)
39. HEATER OPERATES; ENGINE REMAINS COLD
Step 1.
Check to see if coolant shutoff valves are open.
Step 2.
Replace heater. (See paragraph 11-16)
40. WILL NOT START
Step 1.
2-50
Perform Electrical Troubleshooting malfunction #22.
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-3. Mechanical Troubleshooting (Con’t)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
WARNING
Diesel fuel is flammable, When disconnecting fuel lines to test fuel flow,
direct fuel spray away from source of ignition. A fire extinguisher must be
on hand in work area. Failure to follow this warning may result in serious
injury or death to personnel.
Step 2.
Disconnect fuel line from inlet side of heater. Place a suitable container under inlet
line. Check for fuel flow to heater while holding cm-off switch in “ON” position.
If fuel flow is evident, replace heater. (See paragraph 11-16)
If fuel flow is not evident, perform step 3.
Step 3.
Check for restrictions in heater inlet fuel line.
If line is restricted, clear restrictions.
PROPELLER SHAFT
41. MAKES “KLUNKING” SOUND WHEN SHIFTING
Step 1.
Inspect propeller shaft universal joints for play. Attempt to move propeller shaft
forward and back to detect play on yoke.
Replace if there is play. (See paragraph 6-3 or 6-5)
Step 2.
If “klunking” persists, notify your supervisor.
42. VIBRATES
Step 1.
Check propeller shaft mounting bolts for looseness.
Tighten if loose. (See paragraphs 6-2 and 6-4)
Step 2.
Inspect propeller shaft for damage, buildup of foreign material, and missing weights.
Remove foreign material or replace propeller shaft if damaged or weights are
missing. (See paragraphs 6-2, 6-3, 6-4, and 6-5)
Step 3.
Inspect propeller shaft universal joints for play and binding. Attempt to move
propeller shaft ends forward and back to detect play or binding on yoke.
Replace universal joint if there is play or binding. (See paragraphs 6-3 and 6-5)
Change 2
2-51
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-3. Mechanical Troubleshooting (Con’t)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 4.
Check wheels for improper balancing. (See TM 9-2610-200-24)
STEERING
43. EXCESSIVE PLAY IN STEERING
Step 1.
Check for incorrect tire pressure. (See TM 9-2320-289-10)
Step 2.
Inspect connecting rod, pitman arm, and tie-rod ends for looseness or wear.
Tighten or replace as required. (See paragraph 8-10, 8-11, or 8-13)
Step 3.
Inspect power steering pump reservoir for air in power steering fluid. Power steering
fluid will have milky appearance if it contains air. If there is air in system, inspect
pump and hoses for leakage.
Tighten hoses if leaking. If still leaking, replace pump and/or hoses (see
paragraphs 8-15 and 8-14) and bleed power steering system (see
paragraph 8-8).
NOTE
If there is Loctite on bolts, DO NOT tighten without reapplying Loctite
(Item 30, Appendix C).
Step 4.
Inspect steering gear.
If loose, tighten mounting bolts 75 Ib.-ft. (102 N-m).
Step 5.
Clean, inspect, and adjust wheel bearings. (See paragraphs 8-4 and 8-5)
Replace if required.
44. HARD STEERING OR LACK OF ASSIST
Step 1.
Check for incorrect tire pressure. (See TM 9-2320-289-10)
Step 2.
Inspect power steering pump belt for looseness or wear. (See paragraph 8-15)
Step 3.
Inspect power steering pump reservoir for contamination and insufficient fluid;
inspect power steering pump and hoses for leakage.
If fluid is contaminated, flush with clean fluid. (See paragraph 8-8) Tighten
hoses if leaking, If still leaking, replace pump and/or hoses. (See paragraphs
8-15 and 8-14)
Step 4.
Check for binding in steering linkage at tie-rod ends, connecting rod, and kingpins.
Lubricate (see LO 9-2320-289-12) or redate tie-rod ends (see paragraph
8-13) or connecting rod (see paragraph 8-10) as required. If kingpins need to
be replaced, notify your supervisor.
2-52
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-3. Mechanical Troubleshooting (Con't)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
45. NOISY STEERING
Step 1.
Inspect power steering belt and pump pulley for looseness or damage.
Tighten if loose and replace if damaged. (See paragraph 8-15)
Step 2.
Check power steering pump fluid level (see LO 9-2320-289-12)
Step 3.
Inspect power steering pump reservoir for air in power steering fluid. Power steering
fluid will have milky appearance if it contains air. If there is air in system, inspect
pump and hoses for leakage.
Tighten hoses if leaking. If still leaking, replace pump and/or hoses (see
paragraphs 8-15 and 8-14) and bleed steering system (see paragraph 8-8).
NOTE
If there is Loctite on bolts, DO NOT tighten without reapplying Loctite
(Item 30, Appendix C).
Step 4.
Inspect steering gear.
If loose, tighten mounting bolts to 75 Ib.-ft. (102 N•m).
Step 5.
Inspect power steering hoses for restrictions and to see if they are touching other
parts of the truck.
Clear restrictions or reposition hoses as required. (See paragraph 8-14)
Step 6.
Inspect connecting rod, pitman arm, and tie-rod ends for looseness or wear.
Adjust or replace as required. (See paragraphs 8-10, 8-11, and 8-13)
43. SLOW RETURN OF STEERING
Step 1.
Check for incorrect tire pressure. (see TM 9-2320-289-10)
Step 2.
Check for binding in steering linkage at tie-rod ends, connecting rod, and kingpins.
Lubricate (see LO 9-2320-289-12) or replace tie-rod ends (see
paragraph 8-13) or connecting rod (see paragraph 8-10) as required. If
kingpins need to be replaced, notify your supervisor.
Step 3.
Check front wheel toe alinement (see paragraph 8-6)
SUSPENSION
47. EXCESSIVE NOISE DURING OPERATION
Step 1.
Inspect shock absorber and components mounting for looseness or damage.
Tighten or replace as required. (see paragraphs 6-10 and 6-11)
Change 2
2-53
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-3. Mechanical Troubleshooting (Con’t)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 2.
Inspect shock absorber for leakage. A slight trace of fluid is normal.
Replace if required. (See paragraphs 6-10 and 6-11)
Step 3.
Inspect front and rear springs for loose or damaged “U“ bolts and mounting bolts
where it mounts to axle and frame. Inspect springs for damaged mounting
brackets.
Tighten any loose “U“ bolt nuts to 40 Ib.-ft. (54 N•m) in an “X” pattern;
tighten again in same pattern to 150 Ib.-ft. (203 NŽm) for front springs and to
145 Ib.-ft. (197 N•m) for rear springs. Tighten front spring forward mounting
bolts to 90 Ib.-ft. (122 N•m) and rearward mounting bolts to 50 Ib.-ft.
(68 N•m). Tighten all rear spring mounting bolts to 110 Ib.-ft. (149 N•m).
Notify your supervisor if any components are damaged.
Step 4.
Inspect front and rear spring bumpers for damage.
Replace if required. (See paragraph 6-10 or 6-11)
TRANSFER CASE
48. DIFFICULT TO SHIFT AND/OR NOISY
Step 1.
Check transfer case fluid level. (See LO 9-2320-289-12)
Step 2.
Check transfer case shift linkage for improper adjustment or damage which would
interfere with operation.
Adjust or replace damaged components. (See paragraph 5-5 or 5-6)
TRANSMISSION
49. EXCESSIVE OIL LOSS
Step 1.
Check transmission fluid indicator for proper reading. (See TM 9-2320-289-10)
Step 2.
Inspect vacuum modulator (right side of transmission near base of transmission fill
tube) for leakage and damage.
Tighten mounting bolt to 20 Ib.-ft. (27 N•m). Notify your supervisor if
damaged or still leaking.
2-54
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-3. Mechanical Troubleshooting (Con't)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 3.
Inspect transmission oil pan for leakage and damage.
Tighten mounting bolts to 144 lb.-in. (16 N•m). If leaking, replace
transmission oil pan gasket or RTV sealant. (See paragraph 5-2). If damaged,
replace.
Step 4.
Inspect transmission oil cooler lines for leakage and damage.
Tighten lines if required. Notify your supervisor if damaged or still leaking.
Step 5.
Inspect speedometer cable adapter and seal for oil leakage from transfer case.
Tighten or replace as required. (See paragraph 4-10)
50. NOISY (WHINES OR “KLUNKS”)
Step 1.
Check transmission fluid indicator for proper reading. (See TM 9-2320-289-10)
Step 2.
Check transmission mounting for looseness or damage.
Tighten any loose retaining screws to 80 lb.-ft. (108 N•m). Notify your
supervisor if there is any damage.
51. WILL NOT SHIFT PROPERLY
Step 1.
Check transmission fluid indicator for proper reading. (See TM 9-2320-289-10)
Step 2.
Inspect vacuum hoses, vacuum pump, and vacuum regulator valve for improper
connection, leakage, or damage.
Connect or replace vacuum hoses and vacuum pump as required. (See
paragraphs 3-21 and 3-7) Adjust vacuum regulator valve. (See paragraph
3-21.1)
Step 3.
Inspect vacuum modulator (right side of transmission near base of transmission fill
tube) for leakage and damage.
Tighten mounting bolt to 20 Ib.-ft. (27 N•m). Notify your supervisor if damaged
or still leaking.
WHEELS AND TIRES
52. UNEVEN TIRE WEAR
Step 1.
Check for incorrect tire pressure (See TM 9-2320-289-10)
Change 2
2-55
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-3. Mechanical Troubleshooting (Con’t)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 2.
Check front wheel toe alinement. (See paragraph 8-6)
Step 3.
Inspect shock absorber for leakage. A slight trace of fluid is normal.
Replace if required. (See paragraphs 6-10 and 6-11)
Step 4.
Inspect connecting rod and pitman arm for looseness.
Tighten or replace as required. (See paragraphs 8-10 and 8-11)
53. TRUCK WANDERS TO ONE SIDE
Step 1.
Check for incorrect tire pressure. (See TM 9-2320-289-10)
Step 2.
Check front wheel toe alinement. (See paragraph 8-6)
Step 3.
Check for binding in steering linkage at tie-rod ends, connecting rod, and kingpins.
Lubricate (see LO 9-2320-289-12) or replace tie-rod ends (see
paragraph 8-13) or connecting rod (see paragraph 8-10) as required.
54. WHEEL VIBRATION
Step 1.
Check for loose Iugnuts.
Tighten lugnuts on M1009 wheels to 90 Ib. -ft. (122 NŽm); tighten Iugnuts on
all other truck wheels to 140 Ib. -ft. (190 NŽm).
Step 2.
Check for incorrect tire pressure. (See TM 9-2320-289-10)
Step 3.
Inspect tires for cuts, gouges, cracks, and sidewall damage. Inspect wheels for
bends and other damage.
Replace damaged tires and wheels if required. (See paragraph 8-2)
Step 4.
Inspect connecting rod and pitman arm for looseness.
Tighten or replace as required. (See paragraphs 8-10 and 8-11)
Step 5.
Check for front axle spindle end play. Raise and support truck on jack stands.
Grasp tire at outer edges and attempt to move up and down.
Clean, inspect, and adjust wheel bearings if excessive movement is
apparent. (See paragraph 8-4) Replace if required.
Step 6.
Check tires for improper balancing. (See TM 9-2610-200-24)
Step 7.
Inspect tie-rod shock absorber for leakage. A slight trace of fluid is normal.
Replace if required. (See paragraph 8-12)
2-56
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-4. Electrical Troubleshooting
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
AIR CONDITIONER
1.
COOLING INSUFFICIENT; AIR FLOW NORMAL
Step 1.
Check setting of air conditioner controls. (See TM 9-2320-289-10)
Step 2.
Check compressor belt tension. (See Appendix E)
Adjust if loose.
Step 3.
Check air conditioner compressor clutch/pulley assembly to ensure it is operating.
If clutch/pulley assembly is not operating, check 30 amp flasher, back-up lights,
and accessories fuse. (See paragraph 4-12)
Replace fuse if burned out.
Step 4.
Unplug connector from 24 volt air conditioner relay. (See paragraph 4-13) Check
to see that there are 12.0 volts at orange lead terminal and 24.0 volts at light blue
lead terminal,
If voltage is correct at both leads, replace relay.
If voltage is not correct at both leads, perform step 5.
Step 5.
Unplug Connector from 12 volt air conditioner relay. (See paragraph 4-13) Check
for 12.0 volts at tan lead terminal and 24.0 volts at gray lead terminal.
If voltage is correct at both leads, replace relay.
If voltage is not correct at both leads, check 25 amp air conditioner fuse.
(See paragraph 4-13) Replace fuse if burned out.
2. LOW OR NO AIR FLOW
Step 1.
Check 20 amp in-line air conditioner blower fuse. (See paragraph 4-13)
Replace fuse if burned out.
Step 2.
Remove air conditioner condenser cover assembly. (See paragraph 10-33) Check
for voltage through each lead from fan switch to resistor. Voltage should be 24.0.
If voltage is not correct through any lead, trace circuit through lead back to
20 amp in-line air conditioner fuse. (See wiring diagram F-26)
If voltage is correct through each lead, perform step 3.
2-57
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-4. Electrical Troubleshooting (Con’t)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 3.
Check resistance through lead from resistor to evaporator motor. Resistance
should be 0 ohms with switch in high position, 1.4 ohms with switch in medium
position, and 4.5 ohms with switch in low position.
If resistance is correct, check security and condition of ground. If ground is
good, replace evaporator motor. (See paragraph 10-34)
If resistance is not correct in all positions, replace blower resistor (see
paragraph 10-34) and retest.
AMBULANCE BODY SERVICE OUTLETS
3.
15 amp OUTLETS (ONE OR MORE) INOPERATIVE (ACCESSORIES WORK AT OTHER
OUTLETS)
Step 1.
Remove access cover from ambulance body fuse panel. (See paragraph 4-13)
Check applicable 15 amp fuse.
Replace fuse if burned out.
If fuse is good, trace circuit. (See wiring diagram F-25)
4.
60 amp SERVICE OUTLET INOPERATIVE
NOTE
Circuit breaker cannot be manually reset. After 2-3 minutes cool down
time, it will reset itself.
Step 1.
Remove access cover from ambulance body fuse panel. (See paragraph 4-13)
Allow circuit breaker to reset, Check for voltage from circuit breaker.
If there is no voltage, check for voltage from circuit breaker back to positive
terminal board.
If there is voltage, replace circuit breaker. (See paragraph 4-13)
2-58
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-4. Electrical Troubleshooting (Con’t)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
BATTERIES/CHARGING/SYSTEM
5.
ALL TRUCK ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS INOPERATAVE
Step 1.
Check batteries for proper charge and electrolyte level. (See paragraph 4-39)
Voltage between ground and positive (+) terminal of rear battery should be 24.0.
Service replace. Notify your supervisior if non-maintenace free batteries
require service.
Step 2.
Check 12 volt bus bar for loose connections.
Tighten loose connections.
Step 3.
Check alternator belt tension. (See Appendix E)
Step 4.
Remove and clean all battery cable and clamp connections.
Replace worn or damaged battery cables and clamps. (See paragraph 4-38)
Step 5
Check voltage between positive and negative terminal boards where battery cables
connect. Voltage should be 24.0.
If voltage is not correct, trace circuit to batteries. (See wiring diagram F-1 or
F-2)
5.1. GENERATOR LIGHT DOES NOT COME ON WITH KEY IN “ON” POSITION BEFORE ENGINE IS
STARTED (ALL MODELS EXCEPT M1010)
Step 1.
Trace all circits from generator to generator light in instrument panel (including
fuse, bulb, arm relay}. (See wiring diagram F-11)
If circuits are good, replace alternator. (See paragraph 4-2)
6. GENERATOR LIGHT REMAINS ON OR TURNS ON DURING OPERATION (ALL EXCEPT M1010)
Step 1.
Check engine idle speed. (See paragraph 3-25)
Step 2.
Disconnect connector from left alternator (if “GEN 1“ light is on) or right alternator (if
“GEN 2“ light is on). Turn key to “RUN” position.
If generator light is not on, trace circuit from alternator connector to generator
Iight in instrument panel. (See wiring diagram F-11) If circuit is good, replace
alternator. (See paragraph 4-2)
If generator light is on, trace circuit from alternator connector to generator light
if instrument panel. (See wiring diagram F-9)
Change 2
2-59
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-4. Electrical Troubleshooting (Con’t)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
7.
“GEN 2“ LIGHT REMAINS ON WITH KEY IN “OFF” POSITION (ALL EXCEPT M1010)
Step 1.
Remove generator 2 relay. (See paragraph 4-9)
If light goes out, replace relay.
If light remains on, trace circuit through brown/red lead to “GEN 2“ light in
instrument panel. (See wiring diagram F-9)
8.
VOLTMETER INOPERATIVE OR IN YELLOW (UNDERCHARGE) ZONE; GENERATOR LIGHTS
OPERATING PROPERLY (ALL EXCEPT M1010)
Step 1.
Check alternator belts for looseness or damage. (See paragraph 4-2)
Step 2.
Check 20 amp ignition fuse and 10 amp/28 v (voltmeter) fuse. (See
paragraph 4-1 2)
Replace fuse if burned out.
Step 3.
Remove voltmeter relay. (See paragraph 4-9) Start engine. Using jumper wire,
connect white lead terminal and black lead terminal.
If voltmeter reads in green zone, replace relay.
If voltmeter does not read in green zone, trace circuit from bus bar ground to
fuse block. (See wiring diagram F-4) If circuit is good, replace voltmeter, (See
paragraph 4-9)
9.
VOLTMETER IN RED (OVERCHARGE) ZONE (ALL EXCEPT M1010)
Step 1.
Start engine. Check voltage at left and right alternators at positive (+) terminals.
Voltage should not exceed 16.0 at left alternator or 31.8 at right alternator.
If voltage is over 16,0 at left alternator or 31.8 at right alternator, replace
alternator. (See paragraph 4-2)
If voltage is correct, replace voltmeter. (See paragraph 4-9)
10. VOLTMETER REMAINS OPERATIVE WITH KEY IN “OFF” POSITION
Step 1.
Remove voltmeter relay. (See paragraph 4-9)
If voltmeter becomes inoperative, replace relay.
(All except M1010) If voltmeter still operates, trace circuit from white lead at
relay connector to voltmeter. (See wiring diagram F-4)
(M1000) If voltmeter Still operares, trace circuit between pink blacK lead and
brown/red lead. (See wiring diagram F-6)
2-60
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-4. Electrical Troubleshooting (Con’t)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
11. VOLTMETER INOPERATIVE (Ml 010 AND M1028 WITH 200 amp SYSTEM)
Step 1.
Check 20 amp ignition fuse and 10 amp/28 v (voltmeter) fuse. (See
paragraph 4-12)
Replace fuse if burned out.
Step 2.
Remove voltmeter relay. (See paragraph 4-9) Start engine. Using jumper wire,
connect brown lead terminal and brown/red lead terminal.
If voltmeter reads in green zone, replace relay.
If voltmeter does not read in green zone, trace circuit from bus bar ground to
fuse block. (See wiring diagram F-6) If circuit is good, replace voltmeter. (See
paragraph 4-9)
12. VOLTMETER IN RED (OVERCHARGE) ZONE AT ALL TIMES (M1010 AND M1028 WITH 200 amp
SYSTEM)
Step 1.
Start engine, bring to full operating temperature, then shut off. Remove 20 amp
engine control fuse. (See paragraph 4-12) Start engine and check voltage at lower
alternator positive (+) terminal.
If voltage is over 29.1, replace lower alternator voltage regulator. (See
paragraph 4-4)
If voltage is between 28.5 and 29.1, replace voltmeter. (See paragraph 4-9)
13. VOLTMETER IN YELLOW (UNDERCHARGE) ZONE (Ml 010 AND Ml 028 WITH 200 amp
SYSTEM)
Step 1.
Check alternator belts for looseness or damage. (See paragraph 4-3)
Step 2.
Start engine, bring to full operating temperature, then shut off. Remove 20 amp
engine control fuse. (See paragraph 4-12) Start engine and check voltage at lower
alternator positive (+) terminal.
If voltage is below 28.5, trace circuit from lower alternator “IGN” terminal to
bulkhead connector. (See wiring diagram F-10) If voltage is still below 28.5,
perform step 3.
If voltage is between 28.5 and 29.1, replace voltmeter. (See paragraph 4-9)
Step 3.
Install 20 amp engine control fuse. Check voltage at lower alternator positive (+)
terminal.
If voltage is below 28.5, remove lower alternator voltage regulator (see
paragraph 4-4) and ensure that adjustment screw is in “Hl” position. If
adjustment screw is in “Hl” position and voltage is still below 28.5, replace
lower alternator voltage regulator. If voltage is still below 28.5, replace lower
alternator. (See paragraph 4-3) If voltage is still below 28.5, notify your
supervisor.
Change 2
2-61
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-4. Electrical Troubleshooting (Con’t)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
14. SLAVE RECEPTACLE INOPERATIVE
Step 1.
Check battery and cables. (See Electrical Troubleshooting malfunction #5)
Step 2.
Inspect slave receptacle and cables for corrosion or damage. Check for loose
connections at positive terminal board terminal, negative terminal board terminal,
and at receptacle. Check for continuity through receptacle and receptacle cables.
CAUTION
DO NOT use solvents or cleaners of any kind when cleaning slave
receptacle. Only use water. Failure to follow this caution may result in
damage to slave receptacle.
If slave receptacle is corroded, remove (see paragraph 4-40), clean, and
rinse with water. Dry thoroughly and check again for continuity.
If there is no continuity, replace. (See paragraph 4-40)
If there is continuity, install; replace any cables that do not have continuity.
(See paragraph 4-40)
GLOW PLUG SYSTEM
NOTE
Glow plug system cycling can be detected by Iistening for clicking at glow
plug relay or by observing voltmeter. Indicator should be to the left of the
normal range during cycling and return to normal range after cycling.
15. GLOW PLUG MODULE INOPERATIVE
NOTE
The only way to determine if your glow plug module is operating properly is
through testing. The glow plug module should not be replaced until the
following tests are performed.
Step 1.
2-62
Disconnect pink wire from fuel injector pump. Remove printed circuit board from
glow plug module. Check each circuit to the glow plug module as described. Trace
any circuit that does not operate properly. (See wiring diagram F-7 or F-8) If all
circuits operate properly, replace glow plug module. (See paragraph 4-8)
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-4. Electrical Troubleshooting (Con’t)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Wire Color
Key Position
Instructions and Normal Results
Purple/white
“START“
Approximately 12.0 volts at wire. If voltage
is not correct, trace circuit.
Light blue
“ RUN “
Jump wire to ground; glow plug relay
energizes. If relay does not energize, trace
circuit. If circuit is good, replace relay. (See
paragraph 4-8)
Dark blue
"RUN“
Jump wire to ground; “WAIT” light turns on.
If “WAIT” light does not turn on, replace
bulb. (See paragraph 4-7) If “WAIT” light
still does not turn on, trace circuit.
Pink/black
“RUN“
Approximately 12.0 volts at wire. If voltage
is not correct, trace circuit.
Orange
“RUN“
ground;
wire
to
blue
light
Jump
Approximately 12.0 volts at orange wire. If
voltage is not correct, trace circuit.
Yellow
“OFF”
800 ohms (minimum) at wire (engine cold).
If resistance is not correct, trace circuit. If
resistance is still not correct, replace glow
plug switch. (See paragraph 3-20)
Black
"OFF"
0 ohms at wire. Clean connection and
tighten if not correct.
Pink/black and
light blue at
glow plug relay
“OFF”
6-10 ohms between wires. If resistance is
not correct, replace glow plug relay. (See
paragraph 4-8)
16. “WAIT” LIGHT INOPERATIVE (ENGINE COLD)
Step 1.
Check 20 amp
paragraph 4-12)
engine control fuse and 20 amp ignition fuse.
(See
Replace fuse if burned out.
2-63
TM 9-2320-28$20
Table 2-4. Electrical Troubleshooting (Con't)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
CAUTION
Do not leave key in "RUN” position for more than 2 minutes. Failure to
follow this caution may resuit in damage to glow plugs.
Step 2.
Remove glow plug modu!e. (See paragraph 4-8) Turn key to “RUN” position. Using
jumper wire, ground dark blue lead.
If “WAIT” light turns on, turn key to “OFF” position, reinstall glow plug module,
and perform step 3.
If “WAll-” light does not turn on, replace bulb. If “WAIT” light still does not turn
cm, trace circuit. (See wiring diagram F-7 or F-8)
Step 3.
Turn key to “RUN” position. Disconnect connector from glow plug switch on upper
left rear of cylinder head.
If “WAIT” light turns on, replace glow plug switch. (See paragraph 3-20)
If “WAIT” light does not turn on, perform Electrical Troubleshooting malfunction
#15
17.
“WAIT” LIGHT ON CONTINUOUSLY WITH KEY IN “RUN” POSITION
Step 1.
Remove glow plug module
If “WAIT” light stays on, trace circuit through dark blue lead to “WAIT” light.
(See wiring diagram F-7 or F-8)
If “WAIT” light goes out, perform Electrical Troubleshooting malfunction #15.
18.
"WAIT” LIGHT OPERATES UPON RESTARTING (ENGINE HOT)
Step 1.
Check connections at glow plug switch on upper left rear of cylinder head and glow
plug module.
If connections are not good, clean and secure all connectors.
If connections are good, perform Electrical Troubleshooting malfunction #15.
19. ENGINE CRANKS BUT WILL NOT START; ENGINE COLD; “WAIT” LIGHT OPERATES
Step 1.
Ensure that key is in “OFF” position. Check for voltage between glow plug relay
terminal where orange lead connects and ground.
If there
step 3.
IS
voltage, replace glow plug relay (see paragraph 4-8) and perform
If there is no voltage, perform step 3.
2-64
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-4. Electrical Troubleshooting (Con’t)
MALFUNCTlON
TEST OR INSPECTlON
CORRECTIVE ACTlON
CAUTION
DO NOT leave key in “RUN” position for more than 2 minutes. Failure to
follow this caution may result in damage to glow plugs.
Step 2.
Turn key to “RUN” position. Check for voltage between glow plug relay terminal
where orange lead connects and ground.
NOTE
Glow plugs will cycle to 0 volts in approximately 20 seconds after first
operation. Time will shorten as glow plugs become hotter.
If there are 10.0-15.0 volts, ensure that engine is mechanically sound and fuel
system is operating properly,
If there are 22.0-28.0 volts, perform step 3.
If there is no voltage, perform step 4.
Step 3.
Disconnect each glow plug lead and check for resistance between glow plug terminal
and ground. Resistance should be 1-3 ohms. Check glow plugs for looseness or
damage.
If any glow plug does not have correct resistance or is damaged, replace, (See
paragraph 3-20) Tighten any loose glow plugs.
Step 4.
Tag and disconnect all glow plug leads from glow plugs. Check for voltage between
glow plug relay terminal where red lead connects and ground.
If voltage is 10.0-15.0 volts, connect glow plug leads and start engine.
If voltage is 22,0-28.0 volts, perform step 5.
If there is no voltage, trace circuit back to positive terminal board. (See wiring
diagram F-7 or F-8)
Change 2
2-65
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-4. Electrical Troubleshooting (Con’t)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
WARNING
Resistor may be hot. Use care when performing this step or injury to
personnel may occur.
Step 5.
Disconnect batteries, pull out bracket and resistor assembly (see paragraph 4-44,
REMOVAL, step 4), disconnect output (red wire) from relay, disconnect input (blue
wire) from input to resistors. Connect positive lead of multimeter to blue wire;
connect negative lead to red wire. Check resistance between resistors and ground.
Resistance should be 0.28 ohms.
If resistance is not correct, replace resistor, connect glow plug leads and
perform step 6.
If resistance is correct, connect glow plug leads and perform step 6.
Step 6.
Check for voltage between glow plug relay terminal where pink/black lead connects
and ground.
If there is voltage, perform step 7.
If there is no voltage, trace circuit. (See wiring diagram F-7 or F-8)
Step 7.
Check for voltage between glow plug relay terminal where light blue lead connects
and ground.
If there is voltage, perform step 8.
If there is no voltage, replace glow plug relay. (See paragraph 4-8)
Step 8.
Check for voltage at light blue lead on glow plug module.
If there is no voltage, trace circuit (See wiring diagram F-7 or F-8)
If there is voltage, perform Electrical Troubleshooting malfunction #15.
2-65.0/(2-65.1 blank)
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-4. Electrical Troubleshooting (Con’t)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
HEATER (GAS-PARTICULATE FILTER UNIT)
20. WILL NOT START
Step 1.
Trace circuit. (See wiring diagram F-23)
HEATER (AMBULANCE AND WINTERIZATION KIT)
21. WILL NOT SHUT OFF
Step 1.
Set run-start or on-off switch to “OFF” position.
If heater runs for less than 5 minutes, heater is good.
If heater runs for more than 5 minutes, perform step 2.
NOTE
Disconnecting wiring harness will shut off heater.
Step 2.
Set all controls for normal starting of heater. (See TM 9-2320-289-10) Disconnect
wiring harness from heater control box. Check for voltage at terminal “A” of heater
control box.
If there is voltage, replace switch (cab heater or engine coolant heater) (see
paragraph 11-3) or heater control box (ambulance heater or cargo
compartment heater) (see paragraph 10-35 or 11-20).
If there is no voltage, replace heater. (See paragraph 10-36, 11-8, 11-16, or
11-21)
22. WILL NOT START
Step 1.
Check fuel shutoff petcock on fuel inlet line.
Open if closed.
2-66
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-4. Electrical Troubleshooting (Con’t)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
NOTE
Step 2 applies to M1010 personnel heater only.
Step 2.
Remove access cover from ambulance body fuse panel. (See paragraph 4-13)
Check 30 amp heater fuses.
Replace fuse if burned out.
If fuse is good, perform step 3.
Step 3.
Ensure that truck fuel tank is at least ¼ full. Add fuel if low.
Step 4.
Hold run-start switch in “START” position.
If heater fuel pump runs, perform step 5.
If heater fuel pump does not run, trace circuit. (See wiring diagram F-22 or
F-28)
Step 5.
Bleed heater. (See paragraph 10-36, 11-7, 11-14, or 11-21)
Step 6.
Set run-start switch to “OFF” position. Remove side panel from heater
compartment (ambulance heater only). Disconnect wiring harness from heater and
heater control box. Check continuity through all wiring harness terminals.
If there is continuity, perform step 7.
If there is no continuity, repair if possible or replace. (See paragraph 10-35,
11-10, 11-17, or 11-23)
Step 7.
Connect wiring harness to heater. Check voltage between terminal “D“ of heater
control box connector and ground. Voltage should be 24.0.
If voltage is correct, perform step 8.
If voltage is not correct, check voltage at gray lead into heater control box
(ambulance heater) or red lead into heater control box (all except ambulance
heater). If there is still no voltage, trace circuit. (See wiring diagram F-22,
F-29, or F-30) If there is voltage, replace heater control box. (See
paragraph 10-35, 11-3, or 11-20)
Step 8.
Hold run-start switch in “START” position or on-off switch in “ON” position. Check
voltage between terminal “C” of heater control box connector and ground. Voltage
should be 24.0.
If voltage is correct, perform step 9.
If voltage is not correct, replace heater control box. (See paragraph 10-35,
11-3, or 11-20)
2-67
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-4. Electrical Troubleshooting (Con’t)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 9.
Hold run-start switch in “START” position or on-off switch in “ON” position. Check
voltage between terminal “D“ of heater wiring harness connector and ground.
Voltage should be 24.0.
If voltage is correct, perform step 10.
If voltage is not correct, replace heater control box. (See paragraph 10-35,
11-3, or 11-20)
Step 10. Hold run-start switch in “START” position or on-off switch in “ON” position. Check
voltage between terminal “B“ of heater wiring harness connector and ground.
Voltage should be 24.0.
If voltage is correct, replace heater. (See paragraph 10-36, 11-8, 11-16, or
11-21)
If voltage is not correct, replace heater control box, (See paragraph 10-35,
11-3, or 11-20)
HORN
23. INOPERATIVE
Step 1.
Check 15 amp horn fuse. (See paragraph 4-12)
Replace if burned out.
Step 2.
Disconnect lead from horn. Check for voltage while pressing horn button,
If there is voltage, check security and condition of horn ground. If ground is
good, replace horn. (See paragraph 4-22)
If there is no voltage, perform step 3.
Step 3.
Remove horn relay. (See paragraph 4-22) Turn key to “RUN” position. Using
jumper wire, connect lead terminals. Depress horn button.
If horn sounds, replace relay.
If horn does not sound, trace circuit back to fuse box. (See wiring diagram
F-20 or F-21)
2-68
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-4. Electrical Troubleshooting (Con’t)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
24. WILL NOT SHUT OFF
Step 1.
Remove horn relay. (See paragraph 4-22)
If horn shuts off, replace relay.
If horn does not shut off, trace circuit. (See wiring diagram F-20 or F-21)
INSTRUMENT PANEL
25. BRAKE WARNING LIGHT FLICKERING OR WILL NOT TURN OFF
NOTE
Brake warning light operation is considered normal if brake warning light
turns on when brake pedal is rapidly applied or released and turns off with
next brake application.
Step 1.
Check that parking brake is fully released. If light stays on, disconnect lead from
parking brake switch. (See paragraph 4-17, REMOVAL, step 1)
If brake warning light goes out,
paragraph 4-17)
replace parking brake switch. (See
If brake warning light does not go out, perform step 2.
Step 2.
Disconnect lead at combination valve. (See paragraph 7-9, REMOVAL, step 5)
If brake warning light stays on, trace circuit. (See wiring diagram F-4 or F-5)
If brake warning light goes out, bleed brakes. (See paragraph 7-6) If brake
warning light still does not go out, replace combination valve. (See
paragraph 7-9)
26. COOLANT LIGHT FLICKERING OR WILL NOT TURN OFF
Step 1.
Check coolant for proper level. (See TM 9-2320-289-10)
Step 2.
Turn key to “RUN” position. Disconnect black/yelIow lead from low coolant sensor
on radiator and touch to any ground.
If light goes out, replace low engine coolant sensor. (See paragraph 3-31)
If light does not go out, perform step 3.
2-69
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-4. Electrical Troubleshooting (Con’t)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 3.
Remove low coolant module (located near fuse box).
If light goes out, replace low coolant module.
If light does not go out, trace circuit. (See wiring diagram F-4 or F-6)
27. FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE LIGHT INOPERATIVE (TRANSFER CASE IN FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE)
Step 1.
Check 20 amp ignition fuse.
Replace fuse if burned out.
Step 2.
Turn key to “RUN” position. Disconnect lead from four-wheel drive switch on
transfer case and touch lead to any ground.
If four-wheel drive light turns on, replace switch.
If four-wheel drive light does not turn on, replace bulb. (See paragraph 4-7) If
light still does not turn on, trace circuit. (See wiring diagram F-4 or F-6)
28. FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE LIGHT TURNS ON (TRANSFER CASE NOT IN FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE)
Step 1.
Turn key to “RUN” position. Disconnect lead from four-wheel drive switch on
transfer case.
If four-wheel drive light goes out, replace switch.
If four-wheel drive light stays on, trace circuit. (See wiring diagram F-4 or
F-6)
29. FUEL GAGE INACCURATE
Step 1.
Check 20 amp ignition fuse.
Replace if burned out.
CAUTION
DO NOT leave key in “RUN” position for more than 2 minutes. Failure to
follow this caution may result in damage to glow plugs.
Step 2.
Disconnect fuel tank sending unit ground from frame. Turn key to “RUN” position.
If fuel gage reads “F“ (Full), perform step 3.
If fuel gage does not read “F” (Full), replace fuel gage. (See paragraph 4-7)
2-70
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-4. Electrical Troubleshooting (Con’t)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 3.
Disconnect pink fuel tank sending unit lead and touch lead to any ground.
If fuel gage reads “E“ (Empty), replace fuel tank sending unit,
paragraph 3-11 or 3-12)
(See
If fuel gage does not read
paragraph 4-7)
(See
“E” (Empty), replace fuel gage.
30. OIL PRESSURE LIGHT INOPERATIVE
Step 1.
Turn key to “RUN” position. Disconnect lead from oil pressure sending unit and
touch lead to any ground.
If light goes on, replace oil pressure sending unit. (See paragraph 4-14)
If light does not go on, replace bulb. (See paragraph 4-7) If light still does not
go on, trace circuit. (See wiring diagram F-4 or F-6)
LIGHTING SYSTEM
31. BACK-UP LIGHT (ONE OR BOTH) WILL NOT TURN OFF
Step 1.
Disconnect lead from back-up light switch.
If lights go out, replace switch. (See paragraph 4-19)
If lights do not go out, trace circuit. (See wiring diagram F-14, F-15, or F-17)
32. BACK-UP LIGHTS (BOTH) INOPERATIVE
Step 1.
Check 30 amp back-up light fuse. (See paragraph 4-12)
Replace fuse if burned out.
Step 2.
Ensure that all lead connectors are secure at back-up light switch and at back-up
lights. Inspect connections for corrosion or damage.
Clean any corroded connections if possible. If connections are damaged,
replace.
If all connections are secure and there is no damage, check bulbs. (See
paragraph 4-28 or 4-29)
2-71
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-4. Electrical Troubleshooting (Con’t)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 3.
Disconnect lead from back-up light switch. Using jumper wire, connect terminals of
wiring harness lead.
If lights turn on, replace switch. (See paragraph 4-19)
If lights do not turn on, trace circuit. (See wiring diagram F-14, F-15, or F-17)
33. HEADLIGHTS INOPERATIVE IN HIGH AND LOW BEAM (ALL OTHER LIGHTS OPERATE)
NOTE
It may be necessary to remove headlights to perform this step.
Step 1.
Check for voltage at headlight connectors.
If there is voltage, replace headlights. (See paragraph 4-24)
If there is no voltage, trace circuit from headlight connectors to blackout
toggle switch. (See wiring diagram F-1 3 or F-16)
34. ALL PARKING/MARKER LIGHTS INOPERATIVE (HEADLIGHTS OPERATE)
Step 1.
Check 20 amp parking/marker light fuse. (See paragraph 4-12)
Replace fuse if burned out.
Step 2.
Trace circuit from marker light connectors. (See wiring diagram F-13 or F-16)
35. BLACKOUT LIGHTS INOPERATIVE
Step 1.
Ensure that blackout toggle switch is in “ON” position and blackout drive light
switch is in “ON” position.
Step 2.
Check 5 amp blackout marker
paragraph 4-12)
fuse and 10 amp stoplight fuse. (See
Replace fuse if burned out.
Step 3.
Turn key to “RUN” position. Check for voltage at orange lead on blackout toggle
switch connector.
If there is voltage, replace switch. (See paragraph 4-18)
If there is no voltage, trace circuit. (See wiring diagram F-18 or F-19)
2-72
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-4. Electrical Troubleshooting (Con’t)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
36. BLACKOUT DRIVE LIGHT INOPERATIVE (OTHER BLACKOUT LIGHTS OPERATE)
Step 1.
Ensure that blackout drive light switch is in “ON” position.
Step 2.
Remove and check blackout drive light bulb. (See paragraph 4-25)
If bulb is good, trace circuit to switch. (See wiring diagram F-18 or F-19)
Replace bulb if burned out.
Step 3.
Check for voltage at white lead on switch connector.
If there is voltage, replace switch. (See paragraph 4-18)
If there is no voltage, trace circuit. (See wiring diagram F-18 or F-19)
37. HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS INOPERATIVE (TURN SIGNALS OPERATE)
Step 1.
Remove hazard warning flasher. (See paragraph 4-12) Using jumper wire, connect
fuse box terminals where flasher was installed. Lights should turn on, but not flash.
If lights turn on, replace flasher.
If lights do not turn on, trace circuit. (See wiring diagram F-13 or F-16)
38. STOPLIGHTS (BOTH) INOPERATIVE (HEADLIGHTS OPERATE)
Step 1.
Check 10 amp stoplight fuse. (See paragraph 4-12)
Replace fuse if burned out.
Step 2.
Remove and check stoplight bulbs. (See paragraph 4-28 or 4-29)
Replace bulbs if burned out.
Step 3.
Check for voltage at orange lead on stoplight switch.
If there is voltage, perform step 4.
If there is no voltage, trace circuit. (See wiring diagram F-14, F-15, or F-17)
Step 4.
With brake pedal depressed, check for voltage at white/black lead on stoplight
switch.
Adjust switch for proper contact. (See paragraph 4-16, INSTALLATION) If
there is still no voltage, trace circuit. (See wiring diagram F-14, F-15 or
F-17)
If there is voltage, replace switch. (See paragraph 4-19)
2-73
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-4. Electrical Troubleshooting (Con’t)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
39. STOPLIGHTS WILL NOT TURN OFF
Step 1.
Disconnect connector from stoplight switch,
If lights go out, reconnect connector and adjust stoplight switch for proper
contact with brake pedal. (See paragraph 4-16, INSTALLATION) If lights
remain on, replace switch (See paragraph 4-16)
If lights remain on after disconnecting connector, trace circuit. (See wiring
diagram F-14, F-15, or F-17)
40. TURN SIGNALS INOPERATIVE (HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS OPERATE)
Step 1.
Remove turn signal flasher. (See paragraph 4-12) Using jumper wire, connect fuse
box terminals where flasher was installed. Lights should turn on, but not flash.
If lights turn on, replace flasher.
If lights do not turn on, trace circuit. (See wiring diagram F-13 or F-16)
41. TURN SIGNALS LIGHT BUT DO NOT FLASH
Step 1.
Check appropriate marker light or parking light bulb. (See paragraph 4-26 or 4-27)
Replace bulb if burned out.
Step 2.
Remove turn signal flasher. (See paragraph 4-12) Using jumper wire, connect fuse
box terminals where flasher was installed. Lights should turn on, but not flash.
If lights turn on, replace flasher.
If lights do not turn on, trace circuit. (See wiring diagram F-13 or F-16)
STARTING SYSTEM
42. ENGINE WILL NOT CRANK (NO AUDIBLE CLICK FROM STARTER SOLENOID)
Step 1.
Check 20 amp ignition fuse. (See paragraph 4-12)
Replace fuse if burned out.
Step 2.
2-74
Perform Electrical Troubleshooting malfunction #5.
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-4. Electrical Troubleshooting (Con’t)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 3.
Inspect lead connections at starter solenoid for corrosion and damage. Check
starter mounting bolts for looseness.
Clean any corroded connections. Tighten any loose connections. Replace any
damaged connections. Tighten starter mounting bolts to 33 Ib.-ft. (45 N•m).
Step 4.
Have assistant hold key in “START” position. Check for voltage at purple lead on
starter solenoid.
If there is voltage, replace starter. (See paragraph 4-5)
If there is no voltage, perform step 5.
Step 5.
Remove starter relay. (See paragraph 4-13) Turn key to “START” position. Check for
voltage at purple/white lead terminal on starter relay connector.
If there is voltage, perform step 6.
If there is no voltage, trace circuit. (See wiring diagram F-1 or F-2)
Step 6.
Check for voltage at purple/white lead terminal on starter relay connector.
If there is voltage, replace relay.
If there is no voltage, trace circuit, (See wiring diagram F-1 or F-2)
Step 7.
Check for voltage at red lead terminal or starter relay connector.
If there is voltage, replace relay.
If there is no voltage, trace circuit. (See wiring diagram F-1 or F-2)
42.1. STARTER STAYS ENGAGED
NOTE
Original starter relays on vehicles prior to July 1985 production were
defective. The point gap inside was too small causing starter to stay
engaged. Vehicles produced after July 1985 and the current starter relay in
supply system have a wider point gap to correct this problem.
Perform Electrical Troubleshooting malfunction #42. (See wiring diagram F-1 or F-2)
Replace relay.
Change 2
2-75
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-4. Electrical Troubleshooting (Con’t)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
43.
SLOW OR NO CRANKING, SOLENOID CLICKS
Step 1.
Perform Electrical Troubleshooting malfunction #5.
Step 2.
Disconnect pink lead from fuel injector pump. Have assistant hold key in “START”
position. Check voltage between front battery negative terminal and rear battery
positive terminal.
If voltage is not between 18.0 and 22.0, replace starter.
If voltage is between 18.0 and 22.0, perform Mechanical
malfunction #14.
Troubleshooting
WINDSHIELD WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
44. WIPER MOTOR INOPERATIVE (ONE OR ALL SPEEDS)
Step 1.
Check 25 amp windshield wiper fuse, (See paragraph 4-12)
Replace if burned out.
Step 2.
Turn key to “RUN” position. Turn wiper switch on. Check for voltage at windshield
wiper motor.
If there is voltage, replace windshield wiper motor, (See paragraph 10-11)
If there is no voltage, trace circuit. (See wiring diagram F-20 or F-21)
45. WIPER MOTOR WILL NOT TURN OFF
Step 1.
Trace circuit. (See wiring diagram F-20 or F-21)
If switch is good, replace windshield wiper motor. (See paragraph 10-11)
If switch is not good, notify your supervisor.
2-76
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table 2-4. Electrical Troubleshooting (Con’t)
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
46. WASHER INOPERATIVE; WIPER OPERATIVE
Step 1.
Check washer fluid reservoir for proper level.
Step 2.
Check washer nozzles and hoses for restrictions or damage.
Clear restrictions or replace if damaged. (See paragraph 10-11)
Step 3.
Turn key to “RUN” position. Have assistant hold control lever in “WASHER” position.
Check for voltage to windshield washer solenoid.
If there is voltage, replace windshield wiper motor. (See paragraph 10-11)
If there is no voltage, trace circuit. (See wiring diagram F-20 or F-21)
2-12.
STE/lCE TROUBLESHOOTING
Simplified Test Equipment for Internal Combustion Engines (STE/lCE) for use with the CUCV
Series trucks is in the process of being developed. When development is complete, STE/lCE
troubleshooting procedures will be added to this manual.
Change 2
2-77/(2-78 blank)
TM 9-2320-289-20
CHAPTER 3
ENGINE SYSTEMS MAINTENANCE
Section I. LUBRICATION SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
3-1.
LUBRICATION SYSTEM MAINTENANCE INDEX.
Paragraph
Number
3-2.
3-3.
3-4.
3-5.
3-6.
3-7.
3-7.1.
Page
Number
Procedures
Crankshaft Pulley Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Oil Level Indicator Tube Seal Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Oil and Oil Filter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Crankcase Depression Regulator Valve (CDRV) Assembly
and Hoses Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Oil Cooler Supply and Return Pipes
and Hoses Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vacuum Pump Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Oil Pan Replacement.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change 2
3-2
3-3
3-4
3-5
3-8
3-12
3-12.1
3-1
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-2.
CRANKSHAFT PULLEY ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a.
Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Alternator belts removed. (See paragraph 4-2 or 4-3)
Power steering belt removed. (See paragraph 8-15)
Air conditioner belt removed (M1010) See paragraph 3-35)
1.
Remove 4 bolts (1) and crankshaft pulley assembly (2) from torsional damper assembly (3).
1.
Position crankshaft pulley assembly (2) against torsional damper assembly (3).
2.
Install 4 bolts (1) and tighten.
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Install air conditioner belt (M1010). (See paragraph 3-35)
Install power steering belt. (See paragraph 8-15)
Install alternator belts. (See paragraph 4-2 or 4-3)
TA49770
3-2
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-3.
ENGINE OIL LEVEL INDICATOR TUBE SEAL REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Engine oil level indicator removed.
a.
One seal
REMOVAL
1.
Remove nut (3) and washer (4) from
mounting bracket (2).
2.
Remove engine oil level indicator tube
(1).
3.
Remove and discard engine oil level
indicator tube seal (5).
b.
Materials/Parts
INSTALLATION
1.
Lubricate new engine oil level
indicator tube seal (5) with engine oil,
and install and seat against collar of
engine oil level indicator tube (1).
2.
Install engine oil level indicator tube
(1).
3.
Install and tighten nut (3) and washer
(4) on mounting bracket (2).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Install engine oil level indicator.
TA49771
3-3
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-4.
ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Engine oil filter
Tools/Test Equipment
Torque wrench
Manual References
LO 9-2320-289-12
a.
REMOVAL
1.
Remove drainplug (3) and drain
engine oil into a suitable container.
2.
Remove engine oil filter (2) from
engine o i l f i l t e r c o n n e c t o r ( 1 ) .
Discard engine oil filter.
b. INSTALLATION
1.
Apply small amount of engine oil to
sealing surface of new engine oil filter
(2) .
2.
Install new engine oil filter (2) to
engine oil filter connector (1).
3.
Tighten engine oil filter (2) one full
turn after sealing surface contacts
engine block. DO NOT overtighten.
4.
Install drainplug (3) and tighten to
20 Ib.-ft. (27 N•m).
5.
Refill engine oil. (See LO 9-2320289-12)
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Run engine and check for leaks.
TA49772
3-4
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-5.
CRANKCASE DEPRESSION REGULATOR VALVE (CDRV) ASSEMBLY AND
HOSES REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Inspection
c. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Air cleaner removed. (See paragraph 3-9)
NOTE
If removing crankcase depression regulator valve (CDRV) assembly (2),
perform steps 1-4.
1.
Loosen clamp (3) and disconnect crankcase depression hose (5).
2.
Remove 2 bolts (1) attaching CDRV assembly (2) to bracket (17).
TA49773
3-5
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-5.
CRANKCASE DEPRESSION REGULATOR VALVE (CDRV) ASSEMBLY AND
HOSES REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
3.
Loosen clamp (16) and disconnect crankcase depression connector (15).
4.
Remove CDRV assembly (2).
5.
Remove 3 nuts (4) and bracket (17).
6.
Loosen 2 clamps (14) and disconnect 2 tubes (8 and 9) from crankcase depression connector
(15).
7,
Loosen 2 clamps (11) and remove left crankcase depression connector elbow (12).
TA49774
3-6
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-5.
CRANKCASE DEPRESSION REGULATOR VALVE (CDRV) ASSEMBLY AND
HOSES REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
8.
Loosen 2 clamps (7) and remove right crankcase depression connector elbow (6).
9.
Separate 2 tubes (8 and 9) by removing screw (13) and clamp (10).
1.
Inspect tubes (8 and 9) and hose (5) for cracks, splits, or breaks. Replace as required.
2.
Inspect bracket (17) and all clamps (3, 7, 10, 11, 14, and 16) to ensure that they are not bent
or broken. Replace as required.
NOTE
If installing CDRV assembly (2), perform steps 5-8.
1.
Secure 2 tubes (8 and 9) with clamp (10) and screw (13).
2.
Install longer tube (9) and clamp (11) to left crankcase depression connector elbow (12).
Install left crankcase depression connector elbow at left side of intake manifold with clamp.
3.
Install shorter tube (8) and clamp (7) to right crankcase depression connector elbow (6).
Install right crankcase depression connector elbow at right side of intake manifold with clamp.
4.
Install 2 clamps (14) and other ends of 2 tubes (8 and 9) to crankcase depression connector
(15).
5.
Install CDRV assembly (2) through bracket (17) and connect to crankcase depression
connector (15) with clamp (16).
6.
Connect crankcase depression hose (5) to CDRV assembly (2) with clamp (3).
7.
Install CDRV assembly (2) to bracket (17) with 2 bolts (1).
8.
Secure bracket (17) to engine block with 3 nuts (4).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Install air cleaner. (See paragraph 3-9)
3-7
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-6.
ENGINE OIL COOLER SUPPLY AND RETURN PIPES AND HOSES
REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Inspection
c.
Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts
Fan shroud removed. (See paragraph 3-31)
One Iockwasher
NOTE
All connection points have seals (9). DO NOT lose these seals. If not
damaged, they can be reused for installation of replacement pipes (14
and 15) and hoses (2 and 11).
If removing engine oil cooler pipes (14 and 15), perform steps 1-3.
If removing engine oil cooler hoses (2 and 11), perform steps 2 and
4 through 6.
1.
Disconnect engine oil cooler pipes (14 and 15) from right side of radiator (1).
NOTE
Some trucks have an engine oil sampling valve (13) which taps into
engine oil cooler system at connection between hose (2) and pipe (14).
Tag pipes (14 and 15) and hoses (2 and 11) for installation.
2.
Disconnect engine oil cooler pipes (14 and 15) from engine oil cooler hoses (2 and 11) at left
side of radiator (1). If present, disconnect engine oil sampling valve (13) at square connector
(16).
3.
Remove engine oil cooler pipes (14 and 15).
4.
Disconnect engine oil cooler hoses (2 and 11) at connectors (4).
5.
At engine block, remove bolt (8), insulation washer (6), Iockwasher (7), and clip (10) from
bracket (5). Discard Iockwasher.
NOTE
On trucks with winterization kits, engine oil cooler hoses (2 and 11) run
under engine coolant heater. To remove hoses, pull them out from under
this heater.
6.
3-8
Remove nut (3), hose clamp (12), and engine oil cooler hoses (2 and 11).
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-6.
ENGINE OIL COOLER SUPPLY AND RETURN PIPES AND HOSES
REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
1.
Inspect all hoses (2 and 11) and pipes (14 and 15) for signs of cracks, splits, and punctures.
Replace as required.
2.
Replace any damaged seals (9).
TA49775
3-9
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-6.
c.
ENGINE OIL COOLER SUPPLY AND RETURN PIPES AND HOSES
REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
INSTALLATION
NOTE
If installing engine oil cooler hoses (2 and 11), perform steps 1-5.
If installing engine oil cooler pipes (14 and 15), perform steps 5-8.
1.
Connect engine oil cooler hoses (2 and 11) at connectors (4).
TA49776
3-10
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-6.
2.
ENGINE OIL COOLER SUPPLY AND RETURN PIPES AND HOSES
REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
Secure engine oil cooler hoses (2 and 11) to bracket (5) at engine block with clip (10), new
Iockwasher (7), insulation washer (6), and bolt (8).
NOTE
Step 3 only applies to trucks equipped with winterization kits.
3.
Feed engine oil cooler hoses (2 and 11) under engine coolant heater brackets.
4.
Secure engine oil cooler hoses (2 and 11) to wheelwell with hose clamp (12) and nut (3).
5.
Connect engine oil cooler hose 11) to engine oil cooler pipe (15) at left side of radiator (1).
NOTE
Step 6 only applies to trucks equipped with engine oil sampling valve.
If truck is equipped with engine oil sampling valve (13), perform steps
6 and 8.
6.
Connect engine oil cooler hose (2) to engine oil sampling valve (13) at square connector (16).
Connect square connector to engine oil cooler pipe (14).
7.
Connect engine oil cooler hose (2) to engine oil cooler pipe (14).
8.
Connect engine oil cooler pipes (14 and 15) to radiator (1) at right side.
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Install fan shroud. (See paragraph 3-31)
Check for leaks.
3-11
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-7.
VACUUM PUMP REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
b. Installation
a. Removal
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
Air cleaner removed. (See paragraph 3-9)
Materials/Parts
One gasket
Tools/Test Equipment
Torque wrench
1.
Remove vacuum line from vacuum
pump (1). Remove bolt (2) and lift
clamp (3) away from vacuum pump.
2.
Remove vacuum pump (1).
3.
Inspect gasket (4). Remove and
discard if damaged.
1.
Install new gasket (4) if removed.
2.
Install vacuum pump (1) into engine.
3.
Position clamp (3) on vacuum pump
(1).
4.
Install bolt (2) in clamp (3) and
tighten to 20 Ib.-ft. (27 N•m).
5.
Install vacuum line on vacuum pump
(1).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Install air cleaner. (See paragraph 3-9)
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
TA49777
3-12
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-7.1. ENGINE OIL PAN REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Cleaning and Inspection
c. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
Front of truck raised and supported by jack
stands with front axle hanging free.
Starter removed. (See paragraph 4-5)
Engine oil level indicator tube and seal
removed. (See paragraph 3-3)
Engine oil drained. (See paragraph 3-4)
Engine oil filter removed.
(See paragraph 3-4)
One engine oil pan gasket
One engine oil pan seal
Dry cleaning solvent
(Item 15, Appendix C)
RTV sealant (Item 41, Appendix C)
General Safety Instructions
Dry cleaning solvent is flammable and
must not be used near open flame.
Use only in a well-ventilated area.
NOTE
Step 1 only applies to trucks equipped with winterization kits.
1.
Loosen clamp (4) and disconnect
front exhaust pipe (3) from engine oil
pan (5). Remove 4 screws (1) and
heat exchange pipe (2).
TA701823
Change 2
3-12.1
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-7.1.
2.
ENGINE OIL PAN REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
Remove 6 bolts (6) and torque
converter cover (8) from transmission
assembly (7).
NOTE
location
of
Ensure
that
transmission oil cooler line clip is
noted for installation.
3.
(12)
and
Remove 21
bolts
transmission oil cooler line clip.
Remove 2 rear bolts (11).
TA701824
3-12.2
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-7.1.
ENGINE OIL PAN REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
NOTE
Ensure that location of engine oil pan stud (13) is noted for installation.
4.
Remove nut (15) and starter lead clip
(14) from engine oil pan stud (13).
Remove engine oil pan stud.
NOTE
Early 1984 model trucks have engine oil pan (5) with a ridged lip which
requires an engine oil pan gasket. Late 1984-87 model truck engine oil pans
and replacement engine oil pans have a flat lip which requires RTV sealant.
5.
Remove engine oil pan (5) and engine oil pan seal (10). Remove and discard engine oil pan
gasket if present. Discard engine oil pan seal.
WARNING
Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 is toxic and flammable. Always wear protective
goggles and gloves and use only in a well-ventilated area. Avoid contact with
skin, eyes, and clothes and DO NOT breathe vapors. DO NOT use near open
flame or excessive heat. The solvent’s flash point is 100°F-138°F
(38°C-59°C). If you become dizzy while using cleaning solvent,
immediately get fresh air and medical help. If solvent contacts eyes,
immediately wash your eyes with water and get medical aid.
1.
Clean oil and all RTV sealant or gasket material from mating surfaces of engine oil pan (5) and
engine (9) block with dry cleaning solvent.
TA701825
Change 2
3-12.3
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-7.1.
ENGINE OIL PAN REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
2.
Inspect engine oil pan (5) for damage.
Discard engine oil pan if damaged.
1.
Install new engine oil pan seal (10) in
groove at rear of engine (9) block.
Apply RTV sealant to each end of
engine oil pan seal.
NOTE
If installing new engine oil pan gasket with engine oil pan (5), perform
step 2.
If applying RTV sealant or installing new engine oil pan (5). Perform step
3.
2.
Install new engine oil pan gasket on lip
of engine oil pan (5) and aline with bolt
holes.
3.
Apply a 0.19 in. (5 mm) bead of RTV
sealant (16) along engine oil pan (5)
sealing surface as shown.
TA701826
3-12.4
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-7.1.
ENGINE OIL PAN REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
4.
Position engine oil pan (5) under
engine (9) block and install engine oil
pan stud (13). Install starter lead clip
(14) on engine oil pan stud with nut
(15).
5.
Install 2 rear bolts (11). Install
transmission oil cooler line clip and 21
bolts (12) .
6.
Install torque converter cover (8) on
transmission assembly (7) with 6 bolts
(6) .
TA701827
Change 2
3-12.5
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-32.
ENGINE OIL PAN REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
NOTE
Step 7 only applies to trucks equipped with winterization kits.
7.
Install heat exchange pipe (2) with 4
screws (1). Connect front exhaust
pipe (3) to engine oil pan (5) and
tighten clamp (4).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Install engine oil filter. (See paragraph 3-4)
Install engine oil level indicator tube and seal. (See paragraph 3-3)
Fill engine oil. (See paragraph 3-4)
Install starter. (See paragraph 4-5)
Remove jack stands and lower truck, if raised.
TA701828
3-12.6
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il.
3-8.
FUEL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE INDEX.
Paragraph
Number
3-9.
3-10.
3-11.
3-12.
3-13.
3-14.
3-15.
3-16.
3-17.
3-18.
3-19.
3-20.
3-21.
3-21.1.
FUEL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
Page
Number
Procedures
Air Cleaner and Seal Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Pump and Pushrod Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Tank and Shield Maintenance (All Except M1009) . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Tank and Shield Maintenance (M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Tank Supply and Return Hoses and Pipes
Replacement (All Except M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Tank Supply and Return Hoses and Pipes
Replacement (M1009) ......................................................... . . . . . . .
Fuel Tank Filler Door, Fill Pipe Assembly, and
Fill/Vent Hoses Replacement (All Except M1009 and M1010) .
Fuel Tank Filler Door, Cap, and Fill Pipe Assembly
Replacement (M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Filter Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Drainback Hoses Replacement .................................................
Fuel Drainback Pipe Assembly Replacement .....................................
Glow Plug and Glow Plug Switch Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transmission Vacuum Hoses Replacement ..........................................
Transmission Vacuum Valve Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change 2
3-14
3-16
3-18
3-24
3-32
3-40
3-48
3-50
3-52
3-56
3-58
3-60
3-62
3 - 6 4
3-13
TM 9-2320-289-20
AIR CLEANER AND SEAL REPLACEMENT.
3-9.
a.
This task covers:
Removal
b. Installation
CAUTION
When servicing air cleaner assembly (6), place a screen or a clean rag
over air intake opening to guard against objects falling inside. Failure to
follow this caution may result in equipment damage.
1.
Remove 2 nuts (2), 2 washers (1),
and lid (3) of air cleaner assembly
(6) .
2.
Remove filter element (4), polywrap
band (5), and air cleaner assembly
(6) .
3.
Remove air cleaner seal (7) and
discard if damaged.
4.
Clean polywrap band (5) if required.
(See TM 9-2320-289-10)
INSTALLATION
b.
NOTE
Remove screen or rag from air
intake opening.
1.
If removed, install air cleaner seal (7)
over intake manifold inlet (9).
2.
Install air cleaner assembly (6) on air
cleaner seal (7).
3.
Install filter element (4) and polywrap
band (5) inside air cleaner assembly
(6) .
4.
Install lid (3) of air cleaner assembly
(6) with studs (8) on intake manifold
(9) fitted through holes in lid.
TA49778
3-14
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-9.
AIR CLEANER AND SEAL REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
CAUTION
DO NOT install nuts (2) without a washer (1) under each nut. Washers
prevent dust and dirt from entering intake manifold (9) and causing
premature engine failure.
5.
Install 2 washers (1) and nuts (2) finger tight.
3-15
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-10.
FUEL PUMP AND PUSHROD REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
b. Installation
a. Removal
INITIAL SETUP:
MaterialslParts
Equipment Condition
One fuel pump gasket
One mounting plate gasket
Grease (Item 26, Appendix C)
Tie-down strap (Item 44, Appendix C)
Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
Alternators, alternator brackets, and
mounting hardware removed (M1010).
(See paragraph 4-3)
General Safety Instructions
DO NOT perform this procedure near
fire, flames, or sparks.
Too/s/Test Equipment
10 mm socket
WARNING
Diesel fuel is flammable. DO NOT perform this procedure near fire,
flames, or sparks. A fire extinguisher must be on hand in work area.
Failure to follow this warning may result in serious injury or death.
NOTE
Place suitable container under fuel pump (3) to catch any escaping fuel.
1.
Disconnect fuel inlet hose (9) and fuel injector pump pipe assembly line (1) from fuel pump
(3) .
2.
Remove 2 bolts (2), fuel pump (3), and gasket (4). Discard gasket.
NOTE
Perform step 3 only if removing pushrod (7).
3.
3-16
Use metric socket to remove 2 bolts (8), mounting plate (5), gasket (6), and pushrod (7).
Discard gasket.
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-10.
FUEL PUMP AND PUSHROD REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
NOTE
Alternately and evenly tighten bolts (8) to guarantee a tight fit and to
avoid a possible oil leak.
Ensure that all gasket material has been removed from surfaces and
that surfaces are clean.
Perform steps 1 and 2 only if installing pushrod (7).
1.
Apply a coat of grease on pushrod (7) to hold it up against camshaft as required.
2.
If removed, install push rod (7), new gasket (6), and mounting plate (5). Use metric socket to
install 2 bolts (8).
3.
Install new gasket (4), fuel pump (3), and 2 bolts (2).
4.
Install fuel injection pump pipe assembly line (1) and fuel inlet hose (9) to fuel pump (3).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Install alternators, alternator brackets, and mounting hardware (M1010). (See paragraph 4-3)
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
Check for leaks. If engine fails to start, bleed air from fuel system. (See paragraph 3-17)
TA49779
3-17
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-11.
FUEL TANK AND SHIELD MAINTENANCE (ALL EXCEPT M1009).
This task covers:
c. Installation
a. Removal
b. Inspection
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
MaterialslParts
Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
Fuel tank drained.
One gasket
Seven Iockwashers
One starwasher
Personnel Required
Too/s/Test Equipment
Fuel remover/installer, J-24187
MOS 63B (2)
General Safety Instructions
DO NOT perform this procedure near fire, flames, or sparks.
Always wear goggles when working on underside of truck.
WARNING
Diesel fuel is flammable. DO NOT perform this procedure near fire,
flames, or sparks. A fire extinguisher must be on hand in work area.
Failure to follow this warning may result in serious injury or death.
Always wear goggles when working on underside of truck. Fuel spillage
can occur when disconnecting fuel lines. Failure to follow this warning
may result in serious eye injury.
NOTE
If removing fuel tank shield assembly (25), perform step 1.
When removing fuel tank shield assembly (25), 2 bolts (23) remain in
support assemblies (4) as a guide when installing fuel tank shield
assembly.
1.
Remove 5 nuts (11), Iockwashers (10), and 3 bolts (7), and remove fuel tank shield assembly
(25). Discard Iockwashers.
2.
Remove 2 bolts (5), nuts (9), Iockwashers (8), and brackets (6). Discard Iockwashers.
3.
Remove 2 bolts (24), nuts (27), and bracket (26).
4.
Loosen clamp (13) and remove fuel tank fill vent hose (12) from fuel tank (19).
5.
Loosen clamp (15) and remove fuel tank fill hose (14) from fuel tank (19).
3-18
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-11.
6.
FUEL TANK AND SHIELD MAINTENANCE (ALL EXCEPT M1009) (Con’t).
Disconnect ground wire (34) from
truck frame (28). Discard starwasher.
NOTE
Use an assistant and suitable
support when performing steps
7-9.
7.
Remove 8 bolts (1) from 2 support
assemblies (4).
8.
Lower fuel tank (19) and 2 support
assemblies (4) enough to remove
drain (30), feed (33), 2 return (29)
hoses and sending unit wire (32) from
fuel tank sending unit (31).
TA49780
3-19
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-11.
FUEL TANK AND SHIELD MAINTENANCE (ALL EXCEPT M1009) (Con’t).
9.
Lower fuel tank (19) to floor.
10.
Remove 2 nuts (2) and Iockwashers (3), and pull back 2 flexible strap assemblies (18) from
fuel tank (19).
11.
Remove 2 strap insulators (17) and remove fuel tank (19).
12.
Remove 2 screws (20), support (21), and front shield (22).
13.
Remove rear shield (16) from fuel tank (19).
TA49781
3-20
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-11.
FUEL TANK AND SHIELD MAINTENANCE (ALL EXCEPT M1009) (Con’t).
CAUTION
Thoroughly clean area before removing fuel tank sending unit (31) from
fuel tank (19). Failure to follow this caution may result in dirt falling into
fuel tank.
14.
Remove fuel tank sending unit cam
(35) .
15.
Remove fuel tank sending unit (31)
and gasket (36). Discard gasket.
1.
Inspect fuel tank shields (16 and 22)
for tears or holes.
2.
Inspect fuel tank (19) for corrosion,
splits, cracks, or punctures.
3.
Inspect 2 strap assemblies (18), 2 support assemblies (4), and 3 brackets (6 and 26) for
dents, cracks, or corrosion.
4.
Inspect fuel tank insulators (17) for signs of wear.
5.
Replace any corroded, damaged, or worn components as required.
NOTE
If installing fuel tank shield assembly (25), perform steps 18 and 19.
1.
Install new gasket (36) over fuel tank (19) opening. Install fuel tank sending unit (31) and fuel
sending unit cam (35).
2.
Install 2 strap insulators (17) inside 2 strap assemblies (18).
3.
Position 2 strap assemblies (18) with 2 attached support assemblies (4) around fuel tank (19).
4.
Install 2 new Iockwashers (3) and nuts (2) to ends of 2 strap assemblies (18). DO NOT fully
tighten nuts.
5.
Install rear shield (16) over fuel tank (19).
6.
Install front shield (22), brace (21), and 2 bolts (20).
TA49782
3-21
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-11.
FUEL TANK AND SHIELD MAINTENANCE (ALL EXCEPT M1009) (Con’t).
NOTE
Use an assistant and suitable support when performing steps 7-11.
7.
Raise fuel tank (19) to within
approximately 5 in. (12.7 cm) of fully
installed position and install feed
return (29), and drain (30)
(33),
hoses to sending unit (31).
8.
Install sending unit wire (32) on fuel
tank sending unit (31).
9.
Feed ground wire (34) through
access hole in truck frame (28), but
DO NOT connect.
10.
Raise fuel tank (19) to fully raised
position.
11.
Partially install 8 bolts (1) through
truck frame (28) and support
assemblies (4).
12.
Tighten 8 bolts (1) and remove
support from fuel tank (19).
NOTE
Ensure that starwasher is installed between ground wire (34) terminal and
truck frame (28).
13.
Install ground wire (34) to truck frame (28) using new starwasher.
14.
Install fuel tank fill hose (14) and clamp (15) at fuel tank (19).
15.
Install fuel tank fill vent hose (12) and clamp (13) at fuel tank (19).
16.
Install bracket (26) with 2 bolts (24) and nuts (27).
17.
Install 2 brackets (6) with 2 bolts (5), new Iockwashers (8), and nuts (9). DO NOT fully tighten.
18.
Guide shield (25) onto 2 guide bolts (23) and install 2 new Iockwashers (10) and nuts (11). DO
NOT fully tighten.
19.
Install 3 bolts (7) through 2 brackets (6) and bracket (26) using 3 new Iockwashers (10) and
nuts (11). DO NOT fully tighten.
20.
Tighten 2 nuts (2) which secure 2 strap assemblies (18) to 2 support assemblies (4).
21.
Tighten 2 nuts (9) and 5 nuts (11).
TA49783
3-22
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-11.
FUEL TANK AND SHIELD MAINTENANCE (ALL EXCEPT M1009) (Con’t).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Refill fuel tank,
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
Bleed air from fuel system. (See paragraph 3-17)
Check for leaks.
TA49784
3-23
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-12.
FUEL TANK AND SHIELD MAINTENANCE (M1009).
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
MaterialslParts
Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
Fuel tank drained.
Tools/Test Equipment
One gasket
Four lockwashers
One starwasher
Personnel Required
Fuel remover/instaIler, J-24187
Torque wrench
●
MOS 63B (2)
General Safety Instructions
DO NOT perform this procedure near fire, flames, or sparks.
Always wear goggles when working on underside of truck.
a.
REMOVAL
WARNING
Diesel fuel is flammable. DO NOT perform this procedure near fire,
flames, or sparks. A fire extinguisher must be on hand in work area.
Failure to follow this warning may result in serious injury or death.
Always wear goggles when working on underside of truck. Fuel spillage
can occur when disconnecting fuel lines. Failure to follow this warning
may result in serious eye injury.
NOTE
If removing fuel tank shield (25), perform steps 1-5.
Access to bolts (12) and washers (11) in step 1, bolts in step 5, and
nuts and washers in step 7, is easier with endgate down.
1.
Remove 2 bolts (12) and washers (11) at tow hook bracket (10).
NOTE
At center of rear bumper brace (1), 2 bolts (5) are installed into
weldnuts (2).
2.
Remove 6 bolts (5), 10 washers (4), and 4 nuts (3), and remove rear bumper brace (1).
3.
Remove 4 bolts (9), nuts (6), Iockwashers (7), and washers (8) which secure tow hook
bracket (10) to rear bumper. Discard Iockwashers.
3-24
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-12.
4.
FUEL TANK AND SHIELD MAINTENANCE (M1009) (Con’t).
Move tow hook bracket (10) to rear
2-3 in. (5.1-7.6 cm) to clear fuel
tank shield (25).
TA49785
3-25
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-12.
FUEL TANK AND SHIELD MAINTENANCE (M1009) (Con’t).
5.
Remove 6 bolts (28) from fuel tank shield (25). Remove fuel tank shield.
6.
Disconnect ground wire (17) from top of frame on left of truck. Discard starwasher.
NOTE
2 nuts (20) function as spacers for 2 strap assemblies (24) and should
not be removed from strap assemblies.
Use an assistant and provide suitable support when performing steps
7-15.
7.
Remove 2 nuts (18), wiring harness
tabs, and washers (19) from 2 strap
assemblies (24). Remove strap
assemblies through frame.
8.
Remove 2 insulators (23).
9.
Loosen clamp (48) and disconnect fill
hose (47) from fill pipe assembly
(30) .
10.
Loosen clamp (31) and remove vent
hose (32) from fill pipe assembly
(30) .
11.
Remove screw (39) and clip (41).
12.
Lower fuel tank (26) approximately
6 in. (15.2 cm) to gain access to 2
sending unit hoses (37) and sending
unit drain hose (45).
13.
Remove sending unit wire (29) from
sending unit (15).
14.
Loosen 2 clamps (38) and remove 2
sending unit hoses (37) from pipes
leading to front of truck.
NOTE
When fuel tank (26) is removed,
the following hoses and pipes are
removed with it:
sending unit
drain hose (45) and drain pipe
(40), 2 sending unit hoses (37),
fuel tank fill hose (47), fuel tank
vent pipe (33), and vent hoses (32
and 35).
15.
Remove fuel tank (26).
TA49786
3-26
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-12.
FUEL TANK AND SHIELD MAINTENANCE (M1009) (Con’t).
16.
Unhook 2 strap assemblies (24) from crossmember.
17.
Remove 2 insulators (27) from fuel tank (26).
18.
Remove 6 plugs (21) and 2 protector assemblies (22).
19.
Loosen 3 clamps (36) and remove 2 sending unit hoses (37) and sending unit drain hose (45)
from sending unit (15).
20.
Loosen 2 clamps (34) and remove vent hose (35).
21.
Loosen clamp (31) and remove vent hose (32).
22.
Loosen clamp (46) at fuel tank elbow and remove fill hose (47).
23.
Loosen clamp (44) and remove drain pipe (40) from sending unit drain hose (45).
24.
Remove clamp (43) and cap (42) from end of drain pipe (40).
TA49787
3-27
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-12.
FUEL TANK AND SHIELD MAINTENANCE (M1009) (Con’t).
CAUTION
Before removing sending unit (15) from fuel tank (26), thoroughly clean
area. Failure to follow this caution may result in dirt falling into fuel tank.
25.
Remove sending unit cam (14), sending unit (15), and gasket (16). Discard gasket.
NOTE
If installing fuel tank shield (25), perform steps 26-30.
1.
Install new gasket (16) at fuel tank
opening.
2.
Install sending unit (15) and sending
unit cam (14).
3.
Install vent hose (35) to vent pipe
(33) and sending unit (15) with 2
clamps (34).
4.
Install vent hose (32) to vent pipe
(33) with clamp (31).
5.
Install fill hose (47) to fuel tank elbow
with clamp (46).
6.
Install cap (42) to drain pipe (40) with
clamp (43).
7.
Install drain pipe (40) to sending unit
drain hose (45) with clamp (44).
8.
Install 2 sending unit hoses (37) to
sending unit (15) with 2 clamps (36).
9.
Install sending unit drain hose (45) to
sending unit (15) with clamp (36).
10.
Install 2 protector assemblies (22)
with 6 plugs (21).
11.
Install 2 insulators (27) to top of fuel
tank (26) and 2 insulators (23) inside
strap assemblies (24).
12.
Hook front of each strap assembly
(24) through crossmember.
13.
Position fuel tank (26) inside 2 strap
assemblies (24).
NOTE
Use an assistant and provide suitable support when performing steps
14-23.
14.
3-28
Lift fuel tank (26) to within 6 in. (15.2 cm) of fully raised position, ensuring that all hoses clear
frame and chassis.
TA49788
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-12.
FUEL TANK AND SHIELD MAINTENANCE (M1009) (Con’t).
15.
Install fill hose (47) to fill pipe assembly (30) with clamp (48).
16.
Install vent hose (32) to fill pipe assembly (30) with clamp (31).
17.
Position sending unit drain hose (45) and drain pipe (40) along frame. DO NOT install at this
time.
18.
Connect 2 sending unit hoses (37) to ends of pipes and secure with 2 clamps (38).
19.
Install sending unit wire (29) to sending unit (15).
20.
Position ground wire (17) over top of frame. DO NOT connect at this time.
21.
Raise fuel tank (26) into position.
22.
Insert 2 strap assemblies (24) through holes in rear crossmember.
NOTE
Steps 23, 27, and 28 are easier to perform with endgate down.
23.
Secure 2 strap assemblies (24) and 2 wiring harness tabs with washers (19) and nuts (18).
TA49789
3-29
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-12.
FUEL TANK AND SHIELD MAINTENANCE (M1009) (Con't).
24.
Install clip (41) with screw (39).
25.
Connect ground wire (17) to frame
using a new starwasher between
ground wire terminal and frame.
26.
Move tow hook bracket (10) to rear
as needed.
NOTE
An assistant is needed to perform
step 27.
27.
Position fuel tank shield (25). Install 6
bolts (28) through crossmember, fuel
tank (26), and fuel tank shield.
20-30 Ib.-ft.
Tighten
bolts
to
(27-41 N•m).
28.
Push tow hook bracket (10) forward
into position. Install 2 washers (11)
and bolts (12).
29.
Install tow hook bracket (10) to rear
bumper with 4 bolts (9), washers (8),
new Iockwashers (7), and nuts (6).
30
Install rear bumper brace (1) with 6
bolts (5), 10 washers (4), and 4 nuts
(3) .
TA49790
3-30
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-12.
FUEL TANK AND SHIELD MAINTENANCE (M1009) (Con’t).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Refill fuel tank.
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
Bleed air from fuel system. (See paragraph 3-17)
Check for leaks.
TA49791
3-31
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-13.
FUEL TANK SUPPLY AND RETURN HOSES AND PIPES REPLACEMENT (ALL
EXCEPT M1009).
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
General Safety Instructions
Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
DO NOT perform this procedure near
fire, flames, or sparks.
Always wear goggles when working on
underside of truck.
WARNING
Diesel fuel is flammable. Do NOT perform this procedure near fire,
flames, or sparks. A fire extinguisher must be on hand in work area.
Failure to follow this warning may result in serious injury or death.
Always wear goggles when working on underside of truck. Fuel spillage
can occur when disconnecting fuel lines. Failure to follow this warning
may result in serious eye injury.
NOTE
Fuel tank must be removed to perform steps 1-7. (See paragraph 3-11)
Tag all hoses and pipes for installation.
If removing feed pipe (12), perform steps 8 and 10 through 12.
If removing front feed pipe (5), perform steps 14-17.
If removing front feed hose (4), perform step 15.
If removing return pipe (38), perform steps 9, 18, and 19.
If removing front return hose (40), perform step 18.
1.
Remove 3 clamps (21) and remove 3 sending unit hoses (22) from drain pipe (17), feed pipe
(23), and return pipe (20).
2.
Loosen clamp (32) and remove cap (24).
3.
Remove bolt (30), nut (35), washer (34), and clip (33).
4.
Remove screw (18), clip (19), and drain pipe (17).
5.
Remove nut (26), bolt (29), and washer (28). Remove 2 screws (27) and remove shield (25).
6.
Loosen clamp (13) and disconnect feed hose (14) from feed pipe (23). Remove feed pipe.
3-32
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-13.
FUEL TANK SUPPLY AND RETURN HOSES AND PIPES REPLACEMENT (ALL
EXCEPT M1009) (Con’t).
TA49792
3-33
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-13.
FUEL TANK SUPPLY AND RETURN HOSES AND PIPES REPLACEMENT (ALL
EXCEPT M1009) (Con’t).
TA49793
3-34
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-13.
FUEL TANK SUPPLY AND RETURN HOSES AND PIPES REPLACEMENT (ALL
EXCEPT M1009) (Con’t).
7.
Loosen clamp (15) and disconnect return hose (16) from return pipe (38). Remove return
pipe.
8.
Remove clamp (13) and feed hose (14) from feed pipe (12).
9.
Remove clamp (15) and return hose (16) from return pipe (38).
10.
Remove 6 screws (10) and clips (11) securing feed pipe (12) to frame.
NOTE
If truck is not equipped with
kits,
perform
winterization
steps 11 and 13 through 19.
If truck is
winterization
steps 12-19.
equipped with
kits,
perform
11.
Remove feed pipe (12) from fitting
(8) .
12.
Disconnect feed pipe (12) and
auxiliary heater fuel inlet hose (41)
from fitting (8). Remove screw (43)
and clip (42) which hold feed pipe
and auxiliary heater fuel inlet hose
together.
NOTE
M1010 and trucks equipped with winterization kits DO NOT have a plug (9)
in fitting (8).
13.
Remove plug (9) from fitting (8).
14.
Remove fitting (8) from feed pipe (5).
15.
Remove 2 clamps (6) and front feed hose (4).
16.
Remove clip (7) securing front feed pipe (5) to frame.
17.
Remove bolt (2), clip (3), battery cable bracket (1), and front feed pipe (5).
18.
Remove 2 clamps (39), and remove front return hose (40).
19.
Remove 4 screws (36) and clips (37), and remove return pipe (38).
TA49794
3-35
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-13.
FUEL TANK SUPPLY AND RETURN HOSES AND PIPES REPLACEMENT (ALL
EXCEPT M1009) (Con’t).
NOTE
If installing feed pipe (12), perform steps 7-10.
If installing front feed pipe (5), perform steps 3-6.
If installing front feed hose (4), perform step 5.
If installing return pipe (38), perform steps 1, 2, and 11.
If installing front return hose (40), perform step 2.
1.
Install front return pipe (38) with 4 clips (37) and screws (36).
2.
Install front return hose (40) with 2 clamps (39).
3.
Install front feed pipe (5) with clip (7).
4.
Install bolt (2), clip (3), and battery cable bracket (1).
5.
Install front feed hose (4) with 2 clamps (6).
NOTE
M1010 and trucks equipped with winterization kits DO NOT have a plug (9)
in fitting (8).
6.
Install plug (9) into fitting (8) and install fitting to feed pipe (5).
7.
Install feed pipe (12) to fitting (8).
NOTE
Step 8 only applies to trucks
equipped with winterization kits.
8.
Install auxiliary heater fuel inlet hose
(41) to fitting (8), and install auxiliary
heater fuel inlet hose to frame and
feed pipe (12) with clip (42) and
screw (43).
9.
Install feed pipe (12) to frame with 6
clips (11) and bolts (10).
10.
Install feed hose (14) to feed pipe (12) with clamp (13).
11.
Install return hose (16) to return pipe (38) with clamp (15).
12.
Install shield (25) with 2 screws (27).
TA49795
3-36
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-13.
FUEL TANK SUPPLY AND RETURN HOSES AND PIPES REPLACEMENT (ALL
EXCEPT M1009) (Con’t).
TA49796
3-37
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-13.
FUEL TANK SUPPLY AND RETURN HOSES AND PIPES REPLACEMENT (ALL
EXCEPT M1009) (Con’t).
TA49797
3-38
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-13.
FUEL TANK SUPPLY AND RETURN HOSES AND PIPES REPLACEMENT (ALL
EXCEPT M1009) (Con’t).
13.
Install bolt (29), washer (28), and nut (26) to shield (25).
14.
Install ends of feed pipe (23) and return pipe (20) over support (31) and over left side of
frame.
15.
Connect feed hose (14) to feed pipe (23) and secure with clamp (13).
16.
Connect return hose (16) to return pipe (20) with clamp (15).
17.
Install pipes with clip (19) and screw (18) so that feed pipe (23) is to front, drain pipe 17) is in
middle, and return pipe (20) is to back.
18.
Install cap (24) and clamp (32) to drain pipe (17).
19.
Install feed pipe (23) and return pipe (20) to support (31) with clip (33), bolt (30), washer
(34), and nut (35).
20.
Install 3 hoses (22) to pipes (17, 20 and 23) with clamps (21).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Install fuel tank if removed. (See paragraph 3-11)
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
Bleed air from fuel system if required. (See paragraph 3-17)
Check for leaks.
3-39
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-14.
FUEL TANK SUPPLY AND RETURN HOSES AND PIPES REPLACEMENT
(M1009).
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
MaterialslParts
Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
Personnel Required
One feed pipe
One return pipe
General Safety Instructions
MOS 63B (2)
a.
DO NOT perform this procedure near
fire, flames, or sparks.
Always wear goggles when working on
underside of truck.
REMOVAL
WARNING
Diesel fuel is flammable. DO NOT perform this procedure near fire,
flames, or sparks. A fire extinguisher must be on hand in work area.
Failure to follow this warning may result in serious injury or death.
Always wear goggles when working on underside of truck. Fuel spillage
can occur when disconnecting fuel lines. Failure to follow this warning
may result in serious eye injury.
NOTE
Access to feed hose (8) and clamp (7) is difficult. It may be necessary to
lower fuel tank to make step 1 easier to perform. (See paragraph 3-12)
1.
Remove clamp (7) and feed hose (8) from feed pipe (11).
2.
Remove screw (6) and 2 clips (5).
3.
Loosen clamp (22) and remove feed hose (23) from feed pipe (11).
NOTE
Rear feed pipe (11) must be cut before it can be removed.
4.
Remove 3 screws (2) and clips (1). Remove feed pipe (11). Discard feed pipe.
5.
Loosen clamp (24) and remove feed hose (23).
6.
Remove 3 screws (19), 3 clips (20), and remove feed pipe (21) from fitting (25).
3-40
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-14.
FUEL TANK SUPPLY AND RETURN HOSES AND PIPES REPLACEMENT
(M1009) (Con’t).
TA49798
3-41
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-14.
FUEL TANK SUPPLY AND RETURN HOSES AND PIPES REPLACEMENT
(M1009) (Con’t).
NOTE
Step 7 only applies to trucks
equipped with winterization kits.
7.
Remove screw (28) and clip (27),
and remove auxiliary heater fuel inlet
hose (26) from fitting (25).
NOTE
Trucks equipped with winterization kits DO NOT have a plug (18) in fitting
(25).
8.
Remove plug (18) and fitting (25) from feed pipe (13).
9.
Loosen 2 clamps (14) and remove feed hose (15).
TA49799
3-42
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-14.
FUEL TANK SUPPLY AND RETURN HOSES AND PIPES REPLACEMENT
(M1009) (Con’t).
10.
Remove 3 screws (16) and clips (17), and remove feed pipe (13).
11.
Remove clamp (10) and return hose (9) from return pipe (4).
12.
Remove clamp (32) and return hose (33) from return pipe (4).
TA49800
3-43
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-14.
FUEL TANK SUPPLY AND RETURN HOSES AND PIPES REPLACEMENT
(M1009) (Con’t).
NOTE
Rear return pipe (4) must be cut before it can be removed.
13.
Remove 3 screws (12) and clips (3), and remove return pipe (4). Discard return pipe.
14.
Remove clamp (32) and remove return hose (33).
TA49801
3-44
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-14.
FUEL TANK SUPPLY AND RETURN HOSES AND PIPES REPLACEMENT
(M1009) (Con’t).
15.
Remove 2 clamps (30) and remove return hose (29).
16.
Remove 3 screws (35) and clips (31), and remove return pipe (34).
b.
INSTALLATION
1.
Install return pipe (34) with 3 clips (31) and screws (35).
2.
Install return hose (29) with 2 clamps (30).
3.
Install return hose (33) to return pipe (34) with clamp (32).
4.
Install new return pipe (4), bending it into position, to return hose (33) with clamp (32).
5.
Install return pipe (4) to frame with 3 clips (3) and screws (12).
6.
Install new return hose (9) to return pipe (4) with clamp (10).
7.
If fuel tank was lowered, raise at this time. (See paragraph 3-12)
8.
Install feed pipe (13) to frame with 3 clips (17) and screws (16).
9.
Install feed hose (15) to fuel pump and feed pipe (13) with 2 clamps (14).
TA49802
3-45
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-14.
FUEL TANK SUPPLY AND RETURN HOSES AND PIPES REPLACEMENT
(M1009) (Con’t).
NOTE
Trucks equipped with winterization kits DO NOT have a plug (18) in fitting
(25).
10.
Install plug (18) into fitting (25) and install fitting to feed pipe (13).
11.
Install feed pipe (21) to fitting (25) and to frame with 3 clips (20) and screws (19).
NOTE
Step 12 only applies to trucks
equipped with winterization kits.
12.
Install auxiliary heater fuel inlet hose
(26) to fitting (25), and install clip
(27) and screw (28).
13.
Install feed hose (23) to feed pipe
(21) with clamp (24).
TA49803
3-46
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-14.
FUEL TANK SUPPLY AND RETURN HOSES AND PIPES REPLACEMENT
(M1009) (Con’t).
14.
Install new feed pipe (11), bending it into position. Install 3 clips (1) and screws (2). Install
feed pipe to feed hose (23) with camp (22).
15.
Install feed hose (8) to feed pipe (11) with clamp (7) .
16.
Install 2 clips (5) with screw (6) .
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Refill fuel tank if required.
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
Bleed air from fuel system if required. (See paragraph 3-17)
Check for leaks.
TA49804
3-47
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-15.
FUEL TANK FILLER DOOR, FILL PIPE ASSEMBLY, AND FILL/VENT HOSES
REPLACEMENT (ALL EXCEPT M1009 AND M1010).
This task covers:
c. Installation
a. Removal
b. Inspection
INITIAL SETUP:
ToolslTest Equipment
Equipment Condition
Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
Fuel tank drained halfway.
Screwdriver bit set, J-29843
General Safety Instructions
DO NOT perform this procedure near fire, flames, or sparks.
Always wear goggles when working on underside of truck.
a.
REMOVAL
WARNING
Diesel fuel is flammable. DO NOT perform this procedure near fire,
flames, or sparks. A fire extinguisher must be on hand in work area.
Failure to follow this warning may result in serious injury or death.
Always wear goggles when working on underside of truck. Fuel spillage
can occur when disconnecting fuel lines. Failure to follow this warning
may result in serious eye injury.
1.
Loosen clamps (10 and 11), and disconnect fill hose (9) and vent hose (12) from fuel tank.
2.
Remove 3 screws (4), and remove housing (6), fill pipe assembly (7), and attached fill hose
(9) and vent hose (12).
3.
Remove 2 bolts (2) and remove door assembly (3).
4.
Remove any door bumpers (1) if damaged.
b.
INSPECTION
1.
Inspect fill pipe assembly (7) for cracks or punctures.
2.
Inspect fill hose (9) and vent hose (12) for cracks, punctures, or soft spots .
3.
Remove 2 clamps (8 and 13) and 3 screws (5), and disassemble housing (6), fill pipe
assembly (7), fill hose (9), and vent hose (12) only as required to replace damaged
components. Note position of hoses for assembly.
c.
1.
3-48
INSTALLATION
Install new door bumpers (1) if removed.
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-15.
FUEL TANK FILLER DOOR, FILL PIPE ASSEMBLY, AND FILL/VENT HOSES
REPLACEMENT (ALL EXCEPT M1009 AND M1010) (Con’t).
2.
Install door assembly (3) with 2 bolts
(2) .
3.
Assemble fill pipe assembly (7),
housing (6), fill hose (9), and vent
hose (12), as required, with 3 screws
(5) and 2 clamps (8 and 13). DO
NOT fully tighten clamps.
4.
Install assembled unit to body panel
with 3 screws (4).
5.
Install vent hose (12) and fill hose (9)
at fuel tank with clamps (11 and 10).
Tighten clamps (8, 10, 11, and 13).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Refill fuel tank.
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
Bleed air from fuel system if required. (See paragraph 3-17)
Check for leaks.
TA49805
3-49
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-16.
FUEL TANK FILLER DOOR, CAP, AND FILL PIPE ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT
(M1009).
This task covers:
b. Installation
a. Removal
INITIAL SETUP:
Too/s/Test Equipment
Equipment Condition
Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
Screwdriver bit set, J-29843
General Safety Instructions
DO NOT perform this procedure near fire, flames, or sparks.
Always wear goggles when working on underside of truck.
WARNING
Diesel fuel is flammable. DO NOT perform this procedure near fire,
flames, or sparks. A fire extinguisher must be on hand in work area.
Failure to follow this warning may result in serious injury or death.
Always wear goggles when working on underside of truck. Fuel spillage
can occur when disconnecting fuel lines. Failure to follow this warning
may result in serious eye injury.
1.
Unscrew fuel cap assembly (7).
2.
Remove clamp (9) and remove vent hose (10) from fill pipe assembly (8).
3.
Remove clamp (12) and remove fill hose (11) from fill pipe assembly (8).
4.
Remove 3 screws (2) and screws (14). Remove clamp (13), fill pipe assembly (8), and
housing (1).
5.
Remove fuel cap chain clip (6) and fuel cap assembly (7) from housing (1).
6.
Remove 2 bolts (4) and door assembly (3).
7.
Remove any door bumpers (5) if damaged.
b.
INSTALLATION
1.
Install door assembly (3) with 2 bolts (4).
2.
Install new door bumpers (5) if removed.
3.
Install chain clip (11) with attached fuel cap assembly
4.
Install housing (1) with 3 screws (2).
3-50
(7) to housing
(1).
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-16.
FUEL TANK FILLER DOOR, CAP, AND FILL PIPE ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT
(M1009) (Con’t).
5.
Screw fuel cap assembly (7) into place.
6.
Install fill pipe assembly (8) with 3 screws (14).
7.
Install clamp (13) to fill pipe assembly (8).
8.
Install vent hose (10) to fill pipe assembly (8) with clamp (9).
9.
lnstall fill hose (11) to fill pipe assembly (8) with clamp (12).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
Check for leaks.
TA49806
3-51
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-17.
FUEL FILTER MAINTENANCE.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
c. Bleeding
d. Drain Water From Fuel
Filter
INITIAL SETUP:
MaterialslParts
Personnel Required
MOS 63B (2)
Two seals
Plastic tube (Item 49, Appendix C)
General Safety Instructions
DO NOT perform this procedure near fire, flames, or sparks.
WARNING
Diesel fuel is flammable. DO NOT perform this procedure near fire, flames,
or sparks. A fire extinguisher must be on hand in work area. Failure to follow
this warning may result in serious injury or death.
1.
Disconnect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
2.
Place suitable container under fuel filter drain hose (16).
3.
Remove fuel tank cap to release pressure in fuel tank.
4.
Remove vent plug (5), loosen drainplug (17), and allow all fuel to drain from fuel filter assembly
(1). Remove drainplug, and 2 seals (4). Discard seals.
5.
Disengage 2 filter clamps (7) and remove fuel filter assembly (1).
6.
Remove clamp (13), fuel filter inlet hose (12), clamp (15), and fuel filter outlet hose (14).
7.
Remove 3 bolts (10), washers (9), and filter mounting bracket (8).
8.
Remove 4 screws (11) and base assembly (2) from filter mounting bracket (8).
9.
Remove 3 switches (6) from base assembly (2), as required.
b. INSTALLATION
1.
Install 3 switches (6) in base assembly (2) if removed.
2.
Install filter base assembly (2) to filter mounting bracket (8) with 4 screws (11).
3.
Install filter mounting bracket (8) with 3 washers (9) and bolts (10).
4.
Install fuel filter inlet hose (12) at point marked “IN” on base assembly (2) with clamp (13).
5.
Install fuel filter outlet hose (14) at point marked “OUT” on base assembly (2) with clamp (15).
3-52
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-17.
FUEL FILTER MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
6.
Install fuel filter assembly (1) with 2 filter clamps (7).
7.
Install 2 new seals (4), vent plug (5), and drainplug (17).
8.
Install fuel tank cap.
TA49807
Change 2
3-53
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-17.
FUEL FILTER MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
c. BLEEDING
WARNING
Diesel fuel is flammable. DO NOT perform this procedure near fire,
flames, or sparks. A fire extinguisher must be on hand in work area.
Failure to follow this warning may result in serious injury or death.
1.
Connect both battery negative cables if disconnected. (See paragraph 4-38)
2.
Remove fuel tank cap.
NOTE
An assistant is needed to perform steps 3-6.
3.
Connect a plastic tube to vent plug
port (3) in base assembly (2) with
free end of tube in a suitable
container.
4.
Disconnect pink fuel injection pump
shutoff solenoid wire (18).
5.
Open vent plug (5) at top of base
assembly (2). Crank engine for 10–15
seconds, then wait 1 minute for
starter motor to cool. Repeat until
clear fuel is observed coming from
tube connected to vent plug port (3).
6.
Close vent plug (5) at top of base
assembly (2). Remove plastic tube
from vent plug port (3).
7.
Connect pink fuel injection pump
shutoff solenoid wire (18).
TA49808
3-54
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-17.
FUEL FILTER MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
8.
Install fuel tank cap.
9.
Start engine and allow to idle for 5 minutes.
10.
Check fuel filter for leaks.
d.
DRAIN WATER FROM FUEL FILTER
WARNING
Diesel fuel is flammable. DO NOT perform this procedure near fire,
flames, or sparks. A fire extinguisher must be on hand in work area.
Failure to follow this warning may result In serious injury or death.
NOTE
Engine should not be running at this time.
1.
Remove fuel tank cap.
2.
Place a suitable container under fuel
filter drain hose (16) and open
drainplug (17) 2-3 turns.
3.
Start engine and allow it to idle 1-2
minutes or until clear fuel is
observed.
4.
Turn off engine and close drainplug
(17).
5.
Install fuel tank cap.
TA49809
3-55
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-18.
FUEL DRAINBACK HOSES REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
Rear battery removed (M1010).
(See paragraph 4-39)
a.
General Safety Instructions
DO NOT perform this procedure near
fire, flames, or sparks.
Allow engine to cool before replacing
drainback hoses.
REMOVAL
WARNING
Diesel fuel is flammable. DO NOT perform this procedure near fire,
flames, or sparks. A fire extinguisher must be on hand in work area.
Failure to follow this warning may result in serious injury or death.
Allow engine to cool before replacing drainback hoses (3 and 5).
Failure to follow this warning may result in serious burns.
NOTE
Perform step 1 only if visual inspection shows fuel leaking from either rear
injector nozzle (4).
1.
Remove 2 clamps (2) and caps (1) from 2 rear injector nozzles (4).
2.
Remove 12 clamps (7) and 6 drainback hoses (3).
NOTE
When working on M1010, the right drainback hose (5) in step 3 cannot be
removed unless alternators, alternator brackets, and mounting hardware
are removed. (See paragraph 4-3)
3.
Remove 4 clamps (6) and 2 drainback hoses (5).
b .
INSTALLATION
1.
Install 2 caps (1) and clamps (2) at 2 rear injector nozzles (4) if removed.
2.
Install 6 drainback hoses (3) with 12 clamps (7).
3.
Install 2 drainback hoses (5) with 4 clamps (6).
3-56
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-18.
FUEL DRAINBACK HOSES REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
NOTE
Step 4 only applies to M1010.
4.
Install alternator, alternator brackets, and mounting hardware. (See paragraph 4-3)
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Install rear battery if removed (M1010). (See paragraph 4-39)
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
Check for leaks.
TA4980O
3-57
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-19.
FUEL DRAINBACK PIPE ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
b. Installation
a. Removal
INITIAL SETUP:
General Safety Instructions
Equipment Condition
Alternators, alternator brackets, and
mounting hardware removed (M1010).
(See paragraph 4-3)
a.
DO NOT perform this procedure near
fire, flames, or sparks.
Allow engine to cool before replacing
drainback pipe assembly and
drainback hose.
REMOVAL
WARNING
Diesel fuel is flammable. DO NOT perform this procedure near fire,
flames, or sparks. A fire extinguisher must be on hand in work area.
Failure to follow this warning may result in serious injury or death.
Allow engine to cool before replacing drainback pipe assembly (5) and
drainback hose (1). Failure to follow-this warning may result in serious
burns.
1.
Remove 2 clamps (9) and disconnect 2 drainback hoses (8).
2.
Remove clamp (2) and disconnect fuel injector pump drainback hose (1).
3.
Remove nut (7) and clip (6). Remove bolt (10) and clip (11). Remove bolt (4), clip (3), and
drainback pipe assembly (5).
b.
INSTALLATION
1.
Install drainback pipe assembly (5) with bolt (4) and clip (3), bolt (10) and clip (11), and nut
(7) and clip (6).
2.
Install 2 drainback hoses (8) with 2 clamps (9).
3.
Install fuel injector pump drainback hose (1) with clamp (2).
3-58
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-19.
FUEL DRAINBACK PIPE ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Install alternators, alternator brackets, and mounting hardware (M1010). (See paragraph 4-3)
Check for leaks.
TA49811
3-59
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-20.
GLOW PLUG AND GLOW PLUG SWITCH REPLACEMENT.
c. Installation
a. Removal
b. Inspection
This task covers:
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools/Test Equipment
Equipment Condition
Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
a.
Torque wrench
REMOVAL
NOTE
If removing glow plug switch (4), perform steps 1 and 2.
If removing glow plug (1), perform step 3.
1.
At top rear of left cylinder head, disconnect connector wire (3) from glow plug switch (4).
2.
Remove glow plug switch (4). Remove bushing (5). Discard bushing if threads appear
damaged.
NOTE
Notify supervisor if glow plug (1) does not come out in one piece.
Removal of glow plug fragments is not authorized at this maintenance
level.
3.
b.
1.
c.
Disconnect glow plug connector wire (2) from each glow plug (1) to be removed. Remove
glow plug.
INSPECTION
Inspect glow plug (1) threads to ensure that they are not stripped. If glow plug threads are
stripped, notify your supervisor.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
If installing glow plug (1), perform steps 1 and 2.
If installing glow plug switch (4), perform steps 3 and 4.
1.
Install each removed glow plug (1). Tighten to 10 Ib.-ft. (14 N•m).
2.
Install glow plug connector wire (2) to each glow plug (1).
3.
Install new bushing (5) if required.
3-60
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-20.
4.
GLOW PLUG AND GLOW PLUG SWITCH REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
Install glow plug switch (4) and connector wire (3).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
TA49812
3-61
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-21.
TRANSMISSION VACUUM HOSES REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Air cleaner removed. (See paragraph 3-9)
1.
Remove connector (8) from transmission vacuum valve assembly (9).
2.
Remove vacuum pump hose assembly (5) from connector (4) and remove connector (6).
3.
Remove connector (4) and hose (3) from vacuum pump (2).
4.
Remove 2 connectors (7) from vacuum pump hose assembly (5) and vacuum hose (1).
5.
Remove vacuum hose (1) from pipe assembly (10).
b.
INSTALLATION
1.
Install connector (8) to transmission vacuum valve assembly (9).
2.
Install connector (4) and hose (3) at vacuum pump (2).
3.
Install vacuum pump hose assembly (5) to connector (6).
4.
Install vacuum pump hose assembly (5) to connector (4).
5.
Install vacuum hose (1) to pipe assembly (10).
6.
Install 2 connectors (7) to vacuum pump hose assembly (5) and vacuum hose (1).
NOTE
Ensure that vacuum pump hose assembly (5) is connected to bottom of
connector (8).
7.
3-62
Install 2 connectors (7) with attached vacuum hoses (1 and 5) to connector (8).
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-21.
TRANSMISSION VACUUM HOSES REPLACEMENT (Con’t),
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Install air cleaner. (See paragraph 3-9)
TA49813
3-63
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-21.1. TRANSMISSION VACUUM VALVE REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a.
Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Too/s/Test Equipment
Air cleaner removed.
(See paragraph 3-9)
a.
Valve gage block, J-33043
Vacuum gage
Vacuum pump
REMOVAL
NOTE
If only adjusting transmission vacuum valve (5), perform REMOVAL, step 1
and INSTALLATION, steps 2-7.
1.
Disconnect vacuum hose connector (2) from transmission vacuum valve (5).
2.
Remove 2 screws (6) and transmission vacuum valve from fuel injector pump (1).
TA701829
3-64
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-21.1. TRANSMISSION VACUUM VALVE REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
b.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
Transmission vacuum valve (5) must always be adjusted when it is installed.
1.
Install transmission vacuum valve (5) on fuel injector pump (1) with 2 screws (6). DO NOT fully
tighten screws. Transmission vacuum valve must be free to rotate on fuel injector pump.
2.
Attach vacuum source to lower vacuum nipple (4). Attach vacuum gage to upper vacuum nipple
(3). Bring vacuum down to 20 in. Hg.
3.
Insert valve gage block (9) between
gage boss (10) and wide-open stop
screw (8) on throttle lever (7). Rotate
and hold throttle lever against valve
gage block.
4.
Loosen 2 screws (6), if not already
loose. Slowly rotate transmission
vacuum valve (5) clockwise (toward
front of truck) until vacuum gage
reads 8 in. Hg. Hold transmission
vacuum valve in this position, and
tighten 2 screws.
5.
Check adjustment by releasing throttle
lever (7) then rotating throttle lever
against valve gage block (9). If
vacuum gage does not read 8 in. Hg,
loosen 2 screws (6) and repeat steps
2-5.
6.
Disconnect vacuum source and vacuum gage.
7.
Connect vacuum hose connector (2) to transmission vacuum valve (5).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Install air cleaner. (See paragraph 3-9)
TA701830
Change 2
3-64.1 /(3-64.2 blank)
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section III. ACCELERATOR SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
3-22.
ACCELERATOR SYSTEM MAINTENANCE INDEX.
Paragraph
Number
3-23.
3-24.
3-25.
Procedures
Accelerator Cable and Fast Idle Solenoid
Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accelerator Pedal and Lever Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Idle Speed Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page
Number
3-66
3-69
3-71
3-65
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-23.
ACCELERATOR CABLE AND FAST IDLE SOLENOID ASSEMBLY
REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Both battery negative cables disconnected. (See paragraph 4-38)
a.
REMOVAL
NOTE
If removing accelerator cable assembly (1), perform steps 1-5.
If removing support (6) and fast idle solenoid assembly (5), perform
steps 1 and 6 through 9.
1.
In engine compartment, remove accelerator cable retainer (9) and accelerator cable
assembly (1) from support (6).
2.
Remove accelerator cable assembly (1) from clip (2).
3.
In driver’s compartment, remove retainer (3) securing accelerator cable assembly (1) to
accelerator pedal lever assembly (4).
4.
In driver’s compartment, depress tangs on accelerator cable assembly (1) and push
accelerator cable assembly through bulkhead into engine compartment.
5.
From engine compartment, pull accelerator cable assembly (1) through bulkhead. Remove
accelerator cable assembly.
6.
Disconnect connector from fast idle solenoid assembly (5).
7.
Remove 2 screws (10) and fast idle solenoid assembly (5) from support (6).
8.
Remove spring assembly (7) from support (6).
9.
Remove 2 screws (8) and support (6).
b.
INSTALLATION
CAUTION
Use extreme caution when installing accelerator cable assembly (1) to
ensure that it is not kinked. Damage to accelerator cable assembly may
result in uneven acceleration.
NOTE
If installing support (6) and fast idle solenoid assembly (5), perform
steps 1-4.
If installing accelerator cable assembly (1), perform steps 3 and
5 through 7.
1.
3-66
Install support (6) with 2 screws (8).
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-23.
ACCELERATOR CABLE AND FAST IDLE SOLENOID ASSEMBLY
REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
2.
Install spring assembly (7) to support (6).
3.
Install accelerator cable assembly (1) to support (6) with accelerator cable retainer (9).
4.
Install fast idle solenoid assembly (5) to support (6) with 2 screws (10). Install connector to
fast idle solenoid assembly.
5.
Install accelerator cable assembly (1) into clip (2) on air cleaner.
TA49814
3-67
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-23.
ACCELERATOR CABLE AND FAST IDLE SOLENOID ASSEMBLY
REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
6.
Carefully push accelerator cable assembly (1) through bulkhead into driver’s compartment.
7.
In driver’s compartment, install accelerator cable assembly (1) into forked end of accelerator
pedal lever assembly (4). Install retainer (3) to end of accelerator cable assembly until it is
seated.
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
If fast idle solenoid was replaced, adjust as required. (See paragraph 3-25)
TA49815
3-68
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-24.
ACCELERATOR PEDAL AND LEVER ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT.
b. Installation
a. Removal
This task covers:
INITIAL SETUP:
MaterialslParts
Equipment Condition
Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
One retainer
NOTE
If removing accelerator pedal (1), perform steps 1 and 2.
1.
Remove accelerator cable assembly (5) from lever assembly (2).
2.
Remove spring (3) from lever assembly (2). Remove retainer (8), accelerator pedal (1), and
spring. Remove spring from accelerator pedal. Discard retainer.
3.
Remove electrical plug from left side of plate (6).
4.
Remove 3 screws (7) and plate (6).
5.
Remove lever assembly (2) and support (4).
TA49816
3-69
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-24.
ACCELERATOR PEDAL AND LEVER ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
INSTALLATION
b.
NOTE
If installing accelerator pedal (1), perform steps 4 and 5.
1.
Install support (4) and lever assembly (2) into grooves of support.
2.
Install plate (6) with 3 screws (7).
3.
Install electrical plug on left side of plate (6).
4.
Install spring (3) to accelerator pedal (1). Install spring and accelerator pedal to lever
assembly (2).
NOTE
Retainer (8) must be tight against pedal (1) rib.
5.
Install new retainer (8) to secure accelerator pedal (1) to lever assembly (2).
6.
Install accelerator cable assembly (5) to lever assembly (2).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
TA49817
3-70
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-25.
ENGINE IDLE SPEED ADJUSTMENT.
a. Adjustment
This task covers:
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
ToolslTest Equipment
STE/lCE
Parking brake set.
Transmission in “P“ (Park).
Manual References
General Safety Instructions
Use extreme caution to ensure that
clothing or tools DO NOT get caught in
truck’s operating drivebelts.
TM 9-4910-571-12&P
WARNING
Use extreme caution to ensure that clothing, tools, and insulated jumper
wires DO NOT get caught in truck’s operating drivebelts. Failure to follow
this warning may result in serious injury to personnel and equipment
damage.
a.
ADJUSTMENT
1.
Start engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature.
2.
Connect STE/lCE tester to STE/lCE DCA connector under dash. (See TM 9-4910-571-12&P)
3.
Adjust low idle speed screw (6) on
fuel injector pump (5) to 625 rpm for
all except M1010 and 725 rpm for
M1010.
4.
Remove connector (1) from fast idle
solenoid (4).
CAUTION
Connecting insulated jumper wire
to any terminal other than front
positive (+) terminal will result in
equipment damage.
5.
Use an insulated jumper wire from
front battery positive (+) terminal to
adenoid terminal (3) to energize fast
idle solenoid (4).
TA49818
3-71
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-25.
ENGINE IDLE SPEED ADJUSTMENT (Con’t).
6.
Momentarily open throttle to ensure
that fast idle solenoid plunger (2) is
energized and fully extended.
7.
Adjust extended fast idle solenoid
plunger (2) by turning hex head of
fast idle solenoid plunger to an engine
fast idle speed of 800 rpm.
8.
Turn off engine.
9.
Remove jumper wire and install
connector (1) to fast idle solenoid
(4) .
10.
Remove STE/lCE tester from STE/lCE
DCA connector. (See TM 9-4910571-12&P)
TA49819
3-72
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section IV. EXHAUST SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
3-26.
EXHAUST SYSTEM MAINTENANCE INDEX.
Paragraph
Number
3-27.
3-28.
Procedures
Exhaust Pipe, Muffler, and Tailpipe Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exhaust Manifold Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page
Number
3-74
3-82
3-73
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-27.
EXHAUST PIPE, MUFFLER, AND TAILPIPE REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a.
Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Toolsl Test Equipment
MaterialslParts
Seven Iockwashers (M1009)
Nine Iockwashers (all except M1009)
Four locknuts (M1009 with winterization kits)
Eight locknuts (all except M1009 and M1010
with winterization kits)
Twenty locknuts (M1010 with winterization kits)
One seal
Torque wrench
General Safety Instructions
AIIow exhaust system to cool before attempting to service.
a.
REMOVAL
WARNING
Before attempting to service any part of exhaust system, allow exhaust
system to cool. Failure to follow this warning will result in serious burns.
NOTE
Removal of left side exhaust system for all except M1009 is described
in this paragraph.
Right side exhaust system for all except M1009 and both sides of M1009
exhaust system are removed the same way except for minor
differences which will be described as they occur.
1.
Remove 2 bolts (1), nuts (2), Iockwashers (3), and 2 clamps (4) from tailpipe (5). Discard
Iockwashers.
NOTE
Factory-installed muffler (7) and tailpipe (5) are welded to form a 1-piece
assembly. If original muffler or tailpipe require replacement, both muffler
and tailpipe must be replaced. Clamp kits will be required for installation.
2.
3-74
Remove clamp kit (6) and tailpipe (5). Discard 2 Iockwashers.
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-27.
EXHAUST PIPE, MUFFLER, AND TAILPIPE REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
NOTE
Both sides of M1009 exhaust
have hangers (11) bolted to
muffIers (7).
Perform step 3 only if working
on M1009 exhaust system.
3.
Remove bolt (9), Iockwasher (10),
and hanger (11) from muffler (7).
from
support
Remove
hanger
assembly (8) only if damaged.
Discard Iockwasher.
TA49820
3-75
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-27.
4.
EXHAUST PIPE, MUFFLER, AND TAILPIPE REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
Remove clamp kit (16) and muffler (7). Discard 2 Iockwashers.
NOTE
Perform step 5 only if working on truck equipped with winterization kits.
5.
Remove clamp kits (18) and separate exhaust pipe (17) and winterization kit exhaust flex pipe
(19). Discard clamp kit locknuts.
TA49821
3-76
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-27.
EXHAUST PIPE, MUFFLER, AND TAILPIPE REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
NOTE
Perform step 6 for all except M1009.
6.
Remove
bolt
(12),
nut
(13),
Iockwasher (14), and clamp (15)
from exhaust pipe (17). Discard
Iockwasher.
NOTE
Perform step 7 only if working on
right side of M1009.
7.
Remove
bolt
(20),
nut
(23),
Iockwasher (24), and clamp (22)
from exhaust pipe (17). Remove
hanger (21) only if damaged. Discard
damaged hanger and Iockwasher.
NOTE
Perform step 8 for left side exhaust systems for all except M1009.
8.
Remove clamp kit (29) and exhaust pipe (17). Discard 2 Iockwashers.
9.
Remove 3 nuts (28), washers (27), springs (26), and exhaust pipe (17) from exhaust
manifold. Remove seal (25) and discard.
TA49822
3-77
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-27.
EXHAUST PIPE, MUFFLER, AND TAILPIPE REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
NOTE
M1009 exhaust system has a support assembly in frame at rear of both
mufflers and a hanger assembly in frame at rear of exhaust pipe on
right side only.
Factory-installed support or hanger assemblies are riveted to frame.
Replacement support or hanger assemblies are installed with bolts,
Iockwashers, and nuts.
Perform step 10 only if working on M1009.
10.
b.
Remove and discard hanger or support assemblies only if damaged.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
Installation of left side exhaust systems for all except M1009 is
described in this paragraph.
Right side exhaust systems for all except M1009 and both sides of
M1009 exhaust system are installed the same way except for minor
differences which will be described as they occur.
M1009 exhaust system has a support assembly in frame at rear of both
mufflers and a hanger assembly in frame at rear of exhaust pipe on
right side only.
Perform step 1 only if working on M1009.
1.
Install new hanger or support assemblies if required.
2.
Install new seal (25) at exhaust manifold. Install exhaust pipe (17) with 3 springs (26), washers
(27), and nuts (28). Tighten nuts to 180 lb.-in. (20 N•m).
NOTE
Perform step 3 for all except M1009 left side exhaust systems.
3.
3-78
Install rear portion of exhaust pipe (17) to front portion with clamp kit (29) using 2 new
Iockwashers.
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-27.
EXHAUST PIPE, MUFFLER, AND TAILPIPE REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
NOTE
Perform step 4 only if working on
M1009 right side exhaust system.
4.
If removed, install new hanger (21) to
hanger assembly. Install exhaust pipe
(17) to hanger with clamp (22), bolt
(20), new Iockwasher (24), and nut
(23) .
TA49823
3-79
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-27.
EXHAUST PIPE, MUFFLER, AND TAILPIPE REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
NOTE
Perform step 5 for all except M1009.
5.
Install exhaust pipe (17) to frame with clamp (15), bolt (12), new Iockwasher (14), and nut
(13).
NOTE
Perform step 6 only if working on truck equipped with winterization kits.
6.
Install winterization kit exhaust flex pipe (19) to exhaust pipe (17) with clamp kits (18) using
new locknuts.
TA49824
3-80
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-27.
7.
EXHAUST PIPE, MUFFLER, AND TAILPIPE REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
Install muffler (7) to exhaust pipe (17) with clamp kit (16) using 2 new Iockwashers.
NOTE
Perform step 8 only if working on M1009.
8.
If removed, install new hanger (11) to
support assembly (8). Install hanger
to muffler (7) with new Iockwasher
(10) and bolt (9).
9.
Install tailpipe (5) to muffler (7).
Install tailpipe to 2 hangers at frame
with 2 clamps (4), bolts (1), new
Iockwashers (3), and nuts (2).
10.
Install clamp kit (6) at rear of muffler
(7) using 2 new Iockwashers.
TA49825
3-81
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-28.
EXHAUST MANIFOLD REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
MaterialslParts
Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
Rear battery removed (if removing right
side exhaust manifold, M1010).
(See paragraph 4-39)
Alternators and alternator brackets
removed (if removing right side exhaust
manifold, M1010). (See paragraph 4-3)
Too/s/Test Equipment
Torque
a.
One exhaust pipe seal
Three Iockwashers (right side)
Four Iockwashers (left side)
General Safety Instructions
wrench
Allow exhaust system to cool before
attempting to service.
REMOVAL
WARNING
Before attempting to service any part of exhaust system, allow exhaust
system to cool. Failure to follow this warning will result in serious burns.
NOTE
If removing right side exhaust manifold (16), perform steps 1-3.
If removing left side exhaust manifold (6), perform steps 1 and
4 through 9.
Tag glow plug leads for installation.
1.
Disconnect glow plug leads.
2.
Remove 3 nuts (5), Iockwashers (4), and springs (3), and disconnect exhaust pipe (2) from
right or left side exhaust manifold (6 or 16). Remove exhaust pipe seal (1) and discard.
3.
Remove 8 bolts (13) and remove right side exhaust manifold (16). Remove 3 studs (15) from
right side exhaust manifold as required.
4.
At oil cooler hose bracket (11) remove 3 nuts (7), bolt (9), Iockwasher (8), and insulator (10).
Remove oil cooler hose bracket from left side exhaust manifold (6).
5.
Remove nut and washer securing engine oil level indicator tube mounting bracket to stud (14).
3-82
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-28.
EXHAUST MANIFOLD REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
NOTE
Perform step 6 only if working on
left side of M1010.
6.
Remove bolt (19) securing air
conditioner c o m p r e s s o r ( 1 8 ) t o
bracket (17) at left side exhaust
manifold (6).
7.
Remove 2 studs (12), stud (14), and
5 bolts (13) at left side exhaust
manifold (6).
NOTE
Perform step 8 only if working on
left side of M1010.
8.
Remove bracket (17).
TA49826
3-83
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-28.
9.
EXHAUST MANIFOLD REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
Remove left side exhaust manifold (6). Remove 3 studs (15) as required.
b. INSTALLATION
NOTE
If installing left side exhaust manifold (6), perform steps 1-6, 8, and 9.
If installing right side exhaust manifold (16), perform steps 7-9.
1.
Position left side exhaust manifold (6) over bolt holes in engine cylinder block and install 2
studs (12) and stud (14). DO NOT fully tighten studs.
2.
Install nut and washer securing oil level indicator tube mounting bracket to stud (14).
TA49827
3-84
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-28.
EXHAUST MANIFOLD REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
NOTE
Perform step 3 only if working on left side of M1010.
3.
Position bracket (17), alining 2
bottom holes in bracket with bolt
holes in engine cylinder block.
4.
Install 5 bolts (13) securing left side
exhaust manifold (6) to engine
cylinder block. Tighten bolts, 2 studs
(12), and stud (14) to 25 Ib.-ft.
(34 N•m).
NOTE
Perform step 5 only if working on
left side of M1010.
5.
Install air conditioner compressor
(18) to bracket (17) with bolt (19).
6.
Install oil cooler hose bracket (11) to left side exhaust manifold (6) with insulator (10), new
Iockwasher (8), bolt (9), and 3 nuts (7).
NOTE
Perform step 7 only if working on right side exhaust manifold (16).
7.
Install right side exhaust manifold (16) with 8 bolts (13). Tighten bolts to 25 Ib.-ft. (34 N•m).
8.
Install new exhaust pipe seal (1) and secure exhaust pipe (2) to right or left side exhaust
manifold (6 or 16) with 3 studs (15), springs (3), 3 new Iockwashers (4), and nuts (5). Tighten
nuts to 15 Ib.-ft. (20 N•m).
9.
Connect glow plug leads as tagged.
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Install alternators and alternator brackets if removed (M1010). (See paragraph 4-3)
Install rear battery if removed (M1010). (See paragraph 4-39)
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
TA49828
3-85/(3-86 blank)
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section V. COOLING SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
3-29.
COOLING SYSTEM MAINTENANCE INDEX.
Paragraph
Number
3-30.
3-31.
3-32.
3-33.
3-34.
3-35.
Procedures
Cooling System Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Radiator and Fan Shroud Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coolant Recovery Reservoir Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Radiator Hoses and Clamps Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermostat, Water Outlet, and Crossover Pipe
Housing Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fan, Clutch Assembly, Pulley, and Air Conditioner
Belt Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page
Number
3-88
3-90
3-96
3-98
3-100
3-106
3-87
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-30.
COOLING SYSTEM SERVICING.
This task covers:
a. Draining
b. Cleaning
c. Filling
INITIAL SETUP:
Manual References
General Safety Instructions
LO 9-2320-289-12
TB 750-651
a.
Servicing of engine cooling system
should only be performed on a cool
engine.
DO NOT remove radiator cap without
first releasing internal pressure.
DRAINING
WARNING
Never remove radiator cap when engine is hot. Pressurized steam or hot
water will cause serious burns.
1.
Remove radiator cap (2).
2.
Open radiator petcock (3) and drain coolant into a suitable container placed under radiator
(1).
TA49829
3-88
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-30.
COOLING SYSTEM SERVICING (Con’t).
1.
For cleaning, refer to TB 750-651
1.
Close radiator petcock (3) and refill cooling system. (See L0 9-2320-289-12 and TB 750-651)
NOTE
Ensure that arrows on radiator cap (2) line up with coolant overflow hose
nipple.
2.
Install radiator cap (2).
3-89
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-31.
RADIATOR AND FAN SHROUD REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Cleaning and Inspection
c. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Fan and clutch assembly removed.
(See paragraph 3-35)
Cooling system drained (if removing
radiator). (See paragraph 3-30)
MaterialslParts
Antiseize tape (Item 46, Appendix C)
General Safety Instructions
Servicing of engine cooling system should only be performed on a cool engine.
Compressed air used for cleaning purposes should never exceed 30 psi (207 kPa).
NOTE
Removal of top left screw (3) releases radiator overflow vent tube (5)
from its attachment to fan shroud (2).
If removing fan shroud (2), perform steps 1-7.
1.
Remove 2 bolts (4) and 4 screws (3) securing fan shroud (2) to radiator (1).
2.
If installed, remove bolt (7) and clip (6) at left side of fan shroud (2).
TA49830
3-90
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-31.
RADIATOR AND FAN SHROUD REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
3.
Unsnap radiator overflow vent tube (5) from top middle of fan shroud (2).
4.
At top left of fan shroud (2), remove bolt from hose support and front axle vent hose.
NOTE
Perform step 5 only if fan shroud (2) is being replaced.
5.
Remove hose support from fan shroud (2).
NOTE
Step 6 only applies to trucks equipped with winterization kits.
6.
Remove engine coolant heater hose (9) from attachment at top middle of fan shroud (2).
7.
Remove fan shroud (2).
8.
Disconnect upper and lower radiator
hoses from radiator (1).
9.
Disconnect transmission oil cooler
lines (8) from left side of radiator (1).
10.
Disconnect engine oil cooler lines
from right side of radiator (1).
NOTE
Step 11 only applies to trucks
equipped with winterization kits.
11.
At upper right rear corner of radiator
(1),
loosen
clamp
(11)
and
disconnect engine coolant heater
hose (9) from heater assembly hose
(10).
12.
Remove heater assembly hose (10)
from attachment at upper right rear
corner of radiator (1).
TA49831
3-91
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-31.
RADIATOR AND FAN SHROUD REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
13.
Remove terminal wire and low engine coolant sensor assembly (16).
14.
Remove 4 bolts (12) from top and front of upper mounting panel (13).
15.
Remove 4 bolts (18) and upper radiator mounting brackets (15 and 17) from frame.
16.
Remove radiator (1) and upper and lower radiator insulators (14).
b.
CLEANING AND INSPECTION
WARNING
Compressed air used for cleaning purposes should never exceed 30 psi
(207 kPa). Use only effective chip guarding and personnel protective
equipment (goggles/shield, gloves, etc.). Failure to follow this warning
may result in serious injury to personnel.
NOTE
If inspecting fan shroud (2), perform step 3.
1.
Use compressed air and water to remove dirt and debris embedded in radiator (1).
TA49832
3-92
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-31.
RADIATOR AND FAN SHROUD REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
2.
Inspect radiator (1) and soldered seams for breaks, punctures, and splits. Notify your
supervisor if any of these conditions exist.
3.
Inspect fan shroud (2) for cracks, splits, or breaks. Notify your supervisor if any of these
conditions exist.
c.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
If installing fan shroud (2), perform steps 10-15.
1.
install 2 lower radiator mounting insulators (14), radiator (1), and 2 upper radiator mounting
insulators (14).
2.
Install 2 upper radiator mounting brackets (15 and 17) with 4 bolts (18).
3.
Install upper mounting panel (13) with 4 bolts (12).
4.
Apply antiseize tape to low engine coolant sensor assembly (16) threads. Install low engine
coolant sensor assembly and install terminal wire to sensor assembly.
TA49833
3-93
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-31.
RADIATOR AND FAN SHROUD REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
5.
Install engine oil cooler lines to right
side of radiator (1).
6.
Install transmission oil cooler lines (8)
to left side of radiator (1).
7.
Install heater assembly hose (10) to
upper right rear of radiator (1).
NOTE
Step 8 only applies to trucks
equipped with winterization kits.
8.
Install engine coolant heater hose (9)
to connector at heater assembly hose
(10) and tighten clamp (11).
9.
Install upper and lower radiator hoses to radiator (1).
10.
Install hose support to fan shroud (2), if removed.
11.
Install fan shroud (2) with 2 bolts (4) and 4 screws (3).
12.
If removed, install clip (6) and bolt (7) at left side of fan shroud (2).
13.
Install radiator overflow vent tube (5) to top middle of fan shroud (2).
NOTE
Step 14 only applies to trucks equipped with winterization kits.
14.
Connect engine coolant heater hose (9) to top middle of fan shroud (2).
15.
Install front axle vent tube and hose support to top left of fan shroud (2) with bolt.
TA49834
3-94
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-31.
RADIATOR AND FAN SHROUD REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Install fan and clutch assembly. (See paragraph 3-35)
Refill cooling system as required. (See paragraph 3-30)
Check for leaks.
TA49835
3-95
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-32.
COOLANT RECOVERY RESERVOIR REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Cleaning and Inspection
c. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
General Safety Instructions
MaterialslParts
Servicing of engine cooling system
should only be performed on a cool
engine.
One starwasher
a.
REMOVAL
WARNING
Servicing of engine cooling system should only be performed on a cool
engine. Never remove clamp (7) or hose (6) when engine is hot.
Pressurized steam or hot water will cause serious burns.
1.
Position drain pan under coolant reservoir (5). Remove coolant reservoir hose (6) and clamp
(7) from coolant reservoir. Allow coolant to drain from coolant reservoir and coolant reservoir
hose.
2.
Remove drain pan and dispose of coolant.
TA49836
3-96
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-32.
COOLANT RECOVERY RESERVOIR REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
NOTE
When bolt (4) securing coolant reservoir (5) to mounting bracket (10) is
removed, engine oil sampling valve bracket (3) is also removed. Save it
for installation.
3.
Remove bolt (4), engine oil sampling valve bracket (3), and nut (2).
4.
Remove 2 bolts (9) from mounting bracket (10).
5.
Remove forward lamp harness ground wire (1), starwasher, mounting bracket (10), and
coolant reservoir (5). Discard starwasher.
b. CLEANING AND INSPECTION
1.
Empty coolant reservoir (5) and ensure that it is clean and free of contamination. If required,
wash with soap and water. Rinse thoroughly.
2.
Inspect coolant reservoir (5) for cracks, punctures, or splits. If any of these conditions exist,
install new coolant reservoir.
3.
Inspect all coolant reservoir (5) mounting hardware. Replace if bent or broken.
c.
INSTALLATION
1.
Install bottom lip of coolant reservoir (5) into bracket (8).
2.
Install mounting bracket (10), new starwasher, forward lamp harness ground wire (1), and 2
bolts (9) .
3.
Install engine oil sampling valve bracket (3) with bolt (4) and nut (2) through mounting bracket
(10).
4.
Install coolant reservoir hose (6) with clamp (7).
5.
Refill coolant reservoir (5). (See LO 9-2320-289-12)
3-97
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-33.
RADIATOR HOSES AND CLAMPS REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Cleaning and Inspection
c. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
General Safety Instructions
Cooling system drained.
(See paragraph 3-30)
a.
Servicing of engine cooling system
should only be performed on a cool
engine.
REMOVAL
WARNING
Servicing of engine cooling system should only be performed on a cool
engine. Never remove clamps (2 and 5) or hoses (4 and 6) when engine is
hot. Pressurized steam or hot water will cause serious burns.
NOTE
Hose support (1) secures both radiator inlet hose (4) and front axle vent
hose (7) to fan shroud.
1.
Remove bolt (3), front axle vent hose (7), and hose support (1).
2.
Remove 2 clamps (2 and 5) and radiator inlet hose (4).
3.
Remove 2 clamps (2) and radiator outlet hose (6).
b. CLEANING AND INSPECTION I
1.
Clean all hose connection areas.
2.
Inspect radiator inlet hose (4) and radiator outlet hose (6) for cracks, punctures, or splits.
Replace if any of these conditions exist.
3.
Inspect all clamps (2 and 5) and hose support (1) for signs of damage, wear, or corrosion.
Replace if any of these conditions exist.
c.
INSTALLATION
CAUTION
Ensure that extra large tab (hose protector) on clamp (5) is positioned at
bottom when clamp is fully installed to prevent radiator hose damage from
air conditioner or alternator belt.
1.
3-98
Install radiator inlet hose (4) with 2 clamps (2 and 5).
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-33.
RADIATOR HOSES AND CLAMPS REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
2.
Install radiator outlet hose (6) with 2 clamps (2).
3.
Install front axle vent hose (7) and hose support (1) at fan shroud with bolt (3).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Refill cooling system. (See paragraph 3-30)
. Check for leaks.
TA49837
3-99
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-34.
THERMOSTAT,
REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
WATER
OUTLET,
AND
CROSSOVER
a. Removal
PIPE
HOUSING
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
MaterialslParts
Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
Cooling system drained.
(See paragraph 3-30)
One thermostat gasket
Two crossover pipe gaskets
One tie-down strap
(Item 44, Appendix C)
Antiseize tape (Item 46, Appendix C)
NOTE
There are 2 types of crossover pipes: standard crossover pipe (15)
which has seatings for 2 nipples (5 and 7) and crossover pipe (6) on
trucks equipped with winterization kits which has a third nipple (12)
seated at a 90° angle.
If removing thermostat assembly (11) and water outlet (10), perform
steps 1 and 2.
1.
Remove clamp (20) and radiator inlet hose (19) from water outlet (10).
2.
Remove 2 bolts (9) at water outlet (10). Remove water outlet and gasket (8). Remove
thermostat assembly (11). Discard gasket.
3.
Loosen right alternator belt (see
paragraph 4-2 or 4-3) and move
alternator to side.
4.
5.
3-100
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-34.
THERMOSTAT, WATER OUTLET, AND CROSSOVER PIPE HOUSING
REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
6.
Remove nipple (7) from crossover
pipe (6 or 15). Save nipple for later
installation if not damaged.
7.
Disconnect heater hose from nipple
(5) at crossover pipe (6 or 15).
Remove nipple and save for later
installation if not damaged.
NOTE
Step 8 only applies to trucks
equipped with winterization kits.
8.
Disconnect heater hose at nipple
(12). Remove nipple and save for
later installation if not damaged.
TA49839
3-101
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-34.
THERMOSTAT, WATER
REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
OUTLET,
AND
CROSSOVER
PIPE
HOUSING
Remove clamp (22) and crankcase
depression regulator valve hose (21)
from oil filler neck (23).
9.
NOTE
In order to perform step 10, it
may be necessary to remove air
cleaner. (See paragraph 3-9)
Nut described in step 10 is
located on right side of cylinder
block in M1010.
10.
On left side, remove nut from
alternator ground wires from point
where crossover pipe (6 or 15)
attaches to cylinder block.
11.
Remove 2 studs (16) and 2 bolts (13) from crossover pipe (6 or 15) at attachments to left and
right cylinder head. Remove crossover pipe and 2 gaskets (14). Discard gaskets.
INSTALLATION
b.
NOTE
Ensure that all gaskets and mating surfaces are clean.
If installing thermostat assembly (11) and water outlet (10), perform
steps 11-14.
1.
Install 2 new gaskets (14) and
crossover pipe (6 or 15) with 2 studs
(16) and bolts (13).
NOTE
Nut described in step 2 is located
on right side of cylinder block in
M1010.
2.
On left side, install nut securing
alternator ground wires at point where
crossover pipe (6 or 15) attaches to
cylinder block.
3.
Install crankcase depression regulator
valve hose (21) to oil filler neck (23)
with clamp (22).
TA49840
3-102
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-34.
THERMOSTAT, WATER OUTLET, AND CROSSOVER PIPE HOUSING
REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
NOTE
Step 4 only applies to trucks equipped with winterization kits.
4.
Apply antiseize tape to threads of nipple (12). Install nipple to crossover pipe (6). Connect
heater hose to nipple.
5.
Apply antiseize tape to threads of nipple (5). Install nipple to crossover pipe (6 or 15) and
connect nipple to heater hose.
6.
Apply antiseize tape to threads of nipple (7). Install nipple to crossover pipe (6 or 15).
7.
Install thermal bypass hose (18) to nipple (7) and to water pump with 2 clamps (17).
TA49841
3-103
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-34.
THERMOSTAT, WATER
REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
OUTLET,
8.
Install alternator bracket (3) with 2
bolts (4). Install nut (2) onto stud (1).
9.
Install alternator and tighten alternator
belt. (See paragraph 4-2 or 4-3)
10.
Position thermostat assembly (11)
inside crossover pipe (6 or 15).
11.
Install new gasket (8) and water outlet
(10) at crossover pipe (6 or 15) with
2 bolts (9).
AND
CROSSOVER
PIPE
HOUSING
CAUTION
Ensure that clamp (20) is installed with hose protector tab at bottom. This
tab prevents damage to radiator inlet hose (19) from alternator belt.
12.
Install radiator inlet hose (19) at water outlet (10) with clamp (20).
13.
Install air cleaner assembly if removed. (See paragraph 3-9)
TA49842
3-104
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-34.
THERMOSTAT, WATER OUTLET, AND CROSSOVER PIPE HOUSING
REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Refill cooling system. (See paragraph 3-30)
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
Check for leaks.
TA49843
3-105
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-35.
FAN, CLUTCH ASSEMBLY, PULLEY, AND AIR CONDITIONER BELT
REPLACEMENT.
a. Removal
b. Inspection
This task covers:
c.
Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools/Test Equipment
Equipment Conditions
Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
a.
Belt tensioning gage
REMOVAL
NOTE
If removing air conditioner belt (4), perform steps 1 and 2.
1.
Loosen 3 adjusting bolts (1) and pivot nut (3), and move compressor (2) to right.
2.
Remove air conditioner belt (4).
3.
Loosen 4 nuts (9) securing fan (7) and clutch assembly (8) to studs (10).
4.
Remove alternator belts (see paragraph 4-2 or 4-3) and power steering pump belt (see
paragraph 8-15).
TA49844
3-106
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-35.
FAN, CLUTCH ASSEMBLY,
REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
PULLEY,
AND
AIR
CONDITIONER
5.
Remove 4 nuts (9), fan (7), and clutch assembly (8).
6.
Remove 4 screws (6) and remove fan (7) from clutch assembly (8).
7.
Remove pulley assembly (5) and 4 studs (10).
b.
BELT
INSPECTION
1.
Inspect air conditioner belt (4) for cracks, splits, or frayed surfaces.
2.
Inspect fan (7) and clutch assembly (8) to ensure that they are not cracked or bent.
3.
Inspect pulley assembly (5) to ensure that it is not cracked or bent.
4.
Inspect all mounting nuts (3 and 9), bolts (1), studs (10), and screws (6) for signs of wear.
5.
Inspect all mating surfaces on pulley assembly (5), fan (7), and clutch assembly (8) for
smoothness.
8.
Replace any cracked, bent, worn, split, or frayed component as required.
TA49845
3-107
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-35.
c.
FAN, CLUTCH ASSEMBLY, PULLEY, AND AIR CONDITIONER BELT
REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
INSTALLATION
NOTE
If installing air conditioner belt (4), perform steps 9-13.
1.
Install 4 studs (10) and pulley assembly (5).
2.
Install power steering belt (see paragraph 8-15) and alternator belts (see paragraph 4-2 or
4-3). DO NOT tighten belts at this time.
WARNING
DO NOT repair and reuse a fan (7) with a bent or damaged blade. Replace
fan as an assembly. A damaged fan is out of balance and may fall apart
during use causing serious injury or death to personnel.
3.
Install fan (7) to clutch assembly (8) with 4 screws (6).
TA49846
3-108
TM 9-2320-289-20
3-35.
FAN, CLUTCH ASSEMBLY,
REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
PULLEY,
AND
AIR
CONDITIONER
BELT
4.
Install fan (7) and clutch assembly (8) to studs (10).
5.
Install 4 nuts (9). DO NOT fully tighten.
6.
Snug right alternator belt.
7.
Fully tighten 4 nuts (9).
8.
Using a belt tensioning gage, check alternator belts and power steering belt tension. (See
Appendix E)
9.
Install air conditioner belt (4).
10.
Move compressor (2) to left until air conditioner belt (4) appears tight.
11.
Tighten 3 adjusting bolts (1) and pivot nut (3).
12.
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
13.
Using a belt tensioning gage, check air conditioner belt (4) tension. (See Appendix E)
TA49847
3-109/(3-110 blank)
TM 9-2320-289-20
CHAPTER 4
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS MAINTENANCE
Section
4-1.
GENERATING SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
GENERATING SYSTEM MAINTENANCE INDEX.
Paragraph
Number
4-2.
4-3.
4-4.
I.
Procedures
Alternator and Belt Replacement (All Except M1010) . . . . . . . . . . .
Alternator, Belt, and Pulley Replacement (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alternator Regulator Replacement and Adjustment (M1010) . . . . .
Page
Number
4-2
4-6
4-10
4-1
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-2.
ALTERNATOR AND BELT REPLACEMENT (ALL EXCEPT M1010).
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Tools/Test Equipment
Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
Belt tensioning gage
NOTE
If removing belt (11 or 20), perform step 1.
If removing left side alternator (9), perform steps 1, 2, and 4.
If removing right side alternator (15), perform steps 1, 3, and 4.
If removing left side alternator brackets (1 or 13), perform steps 1, 2, 4,
and 6.
If removing right side alternator brackets (17 or 25),
steps 1
. perform
.
and 3 through 5.
1.
Loosen pivot bolt (22) or bolts (10) and adjusting bolt (5 or 19). Rotate alternator (9 or 15) to
loosen belt (11 or 20), then remove belt. Discard belt if worn or damaged.
2.
Remove 2 pivot bolts (10), adjusting bolt (5), and washer (4).
3.
Remove pivot bolt (22), spacer (26), and adjusting bolt (19).
NOTE
Tag plugs and leads for installation.
4.
Disconnect terminal plugs and alternator electrical leads. Remove alternator (9 or 15).
5.
Remove 2 nuts (23), washers (24), and support bracket (25). Remove bolt (18), nut (16), and
adjusting bracket (17).
6.
Remove bolt (3), nut (7), and brace (6). Remove 3 bolts (2) and adjusting bracket (1).
Remove 2 nuts (14) and bolt (12). Move power steering pump as necessary, and remove
support bracket (13).
4-2
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-2.
ALTERNATOR AND BELT REPLACEMENT (ALL EXCEPT M1010) (Con’t).
TA49848
4-3
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-2.
ALTERNATOR AND BELT REPLACEMENT (ALL EXCEPT M1010) (Con’t).
I b. INSTALLATION I
NOTE
If installing belt (11 or 20), perform steps 6-8.
If installing left side alternator brackets (1 or 13), perform steps 1, 3,
and 6 through 9.
If installing right side alternator brackets (17 or 25), perform steps 2, 4,
and 5 through 9.
If installing left side alternator (9), perform steps 3 and 5 through 9.
If installing right side alternator (15), perform steps 4 and 5 through 9.
1.
Position support bracket (13) on studs (8). Move power steering pump as required and install
support bracket with 2 nuts (14) and bolt (12). Install adjusting bracket (1) with 3 bolts (2).
Install brace (6) with nut (7) and bolt (3).
2.
Install adjusting bracket (17) with nut (16) and bolt (18). Position support bracket (25) on studs
(21) and install with 2 washers (24) and nuts (23).
3.
Position alternator (9) on brackets (1 and 13) and install with washer (4), adjusting bolt (5),
and 2 pivot bolts (10). DO NOT fully tighten bolts.
4.
Position alternator (15) on brackets (17 and 25) and install with spacer (26), pivot bolt (22),
and adjusting bolt (19). DO NOT fully tighten bolts.
5.
Connect alternator electrical leads and terminal plugs.
6.
Position belt (11 or 20) on pulleys.
CAUTION
Ensure that belt (11 or 20) tension is correct. A belt too loose or too tight
can cause damage to alternator (9 or 15) and belt.
7.
Rotate alternator (9 or 15) until belt (11 or 20) appears tight. Tighten adjusting bolt (5 or 19)
and pivot bolt (22) or pivot bolts (10).
8.
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
9.
Using belt tensioning gage, check belt (11 or 20) tension. (See Appendix E)
4-4
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-2.
ALTERNATOR AND BELT REPLACEMENT (ALL EXCEPT M1010) (Con’t).
TA49849
4-5
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-3.
ALTERNATOR, BELT, AND PULLEY REPLACEMENT (M1010).
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
Heater hose disconnected from crossover
pipe. (See paragraph 3-34)
One tie-down strap
(Item 44, Appendix C)
ToolslTest Equipment
Belt tensioning gage
15 mm socket
Torque wrench
NOTE
If removing belt (4 or 14), perform step 1.
If removing upper alternator (2), perform steps 1, 2, and 4.
If removing lower alternator (17), perform steps 1, 3, find 4.
If removing upper alternator pulley (3), perform steps 1, 2, 4, and 5.
If removing lower alternator
3 through 5.
pulley (13), perform steps 1 and
1.
Loosen pivot bolts (1 or 16) and adjusting bolt (6 or 11). Rotate alternator (2 or 17) to loosen
belt (4 or 14). Remove belt. Discard belt if worn or damaged.
2.
Remove 2 pivot bolts (1), adjusting bolt (6), and washer (7).
3.
Remove adjusting bracket mounting nuts (9), adjusting bolt (11), washer (10), and adjusting
bracket (8). Remove two pivot bolts (16).
NOTE
Tag plugs and leads for installation.
4.
Disconnect terminal plugs and battery leads. Remove alternator (2 or 17).
5.
Place alternator (2 or 17) in soft-jawed vise. Remove pulley retaining nut (5 or 15) and remove
alternator pulley (3 or 13).
6.
With metric socket, remove studs (12), nut (18), mounting bracket (19), and stud (20) as
required.
4-6
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-3.
ALTERNATOR, BELT, AND PULLEY REPLACEMENT (M1010) (Con’t).
TA49850
4-7
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-3.
b.
ALTERNATOR, BELT, AND PULLEY REPLACEMENT (M1010) (Con’t).
INSTALLATION
NOTE
If installing belt (4 or 14), perform steps 6-9.
If installing alternator pulley (3 or 13), perform step 2.
If installing lower alternator (17), perform steps 3 and 5 through 9.
If installing upper alternator (2), perform steps 4-9.
1.
Using metric socket, install stud (20) on engine block through fuel line clamps (21). Position
mounting bracket (19) on stud and install with nut (18) and two studs (12) if removed.
2.
Place alternator (2 or 17) in soft-jawed vise. Install alternator pulley (3 or 13) with retaining nut
(5 or 15). Tighten retaining nut to 25-30 Ib.-ft. (34-41 N•m), and remove alternator from vise.
3.
Position lower alternator (17) on mounting bracket
NOT tighten bolts. Position adjusting bracket (8)
bracket mounting nuts (9). Place washer (10)
bracket, and install on lower alternator. DO NOT
4.
Install upper alternator (2) on mounting bracket (19) with two pivot bolts (1). DO NOT tighten
bolts. Install upper alternator on adjusting bracket (8) with washer (7) and adjusting bolt (6).
DO NOT tighten bolt.
5.
Connect battery leads and terminal plugs.
6.
Position belt (4 or 14) on alternator pulley (3 or 13).
(19) and install with two pivot bolts (16). DO
on studs (12) and install with two adjusting
and adjusting bolt (11) through adjusting
tighten bolt.
CAUTION
Ensure that belt (4 or 14) tension is correct. A belt too loose or too tight
can cause damage to alternator (2 or 17) and belt.
7.
Rotate alternator (2 or 17) until belt (4 or 14) appears tight. Tighten adjusting bolt (6 or 11) and
pivot bolts (1 or 16).
8.
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38) Connect heater hose to
crossover pipe. (See paragraph 3-34)
9.
Using belt tensioning gage, check belt tension. (See Appendix E)
4-8
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-3.
ALTERNATOR, BELT, AND PULLEY REPLACEMENT (M1010) (Con’t).
4-9
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-4.
ALTERNATOR REGULATOR REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT (M1010).
a.
This task covers:
Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
MaterialslParts
Five Iockwashers
REMOVAL
a.
1.
Remove nut (1) and Iockwasher (2),
and disconnect
lead (3) from
regulator (6). Discard Iockwasher.
CAUTION
DO NOT pry on regulator (6) to
remove. Failure to follow this
caution may result in damage to
regulator.
2.
Remove 4
(4)
screws
and
Iockwashers
and
remove
(5) ,
regulator (6). Discard Iockwashers.
b.
INSTALLATION
1.
Ensure that adjustment screw (7) is in
“HI” position.
2.
Install regulator (6) on alternator (8)
with 4 new Iockwashers (5) and
screws (4).
3.
Connect lead (3) to regulator (6) and
install new Iockwasher (2) and nut
(1).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
TA49852
4-10
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section
4-5.
Il.
STARTER
SYSTEM
MAINTENANCE
STARTER AND STARTER RELAY REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
b. Installation
a. Removal
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
MaterialslParts
One locknut
One Iockwasher
ToolslTest Equipment
Torque wrench
General Safety Instructions
Support starter during removal and
installation.
a.
REMOVAL
NOTE
If removing starter (7), perform steps 1-3.
If removing starter relay, perform step 4.
1.
Remove locknut (5), washer (6), bolt
(3), and bracket (4). Discard locknut.
TA49853
4-11
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-5.
STARTER AND STARTER RELAY REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
NOTE
Note position of battery terminal and solenoid terminal leads (12 and 14)
before removing from solenoid (11).
2.
Remove 2 nuts (15), battery terminal
lead (12), solenoid terminal lead
(14), and Iockwasher (13) from
solenoid (11). Discard Iockwasher.
WARNING
starter
(7)
during
Support
removal. Failure to support starter
may cause it to fall, resulting in
injury to personnel.
NOTE
1985-87 model starters (7) may
not have shims (10).
3.
Remove 2 screws (9) and washers
(8), and carefully lower starter (7).
Remove starter and shims (10).
Remove screw (1) and starter shield
(2) as required.
4.
2
screws
(18)
from
Remove
diagnostic connector bracket (19),
dash panel (17), and wiring harness
accessory bracket (16). Remove
screw (20). Unplug lead (22) and
remove starter relay (21).
b.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
If installing starter relay (21),
perform step 1.
If installing starter (7), perform
steps 2-5.
1.
Plug lead (22) into starter relay (21).
Install starter relay on wiring harness
accessory bracket (16) with screw
(20). Install diagnostic connector
bracket (19) and wiring harness
accessory bracket on dash panel
(17) with 2 screws (18).
TA49854
4-12
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-5.
STARTER AND STARTER RELAY REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
WARNING
Support starter (7) during installation. Failure to support starter may cause
it to fall, resulting in injury to personnel.
2.
Install starter shield (2) with screw (1) if removed. Support starter (7) and install with inner
screw (9). DO NOT tighten screw (9). Install outer screw (9) through starter. Tighten screws to
33 Ib.-ft. (45 N•m).
NOTE
Ensure that battery terminal lead (12) tab is positioned in slot on solenoid
(11).
3.
Install new Iockwasher (13), solenoid terminal lead (14), and battery terminal lead (12) with 2
nuts (15) on solenoid (11).
TA49855
4-13
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-5.
STARTER AND STARTER RELAY REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
NOTE
Starter pinion tooth-to-flywheel clearance may be measured using a wire
gage.
4.
Remove 6 bolts (25) and access
cover (27) from transmission housing
(26) .
Measure clearance between
starter pinion (24) tooth and flywheel
(23). Clearance should be 0.02 in. to
0.06 in. (0.50 mm to 1.50 mm). Add
shims (10) as required. Install access
cover (27) with 6 bolts.
5.
Install bracket (4) on starter (7) and
starter shield (2) with bolt (3), washer
(6), and new locknut (5). Tighten bolt
to 33 Ib.-ft. (45 N•m).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
TA49856
4-14
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section
Ill.
INSTRUMENTS,
AND
4-6.
4-10.
4-10.1.
4-10.2
4-11.
4-12.
4-13.
4-14.
4-15.
4-16.
4-17.
4-18.
4-19.
4-20.
4-21.
4-22.
4-22.1.
SENDING
UNITS,
SWITCHES,
MAINTENANCE
INSTRUMENTS, SENDING UNITS, SWITCHES, AND HORN MAINTENANCE
INDEX.
Paragraph
Number
4-7.
4-8.
4-9.
HORN
Page
Number
Procedures
Instrument Cluster Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Glow Plug Relay Module Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltmeter, Voltmeter Relay, and Generator 2 Relay
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speedometer Cable and Adapter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speedometer Gear Replacement (All Except M1028A1,
M1028A2, and M1031) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speedometer Gear Replacement (M1028A1,
M1028A2, and M1031) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Open Door Buzzer and Seatbelt Buzzer Replacement . . . . . . . . . .
Cab Flashers and Fuses Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Body Fuses and Relays Replacement (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil Pressure and Coolant Temperature Sending
Units Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Headlight Control Switch Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stoplights witch Replacement and Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking BrakeS witchReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Blackout Light Switches Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Back-up Light Switch Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hazard Warning Control Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Floodlight and Gas-Particulate Filter Unit (GPFU)
Switches Replacement (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Horn and Horn Relay Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake Indicator Light Wire Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change 2
4-16
4-24
4-26
4-28
4-29.0
4-29.1
4-30
4-31
4-32
4-35
4-37
4-38
4-39
4-40
4-41
4-43
4-44
4-45
4-46.1
4-15
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-7.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER MAINTENANCE.
This task covers:
c. Assembly
d. Installation
a. Removal
b. Disassembly
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
Materials/Parts
Chalk (Item 9, Appendix C)
a. REMOVAL
NOTE
If removing instrument cluster
plate (10), perform steps 1 and
3.
If removing gages, filters, or
gaskets, perform steps 1 and 3,
and DISASSEMBLY steps as
required.
If removing instrument cluster
bulbs and sockets, perform
DISASSEMBLY steps 9 and 10.
1.
Remove 4 screws (3) and steering
column filler (2) from dash panel (1).
Remove 2 screws (5) and steering
column filler (4).
2.
Depress clip on back of speedometer
(13) and disconnect speedometer
cable (6).
NOTE
Tag plugs for installation.
3.
Remove 5 screws (11) and 3 screws
(12). Disconnect plugs from back of
plate
(10).
instrument
cluster
Remove instrument cluster plate.
4.
Mark cable clip (21) location on
for installation.
steering
column
Disconnect cable clip. Remove 2
screws (18) and transmission position
indicator (17).
TA49857
4-16
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-7.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
5.
Remove 4 screws (8) from white instrument cluster (7) bezel and pull out instrument cluster.
6.
Disconnect wiring harness (9) and remove instrument cluster (7).
NOTE
If removing any gages, filters,
or gaskets, perform steps 1-8
as required.
If removing instrument cluster
bulbs and sockets, perform
steps 9 and 10.
If removing printed circuit,
perform steps 9-11.
1.
Remove 6 screws (20), instrument
cluster lens (19), and retainer (25).
TA49858
4-17
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-7.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
2.
Remove generator 1 filter (23), generator 2 filter (22), and 4-wheel drive and oil pressure filter
(24) from retainer (25) as required.
3.
Remove screw (15) and fuel gage (14).
4.
Remove mounting screw (16) and speedometer (13). Retain gasket on back of speedometer
for installation.
5.
Remove seatbelt and brake light filter (27), and remove gasket (26).
6.
Remove coolant indicator filter (32) and gasket (31).
7.
Remove high beam filter (30) and gasket (29).
8.
Remove 2 turn signal filters (28).
TA49859
4-18
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-7.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
NOTE
Remove all socket (35) assemblies only if removing printed circuit
(33).
If removing socket (35) assemblies without removing instrument
cluster, reach under instrument panel to gain access to socket
assemblies.
9.
Remove 14 socket (35) assemblies
as required by turning.
10.
Remove bulbs (34) from sockets (35)
as required.
11.
Press tangs on back of 3 clips (36)
and push out to remove. Remove
printed circuit (33).
NOTE
If installing printed circuit (33), perform steps 1-3.
If installing bulbs (34), perform steps 2 and 3.
If installing any gages, filters, and gaskets perform steps 4-10 as
required and step 11.
1.
Install printed circuit (33) with 3 clips (36).
TA49860
4-19
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-7.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
Press bulbs (34) into sockets (35) so
they lock into place.
2.
NOTE
If installing socket (35) assemblies
without instrument cluster (7)
removed, reach under instrument
panel to gain access to printed
circuit (33) holes.
3.
Install
socket (35) assemblies
through holes in printed circuit (33)
and instrument cluster (7), and turn.
4.
Install 2 turn signal filters (28).
5.
Install gasket (29) and high beam filter (30).
6.
Install gasket (31) and coolant indicator filter (32).
7.
Install gasket (26) and seatbelt and brake light filter (27).
8.
Position gasket on back of speedometer (13) if removed. Install speedometer with mounting
screw (16).
9.
Install fuel gage (14) with screw (15).
10.
Install generator 1 filter (23), generator 2 filter (22), and 4-wheel drive and oil pressure filter
(24) by pressing into locking tabs on retainer (25).
11.
Install retainer (25) and instrument cluster lens (19) with 6 screws (20).
TA49861
4-20
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-7.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
d. INSTALLATION
NOTE
If installing instrument cluster
plate, perform steps 4 and 6.
and
that "WAIT"
Ensure
“WATER-IN-FUEL” leads are
placed over top of instrument
cluster (7) before installation.
1.
Connect wiring harness
instrument cluster (7).
2.
Install instrument cluster (7) with 4
screws (8).
(9)
to
TA49862
4-21
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-7.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
3.
Install transmission position indicator (17) with 2 screws (18). Connect cable clip (21) to
steering column. Check indicator needle for proper position and adjust as required.
4.
Connect plugs to back of instrument cluster plate (10). Position instrument cluster plate and
loosely install with 5 screws (11) and 3 screws (12). Tighten screws.
5.
Connect speedometer cable (6) to back of speedometer (13) by pressing into retaining clip.
4-22
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-7.
6.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
Install steering column filler (4) with 2
screws (5). Install steering column
filler (2) on dash panel (1) with 4
screws (3).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
Check operation of instrument cluster components.
TA49864
4-23
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-8.
GLOW PLUG RELAY AND MODULE REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Two Iockwashers
Equipment Condition
Both battery negative cables disconnected
(if replacing relay). (See paragraph 4-38)
NOTE
If removing module (2), perform steps 1 and 2 .
If removing relay (7), perform steps 3-5.
1.
Remove glow plug module housing (1) from bracket under instrument panel to left of steering
column.
2.
Remove end cap (3) and remove glow plug module (2).
NOTE
Tag leads for installation.
3.
Remove 2 nuts (12), lead (11), 2 washers (10), and 2 leads (9).
TA49865
4-24
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-8.
GLOW PLUG RELAY AND MODULE REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
4.
Remove 2 nuts (4) and leads (8).
5.
Remove 2 bolts (5) and Iockwashers (6). Remove glow plug relay (7). Discard Iockwashers.
NOTE
If installing relay (7), perform steps 1-3.
If installing module (2), perform steps 4 and 5.
1.
Install glow plug relay (7) with 2 new Iockwashers (6) and bolts (5).
2.
Install leads (8) with 2 nuts (4).
3.
Install 2 leads (9), 2 washers (10), lead (11), and 2 nuts (12).
4.
Install glow plug module (2) inside glow plug module housing (1) and install end cap (3).
5.
Install glow plug module housing (1) to bracket under instrument panel to left of steering
column.
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Connect both battery negative cables if disconnected. (See paragraph 4-38)
Check operation of glow plugs.
TA49866
4-25
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-9.
VOLTMETER RELAY,
VOLTMETER,
REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
AND
a. Removal
GENERATOR
2
RELAY
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Instrument cluster plate removed (if removing voltmeter or door ajar housing). (See
paragraph 4-7)
NOTE
If removing voltmeter (6), perform step 1.
If removing door ajar housing (3) on M1010 only, perform step 2.
Generator 2 relay (7) is on all except M1010. If removing generator 2
relay or voltmeter relay (8), perform step 3.
1.
Remove 2 nuts (5) and washers (4),
and retaining bracket (1). Remove
voltmeter (6) from instrument cluster
plate (2).
2.
Remove door ajar housing (3) from
instrument cluster plate (2).
3.
Reach up under bracket (10) beside
steering column (9) and disconnect
lead (12) from generator 2 relay (7)
or lead (11) from voltmeter relay (8).
Remove
generator 2 relay or
voltmeter relay.
NOTE
If installing generator 2 relay (7) or voltmeter relay (8) for all except
M1010, perform step 1.
If installing door ajar housing (3) on M1010 only, perform step 1.
If installing voltmeter (6), perform step 2.
1.
Install generator 2 relay (7) or voltmeter relay (8) on bracket (10) beside steering column (9).
Connect lead (12) to generator 2 relay or lead (11) to voltmeter relay.
2.
Install door ajar housing (3) on instrument cluster plate (2).
TA49867
4-26
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-9.
3.
VOLTMETER,
VOLTMETER
REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
RELAY,
AND
GENERATOR
2
RELAY
Install voltmeter (6) on instrument cluster plate (2). Install retaining bracket (1) with 2 washers
(4) and nuts (5).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Install instrument cluster plate if removed. (See paragraph 4-7)
Check operation of voltmeter, door ajar light, or generator 2.
TA49868
4-27
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-10.
SPEEDOMETER CABLE AND ADAPTER REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts
Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
a.
One seal
REMOVAL
NOTE
If removing speedometer cable (2), perform steps 1-5.
If removing M1009 speedometer adapter assembly (6), perform steps
4-6.
1.
Depress lock (3) and disconnect speedometer cable (2) from back of speedometer (4).
2.
Pull speedometer cable (2) through engine compartment bulkhead (1). Remove grommet (11)
from engine compartment bulkhead if damaged.
3.
Remove nut (9) and clip (10).
4.
Loosen nut (8) and disconnect speedometer cable (2) from speedometer adapter assembly
(6) or transfer case.
5.
Remove seal (7) from speedometer cable (2). Discard seal.
6.
Loosen nut (5) and remove speedometer adapter assembly (6).
b.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
If installing M1009 speedometer adapter assembly (6), perform steps
1-3.
If installing speedometer cable (2), perform steps 2-8.
M1009 uses a ring-shaped plastic seal (6) inside speedometer adapter
nut (5) instead of a seal inside speedometer cable nut (8).
1.
Install speedometer adapter assembly (6) by tightening nut (5).
2.
Install new seal (7) in speedometer cable (2).
3.
Connect speedometer cable (2) to speedometer adapter assembly (6) or transfer case by
tightening nut (8).
4.
Place clip (10) on speedometer cable (2) and install with nut (9).
4-28
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-10.
5.
SPEEDOMETER CABLE AND ADAPTER REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
Install grommet (11) if removed.
CAUTION
Use extreme caution when pushing speedometer cable (2) through engine
compartment bulkhead (1) to prevent damage to speedometer cable.
6.
Carefully push speedometer cable (2) through engine compartment bulkhead (1).
7.
Install speedometer cable (2) on back of speedometer (4) by pushing until it engages on lock
(3) .
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
Check operation of speedometer.
TA49869
4-29
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-10.1. SPEEDOMETER GEAR REPLACEMENT (ALL EXCEPT M1028A1, M1028A2, AND
M1031).
This task covers:
a.
Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Speedometer cable and adapter removed.
(See paragraph 4-10)
Materials/Parts
One seal
a. REMOVAL
1.
Remove bolt (1) and retainer (2) from transfer case housing (6).
2.
Remove sleeve (4) and speedometer gear (5).
3.
Remove seal (3) from sleeve (4) and discard.
1.
Install new seal (3) on sleeve (4).
2.
Install speedometer gear (5) in sleeve (4) and install assembly into transfer case housing (6).
3.
Install retainer (2) on transfer case housing (6) with bolt (1), indexing retainer with slot in sleeve
(4) .
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Install speedometer cable and adapter. (See paragraph 4-10)
TA701831
4-29.0
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-10.2. SPEEDOMETER GEAR REPLACEMENT (M1028A1, M1028A2, AND M1031).
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Speedometer cable and adapter removed. (See paragraph 4-10)
1.
Remove sleeve (3) and speedometer gear (2) from transfer case retainer (1).
2.
Remove speedometer gear (2) from sleeve (3).
1.
Install speedometer gear (2) into sleeve (3).
2.
Install speedometer gear (2) and sleeve (3) into transfer case retainer (1).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Install adapter and speedometer cable. (See paragraph 4-10)
TA701832
Change 2
4-29.1
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-11.
OPEN DOOR BUZZER AND SEATBELT BUZZER REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a.
Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Both battery negative cables disconnected. (See paragraph 4-38)
a.
REMOVAL
NOTE
Tag wiring harness connectors for installation.
Step 1 only applies to M1010.
1.
Unplug open door buzzer (2) from
wiring harness (1).
2.
Unplug seatbelt buzzer (3) from
wiring harness (1).
1.
Plug seatbelt buzzer (3) into wiring
harness (1).
NOTE
Step 2 only applies to M1010.
2.
Plug open door buzzer (2) into wiring
harness (1).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
Check operation of open door buzzer and seatbelt buzzer.
TA49870
4-30
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-12.
CAB FLASHERS AND FUSES REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Replacement
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Fuses (as required) (Items 19-24, Appendix C)
CAUTION
Ensure that fuses of correct amperage rating are installed as indicated.
Failure to follow this caution may result in damage to fuse, fuse box, and
wiring.
NOTE
Fuse box is located on driver’s side of cab under instrument panel. All
fuses and flashers are removed and installed in same way.
1.
Replace fuses and flashers. Check operation of circuit after replacement.
1. Fuse Box
2. Hazard Warning Flasher
3. 20 amp Ambulance Accessories Fuse
4. 20 amp Parking/Marker Light Fuse
5. 20 amp Heater Fuee
6. 10 amp Stoplight Fuse
7. 30 amp Unmarked (Headlight) Fuse
8. 25 amp Windshield Wiper Fuse
9. Turn Signal Flasher
10. 30 amp Gas-Particulate Filter Unit (GPFU) and Air
Conditioner Fuse
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
15 amp Horn Fuse
10 amp/28 v (Voltmeter) Fuse
5 amp Instrument Panel Lights Fuse
30 amp Flasher, Back-up Lights, and Accessories
Fuse
20 amp Ignition Fuse
5 amp Courtesy Light Fuse
20 amp Engine Control Fuse
5 amp Blackout Marker Fuse
TA49871
4-31
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-13.
BODY FUSES AND RELAYS REPLACEMENT (M1010).
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts
Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
a.
Fuses (as required)
(Items 21, 23, or 24, Appendix C)
REMOVAL
NOTE
If removing fuses (19 and 25-28), relays (3, 4, 6, 7, and 17), electrical
studs (15 and 22), circuit breaker (10), and jumper cable (8), perform
step 1 and 2-9 as required.
Relay panel (5) is located in M1010 body left side stowage box.
Tag all leads and relay plugs for installation.
1.
Remove 4 screws (2) and cover (1).
NOTE
There are four 15 amp receptacle fuses. All are in upper fuse block (23).
2.
Remove 15 amp receptacle fuses (28) from upper fuse block (23) if burned out.
3.
Remove 25 amp air conditioner fuse (26), 30 amp heater and blackout light fuse (25), and 30
amp heater fuse (27) from lower fuse block (24) if burned out.
4.
Remove 20 amp in-line air conditioner fuse (19) if burned out.
5.
Disconnect relay plug (18) from 24 v air conditioner relay (17). Remove 2 screws (16) and
remove 24 v air conditioner relay. Repeat as required for gas-particulate filter unit relays (3
and 4), 12 v air conditioner relay (6), and blackout light relay (7).
6.
Remove 2 nuts (9). Disconnect service outlet positive lead (20). Remove jumper cable (8)
from circuit breaker (10) and positive electrical stud (22).
7.
Remove nut (14) and disconnect service outlet negative lead (13).
8.
Disconnect remaining leads from positive electrical stud (22). Remove 2 screws (21) and
positive electrical stud. Repeat as required for negative electrical stud (15).
.
9.
Remove nut (11) and disconnect accessory wiring terminal board lead (12). Disconnect
remaining leads from circuit breaker (10). Remove 2 nuts (11) and circuit breaker.
4-32
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-13.
I b.
BODY FUSES AND RELAYS REPLACEMENT (M1010) (Con’t).
INSTALLATION
CAUTION
Ensure that fuses of correct amperage rating are installed as indicated.
Failure to follow this caution may - result in damage to fuse, fuse box, and
wiring.
NOTE
Perform steps 1-8 as required and step 9 to install fuses (19 and 25-28),
relays (3, 4, 6, 7, and 17), electrical studs (15 and 22), circuit breaker
(10), and jumper cable (8).
1.
Install circuit breaker (10) with 2 nuts (11). Connect disconnected leads. Install accessory
wiring terminal board lead (12) with nut (11).
2.
Install positive electrical stud (22) with 2 screws (21). Connect disconnected leads. Repeat as
required for negative electrical stud (15).
TA49872
4-33
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-13.
BODY FUSES AND RELAYS REPLACEMENT (M1010) (Con’t).
3.
Connect service outlet negative lead (13) with nut (14).
4.
Install jumper cable (8) on positive electrical stud (22) and circuit breaker (10). Connect outlet
positive lead (20). Install 2 nuts (9).
5.
Install 24 v air conditioner relay (17) with 2 screws (16). Connect relay plug (18) to 24 v air
conditioner relay. Repeat as required for gas-particulate filter unit relays (3 and 4), 12 v air
conditioner relay (6), and blackout light relay (7).
6.
Install 25 amp air conditioner fuse (26), 30 amp heater and blackout light fuse (25), and 30
amp heater fuse (27) on lower fuse block (24) if removed.
7.
Install 20 amp in-line air conditioner fuse (19) if removed.
8.
Install 15 amp receptacle fuses (28) on upper fuse block (23) if removed.
9.
Install cover (1) on relay panel (5) with 4 screws (2).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
Check operation of applicable circuit.
TA49873
4-34
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-14.
OIL PRESSURE
REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
AND
COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
a. Removal
SENDING
UNITS
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts
Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
Pipe sealant
(Item 43, Appendix C)
NOTE
If removing oil pressure sending unit (2), perform step 1.
If removing coolant temperature sending unit (4), perform step 2.
Tag all leads for installation.
1.
Remove air cleaner. (See paragraph
3-9) Disconnect lead from oil
pressure sending unit (2). Remove oil
pressure sending unit from fitting (3).
Remove fitting from engine block (1).
2.
Drain
cooling
system.
(See
lead
Disconnect
paragraph 3-30)
from coolant temperature sending
unit (4). Remove coolant temperature
sending unit from engine block (1).
Clean old pipe sealant from engine
block.
NOTE
If installing coolant temperature
sending unit (4), perform step
1.
If installing oil pressure sending
unit (2), perform step 2.
1.
Coat coolant temperature sending
unit (4) threads with pipe sealant and
install on engine block (1). Connect
lead to coolant temperature sending
(See
unit. Fill cooling system.
paragraph 3-30)
4-35
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-14.
2.
OIL PRESSURE AND COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENDING UNITS
REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
Install fitting (3) on engine block (1).
Install oil pressure sending unit (2) on
fitting. Connect lead to oil pressure
sending unit. Install air cleaner. (See
paragraph 3-9)
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
Check operation of oil pressure light and coolant temperature light.
TA49875
4-36
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-15.
HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCH REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
NOTE
If removing headlight control (3), perform step 1.
1.
Pull out headlight control (3) and depress release button (4) on side of switch assembly (1) to
remove headlight control.
NOTE
Tag leads for installation.
2.
Unscrew bezel (2) to disengage switch assembly (1). Disconnect leads at switch assembly
and remove.
NOTE
If installing headlight control (3), perform step 2.
1.
Connect leads to switch assembly (1). Hold switch assembly in place and screw on bezel (2)
to install.
2.
Push headlight control (3) through bezel (2) to engage switch assembly (1).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Check operation of headlight.
TA49876
4-37
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-16.
STOPLIGHT SWITCH REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
a.
Materials/Parts
One Iockwasher
REMOVAL
NOTE
If removing stoplight switch (2), perform step 1.
Tag lead for installation.
1.
Depress brake pedal (4). Pull out
stoplight switch (2) and disconnect
lead.
2.
Remove nut (6) and Iockwasher (5)
from screw (3) on brake pedal (4).
Discard Iockwasher.
3.
Remove actuator (7) and retainer (8)
from bracket (1).
INSTALLATION
b.
NOTE
If installing stoplight switch (2),
perform steps 3 and 4.
1.
Position retainer (8) on bracket (1).
2.
Position actuator (7) on brake pedal (4) and install new Iockwasher (5) and nut (6) on screw
(3) .
3.
Depress brake pedal (4). Pull lead through retainer (8) and bracket (1), and install on stoplight
switch (2).
NOTE
Clicking sound will be heard as stoplight switch (2) is installed in
retainer (8).
4.
Install stoplight switch (2) in retainer (8). Pull brake pedal (4) back until pedal stops making
clicking sound.
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
Check operation of stoplight.
TA49877
4-38
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-17.
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Both battery negative cables disconnected. (See paragraph 4-38)
Hazard flasher removed from fuse box. (See paragraph 4-12)
1.
Disconnect lead (4) from parking
brake switch (2).
2.
Remove screw (3) and parking brake
switch (2) from bracket (1).
1.
Install parking brake switch (2) on
bracket (1) with screw (3).
2.
Connect lead (4) to parking brake
switch (2).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Install hazard flasher on fuse box. (See paragraph 4-12)
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
Check operation of parking brake indicator light.
TA49878
4-39
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-18.
BLACKOUT LIGHT SWITCHES REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Both battery negative cables disconnected. (See paragraph 4-38)
Instrument cluster plate removed. (See paragraph 4-7)
a.
REMOVAL
1.
Remove nut (3) and washer (4). Remove switch (2) and washer (5). Disconnect lead (1) from
switch.
1.
Connect lead (1) to switch (2). Install washer (5) on switch and place switch through mounting
plate (6). Install washer (4) and nut (3) on switch.
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Check operation of blackout light.
TA49879
4-40
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-19.
BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Both battery negative cables disconnected. (See paragraph 4-38)
1.
Set parking brake and place transmission gearshift lever in “N” (Neutral).
2.
Unsnap back-up light switch (2) at tangs (5) to remove from steering column jacket (1).
3.
Disconnect lead from back-up light switch (2). Remove back-up light switch.
b.
INSTALLATION
1.
Connect lead to back-up light switch (2).
2.
Aline actuator (3) on back-up light switch (2) with hole in shift tube (4).
3.
Position back-up light switch (2) on cutout in lower part of steering column jacket (1).
TA49880
4-41
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-19.
BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
4.
Push down on front of back-up light switch (2). Snap 2 tangs (5) on back-up light switch into
place on steering column jacket (1).
5.
Adjust back-up light switch (2) by moving transmission gearshift lever to “P“ (Park). Main
back-up light switch housing and back-up light switch housing back should make a clicking
noise, providing proper adjustment.
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
Check operation of back-up light.
TA49881
4-42
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-20.
HAZARD WARNING CONTROL REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Both battery negative cables disconnected. (See paragraph 4-38)
1.
Loosen screw (5) and remove hazard
warning button (4), spring (3), and
knob (2) assembly.
2.
Remove screw (5), button (4), and
spring (3) from knob (2).
b.
INSTALLATION
1.
Install spring (3), hazard warning
button (4), and screw (5) in knob (2).
2.
Install hazard warning button (4),
spring (3), and knob (2) assembly on
steering column (1) by tightening
screw (5).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
Check operation of hazard warning system.
TA49882
4-43
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-21.
FLOODLIGHT AND GAS-PARTICULATE FILTER UNIT (GPFU) SWITCHES
REPLACEMENT (M1010).
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Instrument cluster plate removed. (See paragraph 4-7)
1.
Remove screw (7) and retainer (6) from back of instrument panel (1). Remove switch cover
(3) and switch plate (2). Remove 1 or both floodlight switches (5) and GPFU switch (4) as
required.
1.
Install 1 or both floodlight switches (5) and GPFU switch (4) on switch cover (3) if removed.
Position switch plate (2) and switch cover on instrument panel (1). Install retainer (6) on back
of instrument panel and on back of switch plate with screw (7).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Install instrument cluster plate. (See paragraph 4-7)
Check operation of floodlight and gas-particulate filter unit.
TA49883
4-44
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-22.
HORN AND HORN RELAY REPLACEMENT.
b.
a. Removal
This task covers:
Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Both battery negative cables disconnected. (See paragraph 4-38)
Radiator grille removed. (See paragraph 10-2)
NOTE
If removing horn (8), perform steps 1 and 2.
If removing capacitor (6), perform steps 1 and 3.
If removing horn relay (2), perform step 4.
1.
Disconnect capacitor (6) lead from
horn (8).
2.
Remove bolt (3) and horn (8).
3.
Remove screw (7) and capacitor (6).
Remove nut (5) from radiator support
(4) if damaged.
NOTE
Tag wiring harness (1) connector
for installation.
4.
Unplug horn relay (2) from wiring
harness (1).
TA49884
4-45
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-22.
HORN AND HORN RELAY REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
INSTALLATION
b.
NOTE
If installing horn relay (2), perform step 1.
If installing capacitor (6), perform steps 2 and 4.
If installing horn (8), perform steps 3 and 4.
1.
Plug horn relay (2) into wiring harness
(1).
2.
Install nut (5) in radiator support (4) if
removed. Install capacitor (6) with
screw (7).
3.
Install horn (8) on radiator support (4)
with bolt (3).
4.
Connect capacitor (6) lead to horn
(8) .
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Install radiator grille. (See paragraph 10-2)
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
Check operation of horn.
TA49885
4-46
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-22.1. BRAKE INDICATOR LIGHT WIRE REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a.
Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Both battery negative cables disconnected. (See paragraph 4-38)
1.
valve
Disconnect
combination
connector (3) from brake indicator
light bracket (1).
2.
Disconnect brake indicator light wire
(4) from combination valve (5) and
brake indicator light bracket (1).
3.
If damaged, remove screw (2) and
brake indicator light bracket (1).
b. INSTALLATION
1.
If removed, install brake indicator light
bracket (1) with screw (2).
2.
Connect brake indicator light wire (4)
to combination valve (5) and brake
indicator light bracket (1).
3.
Connect combination valve connector (3) to brake indicator light bracket (1).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
C o n n e c t both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
TA702217
Change 2
4-46.1/(4-46.2 blank)
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section IV. LIGHTING SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
4-23.
LIGHTING SYSTEM MAINTENANCE INDEX.
Paragraph
Number
4-24.
4-25.
4-26.
4-27.
4-28.
4-29.
4-30.
4-31.
4-32.
4-33.
4-34.
4-35.
4-36.
Page
Number
Procedures
Service Headlight Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Blackout Drive Light and Lamp Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking Light and Lamp Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marker Light and Lamp Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Taillight and Lamp Replacement
(All Except M1010 and M1031) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Taillight and Lamp Replacement (M1010 and M1031) . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Blackout Light Replacement
(All Except M1010 and M1031) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Blackout Light Replacement (M1010 and M1031) . . . . . . . . .
Surgical Lamp Replacement (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Blackout Domelight Lamp Replacement (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Floodlight and Lamp Replacement (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interior Focus Light and Lamp Replacement (M1010) . . . . . . . . . .
Spotlight and Lamp Replacement (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change 2
4-48
4-50
4-52
4-53
4-55
4-57
4-60
4-61
4-62
4-63
4-64
4-66
4-67
4-47
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-2.
SERVICE HEADLIGHT MAINTENANCE.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
c. Adjustment
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Too/s/Test Equipment
Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
a.
Screwdriver bit set, J-29843
REMOVAL
NOTE
DO NOT tamper with headlight adjusting screws (6).
1.
Remove 2 screws (10), screws (5), and bezel (9).
2.
Unhook spring (4) from radiator support (3) and remove mounting ring (2).
3.
Pull out headlight (1) and disconnect from wiring harness connector.
4.
Remove 4 screws (8) and retaining ring (7). Remove headlight (1).
TA49886
4-48
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-24.
b.
SERVICE HEADLIGHT MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
INSTALLATION
1.
Position headlight (1) in mounting ring (2). Install retaining ring (7) on mounting ring with 4
screws (8).
2.
Connect wiring harness connector to headlight (1).
3.
Hook spring (4) to radiator support (3).
4.
Install bezel (9) with 2 screws (5) and screws (10).
c.
ADJUSTMENT
1.
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
2.
Measure distance from centerline of headlights to level surface.
3.
Subtract 3 in. from measurement obtained in step 1 and mark it on a vertical surface.
4.
Mark centerline of vehicle on vertical surface and intersect it with line obtained in step 2.
5.
Measure distance between centers of headlights. Divide that distance equally on both sides of
centerline of vehicle line and mark along line in step 2.
6.
Turn on headlights and use high beam.
NOTE
Adjust 1 headlight at a time while covering the other.
7.
Turn adjusting screws (6) in or out until center of beam intersects with crossed line in step 4.
8.
Repeat step 7 for other headlight.
Change 2
4-49
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-25.
BLACKOUT DRIVE LIGHT AND LAMP REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a.
Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts
Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
Radiator grille removed (if removing blackout
light housing). (See paragraph 10-2)
a.
One Iockwasher
One “O“ ring
REMOVAL
NOTE
If removing lamp (3), perform step 1.
If removing blackout light assembly, perform step 2.
If removing mounting bracket (6), perform steps 2 and 3.
1.
Remove cover (1), “O” ring (2), and gasket (13). Remove lamp (3).
TA49887
4-50
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-25.
BLACKOUT DRIVE LIGHT AND LAMP REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
2.
Remove nut (11) and Iockwasher (10). Pull out blackout light housing (4) from mounting
bracket (6) and remove 2 washers (12). Disconnect lead (5) and remove housing. Discard
Iockwasher.
3.
Remove 4 bolts (9), mounting bracket (6), and 4 retaining nuts (7) from radiator support (8).
b. INSTALLATION
NOTE
If installing mounting bracket (6), perform steps 1 and 2.
If installing blackout light assembly, perform step 2.
If installing lamp (3), perform step 3.
1.
Install 4 retaining nuts (7) on radiator support (8). Install mounting bracket (6) with 4 bolts (9).
2.
Connect lead (5). Install 2 washers (12) on blackout light housing (4). Install blackout light
housing on mounting bracket (6) with new Iockwasher (10) and nut (11).
3.
Install lamp (3). Install gasket (13), “O” ring (2), and cover (1).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Install radiator grille. (See paragraph 10-2)
Connect both battery negative cables (See paragraph 4-38)
Check operation of blackout light.
4-51
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-26.
PARKING LIGHT AND LAMP REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
1.
Remove headlight bezel. (See paragraph 4-24, REMOVAL, step 1)
2.
Remove 3 screws (1) and parking light housing (2) from radiator support (3).
3.
Remove lamp (5) from wiring harness connector (4).
INSTALLATION
b.
1.
Install lamp (5) on wiring harness connector (4).
2.
Install parking light housing (2) on radiator support (3) with 3 screws (1).
3.
Install headlight bezel. (See paragraph 4-24, INSTALLATION, step 4)
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Check operation of parking light.
TA49888
4-52
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-27.
MARKER LIGHT AND LAMP REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
Tools/Test Equipment
Screwdriver bit set, J-29843
NOTE
If removing side marker light and lamp (3), perform step 1.
If removing blackout marker light (8), perform step 2.
If removing blackout marker light bracket (9), perform steps 2 and 3.
1.
Remove 2 screws (5), side marker
light housing (4), and 2 retaining nuts
(1). Remove lamp (3) from wiring
harness connector (6).
2.
Remove nut (11) and wiring harness
(10) ground. Remove two nuts (13).
Disconnect blackout marker light (8)
from wiring harness connector.
3.
Remove bolt (7), nut (12), and
mounting bracket (9) from bumper
(14).
TA49889
4-53
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-27.
MARKER LIGHT AND LAMP REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
b. INSTALLATION
NOTE
If installing blackout marker light bracket (9), perform steps 1 and 2.
If installing blackout marker light (8), perform step 2.
If installing side marker light and lamp (3), perform step 3.
1.
Install mounting bracket (9) on bumper (14) with bolt (7) and nut (12).
2.
Position blackout marker light (8) on
mounting bracket (9) and connect
wiring harness (10) connector. Install
blackout marker light with 2 nuts (13).
Install wiring harness ground with nut
(11).
3.
Install lamp (3) on wiring harness
connector (6). Install side marker
light housing (4) on fender (2) with 2
screws (5) and retaining nuts (1).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
Check operation of marker light.
TA49890
4-54
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-28.
TAILLIGHT AND LAMP REPLACEMENT (ALL EXCEPT M1010 AND M1031).
This task covers:
b. Installation
a. Removal
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools/Test Equipment
Equipment Condition
Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
a.
Screwdriver bit set, J-29843
REMOVAL
1.
Remove 4 screws (11), taillight lens (1), and gasket (3). Remove turn signal lamp (5),
back-up lamp (8), and stop lamp (10) as required.
2.
Remove 4 screws (2) and taillight housing (4).
NOTE
Tag wiring harness leads for installation.
3.
b.
1.
Remove turn signal lamp socket (6), back-up lamp socket (7), and stop lamp socket (9) as
required.
INSTALLATION
Install turn signal lamp socket (6), back-up lamp socket (7), and stop lamp socket (9) on
wiring harness if removed.
TA49891
4-55
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-28.
TAILLIGHT AND LAMP REPLACEMENT (ALL EXCEPT M1010 AND M1031)
(Con’t).
2.
Install taillight housing (4) with 4 screws (2).
3.
Install turn signal lamp (5), back-up lamp (8), and stop lamp (10) as required. Install gasket
(3) and taillight lens (1) with 4 screws (11).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
Check operation of taillight.
4-56
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-29.
TAILLIGHT AND LAMP REPLACEMENT (M1010 AND M1031).
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
a.
Five Iockwashers
Plastic ties (as required)
REMOVAL
NOTE
If removing taillight lens (9), perform step 1.
If removing taillight lamps (11 or 12), perform steps 1 and 2.
if removing taillight housing (8), perform steps 1-4. Remove both
lamps (11 and 12) in step 2.
1.
Remove 4 screws (10) and taillight lens (9). Retain taillight lens gasket for installation.
NOTE
Tag sockets for installation.
2.
Remove stoplight lamp (12) and back-up light lamp (11) as required.
TA49893
4-57
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-29.
TAILLIGHT AND LAMP REPLACEMENT (M1010 AND M1031) (Con’t).
NOTE
On 1984 model trucks, ground (14) is connected to blackout light
mounting bolt and does not need to be disconnected for this task.
3.
Remove 2 nuts (16), Iockwashers (15), and ground (14). Discard Iockwashers.
NOTE
On 1984 model trucks, blackout light mounting bracket (13) is not
attached to taillight mounting bracket (7).
Tag wiring harness leads for installation.
4.
Remove nut (5) and Iockwasher (6). Remove and discard plastic ties if present. Unplug wiring
harness leads from wiring harness connector. Remove taillight housing (8) from taillight
mounting bracket (7) and blackout light mounting bracket (13). Discard Iockwasher.
5.
Remove 2 nuts (4), screws (1), and Iockwashers (2). Remove taillight mounting bracket (7).
Discard Iockwashers.
TA49894
4-58
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-29.
b.
TAILLIGHT AND LAMP REPLACEMENT (M1010 AND M1031) (Con’t).
INSTALLATION
NOTE
If installing taillight housing (8), perform steps 2-6. Install both lamps
(11 and 12) in step 5.
If installing taillight lamps (11 or 12), perform steps 5 and 6.
If installing taillight lens (9), perform step 6.
1.
Install taillight mounting bracket (7) on frame rail (3) with 2 new Iockwashers (2), screws (1),
and nuts (4).
2.
Plug wiring harness leads into wiring harness connector and install taillight housing (8) on
taillight mounting bracket (7) with new Iockwasher (6) and nut (5). Install plastic ties as
required.
NOTE
On 1984 model trucks, blackout light mounting bracket (13) is not
attached to taillight mounting bracket (7).
3.
Position blackout light mounting bracket (13) on taillight housing (8) studs.
NOTE
On 1984 model trucks, ground (14) is connected to blackout light
mounting bolt.
4.
Install ground (14), 2 new Iockwashers (15), and nuts (16).
5.
Install stoplight lamp (12) and back-up light lamp (11) as required.
6.
Install taillight lens (9) gasket and taillight lens with 4 screws (10).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
Check operation of taillight.
4-59
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-30.
REAR BLACKOUT LIGHT REPLACEMENT (ALL EXCEPT M1010 AND M1031).
a.
This task covers:
b. Installation
Removal
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
Materials/Parts
Plastic ties (as required)
NOTE
If removing rear blackout light (6) only, perform steps 1-3.
1.
Remove plastic tie if installed.
Disconnect rear blackout light (6)
plug from wiring harness plug (3).
2.
Remove nut (1) and ground (4).
3.
Remove 2 nuts (9) and rear blackout
light (6).
4.
Remove nut (2), screw (8), and
mounting bracket (5).
b.
INSTALLATION
1.
Install mounting bracket (5) on rear
bumper (7) with screw (8) and nut
(2) .
2.
Install rear blackout light (6) on
mounting bracket (5) with 2 nuts (9).
3.
Install ground (4) with nut (1).
4.
Connect rear blackout light (6) plug
to wiring harness plug (3). Install
plastic tie as required.
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
Check operation of rear blackout light.
TA49895
4-60
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-31.
REAR BLACKOUT LIGHT REPLACEMENT (M1010 AND M1031).
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Both battery negative cables disconnected.(See paragraph 4-38)
a.
REMOVAL
NOTE
On 1984 model trucks, blackout light (2) is installed on bracket welded to
bumper.
1.
Disconnect blackout light (2) lead
from wiring harness.
2.
Remove nut (5) and ground (4).
3.
Remove 2 nuts (1) and blackout light
(2) .
NOTE
On 1984 model trucks, blackout light (2) is installed on bracket welded to
bumper.
1.
Install blackout light (2) on mounting bracket (3) with 2 nuts (1).
2.
Install ground (4) with nut (5).
3.
Connect blackout light (2) lead to wiring harness.
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
Check operation of blackout light.
TA49896
4-61
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-32.
SURGICAL LAMP REPLACEMENT (M1010).
a. Removal
This task covers:
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Both battery negative cables disconnected. (See paragraph 4-38)
1.
Remove lens cover (4) by carefully
pulling retaining flanges out of fixture
(1) tracks, 1 side at a time.
NOTE
Fluorescent tube (2) is springIoaded at rear socket (3).
2.
Push fluorescent tube (2) against rear
socket (3) to free fluorescent tube
from front fixture socket, and remove
fluorescent tube.
INSTALLATION
b.
1.
Insert 1 end of fluorescent tube (2)
into rear socket (3). While pushing
fluorescent tube against rear socket,
guide fluorescent tube contacts into
front fixture socket. Ensure that
fluorescent tube is securely in place
before releasing.
2.
Install lens cover (4) by carefully
pushing retaining flanges into fixture
(1) tracks, 1 side at a time.
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
Check operation of surgical light.
TA49897
4-62
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-33.
BLACKOUT DOMELIGHT LAMP REPLACEMENT (M1010).
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Both battery negative cables disconnected, (See paragraph 4-38)
a.
REMOVAL
1.
Remove retaining ring (4) and lens
(3) .
2.
Remove lamp (2) from housing (1).
b.
INSTALLATION
1.
Install lamp (2) in housing (1).
2.
Position lens (3) in housing (1) and
install with retaining ring (4).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
Check operation of blackout domelight.
TA49898
4-63
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-34.
FLOODLIGHT AND LAMP REPLACEMENT (M1010).
This task covers:
b. Installation
a. Removal
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
Materials/Parts
One Iockwasher
NOTE
On 1984 model trucks, leads are attached to floodlight housing (3) by
rivets, and to floodlight lamp (1) by screws.
If removing floodlight lamp (1), perform step 1.
If removing floodlight assembly, perform steps 2 and 3.
Tag leads for installation.
1.
Pry floodlight lamp (1) away from floodlight housing (3). Disconnect leads (2) from floodlight
lamp and remove floodlight lamp.
2.
Remove nut (8), Iockwasher (6), and bolt (4).
body connector. Remove floodlight housing (3).
4-64
Disconnect electrical plug from ambulance
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-34.
FLOODLIGHT AND LAMP REPLACEMENT (M1010) (Con’t).
NOTE
Tag leads for installation.
3.
b.
From back of floodlight housing (3), press retainer clip together and remove 2 leads (2) as
required. Remove bolt (7) and mounting bracket (5) as required.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
If installing floodlight lamp (1), perform step 3.
If installing floodlight assembly, perform steps 1 and 2.
1.
Install mounting bracket (5) with bolt (7) if removed. From back of floodlight housing (3),
press retainer clip together and install 2 leads (2) if removed.
2.
Position floodlight housing (3) on mounting bracket (5). Connect electrical plug to ambulance
body connector. Install floodlight housing with bolt (4), new Iockwasher (6), and nut (8).
3.
Connect leads (2) to floodlight lamp (1). Install floodlight lamp in floodlight housing (3).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
Check operation of floodlight.
4-65
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-35.
INTERIOR FOCUS LIGHT, LAMP, AND SWITCH REPLACEMENT (M1010).
This task covers:
a.
Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
Materials/Parts
Two rivets
NOTE
If removing focus light lamp (3), perform step 1.
If removing focus light assembly, perform step 2.
If removing switch (4.1), perform steps 1, 3, and 4.
1.
Remove 4 screws (7) on switch plate
(2) and remove focus light housing
(4). Remove focus light lamp (3).
2.
Disconnect lead (1) from ambulance
body connector. Loosen setscrew (6)
and remove switch plate (2) from
mounting base (5).
3.
Disconnect orange and white terminal
wires from switch (4.1).
4.
Drill out 2 rivets (8) and remove switch
(4.1). Discard rivets.
INSTALLATION
b.
NOTE
If installing switch, perform steps 1, 2, and 4.
If installing focus light assembly, perform step 3.
If installing focus light lamp (3), perform step 4.
1.
Install switch (4.1) with 2 new rivets (8).
2.
Connect white wire to center terminal and orange wire to right terminal of switch (4.1).
3.
Install switch plate (2) onto mounting base (5) and tighten setscrew (6). Connect lead (1) to
ambulance body connector.
4.
Install focus light lamp (3). Install focus light housing (4) on switch plate (2) with 4 screws (7).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
Check operation of focus light.
TA701833
4-66
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-36.
SPOTLIGHT AND LAMP REPLACEMENT (M1010).
This task covers:
a. Removal
b.
Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Both battery negative cables disconnected. (See paragraph 4-38)
a.
REMOVAL
NOTE
If removing spotlight lamp (1), perform step 1.
If removing spotlight assembly, perform steps 2-4.
Tag leads for installation.
1.
Remove screw (8). Pull spotlight lamp (1) and bracket (9) assembly out and disconnect
spotlight housing (3) leads. Remove 4 clips (2) holding spotlight lamp to bracket. Remove
spotlight lamp.
TA49901
4-67
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-36.
SPOTLIGHT AND LAMP REPLACEMENT (M1010) (Con’t).
NOTE
Tag lead for installation.
2.
Disconnect lead from handle (6) to
roof.
3.
Loosen bolt (7) and remove handle
(6) .
NOTE
Retain mounting
installation.
4.
hardware for
Remove spotlight assembly (11) and
spacer
(15).
Unscrew
spotlight
housing (3) from shaft (4) as
required.
Remove 4 nuts (14),
washers (13), and bolts (10) to
remove spotlight bracket (5) and
gasket (12) as required.
NOTE
If installing spotlight assembly (11), perform steps 1-3.
If installing spotlight lamp (1), perform step 4.
1.
Install gasket (12) and spotlight bracket (5) on roof with 4 bolts (10), washers (13), and nuts
(14). Screw spotlight housing (3) onto shaft (4). Place spotlight assembly (11) through
spotlight bracket and gasket.
2.
Position spacer (15) and handle (6) on shaft (4). Tighten bolt (7) to install handle.
3.
Connect lead from handle (6) to roof.
4.
Install spotlight lamp (1) on bracket (9), with 4 clips (2). Connect spotlight housing (3) leads to
spotlight lamp. Install spotlight lamp and bracket assembly in spotlight housing with screw (8).
TA49902
4-68
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-36.
SPOTLIGHT AND LAMP REPLACEMENT (M1010) (Con’t).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
Check operation of spotlight.
TA49903
4-69/ (4-70 blank)
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section V. BATTERY SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
4-37.
BATTERY SYSTEM MAINTENANCE INDEX.
Paragraph
Number
4-38.
4-39.
4-40.
4-41.
4-42.
Procedures
Battery Cable Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery and Related Components Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Slave Receptacle Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trailer Electrical Receptacle Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Wiring Harness Block Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page
Number
4-72
4-79
4-84
4-88
4-89
4-71
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-38.
BATTERY CABLE MAINTENANCE.
This task covers:
a. Cable Disconnection
b. Inspection and Cleaning
c. Cable Removal
d. Cable Installation
e. Cable Connection
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
Two locknuts
TWO Iockwashers
Accessory wiring terminal board covers
removed. (See paragraph 4-46)
Manual References
TM 9-6140-200-14
General Safety Instructions
Always wear goggles and rubber gloves.
DO NOT perform battery system maintenance while smoking or near fire, flames, or sparks.
Remove all jewelry.
Rotate covers to underside of clamp as each cable is disconnected.
WARNING
Battery acid (electrolyte) is extremely dangerous. Always wear goggles
and rubber gloves when performing battery checks or inspections.
Serious injury to personnel will result if battery acid contacts skin or
eyes.
DO NOT perform battery system checks or inspections while smoking
or near fire, flames, or sparks. Batteries may explode, causing serious
injury or death to personnel.
Rotate covers to underside of clamps as each cable is disconnected.
Remove all jewelry such as dog tags, rings, bracelets, etc. If jewelry or
disconnected battery ground cable contacts battery terminal, a direct
short will result. Failure to follow proper disconnection procedures will
result in serious injury or death to personnel, or equipment damage.
a.
CABLE DISCONNECTION
NOTE
If truck is not equipped with winterization kits, perform steps 2-5.
If disconnecting negative cables, perform steps 2 and 3.
If disconnecting positive cables, perform steps 2-5.
1.
Loosen stud (27) and remove battery box cover (26).
2.
Slide back cover (23) from clamp (22) of negative cable (3). Loosen nut (21) and disconnect
negative cable from front battery (4) negative (-) terminal. Rotate cover to underside of
clamp.
4-72
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-38.
BATTERY CABLE MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
3.
Slide back cover (23) from clamp (22) of connector cable (9) at rear battery (19) negative (-)
terminal. Loosen nut (21) and disconnect connector cable. Rotate cover to underside of
clamp.
4.
Slide back cover (23) from clamp (22) of connector cable (9). Loosen nut (21) and
disconnect connector cable from front battery (4) positive (+) terminal. Rotate cover to
underside of clamp.
TA49904
4-73
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-38.
BATTERY CABLE MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
5.
Slide back cover (23) from clamp (22) of positive cable (11). Loosen nut (21) and disconnect
positive cable from rear battery (19) positive (+) terminal. Rotate cover to underside of clamp.
6.
Remove grommets (28) from any disconnected battery cable.
b.
1.
c.
INSPECTION AND CLEANING
See TM 9-6140-200-14.
CABLE REMOVAL
NOTE
If removing negative cable (3), perform steps 1-5.
If removing connector cable (9), perform steps 3, 6, and 7.
If removing positive cable (11), perform step 9.
Battery cables may be pulled through clips (5 and 13) and retainers (10
and 16), without removing clips or retainers. Remove as required.
1.
Remove front battery hold-down bracket. (See paragraph 4-39)
2.
Remove bolt (2), starwasher, and washer (1). Remove battery ground (25) and frame ground
lead, and position clear of battery terminals.
3.
Remove bolt (12) and clip (13) from negative cable (3), connector cable (9), and 2 slave
receptacle cables (24). Remove retaining nut (14) as required.
NOTE
Tag terminal stud for installation.
4.
Remove nut and Iockwasher from lower accessory wiring terminal board (15) stud and
disconnect negative cable (3). Discard Iockwasher.
5.
Remove retainer (10) from negative cable (3), starter lead (20), and 2 slave receptacle cables
(24). Remove 2 locknuts (6), clips (5), screws (8), and washers (7) from negative cable,
starter lead, and slave receptacle cables. Remove negative cable. Discard locknuts.
NOTE
Tag leads for installation.
6.
Remove nuts (18), leads, and connector cable (9) from engine wiring harness block (17).
7.
Remove 3 retainers (16) from connector cable (9) as required. Remove connector cable.
8.
Remove nut and Iockwasher from upper accessory wiring terminal board (15) stud and
disconnect positive cable (11). Remove positive cable. Discard Iockwasher.
4-74
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-38.
BATTERY CABLE MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
TA49905
4-75
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-38.
d.
BATTERY CABLE MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
CABLE INSTALLATION
NOTE
If installing positive cable (11), perform step 1.
If installing connector cable (9), perform steps 2 and 3.
If installing negative cable (3), perform steps 4-8.
1.
Install positive cable (11) on upper accessory wiring terminal board (15) stud with new
Iockwasher and nut.
2.
Install 3 retainers (16) on connector cable (9) if removed.
NOTE
DO NOT connect connector cable (9) to front battery (4) terminal if
hold-down bracket was removed.
3.
Install connector cable (9) and leads on engine wiring harness block (17) with nuts (18).
4.
Install 2 clips (5) on negative cable (3), starter lead (20), and slave receptacle cables (24)
with two screws (8), washers (7), and new locknuts (6) if removed. Install retainer (10) on
negative cable, starter lead, and slave receptacle cables if removed.
5.
Install negative cable (3) on lower accessory wiring terminal board (15) stud with new
Iockwasher and nut.
6.
Install retaining nut (14) if removed. Install clip (13) on connector cable (9), negative cable
(3), and slave receptacle cables (24). Install clip with bolt (12) if removed.
7.
Install starwasher, frame ground lead, and battery ground (25) with washer (1) and bolt (2).
8.
Install front battery hold-down bracket. (See paragraph 4-39)
e.
CABLE CONNECTION
NOTE
If truck is not equipped with winterization kits, perform steps 2-5.
If installing positive cables, perform steps 2-5.
If installing negative cables, perform steps 4 and 5.
1.
Install grommets (28) on any disconnected battery cable. Fit grommets into battery box
notches as required.
2.
Install positive cable (11) clamp (22) on rear battery (19) positive (+) terminal. Tighten nut
(21) and slide cover (23) over clamp.
3.
Install connector cable (9) clamp (22) on front battery (4) positive (+) terminal. Tighten nut
(21) and slide cover (23) over clamp.
4-76
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-38.
BATTERY CABLE MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
TA49906
4-77
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-38.
BATTERY CABLE MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
4.
Install connector cable (9) clamp (22) on rear battery (19) negative (-) terminal. Tighten nut
(21) and slide cover (23) over clamp.
5.
Install negative cable (3) clamp (22) on front battery (4) negative (-) terminal. Tighten nut
(21) and slide cover (23) over clamp.
6.
Install battery box cover (26) and tighten stud (27).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Install accessory wiring terminal board covers. (See paragraph 4-46)
TA49907
4-78
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-39.
BATTERY AND RELATED COMPONENTS MAINTENANCE.
This task covers:
a. Inspection and Servicing
b. Removal
c. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
Battery cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
Grease (Item 26, Appendix C)
Chalk (Item 9, Appendix C)
Tools/Test Equipment
Manual References
Torque wrench
TM 9-6140-200-14
General Safety Instructions
Always wear goggles and rubber gloves.
DO NOT perform battery system maintenance while smoking or near fire, flames, or sparks.
Remove all jewelry.
WARNING
Battery acid (electrolyte) is extremely dangerous. Always wear goggles
and rubber gloves when performing battery checks or inspections.
Serious injury to personnel will result if battery acid contacts skin or
eyes.
DO NOT perform battery system checks or inspections while smoking
or near fire, flames, or sparks. Batteries may explode, causing serious
injury or death to personnel.
Remove all jewelry such as dog tags, rings, bracelets, etc. If jewelry or
disconnected battery ground cable contacts battery terminal, a direct
short will result, causing serious injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
If truck is not equipped with winterization kits, perform steps 2-9.
If truck is equipped with maintenance free batteries, perform steps 1-4
and steps 6-9.
If truck is equipped with military-type 6TN batteries, perform steps 6-9.
4-79
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-39.
BATTERY AND RELATED COMPONENTS MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
1.
Remove 2 nuts (2) and battery
retainer (1) from hook bolts (4).
2.
Check charge indicators (5) on top of
batteries.
3.
if indicator (5) shows a green dot,
battery is okay.
WARNING
DO NOT charge, test, or slave start battery when built-in hydrometer
shows clear or light yellow. An explosion may occur causing serious injury
or death to personnel.
4.
If indicator (5) appears dark with no green dot, recharge and test battery.
TM 9-6140-200-14)
5.
If indicator (5) shows a clear or light yellow dot, replace battery.
6.
Remove battery caps and check electrolyte level. If level is low, notify your supervisor.
7.
Check specific gravity. (See TM 9-6140-200-14)
8.
Visually check for corrosion and damage.
9.
If corroded, clean battery posts and cable connections with wire brush and soda solution, and
lightly coat battery posts with grease. If damaged, replace as required.
(See
TA49908
4-80
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-39.
BATTERY AND RELATED COMPONENTS MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
b. REMOVAL
NOTE
Batteries in trucks with winterization kits are removed from battery box
instead of battery tray.
Battery supports and trays are factory-installed with hex nuts and body
studs instead of bolts (7) and mounting nuts (8). Replace hex nuts and
body studs with bolts and mounting nuts if damaged.
If removing front battery, perform step 1.
If removing front battery tray and supports, perform steps 1-3.
If removing rear battery, perform step 4.
If removing rear battery tray and supports, perform steps 4-6.
If replacing maintenance-free battery with 6TN battery, support rods
must be repositioned to outboard threaded holes.
1.
Remove 2 bolts (7) and nuts (8). Remove front battery hold-down bracket (9). Remove front
battery.
Change 2
4-81
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-39.
BATTERY AND RELATED COMPONENTS MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
2.
Remove 2 support rods (24). Remove 2 nuts (25), support (6), and reinforcement bracket (23)
as required.
3.
Remove 2 nuts (21), 4 bolts (20), and front battery tray and support (22).
4.
Remove 3 nuts (13), bolt (12), and rear battery hold-down bracket (14) and support (11)
assembly. Remove 2 nuts (10), and separate rear battery hold-down bracket and support.
5.
Remove rear battery. Remove 2 support rods (15). Remove mounting nut (16) as required.
6.
Remove 2 nuts (18), 4 bolts (19), and rear battery tray and support (17).
TA49910
4-82
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-39.
c.
BATTERY AND RELATED COMPONENTS MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
INSTALLATION
NOTE
Batteries in trucks with winterization kits are installed in battery box (3)
instead of battery tray. If truck is not equipped with winterization kits,
perform steps 1-6.
If installing rear battery tray and supports (11 and 17), perform steps 1
and 2.
If installing rear battery, perform steps 1-3.
If installing front battery tray and supports (6 and 22), perform steps 4-6.
If installing front battery, perform step 6.
1.
Install rear battery tray and support (17) with 4 bolts (19) and 2 nuts (18).
NOTE
If replacing maintenance-free battery with 6TN battery, support rods must
be installed in outboard threaded holes.
2.
Install mounting nut (16) if removed. Install short threaded end of 2 support rods (15) on rear
battery tray and support (17).
NOTE
Negative (-) terminal should face toward front of truck.
3.
Position rear battery on rear battery tray and support (17) on battery box (3). Install support (11)
on rear battery hold-down bracket (14) with 2 nuts (10). Install rear battery hold-down bracket
and support (11) assembly with 3 nuts (13) and bolt (12).
4.
Install front battery tray and support (22) with 4 bolts (20) and 2 nuts (21).
NOTE
If replacing maintenance-free battery with 6TN battery, support rods must
be installed in outboard threaded holes.
5.
Mount reinforcement bracket (23) in fender, if removed. Install support (6) on reinforcement
bracket with 2 nuts (25), if removed. Install short threaded end of 2 support rods (24) on front
battery tray and support (22).
NOTE
Negative (-) terminal should face toward right side of truck.
6.
Position front battery on front battery tray and support (22) or battery box (3). Install front battery
hold-down bracket (9) with 2 nuts (8) and bolts (7).
7.
Install battery retainer (1) on hook bolts (4) with 2 nuts (2). Tighten nuts to 40-60 lb.-in.
(5-7 N•m).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Connect battery cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
Change 2
4-83
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-40.
SLAVE RECEPTACLE REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a.
b. Installation
Removal
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
Radiator grille removed. (See paragraph 10-2)
Retainers and clips removed from cables,
as required, if replacing cables.
(See paragraph 4-38)
Materials/Parts
Two Iockwashers
NOTE
If removing slave receptacle cables (6 and 20), perform steps 1 and 2.
If removing slave receptacle (17), perform steps 2 and 4-8.
Tag terminal studs and both ends of slave receptacle cables (6 and 20)
for-installation.
1.
Loosen nuts (4) and remove accessory wiring terminal board covers (1). Remove 2 nuts and
Iockwashers from accessory wiring terminal board studs (2 and 3). Disconnect positive cable
(6) from stud (2). Disconnect negative cable (20) from stud (3). Discard Iockwashers.
2.
Remove 2 screws (13) and washers
(12), and disconnect cables (6 and
20) .
3.
Pull slave receptacle cables (6 and
20) through slave receptacle bracket
(8) and grommet (5). Replace
grommet if damaged.
4.
Remove 4 nuts (11) and bolts (19).
Remove cover (18) from slave
receptacle (17) as required.
5.
Remove slave receptacle (17) and 2
spacers (10).
6.
Remove 2 screws (16), screws (9),
and “U” nuts (7).
7.
Remove slave receptacle bracket
grommet (15) if
Replace
(8) .
damaged.
8.
Remove 2 mounting nuts (14) if
damaged.
4-84
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-40.
SLAVE RECEPTACLE REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
NOTE
If installing slave receptacle (17), perform steps 1-7.
If installing slave receptacle cables (6 and 20), perform steps 6-8.
1.
Install 2
removed.
mounting
nuts
(14)
if
2.
Install
grommet
(15)
in
slave
receptacle bracket (8) if removed.
3.
Install slave receptacle bracket (8)
with 2 “U“ nuts (7), screws (9), and
screws (16).
4.
Install cover (18) on slave receptacle
(17) if removed.
NOTE
Ensure that 1 bolt (19) is installed through slave receptacle cover (18)
retainer cord.
5.
Install slave receptacle (17) and 2 spacers (10) with 4 bolts (19) and nuts (11).
TA49912
4-85
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-40.
SLAVE RECEPTACLE REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
6.
Install grommet (5) if removed.
7.
Push cables (6 and 20) through
grommet (5) and slave receptacle
bracket (8), and install on slave
receptacle (17) with 2 washers (12)
and screws (13).
8.
Connect negative cable (20) to stud
(3). Connect positive cable (6) to
stud (2). Install 2 new Iockwashers
and nuts. Install accessory wiring
terminal board covers (1) and tighten
nuts (4).
4-86
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-40.
SLAVE RECEPTACLE REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Install retainers and clips on cables if removed. (See paragraph 4-38)
Install radiator grille. (See paragraph 10-2)
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
4-87
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-41.
TRAILER ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLE REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a.
Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Both battery negative cables disconnected. (See paragraph 4-38)
1.
Remove 4 nuts (7), washers (6), and bolts (5), and remove trailer electrical receptacle door
(4). Unplug trailer electrical receptacle (1) from wiring harness (2) and remove.
1.
Place trailer electrical receptacle (1) through bumper (3) and connect to wiring harness (2).
Aline trailer electrical receptacle holes with holes in bumper. Install trailer electrical receptacle
door (4) and trailer electrical receptacle with 4 bolts (5), washers (6), and nuts (7).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
TA49914
4-88
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-42.
ENGINE WIRING HARNESS BLOCK REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b.
Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Both battery negative cables disconnected. (See paragraph 4-38)
NOTE
Tag leads for installation.
1.
Remove nut (1), nut (2), and 4 leads
(3). Remove 2 bolts (4
wiring harness block (5)
1.
Install engine wiring barn
with 2 bolts (4). Install
with nut (2) and nut (1)
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
C o n n e c t both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
TA49915
4-89/(4-90 blank)
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section VI. COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
4-43.
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM MAINTENANCE INDEX.
Paragraph
Number
4-44.
4-45.
4-46.
4-47.
4-48.
Procedures
Resistor and Bracket Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Radio Feed Harness Replacement (All Except M1010) . . . . . . . . .
Accessory Wiring Terminal Board and
Radio Terminal Board Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Radio Mounting Bracket Replacement (M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junction Box and Communications Rack Replacement . . . . . . . . .
Page
Number
4-92
4-94
4-98
4-102
4-104
4-91
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-44.
RESISTOR AND BRACKET REPLACEMENT.
a. Removal
This task covers:
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts
Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
Air cleaner removed. (See paragraph 3-9)
a.
Three Iockwashers
REMOVAL
NOTE
If removing resistors (7), perform steps 4-6.
1.
Loosen 2 nuts (16) and remove accessory wiring terminal board cover (1).
NOTE
Tag both ends of leads (5 and 9) and terminal for installation.
2.
Remove nut (2) and starwasher (3), and disconnect lead (5) from accessory wiring terminal
board (4).
3.
Remove nut and washer, and disconnect lead (9) from glow plug relay (13).
4.
Remove 3 bolts (15) and Iockwashers (14), and remove bracket and resistor assembly (6).
5.
Remove 4 nuts (10) and bolts (12), and separate resistor (7) assembly from bracket (6).
6.
Remove 2 nuts (8) and screws (11), and separate 2 resistors (7) from lead (5) and lead (9).
b.
INSTALLATION
1.
Assemble 2 resistors (7), lead (5), and lead (9) with 2 screws (11) and nuts (8).
2.
Attach resistor (7) assembly to bracket (6) with 4 bolts (12) and nuts (10).
3.
Install bracket and resistor assembly (6) with 3 new Iockwashers (14) and bolts (15).
4.
Connect lead (9) to glow plug relay (13) with nut and washer.
5.
Connect lead (5) to accessory wiring terminal board (4) with starwasher (3) and nut (2).
6.
Position accessory wiring terminal board cover (1) and tighten 2 nuts (16).
4-92
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-44.
RESISTOR AND BRACKET REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Install air cleaner. (See paragraph 3-9)
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
TA49916
4-93
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-45.
RADIO FEED HARNESS REPLACEMENT (ALL EXCEPT M1010).
a. Removal
This task covers:
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
Radio feed leads disconnected from accessory
wiring terminal board and radio terminal board
(M1009). (See paragraph 4-46)
Cargo compartment floor panel insulators
removed if equipped with winterization kits.
(See paragraph 11-28 or 11-31)
Two rivets
Eleven straps
(winterization kit heaters only)
NOTE
If removing radio feed harness (2) from all except M1009, perform
steps 1-5 and steps 7-11.
If removing radio feed harness (2) from M1009, perform steps 2,
5 through 8, 10, and 11.
Step 1 only applies to M1008A1 equipped with winterization kit cargo
compartment heater.
Tag all leads and terminals for installation.
1.
Remove 11 straps from radio feed harness (2) and winterization kit cargo compartment heater
wiring harness. Discard straps.
NOTE
M1009 clip (7) is attached to stud with nut.
2.
Remove screw (14) or nut and clip (7) from radio feed harness (2).
3.
Remove screw (12) and clip (13) from wiring harness (2).
4.
Remove nut (11), washer (10), screw (16), and clip (15).
5.
Remove screws (6) and clips (8).
6.
Pull floor mat and pad away from passenger compartment floor.
7.
Remove screw (4) and clip (3).
NOTE
Only M1009 radio feed harness grommet (5) uses rivets (1).
8.
4-94
Remove 2 rivets (1) from grommet (5). Discard rivets.
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-45.
RADIO FEED HARNESS REPLACEMENT (ALL EXCEPT M1010) (Con’t).
TA49917
4-95
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-45.
4-96
RADIO FEED HARNESS REPLACEMENT (ALL EXCEPT M1010) (Con’t).
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-45.
RADIO FEED HARNESS REPLACEMENT (ALL EXCEPT M1010) (Con’t).
9.
Disconnect radio feed harness (2) from junction box (9).
10.
Remove radio feed harness (2) through cargo body floor.
11.
Remove grommet (5) from radio feed harness (2).
b.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
If installing radio feed harness (2) on M1009, perform steps 1, 2,
4 through 7, 10, and 11.
If installing radio feed harness (2) on all except M1009, perform steps
1-5 and steps 7-11.
1.
Install grommet (5) on radio feed harness (2).
2.
Push radio feed harness (2) through cargo body floor.
3.
Connect radio feed harness (2) to junction box (9).
NOTE
Only M1009 radio feed harness grommet (5) uses rivets (1).
4.
Install grommet (5) with 2 new rivets (1).
5.
Install clip (3) with screw (4).
6.
Install floor mat and pad into place on passenger compartment floor.
7.
Install clips (8) with screws (6).
8.
Install clip (15) with screw (16), washer (10), and nut (11).
9.
Install clip (13) with screw (12).
NOTE
M1009 clip (7) is attached to stud with nut.
10.
Install clip (7) with nut or screw (14).
NOTE
Step 11 only applies to M1008A1 equipped with winterization kit cargo
compartment heater.
11.
Install 11 new straps around winterization kit cargo compartment heater wiring harness and
radio feed harness (2).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Install cargo compartment floor panel insulators if removed. (See paragraph 11-28 or 11-31)
Install radio feed leads. (See paragraph 4-46)
Check operation of radio.
4-97
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-46.
ACCESSORY WIRING TERMINAL BOARD AND RADIO TERMINAL BOARD
REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
a.
Materials/Parts
Ten Iockwashers
REMOVAL
NOTE
Procedures for removing accessory wiring terminal board and radio
terminal board are similar.
If removing accessory wiring terminal board (5 or 19), perform steps
1-4 and steps 6-8.
If removing radio terminal board (5 or 19), perform steps 1-3, 5, 6, 9,
and 10.
1.
4-98
Loosen nuts (11) and remove terminal board covers (10 or 12) as required.
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-46.
ACCESSORY WIRING TERMINAL BOARD AND RADIO TERMINAL BOARD
REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
2.
Remove snaprings (13) holding nuts (11) in place and remove nuts if damaged.
3.
Remove nuts (9 or 15) and Iockwashers (7 or 16) as required. Discard Iockwashers.
NOTE
Tag leads and terminals for installation.
4.
Disconnect leads from positive terminal board (5) and negative terminal board (19) as
required. Remove connectors (6 and 17) and capacitor (22) as required.
NOTE
Tag leads and terminals for installation.
5.
Disconnect radio feed wiring harness (14) leads from upper terminal board (5) and lower
terminal board (19). Remove connectors (6 and 17) as required.
6.
Remove 2 bolts (20) and remove bracket (4) assembly.
7.
Remove 6 bolts (2) and nuts (8), and remove positive accessory wiring terminal board (5).
TA49920
4-99
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-46.
ACCESSORY WIRING TERMINAL BOARD AND RADIO TERMINAL BOARD
REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
8.
Remove 4 bolts (21) and nuts (18), and remove negative accessory wiring terminal board
(19).
9.
Remove 2 bolts (2), washers (3), and nuts (8), and remove upper radio terminal board (5).
10,
Remove 2 bolts (21), washers (1), and nuts (18), and remove lower radio terminal board (19).
NOTE
Procedures for installing accessory wiring terminal board and radio
terminal board are similar.
If installing radio terminal board (5 or 19), perform steps 1, 2,
5 through 7, and 10 through 12.
If installing accessory wiring terminal board (5 or 19), perform
steps 3-5 and steps 8-12.
1.
Install lower radio terminal board (19) with 2 nuts (18), bolts (21), and washers (1).
2.
Install upper radio terminal board (5) with 2 nuts (8), bolts (2), and washers (3).
TA49921
4-100
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-46. ACCESSORY WIRING TERMINAL BOARD AND RADIO TERMINAL BOARD
REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
3.
Install negative accessory wiring terminal board (19) with 4 nuts (18) and bolts (21).
4.
Install positive accessory wiring terminal board (5) with 6 nuts (8) and bolts (2).
5.
Install bracket (4) assembly with 2 bolts (20).
6.
Position connectors (6 and 17) if removed.
7.
Connect radio feed wiring harness (14) leads to upper terminal board (5) and lower terminal
board (19).
8.
Position 2 connectors (6 and 17) and capacitor (22) if removed.
9.
Connect leads to positive terminal board (5) and negative terminal board (19) if removed.
10.
Install new Iockwashers (7 or 16) and nuts (9 or 15) if removed.
11.
Install nuts (11) on terminal board covers (10 or 12) with snaprings (13) if removed.
12.
Install terminal board covers (10 or 12) by tightening nuts (11).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
Check operation of radio if radio terminal board was replaced.
TA49922
4-101
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-47.
RADIO MOUNTING BRACKET REPLACEMENT (M1009).
a.
This task covers:
Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts
Communications equipment removed.
(See appropriate TM)
a.
Six Iockwashers
REMOVAL
NOTE
If removing braces (6), perform steps 1 and 2.
If removing radio mounting bracket (1), perform steps 2 and 3.
1.
Remove 3 bolts (7) and Iockwashers (8). Discard Iockwashers.
2.
Remove 3 bolts (3), lockwashers (2), and braces (6) as required. Discard Iockwashers.
3.
Remove 3 bolts (5) and washers (4), and remove radio mounting bracket (1).
b. INSTALLATION
CAUTION
Ensure that rear passenger seat is pushed to its most rearward position
before installing radio mounting bracket (1). Rack corner and edge of
platform could damage seatback.
NOTE
If installing radio mounting bracket (1), perform steps 1 and 2.
If installing braces (6), perform steps 2 and 3.
1.
Install radio mounting bracket (1) with 3 washers (4) and bolts (5).
NOTE
Ensure that longest brace (6) is installed toward front of truck and shortest
brace is installed toward rear of truck.
2.
Install 3 braces (6) on radio mounting bracket (1) with 3 new Iockwashers (2) and bolts (3).
3.
Install 3 new Iockwashers (8) and bolts (7) on 3 braces (6) and mounting brackets (9).
4-102
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-47.
RADIO MOUNTING BRACKET REPLACEMENT (M1009) (Con’t).
.
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Install communications equipment. (See appropriate TM)
TA49923
4-103
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-48.
JUNCTION BOX AND COMMUNICATIONS RACK REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a.
Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts
Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
Nine Iockwashers
Personnel Required
MOS 63B ( 2 )
a
REMOVAL
NOTE
Only M1008A1 trucks have communications racks (14).
If removing junction box (4), perform steps 1 and 2.
If removing
3 through 6.
communications rack (14), perform steps 1 and
1.
Disconnect radio feed harness (2) from junction box (4).
2.
Remove 4 screws (3), strap (5), and 4 Iockwashers (1). Discard Iockwashers. Remove
junction box (4).
TA49924
4-104
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-48.
3.
JUNCTION BOX AND COMMUNICATIONS RACK REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
Remove nut (6), 2 Iockwashers (7), Iockwashers (8), and screw (9). Remove nut (17), screw
(13), Iockwasher (12), and strap (10). Discard lockwashers.
NOTE
Support reinforcement brackets (16) under cargo bed during removal.
4.
Remove 12 bolts (11) and 2 reinforcement brackets (16).
NOTE
Step 5 only applies to trucks equipped with winterization kit cargo
compartment heater.
5.
Remove cargo compartment heater. (See paragraph 11-21)
6.
Remove communications rack (14) and bracket (15).
TA49925
4-105
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-48.
JUNCTION BOX AND COMMUNICATIONS RACK REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
NOTE
If installing communications rack (14), perform steps 1-4, and 6.
If installing junction box (4), perform steps 5 and 6.
1.
Position bracket (15) and communications rack (14).
NOTE
Step 2 only applies to trucks equipped with winterization
compartment heater.
2.
kit cargo
Install cargo compartment heater. (See paragraph 11-21)
TA49926
4-106
TM 9-2320-289-20
4-48.
JUNCTION BOX AND COMMUNICATIONS RACK REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
NOTE
Support reinforcement brackets (16) under cargo bed during installation.
3.
Install 2 reinforcement brackets (16) with 12 bolts (11).
4.
Install strap (10) on cargo bed with new Iockwasher (12), screw (13), and nut (17). Install
strap on communications rack (14) with 2 new Iockwashers (8), new lockwashers (7), screw
(9), and nut (6).
5.
Install junction box (4) and strap (5) with 4 new Iockwashers (1) and screws (3).
6.
Connect radio feed harness (2) to junction box (4).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
TA49927
4-107/(4-108 blank)
TM 9-2320-289-20
TRANSMISSION
5-1.
5-4.
5-5.
5-6.
MAINTENANCE
TRANSMISSION AND TRANSFER CASE MAINTENANCE INDEX.
Paragraph
Number
5-2.
5-2.1
5-3.
CHAPTER 5
AND TRANSFER CASE
Page
Number
Procedures
Transmission Filter Assembly Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TransmissionVacuum Lines Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transfer Case Plate and Boot Replacement
(M1028A1, M1028A2, and M1031). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transfer Case Bezel and Boot Replacement
(All Except M1028A1, M1028A2, and M1031) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transfer Case Linkage and Control Lever Replacement
(M1028A1, M1028A2, and M1031). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transfer Case Linkage and Control Lever Assembly
Maintenance (All Except M1028A1, M1028A2, and M1031) . . . . .
Change 2
5-2
5-5.0
5-6
5-7
5-8
5-10
5-1
TM 9-2320-289-20
5-2.
TRANSMISSION FILTER ASSEMBLY MAINTENANCE.
a. Removal
b. Cleaning
This task covers:
c.
Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Tools/Test Equipment
One seal
One transmission filter assembly with screen
grommet
One transmission oil pan gasket
Dry cleaning solvent (Item 15, Appendix C)
Hydraulic fluid (Item 28, Appendix C)
RTV sealant (Item 41, Appendix C)
Torque wrench
Manual References
LO 9-2320-289-12
General Safety Instructions
Always wear goggles when working on underside of truck.
Compressed air used for cleaning purposes will not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa).
Dry cleaning solvent is flammable and must not be used near open flame. Use only in a
well-ventilated area.
WARNING
Always wear goggles when working on underside of truck. Hydraulic fluid
spillage can occur when removing transmission oil pan. Failure to follow
this warning may result in serious eye injury.
1.
Place drain pan under transmission oil
pan (2).
NOTE
Steps 2 and 3 only apply to trucks
equipped with winterization kits.
2.
Remove 2 bolts (1) and disconnect
heat exchange pipe (6) from front of
transmission oil pan (2).
3.
Loosen clamp (3) and disconnect rear
exhaust pipe (4) from transmission oil
pan (2).
4.
side
front
Remove 10
and
transmission oil pan screws (5).
Loosen 3 rear transmission oil pan
screws (5) about 4 turns.
5-2
TA49632
TM 9-2320-289-20
5-2.
5.
TRANSMISSION FILTER ASSEMBLY MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
Carefully pry front of transmission oil
pan (2) loose and allow hydraulic fluid
to drain into drain pan.
NOTE
Transmission oil pans (2) with a
ridged lip will have a transmission oil pan gasket (11).
Transmission oil pans (2) with a
flat lip will have RTV sealant.
6.
Remove 3 rear transmission oil pan
screws (5), transmission oil pan (2),
magnet (12), and transmission oil
pan gasket (11) if present. Discard
gasket if present.
7.
Remove bolt (10) and remove
transmission oil filter assembly (9),
spacer (8), and screen grommet
(13). Discard filter assembly and
screen grommet.
8.
Remove intake pipe (14) and seal
(7). Discard seal.
TA49633
5-3
TM 9-2320-289-20
5-2.
TRANSMISSION FILTER ASSEMBLY MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
WARNING
Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 is toxic and flammable. Alwavs wear
protective goggles and gloves and use only in a well-ventilated area.
Avoid contact with skin, eyes, and clothes and DO NOT breathe vapors.
DO NOT use near open flame or excessive heat. The solvent’s flash
point is 100°F-138°F (38°C-59°C). If you become dizzy while using
cleaning solvent, immediately get fresh air and medical help. If solvent
contacts eyes, immediately wash your eyes with water and get medical
aid.
Compressed air used for cleaning purposes will not exceed 30 psi
(207 kPa). Use only effective chip guarding and personnel protective
equipment (goggles/shield, gloves). Failure to follow this warning may
result in serious injury to personnel.
1.
Clean old RTV sealant or old
transmission oil pan gasket (11) from
lip of transmission oil pan (2) and
from transmission housing with dry
cleaning solvent. Thoroughly dry with
compressed air.
NOTE
When cleaning
magnet (12),
ensure that all metal filings are
removed.
2.
Clean transmission oil pan (2) and
magnet (12) with dry cleaning
solvent.
Thoroughly
with
dry
compressed air.
1.
Install screen grommet (13) into neck
of transmission oil filter assembly (8).
NOTE
Note markings on intake pipe (14)
and ensure that it is installed
properly. One end is marked
“FILTER” and other end is marked
“CASE.“
2.
5-4
Install new seal (7) and intake pipe
(14) into transmission
oil filter
assembly (9).
TM 9-2320-289-20
5-2.
3.
TRANSMISSION FILTER ASSEMBLY MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
Install new transmission oil filter assembly (9), spacer (8), new screen grommet (13), intake
pipe (14), and seal (7) into transmission housing with bolt (10), ensuring that locating tab is
alined. Tighten bolt to 125-160 lb.-in. (14–18 N•m).
NOTE
If installing a new transmission oil pan gasket (11) with transmission oil
pan (2), perform steps 4 and 6 through 12.
If applying RTV sealant or installing a new transmission oit pan, perform
steps 5-12.
4.
Install new transmission oil pan gasket (11) on lip of transmission oil pan (2) and aline with
screw holes.
NOTE
Transmission oil pan (1) must be clean and dry before applying RTV
sealant.
5.
Apply a 3/16 in. (4.7 mm) bead of RTV sealant around lip of transmission oil pan (2).
6.
Install magnet (12) into transmission oil pan (2).
7.
Install transmission oil pan (2) with 13 transmission oil pan screws (5). Evenly tighten screws to
125-160 lb.-in. (14-18 N•m).
NOTE
Steps 8 and 9 only apply to trucks equipped with winterization kits.
8.
Install
clamp
pan
75-95
rear exhaust pipe (4) and
(3) to rear of transmission oil
(2) .
Tighten
clamp to
lb.-in. (9-11 N•m).
9.
Install heat exchange pipe (6) to front
of transmission oil pan (2) using 2
(1).
bolts
Tighten
bolts
to
25-30 lb.-in. (2-3 N•m).
10.
Fill transmission with hydraulic fluid.
(See LO 9-2320-289-12)
11.
With engine idling, and with parking
brake
set,
move
transmission
gearshift lever through all gear
positions, then return it to “P“ (Park).
Check hydraulic fluid level and add as
required.
12.
Check transmission oil pan (2) for
leaks.
TA49635
5-5
TM 9-2320-289-20
5-2.1.
TRANSMISSION VACUUM LINES REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a.
Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Conditions
Both battery negative cables disconnected. (See paragraph 4-38)
Air cleaner removed. (See paragraph 3-9)
1.
Disconnect hose (8) from vacuum modulator assembly (7).
2.
Remove clip (10) from fill tube assembly (9) and vacuum pipe (5).
3.
Remove 2 nuts (1) from valve cover studs (3).
4.
Remove 3 nuts securing crankcase depression regulator valve (CDRV) assembly (4) mounting
bracket to valve cover and intake manifold. Move CDRV assembly free of vacuum pipe (5).
TA701834
5-5.0
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
5-2.1.
TRANSMISSION VACUUM LINES REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
5.
Remove 3 bolts (11) and fuel filter
assembly (12) mounting bracket from
bulkhead.
6.
Remove drain pipe (13) from fuel filter
assembly (12).
7.
Place fuel filter assembly (12) on
engine free of vacuum pipe (5).
8.
Disconnect vacuum pipe (5) from 2
hoses (6 and 8) and remove vacuum
pipe. Remove 2 clips (2) from vacuum
pipe.
b.
INSTALLATION
1.
From engine compartment, install
vacuum pipe (5).
2.
Install 2 hoses (6 and 8) to vacuum
pipe (5).
3.
Install 2 clips (2) to vacuum pipe (5). Install 2 clips to valve cover studs (3) with 2 nuts (1).
4.
Install CDRV assembly (4) mounting bracket to valve cover and intake manifold with 3 nuts.
5.
Install drain pipe (13) to fuel filter assembly (12).
6.
Install fuel filter assembly (12) to bulkhead with 3 bolts (11).
7.
Install clip (10) to fill tube assembly (9) and vacuum pipe (5).
8.
Connect hose (8) to vacuum modulator assembly (7).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Install air cleaner if removed. (See paragraph 3-9)
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
Check hydraulic fluid level. (See LO 9-2320-289-12)
TA701835
Change 2
5-5.1
TM 9-2320-289-20
5-3.
TRANSFER CASE PLATE AND BOOT REPLACEMENT (M1028A1 AND M1031).
This task covers:
a.
Removal
1.
Loosen locknut (3) and remove knob
(2) leaving locknut installed on
control lever (5).
2.
Remove 4 screws (1) and remove
plate (4).
3.
Remove 4 screws (8), and remove
retainer (6) and boot (7).
b. INSTALLATION
1.
Install boot (7) and retainer (6) over
control lever (5) with 4 screws (8).
2.
Install plate (4) over retainer (6) with
4 screws (1).
3.
Install knob (2) onto control lever (5)
and tighten locknut (3).
5-6
b. Installation
TM 9-2320-289-20
5-4.
TRANSFER CASE BEZEL AND BOOT REPLACEMENT (ALL EXCEPT M1028A1
AND M1031).
a. Removal
This task covers:
b. Installation
a. REMOVAL
1.
Remove knob (1).
2.
Pry off and remove
(2) .
3.
Slide boot assembly
lever assembly (8).
4.
Remove 4 screws (5) and bezel
assembly (7).
NOTE
When installing bezel assembly
(7), lever assembly (8) must pass
through bezel’s central slot (4).
1.
Install bezel assembly (7) onto
housing (6) with 4 screws (5).
2.
Install boot assembly (3) over control
lever assembly (8).
3.
Snap retaining plate (2) over boot
assembly (3) and bezel assembly
(7) .
4.
Install knob (1).
TA49637
5-7
TM 9-2320-289-20
5-5.
TRANSFER CASE LINKAGE AND CONTROL LEVER REPLACEMENT (M1028A1
AND M1031).
c. Installation
a. Removal
b. Inspection
This task covers:
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts
Transfer case plate and boot removed
(if removing control lever).
(See paragraph 5-3)
Two spring washers
Two cotter pins
NOTE
If removing transfer case linkage, perform steps 1 and 2.
1.
Remove 2 cotter pins (4), washers (9), and spring washers (10) from selector rod (1). Discard
cotter pins and spring washers.
2.
Remove selector rod (1) from link (11) and control lever (2). Remove grommet (12) and
discard if damaged.
3.
Remove fitting (7), pivot bolt (8), and 3 washers (5) from control lever (2).
4.
Remove control lever (2) from transfer case (6).
5.
Count threads where jam nut (3) rests on threaded end of control lever (2) and tag for
installation. Remove jam nut and retain for later use.
b.
INSPECTION
1.
Inspect selector rod (1) for breaks, bends, corrosion, or other signs of wear. Replace as
required.
2.
Inspect all other components for cracks, corrosion, or other signs of wear. Replace as
required.
NOTE
If installing transfer case linkage, perform steps 3 and 4.
1.
Install jam nut (3) on threaded end of control lever (2), leaving same number of threads
showing as when removed.
2.
Install control lever (2), 3 washers (5), pivot bolt (8) and fitting (7).
5-8
TM 9-2320-289-20
5-5.
TRANSFER CASE LINKAGE AND CONTROL LEVER REPLACEMENT (M1028A1
AND M1031) (Con’t).
3.
If removed, install new grommet (12) into link (11).
4.
Install selector rod (1) into link (11) and control lever (2), with 2 new spring washers (10),
washers (9), and new cotter pins (4).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
If control lever was replaced, install transfer case plate and boot. (See paragraph 5-3)
TA49638
5-9
TM 9-2320-289-20
5-6.
TRANSFER CASE LINKAGE AND CONTROL LEVER ASSEMBLY
MAINTENANCE (ALL EXCEPT M1028A1 AND M1031).
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
c. Adjustment
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
• Transfer case bezel and boot removed
(if removing control lever).
(See paragraph 5-4)
• Two locknuts
• One Iockwasher
• Three cotter pins
General Safety Instructions
• Always wear goggles when working on underside of truck.
WARNING
Always wear goggles when working on underside of truck, Failure to follow
this warning may result in serious eye injury.
NOTE
If removing control lever assembly, perform steps 1-5.
If removing transfer case linkage, perform steps 1 and 6 through 8.
1.
Remove cotter pin (13) and washer (12) at actuator lever (9). Discard cotter pin.
2.
Remove 8 bolts (4) and washers (5) at guide (3) and housing (11). Remove guide and housing
with assembled control lever assembly from truck. Remove seal (19).
3.
Remove nut (14), washer (15), and bushing (16) securing actuator lever (9) to housing (11),
4.
Remove 2 bolts (10) and locknuts (17), and remove actuator lever (9) from fork (7) and
housing (11). Discard locknuts.
5.
Remove cotter pin (18), washer (1), and pin (8) and remove control lever (2), spring (6), and
fork (7). Discard cotter pin,
6.
Place operating lever (20) into “4L” position. Remove cotter pin (22), washer (21), and rod
(29) from operating lever. Remove grommet (31 ) and discard if damaged. Discard cotter pin.
7.
Remove nut (25), swivel (26), and nut (27) from rod (29). Remove grommet (24) if worn or
damaged.
8.
Remove nut (30), Iockwasher (28), and operating lever (20) from transfer case (23) as
required. Discard Iockwasher.
5-10
TM 9-2320-289-20
5-6.
TRANSFER CASE LINKAGE AND CONTROL LEVER ASSEMBLY
MAINTENANCE (ALL EXCEPT M1028A1 AND M1031) (Con’t).
TA49639
5-11
TM 9-2320-289-20
5-6.
b.
TRANSFER CASE LINKAGE AND CONTROL LEVER ASSEMBLY
MAINTENANCE (ALL EXCEPT M1028A1 AND M1031) (Con’t).
INSTALLATION
WARNING
Always wear goggles when working on underside of truck. Failure to follow
this warning may result in serious eye injury.
NOTE
• If installing control lever assembly, perform steps 1-4 and 8.
• If installing transfer case linkage, perform steps 5-8.
1.
Install control lever (2) and spring (6) to fork (7) with pin (8), washer (1), and new cotter pin
(18).
TA49640
5-12
TM 9-2320-289-20
5-6.
TRANSFER CASE LINKAGE AND CONTROL LEVER ASSEMBLY
MAINTENANCE (ALL EXCEPT M1028A1 AND M1031) (Con’t).
2.
Position actuator lever (9) through housing (11) and install to fork (7) with 2 bolts (10) and new
locknuts (17).
3.
Install actuator lever (9) to housing (11) with bushing (16), washer (15), and nut (14).
4.
Place guide (3) through control lever (2). Install seal (19) and housing (11) with assembled
control lever assembly to floor of truck with 8 bolts (4) and washers (5).
5.
If removed, install operating lever (20) to transfer case (23) with new Iockwasher (28) and nut
(30) .
6.
Install grommet (31) to transfer case end of rod (29). Install rod to operating lever (20) with
washer (21) and new cotter pin (22).
7.
Install nut (27), swivel (26), and nut (25) to threaded end of rod (29). Install grommet (24) to
swivel.
8.
Install swivel (26) to actuator lever (9) with washer (12) and new cotter pin (13).
TA49641
5-13
TM 9-2320-289-20
5-6.
c.
TRANSFER CASE LINKAGE AND CONTROL LEVER ASSEMBLY
MAINTENANCE (ALL EXCEPT M1028A1 AND M1031) (Con’t).
ADJUSTMENT
1.
At transfer case (23), place operating lever (20) into “4H” position.
2.
Inside truck, place transfer case control lever into “4H” position.
NOTE
A 0.200 in. (0.51 cm) gage (32) must be made for use in steps 3 and 4. It
may be made from any material and shaped as illustrated.
3.
Hang gage (32) over rod (29) behind swivel (26). Run nut (27) against gage with shifter
against “4H” stop.
4.
Remove gage (32) and push swivel (26) rearward against nut (27).
5.
Run nut (25) against swivel (26) and tighten.
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• If removed, install transfer case bezel and boot. (See paragraph 5-4)
• Check operation of control lever and linkage.
TA49642
5-14
TM 9-2320-289-20
CHAPTER 6
PROPELLER SHAFTS, AXLES, AND SUSPENSION MAINTENANCE
Section I. PROPELLER SHAFTS MAINTENANCE
6-1.
PROPELLER SHAFTS MAINTENANCE INDEX.
Paragraph
Plumber
6-2.
6-3.
6-4.
6-5.
Procedures
Front Propeller Shaft Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Propeller Shaft Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Propeller Shaft Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Propeller Shaft Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page
Number
6-2
6-4
6-9
6-10
6-1
TM 9-2320-289-20
6-2.
FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools/Test Equipment
MaterialslParts
•
Four Iockwashers
a.
. Torque wrench
REMOVAL
NOTE
Second design propeller shafts have a boot while first design propeller
shafts do not. This does not affect propeller shaft maintenance. The
first design propeller shaft is shown in this procedure.
If removing front propeller shaft (1) from all except M1009, perform
steps 1, 3, and 4.
If removing front propeller shaft from M1009, perform steps 2-4.
1.
Remove 4 nuts (12), Iockwashers (11), and 2 “U” bolts (9) at axle flange (10). Discard
Iockwashers.
2.
Remove 4 bolts (6) and 2 straps (7) at axle flange (8).
3.
Push shaft (1) toward rear, Lower and support loose end.
4.
Remove 4 bolts (2) from transfer case flange yoke (3).
b.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
• If installing front propeller shaft (1) on M1009, perform steps 1 and 2.
•
If installing front propeller shaft (1) on all except M1009, perform steps
2 and 3.
1.
Install front propeller shaft (1) on transfer case flange yoke (3) with 4 bolts (2). Tighten bolts to
70-80 Ib.-ft, (95-108 N•m).
2.
Position 2 strain (7) on universal joint (4) and install at axle flange (8) with 4 bolts (6). Tighten
bolts to 15 lb-ft. (20 N•m).
3.
Position 2 “U” bolts (9) on universal joint (4) and install at axle flange (10) with 4 new
Iockwashers (11) and nuts (12). Tighten nuts to 15 lb.-ft. (20 N•m).
6-2
TM 9-2320-289-20
6-2.
FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
All Except M1009
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Lubricate propeller shaft. (See LO 9-2320-289-12)
TA49643
6-3
TM 9-2320-289-20
6-3.
FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT REPAIR.
This task covers:
a. Disassembly
b. Cleaning and Inspection
c. Assembly
INITIAL SETUP:
MaterialslParts
Equipment Condition
Two boot clamps
One seal
Universal joint kits (as required)
Dry cleaning solvent
(Item 15, Appendix C)
Front propeller shaft assembly removed.
(See paragraph 6-2)
General Safety Instructions
Dry cleaning solvent is flammable and must not be used near open flame. Use only in a
well-ventilated area.
a.
DISASSEMBLY
NOTE
• If disassembling first design front propeller shaft, perform steps 1-3,
5, and 6.
• If disassembling second design front propeller shaft, perform steps 1-4
and 6.
• Universal joints (7, 14, or 16) on constant velocity joint (12) and
driveshaft (6) are factory-installed using plastic injection retainers
instead of bearing rings.
1.
Remove 2 bearing rings (2), 4 bearing rings (10), or 4 bearing rings (13) as required.
2.
Position universal joint (7, 14, or 16) over wood blocks. Using brass drift, drive out bearing cup
(1, 8, or 12). Drive out each bearing cup as required and remove universal joint. Discard
universal joints and bearing cups.
NOTE
Retain constant velocity joint assembly (9) for installation. If damaged,
notify your supervisor.
3.
Remove rear yoke (11) and constant velocity joint assembly (9).
4.
Remove 2 clamps (17) from boot (18). Separate front yoke (3) from driveshaft (6), and
remove boot. Discard clamps.
6-4
TM 9-2320-289-20
6-3.
5.
FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT REPAIR (Con’t).
Unscrew seal cap (5) and separate
front yoke (3) from driveshaft (6).
Remove seal cap and seal (4).
Discard seal.
NOTE
Second design propeller shafts DO
NOT have a grease fitting (15).
6.
Remove
grease
damaged.
fitting
(15)
if
TA49644
6-5
TM 9-2320-289-20
6-3.
FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT REPAIR (Con’t).
b. CLEANING AND INSPECTION
WARNING
Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 is toxic and flammable. Always wear
protective goggles and gloves and use only in a well-ventilated area. Avoid
contact with skin, eyes, and clothes and DO NOT breathe vapors. DO NOT
use near open flame or excessive heat. The solvent’s flash point is
100°F-138°F (38°C-59°C). If you become dizzy while using cleaning
solvent, immediately get fresh air and medical help. If solvent contacts
eyes, immediately wash your eyes with water and get medical aid.
CAUTION
DO NOT allow rubber parts to soak in dry cleaning solvent for extended
periods of time. Dry cleaning solvent may damage rubber parts.
1.
Clean all metallic parts with dry cleaning solvent.
2.
inspect all components for cracks, dents, burrs, or darnage. Remove burrs and install new
components as required.
c.
ASSEMBLY
NOTE
•
If assembling first design front propeller shaft, perform steps 1, 2, and
4 through 6.
• If assembling second design front propeller shaft, perform steps 1-3,
5, and 6.
• Second design propeller shafts DO NOT have a grease fitting (15).
1.
Install grease fitting (15) if removed.
NOTE
Ensure that flanged end of front yoke (3) and flanged end of driveshaft (6)
are alined when performing step 2.
2.
6-6
Install new seal (4) and seal cap (5) on front yoke (3). lnstall driveshaft 6) in front yoke and
tighten seal cap.
TM 9-2320-289-20
6-3.
3.
FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT REPAIR (Con’t).
Slide 1 new clamp (17) onto front
yoke (3) and 1 new clamp onto
driveshaft (6). Position boot (18)
between front yoke and driveshaft,
and install driveshaft in front yoke.
Slide clamps over ends of boot and
tighten.
NOTE
Perform step 4 as required
depending on which universal joint
(7 or 14) was removed.
4.
Position new universal joint (16) in
front yoke (3). Position new universal
joint (7) in driveshaft (6) and constant
velocity joint assembly (9). Position
new universal joint (14) in constant
velocity joint assembly and rear yoke
(11). Position new bearing CUP (1, 8,
or 12) on universal joint (7, 14, or
16).
TA49645
6-7
TM 9-2320-289-20
6-3.
FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT REPAIR (Con’t).
CAUTION
Ensure that bearing cup (1, 8, or 12) is alined with yoke (3 or 11) before
pressing in with vise. Damage to universal joint and bearing cup may result
if forced into yoke.
5.
Position universal joint (7, 14, or 16) in vise with a socket between vise jaw and bearing cup (1,
8, or 12) to be installed. Press bearing cup in far enough to install bearing ring (2, 10, or 13).
NOTE
Rear universal joints (7 and 14) each use 4 bearing rings (10 or 13). Front
universal joint (16) uses 2 bearing rings (2).
6.
Install bearing ring (2, 10, or 13) and bearing cup (1 , 8, or 12) completely in place. Repeat
steps 5 and 6 for each bearing cup and bearing ring.
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Install front propeller shaft assembly. (See paragraph 6-2)
TA49646
6-8
TM 9-2320-289-20
6-4.
REAR PROPELLER SHAFT ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools/Test Equipment
• Torque wrench
1.
Remove 4 bolts (7) and 2 straps (6).
2.
Slide rear propeller shaft (3) forward to disengage from axle flange (5).
3.
Slide rear propeller shaft (3) rearward to disengage from transfer case (1). Remove rear
propeller shaft.
b.
INSTALLATION
1.
Slide rear propeller shaft yoke (2) into transfer case (1).
2.
Position 2 clamps (6) on universal joint (4) and install rear propeller shaft (3) on axle flange (5)
with 4 bolts (7). Tighten bolts to 25-30 Ib.-ft. (34-41 Nom).
TA49647
6-9
TM 9-2320-289-20
6-5.
REAR PROPELLER SHAFT REPAIR.
This task covers:
a. Disassembly
b. Cleaning and Inspection
c. Assembly
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
• Rear propeller shaft assembly removed.
(See paragraph 6-4)
• Universal joint kits (as required)
• Dry cleaning solvent
(Item 15, Appendix C)
General Safety Instructions
• Dry cleaning solvent is flammable and must not be used near open flame. Use only in a
well-ventilated area.
a.
DISASSEMBLY
1.
Remove 4 bearing rings (2) or 2 bearing rings (5) as required.
2.
Position universal joint (7 or 8) over wood blocks, Using brass drift, drive out bearing cup (3
or 6) as required, and remove universal joint (8) and yoke (1) or universal joint (7) from
driveshaft (4). Discard universal joint and bearing cups.
b.
CLEANING AND INSPECTION
WARNING
Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 is toxic and flammable. Always wear
protective goggles and gloves and use only in a well-ventilated area, Avoid
contact with skin, eyes, and clothes and DO NOT breathe vapors, DO NOT
use near open flame or excessive heat. The solvent’s flash point is
100°F-138°F (38°C-59°C). If you become dizzy while using cleaning
solvent, immediately get fresh air and medical help. If solvent contacts
eyes, immediately wash your eyes with water and get medical aid.
CAUTION
DO NOT allow rubber parts to soak in dry cleaning solvent for extended
periods of time, Dry cleaning solvent may damage rubber parts.
1.
Clean all metallic parts with dry cleaning solvent.
2.
Inspect all components for cracks, dents, burrs, or damage, Remove burrs and install new
components as required.
6-10
TM 9-2320-289-20
6-5.
c.
1.
REAR PROPELLER SHAFT REPAIR (Con’t).
ASSEMBLY
Position new universal joint (8) in yoke (1) or driveshaft (4) and new universal joint (7) in
driveshaft. Position new bearing cup (3 or 6) on universal joint (7 or 8).
CAUTION
Ensure that bearing cup (3 or 6) is alined with yoke (1) before pressing in
with vise. Damage to universal joint (7 or 8) and bearing cup may result if
forced into yoke.
2.
Position universal joint (7 or 6) in vise with a socket between vise jaw and bearing cup (3 or 6)
to be installed. Press bearing cup in far enough to install bearing ring (2 or 5).
NOTE
Rear universal joint (7) uses 2 bearing rings (5). Front universal joint (8)
uses 4 bearing rings (2).
3.
Install bearing ring (2 or 5) and bearing cup (3 or 6) completely in place. Repeat steps 2 and 3
for each bearing cup and ring.
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
•
Install rear propeller shaft assembly. (See paragraph 6-4)
TA49648
6-11/(6-12 blank)
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section II.
6-6.
FRONT AND REAR AXLES MAINTENANCE INDEX.
Paragraph
Number
6-7.
6-8.
6-8.1.
6-8.2.
6-8.3.
FRONT AND REAR AXLES MAINTENANCE
Page
Number
Procedures
Front Axle Spindle and Wheel Bearings Replacement . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Axle Shaft Replacement (All Except M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Front Differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Rear Differential (All Except M1009, M1028A2,
and M1028A3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Rear Differential (M1009, M1028A2, and M1028A3) . . . . .
Change 2
6-14
6-15
6-16
6-16.1
6-16.2
6-13
TM 9-2320-289-20
6-7.
FRONT AXLE SPINDLE AND WHEEL BEARINGS REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a.
Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts
• Rotor and caliper mounting bracket
removed. (See paragraph 8-4)
• Axle shaft seal
• Spindle seal
• Grease (Item 26, Appendix C)
Tools/Test Equipment
• Puller Kit
NOTE
1985-87 M1009 trucks have a spindle (6) that is 0.25 in. (6.3 mm) longer
than 1984 trucks.
To remove spindle (6), it may be necessary to tap end with plastic or
rubber mallet.
1.
Grease wheel bearing assembly (5)
and install in spindle (6). Install new
spindle seal (4) into spindle with
sealing lips facing outward, Install
spacer (3) onto axle shaft (1 ) with
chamfer toward axle housing. Install
new axle shaft seal (2) with lip facing
outward.
2.
Install spindle (6).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• lnstall caliper mounting bracket and rotor. (See paragraph 8-4)
TA49649
6-14
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
6-8.
REAR AXLE SHAFT REPLACEMENT (ALL EXCEPT M1009).
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts
• Wheel to be serviced, raised and supported
by jack stand.
a.
• One gasket
REMOVAL
NOTE
Rear axle shafts (3) are factory-installed with RTV sealant instead of gasket
(4). Use gasket instead of RTV sealant for installation.
1.
Remove 8 bolts (1). Remove rear axle shaft (3) and gasket (4), if present, from wheel hub (5).
Discard gasket.
2.
Clean any sealant from bolts (1) and mating surfaces of rear axle shaft flange (2) and exterior of
wheel hub (5).
b.
INSTALLATION
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Remove jack stand and lower truck.
TA49650
6-15
TM 9-2320-289-20
SERVICE FRONT DIFFERENTIAL.
6-8.1.
a. Service
This task covers:
INITIAL SETUP:
ToolslTest Equipment
MaterialslParts
•
a.
One
differential
cover
•
gasket
Torque
wrench
SERVICE
1.
Place a suitable container under
differential housing.
2.
Remove 10 bolts (1) and differential
cover (3) and allow all lubricating oil to
drain.
3.
Remove differential cover gasket (2)
and discard.
NOTE
Ensure that differential cover and magnet are clean.
4.
Install new differential cover gasket (2) and differential cover (3) with 10 bolts (1).
5.
Tighten 10 bolts (1) to 35 Ib.-ft. (47 N•m).
6.
Fill differential with lubricating oil. (See LO 9-2320-289-12)
6-16
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
6-8.2. SERVICE REAR DIFFERENTIAL (ALL EXCEPT M1009, M1028A2, AND M1028A3).
This task covers:
a. Service
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools/Test Equipment
• Torque wrench
Materials/Parts
• One differential cover gasket
• Sealant (Item 41, Appendix C)
NOTE
When removing differential cover bolts, location of clips should be noted.
1.
Place a suitable container under
housing.
2.
Remove 14 bolts (1) at differential
cover (3) .
3.
Move vent tube bracket, brake line
and bracket, and proportioning valve
lever out of the way.
4.
Remove differential cover (3) and
allow all lubricating oil to drain.
NOTE
Some differentials will use a gasket (2), and some will use RTV sealant.
5.
Remove gasket (2), if present, and discard.
6.
If RTV sealant was utilized, remove all old RTV sealant from differential housing.
NOTE
Ensure that differential cover (3) is clean.
7.
Apply a bead of RTV sealant to differential housing or install new gasket (2) and differential cover
(3) with 14 bolts (1).
8.
Tighten 14 bolts (1) to 35 Ib.-ft (47 N•m).
9.
Fill differential with lubricating oil. (See LO 9-2320-289-12)
TA701837
Change 2
6-16.1
TM 9-2320-289-20
6-8.3. SERVICE REAR DIFFERENTIAL (M1009, M1028A2, AND M1028A3).
This task covers:
a. Service
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
•
Tools/Test Equipment
Sealant (Item 41, Appendix C)
•
1.
Place a suitable container under
differential housing.
2.
Remove 10 bolts (1) and differential
cover (3) and allow all lubricating oil to
drain.
3.
Remove
RTV sealant
old
differential housing (2).
Torque
wrench
from
NOTE
Ensure that differential cover and magnet are clean.
4.
Apply bead of RTV sealant to differential housing (2).
5.
Install differential cover (3) with 10 bolts (1).
6.
Tighten 10 bolts (1) to 35 Ib.-ft. (47 N•m).
7.
Fill differential with lubricating oil. (See LO 9-2320-289-12)
TA701838
6-16.2
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Ill. SUSPENSION MAINTENANCE
6-9.
SUSPENSION MAINTENANCE INDEX.
Paragraph
Number
6-10.
6-11.
6-12.
6-13.
Page
Number
Procedures
Front Shock Absorber, Axle Bumper, and
Spring Bumper Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Shock Absorber and Axle Bumper Replacement . . . . . . . . .
Front Stabilizer Bar and Bushings Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Stabilizer Bar, Bushings, and Reinforcement
Bracket Replacement (M1028A2 and M1028A3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
6-18
6-19
6-21
.
6-23
Change 2
6-17
TM 9-2320-289-20
FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER, AXLE BUMPER, AND SPRING BUMPER
REPLACEMENT.
6-10.
a.
This task covers:
b. Installation
Removal
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools/Test Equipment
Materials/Parts
•
a.
Nine
•
Iockwashers
Torque
wrench
REMOVAL
NOTE
If removing shock absorber (5),
perform step 1.
right or
If
removing
bumpers, perform step 2.
left
1.
Remove 2 nuts (1), Iockwashers (2),
and bolts (4), and remove shock
absorber (5). Discard Iockwashers.
2.
Remove nut (7 or 10), Iockwasher (6
or 11), and axle bumper (14 or 12).
Remove 2 nuts (8), Iockwashers (9),
and spring bumpers (13) as required.
Discard Iockwashers.
b.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
right or
installing
If
bumpers, perform step 1.
left
If installing shock absorber (5),
perform step 2.
1.
Install 2 spring bumpers (13) with 2
new Iockwashers (9) and nuts (8).
Install axle bumper (14 or 12) with new
Iockwasher (6 or 11) and nut (7 or 10)
if removed.
2.
Install shock absorber (5) on frame
bracket (3) and front axle bracket with
2 bolts (4), new Iockwashers (2), and
nuts (1). Tighten nuts to 65 Ib.-ft.
(88 N•m).
TA49651
6-18
TM 9-2320-289-20
6-11.
REAR SHOCK ABSORBER AND AXLE BUMPER REPLACEMENT.
a. Removal
This task covers:
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools/Test Equipment
Materials/Parts
• Three Iockwashers
•
Torque wrench
NOTE
If removing shock absorber (3),
perform step 1.
If removing spring bumper
(10), perform step 2.
1.
Remove nut (7), Iockwasher (6), and
washer (5) or nut (2) and Iockwasher
(1). Remove nut (11), Iockwasher
(12), and bolt (13), and remove
Discard
(3) .
shock
absorber
Iockwashers (1 or 6, and 12).
2.
Remove nut (8), Iockwasher (9), and
(10).
Discard
bumper
spring
Iockwasher.
6-19
TM 9-2320-289-20
6-11.
REAR SHOCK ABSORBER AND AXLE BUMPER REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
b. INSTALLATION
NOTE
•
If installing spring bumper (10),
perform step 1.
•
If installing s h o c k absorber (3),
perform step 2.
1.
Install spring bumper (10) with new
Iockwasher (9) and nut (8).
2.
Position shock absorber (3) and
install bolt (13), new Iockwasher
(12), and nut (11). Install washer (5),
new Iockwasher (6), and nut (7) on
stud (4) or install new Iockwasher (1)
and nut (2). Tighten nuts to 65 Ib.-ft.
(88 N•m).
TA49653
6-20
TM 9-2320-289-20
6-12.
FRONT STABILIZER BAR AND BUSHINGS REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
MateriaislParts
• Four locknuts
a.
ToolslTest Equipment
• Torque wrench
REMOVAL
1.
Remove 4 locknuts (8), 8 washers (7), 2 clamps (9), and 4 bolts (8). Discard locknuts.
2.
Remove 2 bushings (10) from stabilizer bar (3). Inspect bushings for wear and discard if
damaged.
3.
Remove 2 bolts (1) and 4 washers (2). Remove stabilizer bar (3). Inspect bushings (5) for
damage. If damaged, notify your supervisor.
TA49654
6-21
TM 9-2320-289-20
6-12.
b.
1.
FRONT STABILIZER BAR AND BUSHINGS REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
lNSTALLATlON
Position stabilizer bar (3) and install on lower spring anchor plates (4) with 4 washers (2) and 2
bolts (1). Tighten bolts to 230 Ib.-ft. (312 N•m).
NOTE
Ensure that bushings (10) are installed with slit facing backward and are
alined under frame bracket. Install new bushings if removed.
2.
Install 2 bushings (10) on stabilizer bar (3). Position 2 clamps (9) over bushings and install with
4 bolts (6), 8 washers (7), and 4 new locknuts (8). Tighten locknuts to 55 Ib.-ft. (75 N•m).
TA49655
6-22
TM 9-2320-289-20
6-13.
REAR STABILIZER BAR, BUSHINGS, AND REINFORCEMENT BRACKET
REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
• Nine locknuts
a.
Tools/Test Equipment
• Torque wrench
REMOVAL
1.
Remove 4 locknuts (4), washers (5), 2
clamps (7), and 4 bolts (8). Discard
locknuts.
2.
Remove 2 bushings (6) from stabilizer
bar (9). Inspect bushings for wear and
discard if damaged.
3.
Remove 2 locknuts (3), 8 washers (2),
8 grommets (1), 2 spacers (11), 2
bolts (10), and rear stabilizer bar (9).
Discard locknuts.
Change 1
6-23
TM 9-2320-289-20
6-13.
REAR STABILIZER BAR, BUSHINGS, AND REINFORCEMENT BRACKET
REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
NOTE
Perform step 4 only if bracket is
damaged.
4.
Remove 3 bolts (14), washers (13),
Iocknuts (12), and reinforcement
bracket (15) . Discard locknuts.
NOTE
Perform step 1 only if bracket was
removed.
1.
Install reinforcement bracket (15) to
frame (16) with 3 new locknuts (12),
washers (13), and bolts (14).
2.
Position rear stabilizer bar (9) and install on 2 reinforcement brackets (15) with 2 bolts (10), 2
spacers (11), 8 grommets (1), 8 washers (2), and 2 new locknuts (3). Tighten Iocknuts to the
nonthreaded portion of bolts.
3.
Install 2 bushings (6) on rear stabilizer bar (9).
6-24
Change 1
TM 9-2320-289-20
6-13.
4.
REAR STABILIZER BAR, BUSHINGS, AND REINFORCEMENT BRACKET
REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
Install 2 clamps (7), 4 bolts (8),
washers (5), and new locknuts (4).
Tighten bolts to 35 Ib.-ft. (50 N•m).
Change 1
6-25/(6-26 blank)
TM 9-2320-289-20
CHAPTER 7
BRAKE SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
Section I. PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
7-1.
PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM MAINTENANCE INDEX.
Paragraph
Number
7-2.
7-3.
7-4.
Procedures
Parking Brake Cable Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking Brake Pedal Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking Brake Cable Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page
Number
7-2
7-3
7-5
7-1
TM 9-2320-289-20
7-2.
PARKING BRAKE CABLE ADJUSTMENT.
a. Adjustment
This task covers:
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
•
•
Front wheels chocked.
Rear of truck supported by jack stands under axle housing.
a.
ADJUSTMENT
NOTE
Ensure that adjuster assembly (2)
is clean.
1.
Depress parking brake pedal 4
notches from fully-released position.
2.
Rotate rear wheels forward.
3.
Loosen or tighten equalizer nut (1) as
required until a moderate drag is felt.
4.
Fully release parking brake pedal.
5.
Rotate rear wheels. No drag should
be present. If drag is present,
depress and release parking brake
pedal 3 times and repeat steps 1-4.
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Remove jack stands and lower truck.
Remove wheel chocks from front wheels.
• Check parking brake operation.
•
•
TA49656
7-2
TM 9-2320-289-20
7-3.
PARKING BRAKE PEDAL REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
• Wheels chocked.
• Parking brake cable loosened.
(See paragraph 7-2)
• Parking brake switch removed.
(See paragraph 4-17)
• Parking brake pedal in released position.
Materials/Parts
• Bolt and Iockwasher
• TWO nuts and washers
a. REMOVAL
1.
Disconnect release handle rod (10)
from parking brake retainer (9).
Remove parking brake retainer if
damaged. Remove release handle
(13) and release handle rod, Remove
pedal cover (14) and grommet (12) if
damaged.
NOTE
Parking brake assembly (1) is
factory-installed
with
washerassembled bolt. DO NOT use
washer-assembied
boit
for
installation.
2.
Remove bolt (11) and lockwasher
(7). Discard lockwasher.
NOTE
Parking brake assembly (1) is
factory-installed with flanged nuts.
DO NOT use flanged nuts for
installation.
3.
Remove 2 nuts (6) and washers (5)
from engine compartment wall.
TA49657
7-3
TM 9-2320-289-20
7-3.
4.
b.
PARKING BRAKE PEDAL REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
Depress tabs on finger clip (3)
disconnect parking brake cable
from parking brake assembly clip
Remove parking brake assembly
and
(4)
(2).
(1).
INSTALLATION
1.
Push finger clip (3) through parking
brake assembly (1). Connect parking
brake cable (4) to parking brake
assembly clip (2).
2.
Install parking brake assembly (1)
with
studs
through
engine
compartment wall using 2 washers
(5) and nuts (6).
3.
Install new Iockwasher (7) and bolt
(11).
4.
Install grommet (12) on instrument
panel and pedal cover (14) on pedal
if removed. Push release handle rod
(10) through grommet. Install parking
brake retainer (9) on parking brake
lever (8) if removed and connect
release handle rod to parking brake
retainer.
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Adjust parking brake cable. (See paragraph 7-2)
• Install parking brake switch. (See paragraph 4-17)
• Remove wheel chocks.
TA49658
7-4
TM 9-2320-289-20
7-4.
PARKING BRAKE CABLE REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
• Wheels chocked.
• Parking brake cable disconnected at parking brake pedal assembly, if removing front cable,
(See paragraph 7-3)
• Brake drum removed, if removing rear cable. (See paragraph 8-5)
a.
REMOVAL
NOTE
• If removing front parking brake cable (16), perform steps 1 and 2.
• If removing right rear parking brake cable (2), perform steps 3-5.
• If removing left rear parking brake cable (6), perform steps 3, 4, and 6.
1.
Disconnect front parking brake cable (16) at connector (15), Remove connector as required,
Retain parking brake cable grommet (20) for installation.
TA49659
7-5
TM 9-2320-289-20
7-4.
PARKING BRAKE CABLE REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
2.
Depress tabs on finger clip (19) and pull front parking brake cable (16) through bracket (17)
and into cab to remove. Remove grommet (18) as required.
3.
If removing right rear parking brake cable (2), remove equalizer nut (8). If removing left rear
parking brake cable (6), loosen equalizer nut.
4.
Disconnect rear parking brake cable (2 or 6) from parking brake lever. Depress tabs on finger
clip (5) and remove rear parking brake cable from backing plate (7).
5.
Remove bolt (21) and clip (1), or bolt (4) and clip (3), and remove right rear parking brake
cable (2).
TA49660
7-6
TM 9-2320-289-20
7-4.
PARKING BRAKE CABLE REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
NOTE
Only M1009 has a cable guide (14).
Depress finger clip (13) and disconnect left rear parking cable (6) from connector (15).
Depress tabs on finger clip (10) and pull cable through bracket (11) to remove. Remove
equalizer (9) and grommet (12) from left rear parking brake cable as required. Remove cable
guide (14) as required.
6.
b.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
• If installing left rear parking brake cable (6), perform steps 1 and 3.
• If installing right rear parking brake cable (2), perform steps 2-4.
• If installing front parking brake cable (16), perform steps 5-7.
• Only M1009 has a cable guide (14).
1.
Install cable guide (14) if removed. Push left rear parking brake cable (6) through cable guide
and bracket (11) with grommet (12) installed in bracket. Install left rear parking brake cable
through equalizer (9) until finger clip (13) snaps in place. Connect left rear parking brake cable
to connector (15).
2.
Install clip (1) with bolt (21 ) or clip (3) with bolt (4), Position right rear parking brake cable (2).
3.
Push rear parking brake cable (2 or 6) through backing plate (7) until finger clip (5) snaps in
place and connect to parking brake lever.
4.
Install equalizer nut (8).
5.
Install grommet (18) on bracket (17) if removed. Push front parking brake cable (16) through
bracket. Push front parking brake cable through hole in cab. Pull through from underneath
truck until finger clip (19) snaps in place.
6.
Position front parking brake cable (16) with left rear parking brake cable (6). Install connector
(15) if removed.
7.
Press parking brake cable grommet (20) into place on cab floor.
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Install brake drum if removed. (See paragraph 8-5)
• Connect parking brake cable at parking brake pedal assembly if disconnected. (See
paragraph 7-3)
• Adjust parking brake cable. (See paragraph 7-2)
• Remove wheel chocks.
• Check parking brake operation.
7-7/(7-8 blank)
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section II. SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
7-5.
SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM MAINTENANCE INDEX.
Paragraph
Number
7-6.
7-7.
7-8.
7-9.
7-10.
7-11.
7-12.
Procedures
Service Brake System Bleeding Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake Shoe and Wheel Cylinder Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Master Cylinder and Power Booster Replacement . . .. . . . .
Front Brake Lines and Combination Valve Replacement . . . . . . . .
Rear Brake Lines and Proportioning Valve
Replacement and Adjustment .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake Pad and Caliper Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Brake Pedal Replacement . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page
Number
7-10
7-14
7-21
7-24
7-28
7-33
7-38
7-9
TM 9-2320-289-20
7-6.
SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM BLEEDING INSTRUCTIONS.
This task covers:
a. Pressure Bleeding
b. Manual Bleeding
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
• Master cylinder filled to proper level,
(See LO 9-2320-289-12)
Materials/Parts
• Brake fluid (Item 6, Appendix C)
Tools/Test Equipment
Personnel Required
• MOS 63B (2)
(During MANUAL BLEEDING only.)
• Combination valve depressor, J-23709
General Safety Instructions
• Always wear goggles when bleeding brakes.
a.
PRESSURE BLEEDING
WARNING
Always wear goggles when bleeding brakes. Failure to follow this warning
may result in serious eye injury.
CAUTION
When using a pressure bleeding tank, follow manufacturer’s instructions
for use. Fill pressure bleeding tank at least 1/3 full of brake fluid. Failure to
follow this caution may result in damage to pressure bleeding tank or
brake system.
NOTE
PRESSURE BLEEDING procedures should be used whenever possible. If
pressure bleeding equipment is not available, bleed brake system
manually.
1.
Loosen mounting bolt and install
combination valve depressor (1) on
valve (2). Tighten
combination
mounting bolt and combination valve
depressor in place.
2.
Build up tank pressure to 20-25 psi
(138-172 kPa).
7-10
TM 9-2320-289-20
7-6.
SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM BLEEDING INSTRUCTIONS (Con’t).
NOTE
If only front or rear half of system has been serviced, it is usually
necessary to bleed oniy that haif of system; however, if firm braking
action cannot be obtained after bleeding, it will be necessary to bleed
entire system.
PRESSURE BLEEDING procedures cover bleeding at one wheel, Repeat
steps for each wheel ‘and bleed brakes in the following order: right
rear, left rear, right front, left front.
3.
Remove master cylinder cover (3).
install pressure bleeding adapter on
master cylinder, and connect hose to
adapter and pressure bleeding tank.
Open pressure bleeding tank valve.
4.
If bleeding rear brake line, remove
cap (10) from wheel cylinder bleeder
valve (9) on backing piate (8). if
bleeding front brake line, remove cap
(7) from bleeder valve (6) on caliper
(5) .
5.
Connect a short piece of hose to
bleeder valve (6 or 9) and immerse
other end of hose in container
partially full of clean brake fluid.
6.
Open bleeder valve (6 or 9) ¾ turn
and observe brake fIuid. Close valve
when brake fluid flows free of
hubbies.
7.
Tighten bleeder valve (6 or 9),
remove hose,
and install cap
(7 or 10).
NOTE
DO NOT continue with step 8 until
all bleeding has been completed.
8.
Close bleeding tank valve, disconnect
hose, and remove pressure bleeding
adapter. Install master cylinder cover
(3). Repressurize pressure bleeding
tank.
9.
Loosen mounting bolt and remove
combination valve depressor (1) from
valve (2). Tighten
combination
mounting bolt.
TA49662
7-11
TM 9-2320-289-20
7-6.
10.
b.
SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM BLEEDING INSTRUCTIONS (Con’t).
Fill master cylinder reservoir to proper level. (See LO 9-2320-289-12)
MANUAL BLEEDING
WARNING
Always wear goggles when bleeding brakes. Failure to follow this warning
may result in serious eye injury.
CAUTION
DO NOT allow master cylinder to run out of brake fluid during bleeding
procedures. Frequently check master cylinder fluid level and refill as
required. Ensure that master cylinder cover is securely installed. Failure to
follow this caution will allow air into brake system.
NOTE
If only front or rear half of system has been serviced, it is usually
necessary to bleed only that half of system; however, if firm braking
action cannot be obtained after bleeding, it will be necessary to bleed
entire system.
MANUAL BLEEDING procedures cover bleeding at one wheel. Repeat
steps for each wheel and bleed brakes in the following order:
rear, left rear, right front, left front.
right
If master cylinder is suspected to have air in its bore, perform
steps 1-3.
1.
Disconnect front brake pipe fitting (4)
and drain fluid into a suitable
container. Connect front brake pipe
fitting, but DO NOT tighten.
2.
Have an assistant slowly depress
brake pedal to bleed air from loose
front brake pipe fitting (4). Tighten
front brake pipe fitting, then slowly
release brake pedal.
3.
Wait 15 seconds, then repeat steps 1
and 2 until all air is purged from front
connection. Repeat steps 1-3 for rear
brake pipe fitting (4).
4.
Perform steps 4 and 5 in PRESSURE
BLEEDING.
TA49663
7-12
TM 9-2320-289-20
7-6.
SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM BLEEDING INSTRUCTIONS (Con't).
NOTE
If bleeding rear brakes, it may be necessary to depress brake pedal 8-10
times before seeing first sign of bubbles.
5.
H a v e an a s s i s t a n t d e p r e s s b r a k e
pedal. Loosen bleeder valve (6 or 9)
to bleed air from caliper (5) or wheel
cylinder. Open bleeder valve and
observe brake fluid for bubbles.
Tighten bleeder valve, then slowly
release brake pedal.
6.
Wait 15 seconds, then repeat step 5
until brake fluid flows free of bubbles.
7.
Remove hose and install cap (7 or
10).
8.
Fill master cylinder reservoir to
proper level, (See LO 9-2320-289-12)
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Check brake pedal for “sponginess” and brake system warning light for indication of unbalanced
pressure.
• Check operation of brakes,
• Check for leaks.
TA49664
7-13
TM 9-2320-289-20
BRAKE SHOE AND WHEEL CYLINDER REPLACEMENT.
7-7.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
c. Adjustment
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment
Condition
Materials/Parts
• Brake drum removed. (See paragraph 8-5)
• Rear brake line disconnected (if removing
wheel cylinder). (See paragraph 7-10)
Tools/Test
•
•
a.
Equipment
Brake spring pliers
Torque wrench (0–600
• One adjusting hole cover
• Five Iockwashers
• Grease (Item 26, Appendix C)
General Safety Instructions
• DO NOT use a dry brush or
compressed air to clean brake shoes
or brake components.
• Always wear goggles during removal
and installation of brake shoe springs,
Ib.-ft.)
REMOVAL.
WARNING
DO NOT use a dry brush or compressed air to clean brake shoes or brake
components. There may be asbestos dust on brake shoes or brake
components which can be dangerous to you if you breathe it. Brake
shoes and brake components must be wet, and a soft brush must be
used. Failure to follow this warning may result in serious illness or death
to personnel.
Always wear goggles during removal of brake shoe springs. Failure to
follow this warning may result in serious eye injury.
CAUTION
When brake shoes (5 and 17) are replaced, grooved, scored, tapered, or
out-of-round brake drums should be repaired to prevent damage to new
brake shoes. Notify your supervisor.
NOTE
• If removing brake shoes (5 and 17) and mounting hardware, perform
steps 1-12.
• If removing wheel cylinder, perform steps 1-13.
1.
Back off adjusting screw (11).
NOTE
Adjusting assembly is factory-installed without washer (10). Use washer for
installation.
2.
Pull forward on bottom of primary brake shoe (17). Remove socket (9), washer (10), adjusting
screw (11), and nut (12).
3.
Unhook primary return spring (26) and secondary return spring (19).
7-14
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
7-7.
4.
BRAKE SHOE AND WHEEL CYLINDER REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
Remove parking brake strut (8) and strut spring (13). Remove adjusting spring (25).
NOTE
Brake shoe assembly is factory-installed without pivot (16).
5.
Remove hold-down washer (14), spring (15), pivot (16), and pin (18) on primary brake shoe
(17) side. Remove primary brake shoe.
6.
Remove brake shoe guide (7).
7.
Depress bottom of adjusting lever (24). Unhook actuating link (20) from anchor pin (2) and
adjusting lever.
TA49665
7-15
TM 9-2320-289-20
7-7.
BRAKE SHOE AND WHEEL CYLINDER REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
NOTE
Brake shoe assembly is factory-installed without pivot (16).
8.
Remove hold-down washer (14), spring (15), pivot (16), and pin (18) on secondary brake
shoe (5) side.
9.
Remove adjusting lever (24), adjusting spring (22), and pivot (21) assembly. Disassemble as
required.
10.
Remove adjusting spring (23). Remove clip (6), secondary brake shoe (5), and washer (4)
from parking brake lever (3).
11.
Depress tabs on parking brake cable finger nut, and disconnect parking brake cable from
parking brake lever (3) as required.
TA49666
7-16
TM 9-2320-289-20
7-7.
BRAKE SHOE AND WHEEL CYLINDER REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
NOTE
M1009 DOES NOT use a lockwasher (31) with anchor pin (2).
12.
Remove nut (30), Iockwasher (31),
and anchor pin (2) as required.
Discard Iockwasher.
13.
Remove cap (28),
(29), and 2 link
required. Remove 2
wheel cylinder (34)
plate (1).
bleeder valve
rods (35) as
bolts (27) and
from backing
NOTE
Step 14 applies to all except
M1009.
14.
b.
Remove 4 bolts (33) and Iockwashers
(32), and remove backing plate (1)
from axle (36). Discard Iockwashers.
INSTALLATION
WARNING
•
DO NOT use a dry brush or compressed air to clean brake shoes or
brake components. There may be asbestos dust on brake shoes or
brake components which can be dangerous to vou if vou breathe it,
Brake shoes and brake components must be wet, and a soft brush must
be used. Failure to follow this warning may result in serious illness or
death to personnel.
•
Always wear goggles during installation of brake shoe springs. Failure
to follow this warning may result in serious eye injury.
NOTE
• If installing wheel cylinder (34), perform steps 2-16.
1.
•
If Installing brake shoes (5 and 17) and mounting hardware, perform
steps 3-16.
•
Step 1 applies to all except M1009.
Install backing plate (1) on axle (36) with 4 new Iockwashers (32) and bolts (33). Tighten bolts
to 105 Ib.-ft. (142 N•m).
TA49667
7-17
TM 9-2320-289-20
7-7.
2.
BRAKE SHOE AND WHEEL CYLINDER REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
Install wheel cylinder (34) on backing plate (1) with 2 bolts (27). Tighten bolts to 15 Ib.-ft.
(20 N•m). Install 2 link rods (35), bleeder valve (29), and cap (28) if removed.
NOTE
M1009
DOES
NOT
use
a
Iockwasher (31) with anchor pin
(2).
3.
Install
anchor
pin
(2)
with
new
Iockwasher (31) and nut (30) if
removed. Tighten nut to 230 Ib.-ft.
(312 N•m).
NOTE
Primary brake shoe (17) has a
shorter lining than the secondary
brake shoe (5), and is always
installed toward front of truck.
4.
Connect parking brake cable to
parking
brake
lever
(3)
if
disconnected.
5.
Install washer (4) on parking brake lever (3) pin. Install secondary brake shoe (5) on parking
brake lever pin. Install clip (6) on secondary brake shoe.
6.
Install pin (18) in backing plate (1) on secondary brake shoe (5) side. Position adjusting lever
(24), adjusting spring (22), and pivot (21) assembly, ensuring that pin (18) is through
secondary brake shoe and adjusting lever hole.
7.
Install pivot (16), spring (15), and hold-down washer (14), turning hold-down washer to lock in
place on pin (18).
8.
Position primary brake shoe (17) and install pin (18), pivot (16), spring (15), and hold-down
washer (14), turning hold-down washer to lock in place.
9.
Install brake shoe guide (7) on anchor pin (2). Install actuating link (20) on pivot (21) and
anchor pin.
10.
Hook adjusting spring (25) on secondary brake shoe (5) and primary brake shoe (17).
11.
With primary brake shoe (17) moved forward, install strut spring (13) and parking brake strut
(8). Ensure that link rods (35) are engaged in secondary brake shoe (5) and primary brake
shoe notches.
TA49668
7-18
TM 9-2320-289-20
7-7.
BRAKE SHOE AND WHEEL CYLINDER REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
NOTE
Primary return spring (26) is longer than secondary return spring (19).
12.
Hook primary return spring (26) on primary brake shoe (17) and anchor pin (2). Hook
secondary return spring (19) on secondary brake shoe (15) and actuator link (20).
13.
Assemble nut (12), adjusting screw (11), washer (10), and socket (9). Grease adjusting
screw (11). Install adjusting assembly between secondary brake shoe (5) and primary brake
shoe (17).
14.
Install adjusting spring (23) between adjusting lever (24) and inside of secondary brake shoe
(5). Ensure that adjusting spring (25) DOES NOT touch adjusting screw (11).
15.
Check security of hold-down washers (14), link rods (35), and all springs. Ensure that parking
brake strut (8) and strut spring (13) are correctly seated. Carefully pull forward on adjusting
lever (24). Ensure that adjusting lever returns to position after releasing.
16.
Firmly tap top of secondary brake shoe (5) and primary brake shoe (17) to seat in place.
TA49669
7-19
TM 9-2320-289-20
7-7.
c.
BRAKE SHOE AND WHEEL CYLINDER REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
ADJUSTMENT
NOTE
To gain access to adjusting screw (11), it may be necessary to knock out
lanced area in backing plate (1) or brake drum or remove cover.
1.
Install brake drum. (See paragraph 8-5)
2.
Working through slot in backing plate (1) or brake drum, turn adjusting screw (11) until wheel
cannot be turned by hand.
3.
Hold adjusting lever (24) away from adjusting screw (11). Back off adjusting screw 30 notches.
If brake shoes (5 and 17) still drag lightly on drum, back off adjusting screw by 1 or 2 notches.
Install cover on backing plate (1) or brake drum access hole.
4.
If drag is still evident, adjust parking brake cable. (See paragraph 7-2)
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Connect rear brake line if disconnected. (See paragraph 7-10)
• Bleed brakes if wheel cylinder was removed. (See paragraph 7-6)
• Check operation of brakes.
TA49670
7-20
TM 9-2320-289-20
7-8.
MASTER CYLINDER AND POWER BOOSTER REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
MaterialslParts
Front brake lines disconnected from
master cylinder. (See paragraph 7-9)
Power booster rod disconnected from service
brake pedal (if removing power booster).
(See paragraph 7-12)
Power steering lines disconnected from power
booster (if removing power booster).
(See paragraph 8-14)
• Eight locknuts
Tools/Test Equipment
• Torque wrench
a. R E M O V A L
NOTE
If removing master cylinder (4), perform steps 1 and 2.
1.
Remove master cylinder cover bail (2), cover (1), and gasket (3). Inspect cover and gasket
for damage and discard as required.
2.
Remove 2 locknuts (12), power brake bracket (11), and master cylinder (4). Discard locknuts.
TA49671
7-21
TM 9-2320-289-20
7-8.
MASTER CYLINDER AND POWER BOOSTER REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
NOTE
Only M1009 uses pedal rod boot (8), retain for installation.
3.
b.
Remove 2 locknuts (9) and pedal rod boot (8), Remove 4 locknuts (6), and remove power
booster (5) and seal (10). Inspect seal for damage and discard as required, Discard locknuts.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
When replacing power booster (5) assembly, ensure that proper power
booster is used. M1009 housing is machined flat or has 40°-50° bevel at
pushrod end and has a broadcast code sticker with “FY” or “KA” on it,
All other models are 20°-30° beveled and have a broadcast code sticker
with “CM” on it.
If installing master cylinder (4), perform steps 2 and 3.
Only M1009 uses pedal rod boot (8).
1.
Install seal (10) on power booster (5) studs. Install power booster on engine compartment studs
(7). Install 4 new locknuts (6) on engine compartment studs. Install pedal rod boot (8) and 2 new
locknuts (9) on power booster studs. Tighten locknuts to 25 Ib.-ft. (34 N•m).
TA49672
7-22
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
7-8.
MASTER CYLINDER AND POWER BOOSTER REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
NOTE
An Installed M1009 master cylinder (4) will have larger reservoir facing
forward. On all other models, larger reservoir will be facing rearward when
installed. If incorrect master cylinder is installed, erratic braking action
may be experienced.
2.
Position master cylinder (4) and power brake bracket (11) on power booster (5) studs, and
install with 2 new locknuts (12), Tighten locknuts to 35 Ib.-ft. (47 N•m).
3.
Install gasket (3), cover (1), and cover bail (2) on master cylinder (4).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
•
•
•
•
•
Connect front brake lines to master cylinder. (See paragraph 7-9)
Connect power booster rod to service brake pedal if disconnected. (See paragraph 7-12)
Connect power steering lines to power booster if disconnected. (See paragraph 8-14)
Bleed brake system. (See paragraph 7-6)
Bleed power steering system if hoses were disconnected. (See paragraph 8-8)
7-23
TM 9-2320-289-20
7-9.
FRONT BRAKE LINES AND COMBINATION VALVE REPLACEMENT.
a. Removal
This task covers:
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
General Safety Instructions
• Always wear goggles when working on
underside of truck and disconnecting
brake lines.
Materials/Parts
• Four copper washers
• Two locknuts
WARNING
Always wear goggles when bleeding brakes. Failure to follow this warning
may result in serious eye injury.
CAUTION
Plug all openings and connections immediately after disconnection to
prevent contamination of brake system.
NOTE
• Use suitable container to catch brake fluid.
• If removing combination valve (20), perform steps 3-6.
1.
Disconnect brake pipes (2 and 3)
from master cylinder (1).
2.
Remove screw (15) and clip (26)
from brake pipes (2 and 3). Remove
retainer (4) as required.
3.
Loosen brake pipes (2 and 3) at
combination valve (20). Remove 2
locknuts (21) and bolts (23), and pull
from
away
valve
combination
crossmember. Discard locknuts.
4.
Disconnect brake pipes (2 and 3)
from combination valve (20), Inspect
fittings for damage and replace as
required.
TA49673
7-24
TM 9-2320-289-20
7-9.
FRONT BRAKE LINES AND COMBINATION VALVE REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
5.
Disconnect electrical lead from combination valve (20).
6.
Disconnect brake pipes (22, 16, and 19) from combination valve (20), and remove
combination valve.
7.
Remove screw (18) and clip (17). Disconnect brake pipe (16) from caliper flex hose (10) and
remove. Remove bolt (13) and 2 copper washers (11), and disconnect caliper flex hose from
caliper (12). Remove clip (14) to disconnect hose from bracket (9) and remove. Inspect
fittings for damage and replace as required. Discard copper washers.
8 .
Remove 2 screws (24) and clips (25). Repeat step 7, as required, to disconnect brake pipe
(19) from right caliper flex hose (10). Inspect fittings for damage and replace as required.
9.
Disconnect rear brake pipe (7) from fitting (8). Remove fitting. Remove 3 screws (6) and clips
(5) and remove brake pipe (22). Inspect fittings for damage and replace as required.
TA49674
7-25
TM 9-2320-289-20
7-9.
b.
FRONT BRAKE LINES AND COMBINATION VALVE REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
INSTALLATION
NOTE
•
Remove all plugs before connection.
• If installing combination valve (20), perform steps 4-7.
1.
Position brake pipe (22) along frame. Install 3 clips (5) on brake pipe and install screws (6),
Install fitting (8) on brake pipe. Connect rear brake pipe (7) to fitting.
TA49675
7-26
TM 9-2320-289-20
7-9.
FRONT BRAKE LINES AND COMBINATION VALVE REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
2.
Connect caliper flex hose (10) to caliper (12) with 2 new copper washers (11) and bolt (13).
Connect caliper flex hose to brake pipe (16) through bracket (9) and install clip (14). Install
clip (17) on brake pipe and install screw (18).
3.
Position brake pipe (19) on frame and frame crossmember. Install 2 clips (25) on brake pipe
and install 2 screws (24). Repeat step 2, as required, to connect brake pipe to right side
caliper flex hose (10).
4.
From underneath truck, connect brake pipes (22, 16, and 19) to combination valve (20),
5.
Connect electrical lead to combination valve (20).
6.
Connect brake pipes (2 and 3) to combination valve (20). DO NOT fully tighten pipes at this
time.
7.
Install combination valve (20) on frame crossmember with 2 bolts (23) and new locknuts (21).
Tighten brake pipes (2 and 3) at combination valve.
8.
Install retainer (4) on brake pipes (2
and 3) if removed. Install clip (26) on
brake pipes and install screw (15).
9.
Connect brake pipes (2 and 3) to
master cylinder (1).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Bleed brake system. (See paragraph 7-6)
• Check operation of brakes.
TA49676
7-27
TM 9-2320-289-20
7-10.
REAR BRAKE LINES AND PROPORTIONING VALVE REPLACEMENT AND
ADJUSTMENT.
This task covers:
c. Valve Adjustment
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
• Rear of truck raised, frame supported by
jack stands (if removing or adjusting
proportioning valve, all except M1009).
• Four Iockwashers
• One proportioning valve adjustment
gage
Tools/Test Equipment
• Torque wrench
CAUTION
Plug all openings and connections immediately after disconnection to
prevent contamination of brake system.
NOTE
• Use suitable container to catch brake fluid.
• If removing brake lines from M1009, perform steps 1 and 3 through 6.
•
If removing brake lines from all except M1009, perform steps 1, 2, 4, 5,
7, and 8.
•
If removing proportioning valve (7), perform steps 2 and 8 through 10.
•
If removing proportioning valve lever (8), perform steps 9 and 11.
1.
Disconnect fitting (1) from brake pipe (2). Remove 3 screws (4) and clips (3).
2.
Remove screw (11) and clip (10). Disconnect brake pipe (2) from proportioning valve (7) and
remove. Inspect fittings for damage and replace as required.
3.
Remove retainer (31). Disconnect brake pipe (2) from hose (30) and remove. Inspect fittings
for damage and replace as required.
4.
Bend clip (24) and remove right brake pipe (25) from hose (9 or 30) fitting. Disconnect right
brake pipe from wheel cylinder fitting (23) and remove. Inspect fittings for damage and replace
as required.
5.
Repeat step 4 for left brake pipe as required.
6.
Remove screw (29) and hose (30). Remove bolt (33) and bracket (32) from differential (22)
as required.
7.
Remove screw (26) and disconnect hose (9) from proportioning valve lever (8).
8.
Disconnect hose (9) from pipe (5) and remove. Loosen pipe fitting, remove retainer (6), and
disconnect pipe from proportioning valve (7).
7-28
TM 9-2320-289-20
7-10.
REAR BRAKE LINES AND PROPORTIONING VALVE REPLACEMENT AND
ADJUSTMENT (Con’t).
TA49677
7-29
TM 9-2320-289-20
7-10.
REAR BRAKE LINES AND PROPORTIONING VALVE REPLACEMENT AND
ADJUSTMENT (Con’t).
NOTE
If proportioning valve (7) was previously replaced, proportioning valve
adjustment gage (19) located between proportioning valve lever (8) and
proportioning valve must be discarded.
9.
Remove nut (16) and bushing (17), Pull proportioning valve lever (8) away from proportioning
valve (7) and remove retainer (18) as required. -
10.
Remove 2 bolts (12) and Iockwashers (13) and remove proportioning valve (7), Remove 2
bolts (20) and Iockwashers (21), and remove bracket (14) as required, Discard Iockwashers.
11.
Remove 2 bolts (27), spacer (28), and proportioning valve lever (8) from differential (22).
b.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
•
Remove all plugs before connection.
•
If installing proportioning valve lever (8), perform steps 1 and 4.
•
If installing proportioning valve (7), perform steps 2-5, and 11.
•
If installing brake lines on all except M1009, perform steps 5, 6, 8, 9,
11, and 12.
• If installing brake lines on M1009, perform steps 7-10 and 12.
1.
Install proportioning valve lever (8) on differential (22) with spacer (28) and 2 bolts (27).
Tighten bolts to 35 Ib.-ft. (47 N•m).
2.
Install bracket (14) with 2 new Iockwashers (21) and bolts (20) if removed. Install proportioning
valve (7) with 2 new Iockwashers (13) and bolts (1 2). Tighten all bolts to 35 Ib.-ft. (47 N•m).
TA49678
7-30
TM 9-2320-289-20
7-10.
REAR BRAKE LINES AND PROPORTIONING VALVE REPLACEMENT AND
ADJUSTMENT (Con’t).
3.
Adjust proportioning valve (7). (See VALVE ADJUSTMENT steps.)
4.
Install retainer (18) on proportioning valve lever (8) if removed, Install proportioning valve lever
on proportioning valve (7) with bushing (17) and nut (16). Tighten nut to 10-15 lb.-ft.
(14-20 N•m).
5.
Connect pipe (5) to proportioning valve (7). Connect hose (9) to pipe and install retainer (6).
6.
Connect hose (9) to proportioning valve lever (8) with screw (26).
7.
Install bracket (32) on differential (22) with bolt (33) if removed. Install hose (30) on bracket
(32) with screw (29). Tighten bolt to 35 Ib.-ft. (47 N•m).
8.
Connect right brake pipe (25) to wheel cylinder fitting (23). Connect right brake pipe to hose
(9 or 30) fitting and secure with clip (24).
9.
Repeat step 8 for left brake pipe (25) as required.
10.
Connect brake pipe (2) to brake hose (30) and install retainer (31).
TA49679
7-31
TM 9-2320-289-20
7-10.
REAR BRAKE LINES AND PROPORTIONING VALVE REPLACEMENT AND
ADJUSTMENT (Con’t).
11.
Connect brake pipe (2) to proportioning valve (7). Install clip (10) on brake pipe and install with
screw (11).
12.
Position brake pipe (2) along frame. Install 3 clips (3) on brake pipe and install with 3 screws
(4). Connect fitting (1) to brake pipe.
c.
VALVE ADJUSTMENT
1.
Perform step 9 of REMOVAL as required.
2.
Position “D”-shaped hole of proportioning valve adjustment gage (19) over “D” -shape of
proportioning valve (7) shaft, Rotate shaft until tang (15) can be positioned in proportioning
valve lower mounting hole.
3.
Perform step 4 of INSTALLATION.
4.
Cut tang (15) off of proportioning valve adjustment gage (19).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Remove jack stands and lower truck as required.
• Bleed brake system. (See paragraph 7-6)
• Check operation of brakes.
TA49680
7-32
TM 9-2320-289-20
7-11.
BRAKE PAD AND CALlPER REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
b. Installation
a. Removal
INITIAL SETUP:
MaterialslParts
Equipment Condition
• Front wheel removed. (See paragraph 8-2)
• TWO copper washers
• Brake fluid (Item 6, Appendix C)
• Grease (Item 26, Appendix C)
General Safety Instructions
• DO NOT use a dry brush or compressed air to clean brake pads or brake components.
a.
REMOVAL
NOTE
If removing caliper (2) from all except M1009, perform steps 1-4 and 8.
If removing caliper (2) from M1009, perform steps 1-3, 5, and 8.
If removing brake pads from all except M1009, perform steps 3, 4, and 6
through 8.
If removing brake pads from M1009, perform steps 3 and 5 through 8.
Use a suitable container to catch brake fluid from disconnected caliper
fiex hose.
1.
Remove bolt and 2 copper washers and disconnect caliper flex hose from caliper (2). Discard
copper washers.
2.
Remove dust cap (10) and bleeder valve (9) if damaged.
7-33
TM 9-2320-289-20
7-11.
3.
BRAKE PAD AND CALIPER REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
Position “C“ clamp around caliper (2) so that foot of clamp on shaft rests through access hole
(3) against outer brake pad (11 or 22) and stationary foot of clamp rests on piston (14),
Tighten “C” clamp until piston reaches bottom of piston bore. Remove “C“ clamp.
NOTE
Use soft-faced hammer and drift to remove key (5) and spring (7).
Note position of spring (7) for installation.
4.
Remove screw (6), Tap key (5) and spring (7) from bracket (4). Remove caliper
bracket and rotor (1).
All Except M1009
5.
Remove 2 mounting bolts (15). Remove caliper (2) from bracket (18) and rotor (1).
CAUTlON
DO NOT allow caliper (2) to hang from brake hoses. Damage to hoses may
result.
6.
Position caliper (2) on axle and secure with supporting wire.
TA49682
7-34
TM 9-2320-289-20
7-11.
BRAKE PAD AND CALIPER REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
M1009
NOTE
Note location of anti-rattle clip (12) or spring (23) for installation.
7.
Remove brake pads (11 and 13) or (21 and 22) from caliper housing (8 or 20). Remove
anti-rattle clip (12) or spring (23). Remove 2 sleeves (16), inner bushings (17), and outer
bushings (19) as required.
WARNING
DO NOT use a dry brush or compressed air to clean brake pads or brake
components, There may be asbestos dust on brake pads or brake
components which can be dangerous to you if you breathe it. Brake pads
and brake components must be wet, and a soft brush must be used.
Failure to follow this warning may result in serious illness or death to
personnel.
NOTE
Always replace brake pads (11, 13, 21, and 22) in sets, If 1 brake pad is
replaced, ensure that all brake pads are replaced.
8.
Clean off dirt from brake pads (11 and 13) or (21 and 22). Inspect for glazing, oil saturation, or
excessive wear. Replace brake pads if glazed or oil saturated, or if brake pad lining is worn to
within 0.031 in. (0.80 mm) of a rivet head or pad itself.
TA49683
7-35
7-11.
BRAKE PAD AND CAMPER REPtACEMEM (Conlt).
NOTE
r If krrtallino brake pads (13 or 22) on M1009, perform steps 1 4 , 9,
and 6.
~fInstrlUnq brake pad$ (11 or 21) on all except M1009, perform eteps I.
2, and 4 through 6.
H inatalllng caliper (2) on M1W9. perform
3. 8, and 8.
If installina caliper (2) On all except MlW)9, ~ r f e m
Step 4-6.
On inner bmko pad, there Is a specific left-hand and dght-hand pad,
When properly insbled, the wear wnsor will be toward rear of caliper
(2). With mntiinttle clip (12). loop-me spring (23) will be positioned
emy from rotot (1).
1.
Grease and install 2 outer bushinw (19), inner bushings (IT), and sleeves (16). Install
anti-rattle clip (12) or spring (23) and brake pad (13 or 22) in caliper housing (8 or 20). lnstall
brake pad (1 1 or 21) in caliper housing.
2,
Support aaliper (2) enU r-8
3.
Instal d p e r (2) on bracket (18) and rotor (1) with 2 mounting bdts (15). Securely tighten
mounting bolts.
wpporting wire.
TM 9-2320-289-20
7-11.
BRAKE PAD AND CALlPER REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
All Except M1009
NOTE
• Spring (7) must be installed on top of key (5).
• Use soft-faced hammer and punch to install key (5) and spring (7).
4.
Position caliper (2) on bracket (4) and rotor (1). Install spring (7) and key (5) on bracket with
screw (6). Securely tighten screw.
5.
Install bleeder valve (9) and dust cap (10) if removed.
NOTE
One copper washer must be installed between caliper flex hose and
caliper (2).
6.
Connect caliper flex hose to caliper (2) with bolt and 2 new copper washers.
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Fill master cylinder to proper level. (See LO 9-2320-289-12)
Install front wheel. (See paragraph 8-2)
Pump brake pedal several times to adjust caliper, then check operation of brakes.
Bleed system if caliper was replaced. (See paragraph 7-6)
TA49685
7-37
TM 9-2320-289-20
7-12.
SERVICE BRAKE PEDAL REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a.
Removal
b.
Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts
• Stoplight switch and actuator removed.
• One locknut
• One retainer
(See paragraph 4-16)
a.
1.
REMOVAL
Remove 2 screws (5) and wiring harness shield (4) from brake pedal bracket (2),
NOTE
Brake pedal is factory-installed without washer (14). Ensure that a washer
is used for installation.
2.
Remove retainer (15) and washer (14) and disconnect power booster rod (13). Remove return
spring retainer (12) and return spring (3). Discard retainer (15).
3.
Remove locknut (1), Remove brake pedal (11) assembly. Remove 2 bushings (8) and spacer
(7) from brake pedal pivot bolt (6). Remove screw (9) and brake pedal pad (10) if damaged,
Discard locknut.
TA49686
7-38
TM 9-2320-289-20
7-12.
b.
SERVICE BRAKE PEDAL REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
INSTALLATION
1.
Install brake pedal pad (10) and screw (9) if removed. Install spacer (7) and 2 bushings (8) on
brake pedal (11). Install brake pedal assembly with pivot bolt (6) and new locknut (1).
2.
Install return spring (3) and return spring retainer (12). Install power booster rod (13) on brake
pedal (11) pin with washer (14) and new retainer (15).
3.
Install wiring harness shield (4) on brake pedal bracket (2) with 2 screws (5).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Install actuator and stoplight switch. (See paragraph 4-16)
• Check operation of brakes.
7-39/ (7-40 blank)
TM 9-2320-289-20
CHAPTER 8
WHEELS AND STEERING SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
Section I. WHEEL AND TIRE MAINTENANCE
8-1.
WHEEL AND TIRE MAINTENANCE INDEX.
Paragraph
Number
8-2.
8-3.
8-4.
8-5.
8-6.
Page
Number
Procedures
Wheel and Tire Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Locking Hub Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rotor and Wheel Bearings Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drum, Hub, and Wheel Bearings Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Wheel Toe Alinement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
8-2
8-4
8-5
8-10
8-14
8-1
TM 9-2320-289-20
8-2.
WHEEL AND TIRE MAINTENANCE.
a. Removal
b. Inspection
This task covers:
c.
Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools/Test Equipment
•
Manual References
• TM
9-2320-289-10
• TM 9-2610-200-14
Torque wrench
General Safety Instructions
• Position wheel chocks at front and rear of tires opposite axle to be raised.
a.
REMOVAL
WARNING
Position wheel chocks at front and rear of tires opposite axle to be raised.
Truck must be on level surface before attempting to remove wheel (3).
Failure to follow this warning may result in injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Perform step 1.1 for M1028A2 and M1028A3.
1.
Position wheel chocks. Loosen Iugnuts
(1), but DO NOT remove. Raise truck
and support on jack stand (2).
Remove Iugnuts and wheel (3).
NOTE
Only rear dual wheel has spacer ring (3.1).
1.1.
8-2
Position wheel chocks. Loosen lugnuts (1), but DO NOT remove. Raise truck and support on jack
stand (2). Remove Iugnuts, clamping ring (3.2), outer rear wheel (3) or front wheel, spacer ring
(3.1), and inner rear wheel.
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
8-2.
WHEEL AND TIRE MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
WARNING
All air must be removed from tire
before removing tire from wheel
r i m ( 4 ) . Failure to follow this
warning may result in serious injury
to personnel.
2.
Remove valve cap (5) and valve core
(6) from valve stem (7), and allow tire
to completely deflate. Remove tire
(4) ,
(See
rim
wheel
from
TM 9-261 0-200-14)
Change 2
8-3
TM 9-2320-289-20
8-2.
WHEEL AND TIRE MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
1.
Inspect tire for cuts, gouges, cracks,
(See
damage.
and
sidewall
for
TM 9-2610-200-14)
Check
protruding objects inside tire which
may not be visible from outside.
required.
(See
tire
as
Repair
TM 9-2610-200-14)
2.
Inspect valve stem (7) and valve core
(6) for cracks. Replace if cracked.
3.
Inspect wheel rim (4) for bends and
other damage. Replace if bent or
damaged.
1.
Install valve core (6) in valve stem (7) and install tire on wheel rim (4), (See TM 9-2610-200-14)
Inflate tire as required. (See TM 9-2320-289-10) Check for leaks in valve stem, valve core, and
around edge of wheel rim. Install valve cap (5). Balance tire and wheel assembly. (See
TM 9-4910-743-14&P)
NOTE
Perform step 1.1 for M1028A2 and M1028A3 only.
Only rear dual wheel has spacer ring ( 3 . 1 ) .
When installing outer rear wheel (3), ensure that valve stems are
positioned 180° apart and that inner valve stems are accessible through
hole in outer rim.
1.1.
8-3.0
Position inner rear wheel (3), spacer ring (3.1), outer rear wheel or front wheel, and clamping
ring (3.2) on wheel hub. Install lugnuts (1) finger tight. Remove jack stand (2) and lower truck.
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
8-2.
WHEEL AND TIRE MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
FRONT
2.
Position wheel (3) on wheel hub. Install
lugnuts (1) finger tight. Remove jack
stand (2) and lower truck.
Change 1
8-3.1
TM 9-2320-289-20
8-2.
3.
4.
WHEEL AND TIRE MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
For M1009, tighten Iugnuts (1) to 90 Ib.-ft. (122 N•m) in sequence shown. For all except
M1009, tighten lugnuts to 140 Ib.-ft. (190 N•m) in sequence shown. Continue tightening
sequence as required to obtain required torque. Remove wheel chocks.
Stow spare tire in tire carrier. For M1028A2 and M1028A3, stow tire in tire carrier with wheel
offset up.
8-3.2 /(8-3.3 blank)
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
8-3.
FRONT LOCKING HUB REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Too/s/Test Equipment
• One “O” ring seal
• Snapring pliers
• Torque wrench
• Screwdriver bit set, J-29843
• Grease (Item 26, Appendix C)
1.
Remove 6 screws (1) and locking hubcap unit (2).
NOTE
Snapring (3) may not be on truck. Snapring is not necessary for operation,
but may be installed if desired.
2.
Remove
“O“
ring
seal
(4)
and
Iockring (5). Remove snapring (3)
from axle shaft (7), Remove locking
hub body unit (6) from wheel hub (8).
Discard “O” ring seal.
NOTE
• Clean all components and axle shaft (7), and lubricate with grease
before installation.
• Flat side of snapring (3) must face inward.
1.
Position locking hub body unit (6) in wheel hub (8). Install snapring (3) on axle shaft (7)
groove. Install Iockring (5) and new “O” ring seal (4) on inside of locking hubcap unit (2).
2.
Aline tabs (9) with locking hub body unit (6) slots and install locking hubcap unit (2) with 6
screws (1). Tighten screws to 45 lb.-in. (5 N•m).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
•
Check
operation
of
locking
hub.
TA49720
8-4
TM 9-2320-289-20
8-4.
ROTOR AND WHEEL BEARINGS MAINTENANCE.
This task cowers:
c. Installation
a. Removal
b. Cleaning and Inspection
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment
Materials/Parts
Condition
•
•
•
•
Caliper removed. (See paragraph 7-11)
Front locking hub removed.
(See paragraph 8-3)
•
•
Tools/Test
•
•
•
•
•
•
Manual References
Equipment
Annular bearing inserter, J-23445-A
Nut wrench, J-26878-A (all except M1009)
Nut wrench, J-34616 (1984, M1009 trucks)
Hub nut wrench, J-6893-D
(1985-87, M1009 trucks)
Snapring pliers
Torque wrench
General/Safety
#4-40 Screw
One seal
Six Iockwashers (all except M1009)
Six locknuts (Ml 009)
Dry cleaning solvent
(Item 15, Appendix C)
Grease (Item 26, Appendix C)
•
TM
9-2320-289-20P
Instructions
• Dry cleaning solvent is flammable and must not be used near an open flame. Use only in a
well-ventilated area.
• DO NOT use a dry brush or compressed air to clean brake pads or brake components.
NOTE
• If removing rotor, wheel bearings, and caliper bracket from all except
RA1009, perform steps 1, 4, and 5.
•
If removing rotor, wheel bearings,
perform steps 2-4, and 6.
and
caliper
bracket
from
M1009,
Change 2
8-5
TM 9-2320-289-20
8-4.
1.
ROTOR AND WHEEL BEARINGS MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
Remove outer adjusting nut (5), adjusting lock (6), and inner adjusting nut (5).
NOTE
•
A #4-40 screw should be used in step 2.
• Step 2 only applies to 1984, M1009 trucks.
2.
Remove snapring (1) and washer (2). Insert screw into end of key (3), and pull out screw and
key. Remove screw from key. Remove adjusting nut (4).
NOTE
Step 3 only applies to 1985-87, M1009 trucks.
3.
8-6
Remove snapring (1) and washer (2). Remove locking nut (21), ring (22), and adjusting nut
(23) .
TM 9-2320-289-20
8-4.
4.
ROTOR AND WHEEL BEARINGS MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
Remove outer wheel bearing (7). Remove rotor (9), Remove seal (18) and inner wheel bearing
(19) from rotor. Drive out outer race (8) and inner race (20) by evenly tapping around inner
edges with soft-faced drift. Press out 6 or 8 wheel studs (10) as required. Discard seal.
WARNING
Splash shield (13) and caliper bracket (17) are factory-installed with 6
locknuts and washers. Refer to TM 9-2320-289-20P for proper replacement
parts. Using improper replacement parts may cause caliper to fall off
during operation, resulting in injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Note position of caliper bracket (14) for Installation.
5.
Remove 6 nuts (11) and Iockwashers (12). Remove splash shield (13) and caliper bracket (14)
from spindle (15). Discard Iockwashers.
NOTE
Note position of caliper bracket (17) for Installation.
6.
b.
Remove 6 locknuts (16) and caliper bracket (17) from spindle (15). Discard locknuts.
CLEANING AND INSPECTION
WARNING
Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 is toxic and flammable. Always wear
protective goggles and gloves and use only in a well-ventilated area.
Avoid contact with skin, eyes, and clothes and DO NOT breathe vapors.
DO NOT use near open flame or excessive heat. The solvent’s flash
point is 100°F-138°F (38°C-59°C). If you become dizzy while using
cleaning solvent, immediately get fresh air and medical help. If solvent
contacts eyes, immediately wash your eyes with water and get medical
aid.
DO NOT use a dry brush or compressed air to clean brake pads or
brake components. There may be asbestos dust on brake pads or brake
components which can be dangerous to you if you breathe it. Brake
pads and brake components must be wet, and a soft brush must be
used. Failure to follow this warning may result in serious illness or
death to personnel.
1.
Clean wheel bearings (7 and 19) and races (8 and 20). Inspect wheel bearings and races for
scratches, discoloration, wear, bends, and cracks. Replace if rough or noisy after cleaning, or
if worn, bent, or cracked.
2.
Clean cooling fins of rotor (9). Inspect rotor for scoring, pitting, or cracks. Notify your
supervisor if scored, pitted, or cracked.
8-7
TM 9-2320-289-20
8-4.
ROTOR AND WHEEL BEARINGS MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
NOTE
• If installing rotor (9), wheel bearings (19), and caliper bracket (14) on
all except M1009, perform steps 1, 3, and 4.
• If installing rotor (9), wheel bearings (19), and caliper bracket (17) on
M1009, perform steps 2, 3, 5, and 6.
1.
Install caliper bracket (14) and splash shield (13) on spindle (15) with 6 new Iockwashers (12)
and nuts (11). Tighten nuts to 65 Ib.-ft. (88 N•m).
2.
Install caliper bracket (17) on spindle (15) studs with 6 new locknuts (16). Tighten locknuts to
65 Ib.-ft. (88 N•m).
8-8
TM 9-2320-289-20
8-4.
ROTOR AND WHEEL BEARINGS MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
WARNING
The tapered end of inner wheel bearing assembly must be facing toward the
outboard (cap end) of axle shaft. The tapered end of the outer wheel
bearing assembly must be facing toward the inboard (splined end) of the
axle shaft. Failure to follow this warning may force wheel off truck during
operation, causing serious injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Apply grease to wheel bearing assemblies before installation.
3.
Press 6 or 8 wheel studs (10) into rotor (9) if removed. Drive inner race (20) and outer race (8)
into rotor with soft-faced drift until fully seated. Install inner wheel bearing (19) and new seal (18)
on rotor. Install rotor on spindle (15). Install outer wheel bearing (7).
4.
Position inner adjusting nut (5) with pin facing outward and tighten to 50 lb.-ft. (68 N•m) while
turning rotor (9) to seat wheel bearing assemblies. Loosen inner adjusting nut and tighten to
50 Ib.-ft. (68 N•m). Back off inner adjusting nut far enough to install adjusting lock (6). Position
adjusting lock with hole on inner adjusting nut pin. Install outer adjusting nut (5) and tighten to
160 Ib.-ft. (217 N•m).
NOTE
• Step 5 only applies to 1984, M1009 trucks.
• Ensure that end of key (3) with threaded hole faces outward.
5.
Position adjusting nut (4) and tighten to 50 Ib.-ft. (68 N•m) while turning rotor (9) to seat wheel
bearing assemblies. Loosen adjusting nut and tighten to 25 Ib.-ft. (34 N•m). Back off adjusting
nut to nearest slot and install key (3), Install snapring (1) and washer (2).
NOTE
Step 6 only applies to 1985-87, M1009 trucks.
6.
Position adjusting nut (23) and tighten to 50 Ib.-ft. (68 N•m) while turning rotor (9) to seat wheel
bearing assemblies. Loosen adjusting nut and tighten to 35 Ib.-ft. (47 N•m). Back off adjusting
nut 3/8 turn. Install ring (22) with tang alined to slot on spindle (15) and hole alined to pin on
adjusting nut. Install locking nut (21). Tighten locking nut to 160 Ib.-ft. (217 N•m). Install
snapring (1) and washer (2).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• lnstall front locking hub. (See paragraph 8-3)
• Install caliper. (See paragraph 7-11)
Change 2
8-9
TM 9-2320-289-20
8-5.
DRUM, HUB, AND WHEEL BEARINGS MAINTENANCE.
This task covers:
c. Installation
a. Removal
b. Cleaning and Inspection
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Rear axle shaft removed (all except M1009).
Materials/Parts
One adjusting hole cover
One seal
Dry cleaning solvent
(Item 15, Appendix C)
Grease (Item 26, A p p e n d i x C )
(See paragraph 6-8)
Wheel removed. (See paragraph 8-2)
Transmission in “N” (Neutral).
Parking brake released.
Manual References
Tools/Test Equipment
•
Wheel bearing remover, J-24426
Driver handle, J-8092
Wheel bearing wrench, J-2222-C
Snapring pliers
Torque wrench
TM
9-214
General Safety Instructions
Dry cleaning solvent is flammable and must not be used near open flame. Use only in a
well-ventilated area.
DO NOT use a dry brush or compressed air to clean brake shoes or brake components.
a. REMOVAL
NOTE
• If removing hub (8), drum (9), and wheel bearings (15 or 17) from all
except M1009, perform steps 1 and 2 as required.
• If removing drum (1) from M1009, perform steps 1 and 3.
• It may be necessary to knock out lanced area (5) in backing plate (12)
or drum (1), or remove covers to gain access to adjusting screw
(3 or 13).
1.
Insert a screwdriver through access
hole (5) in backing plate (12) or drum
(1). Loosen adjusting screw (3 or 13)
until no drag is felt on drum.
2.
Remove retainer (6), key (7), and
adjusting nut (18) from spindle (11).
R e m o v e h u b ( 8 ) a n d d r u m (9)
assembly from spindle (11). Rem o v e
inner wheel bearing assembly (15)
and seal (14) from hub. Remove
snapring (16) and outer wheel
bearing assembly (17) from hub.
R e m o v e 8 w h e e l s t u d s (10) t o
separate hub from drum. Discard
seal.
8-10
TM 9-2320-289-20
8-5.
3.
b.
DRUM, HUB, AND WHEEL BEARINGS MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
Remove 2 retainers, if present, from 2 wheel studs (2), Evenly tap around edge of drum (1)
and remove drum. Press 6 wheel studs from axle shaft (4) as required. Discard retainers.
CLEANING AND INSPECTION
WARNING
Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 is toxic and flammable. Always wear
protective goggles and gloves and use only in a well-ventilated area.
Avoid contact with skin, eyes, and clothes and DO NOT breathe vapors.
DO NOT use near open flame or excessive heat, The solvent’s flash
point is 100°F-138°F (38°C-59°C). If you become dizzy while using
cleaning solvent, immediately get fresh air and medical help. If solvent
contacts eyes, immediately wash your eyes with water and get medical
aid.
DO NOT use a dry brush or compressed air to clean brake shoes or
brake components. There may be asbestos dust on brake shoes or
brake components which can be dangerous to you if you breathe it.
Brake shoes and brake components must be wet, and a soft brush must
be used. Failure to follow this warning may result in serious illness or
death to personnel.
1.
Clean and inspect wheel bearing assemblies (15 and 17). (See TM 9-214)
2.
Clean hub (8) and drum (1 or 9). Inspect for scoring, pitting, or cracks. Notify your supervisor
if scored, pitted, or cracked.
TA49724
8-11
TM 9-2320-289-20
8-5.
c.
DRUM, HUB, AND WHEEL BEARINGS MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
INSTALLATION
WARNING
The tapered end of inner wheel bearing assembly (15) must be facing
toward the outboard (cap end) of axle shaft (4 or 11). The tapered end of
the outer wheel bearing assembly (17) must be facing toward the inboard
(splined end) of the axle shaft. Failure to follow this warning may force
wheel off truck during operation, causing serious injury or death to
personnel.
NOTE
• If installing drum (1) on M1009, perform step 4.
• If installing hub (8), drum (9), and wheel bearings (15 or 17) on all
except M1009, perform steps 1-3 as required.
• Apply grease to wheel bearing assemblies (15 or 17) before installation.
(See TM 9-214)
. Before adjusting bearings (15 or 17), ensure that brakes are fully
released and do not drag.
1.
Aline hub (8) and drum (9) stud holes. Press 8 wheel studs (10) into hub and drum with arbor
press. Hub must seat tightly against drum.
2.
Install outer wheel bearing assembly (17) in hub (8) past snapring slot, Install snapring (16) in
slot. Tap outer wheel bearing assembly to seat on ring. Install inner wheel bearing assembly
(15) and new seal (14) in hub. Position hub and drum assembly on spindle (11).
TA49725
8-12
TM 9-2320-289-20
8-5.
DRUM, HUB, AND WHEEL BEARINGS MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
3.
Install adjusting nut (18). Tighten
adjusting nut to 50 Ib.-ft. (68 N•m)
while rotating hub (8) and drum (9)
assembly to seat bearings (15 and
17). Loosen adjusting nut slightly to
aline for installation of key (7). Install
key in adjusting nut, Install retainer
(6) on spindle (11). Ensure that
retainer is properly seated.
4.
Install 6 wheel studs (2) to axle shaft
(4), if removed. Install drum (1) on
axle shaft studs.
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
•
•
•
•
Adjust brake shoes. (See paragraph 7-7)
Install wheel. (See paragraph 8-2)
Install rear axle shaft if removed. (See paragraph 6-8)
Check operation of brakes.
TA49726
8-13
TM 9-2320-289-20
FRONT WHEEL TOE ALINEMENT.
8-6.
a. Toe Check
This task covers:
b. Toe Adjustment
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
• Tires inflated to proper pressure.
(See TM 9-2320-289-10)
Tools/Test Equipment
• Toe-in bar gage
• Torque
wrench
• Truck on level ground with wheels
straight ahead.
Personnel Required
• MOS 63B (2)
a. TOE CHECK
1.
Inspect all axle components for
obvious looseness or damage that
toe
measurement.
might
affect
Tighten or replace as required.
2.
Measure toe using toe-in bar gage.
Place gage at largest point on inside
of front tires and toward front so that
chains are just touching ground. Roll
truck forward until chains are just
ground
rear.
touching
toward
toe-out
Maximum
toe-in
and
measurement should be no more
than 0.375 in. (0.953 cm).
TOE ADJUSTMENT
b.
NOTE
•
If adjusting toe on all except
M1009, perform step 1.
•
If adjusting toe on M1009,
perform step 2.
1.
Loosen nuts on adjusting sleeve (1).
Rotate adjusting sleeve as required to
bring toe within range. Check toe
(see TOE CHECK, step 2). Tighten
nuts on adjusting sleeve to 40 Ib.-ft.
(54 N•m).
2.
Check toe (see TOE CHECK, step 2). If alinement is off, loosen adjusting nuts (2) at both ends
of tie-rod (3) and adjust as required to bring toe within range. Check toe (see TOE CHECK,
step 2). Tighten adjusting nuts.
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Operate truck and check for pull or wander.
TA49727
8-14
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il. STEERING SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
8-7.
STEERING SYSTEM MAINTENANCE INDEX.
Paragraph
Number
8-8.
8-9.
8-10.
8-11.
8-12.
8-13.
8-14.
8-15.
8-16.
8-17.
Page
Number
Procedures
Power Steering System Bleeding Instructions . . . . , , , . . . . . . . . . .
Steering Wheel and Directional Signal Lever Replacement . . . . . .
Connecting Rod Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pitman Arm Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tie-rod Shock Absorber Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tie-rod Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Steering Lines Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Steering Pump, Belt, and Pulley Replacement . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Steering Gear Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering Shaft Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change 2
8-16
8-18
8-20
8-22
8-23
8-24
8-27
8-30
8-33
8-35
8-15
TM 9-2320-289-20
POWER STEERING SYSTEM BLEEDING INSTRUCTIONS.
8-8.
a.
This task covers:
Bleeding
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts
• Front of truck raised and supported
• Hydraulic fluid (Item 28, Appendix C)
by jack stands.
Manual References
General Safety Instructions
• LO 9-2320-289-12
• Always wear goggles when bleeding
power steering system.
a. BLEEDING
WARNING
Always wear goggles when bleeding power steering system. Hydraulic fluid
spillage can occur. Failure to follow this warning may result in serious eye
injury.
CAUTION
Hydraulic fluid and brake fluid cannot be mixed. Damage to seals will
result if hydraulic fluid contacts brake seals or brake fluid contacts
steering seals.
NOTE
Ensure that power steering hoses
are not touching any other parts of
truck, particularly sheet metal.
This will prevent noise from power
steering hoses during operation.
1.
Check belt (1) tightness and inspect
pulley (3) for looseness or damage.
Tighten or replace belt and pulley as
required. (See paragraph 8-15)
2.
Remove cap (2) and fill hydraulic fluid
reservoir to proper level. (See
LO 9-2320-289-12)
3.
Start engine and run momentarily,
Turn off engine. Check hydraulic fluid
level and add as required. Repeat
until hydraulic f l u i d l e v e l r e m a i n s
constant after running engine.
TA49728
8-16
TM 9-2320-289-20
8-8.
POWER STEERING SYSTEM BLEEDING INSTRUCTIONS (Con’t).
4.
Start engine and depress brake pedal several times while rotating steering wheel right and left,
lightly contacting wheel stops. Turn off engine. Check hydraulic fluid level and add as required.
5.
Check for air in hydraulic fluid. Hydraulic fluid will appear foamy or milky if it contains air. If air
is present, allow truck to stand a few minutes with engine off, then repeat steps 2 through 4 as
required. If hydraulic fIuid still appears foamy or milky after a few attempts, notify your
supervisor.
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Remove jack stands and lower truck.
• Check operation of power steering.
• Check for leaks.
8-17
TM 9-2320-289-20
8-9.
STEERING WHEEL AND DIRECTIONAL SIGNAL LEVER REPLACEMENT.
b. Installation
a. Removal
This task covers:
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools/Test Equipment
Equipment Condition
• Both battery negative cables disconnected,
(See paragraph 4-38)
• Steering wheel puller
• Torque wrench
NOTE
If removing directional signal lever (12), perform step 3.
1.
Remove horn button cover (5), Remove 3 screws inside cup (4) and remove cup, horn
bushing (3), and horn contact spring (2) from steering wheel (1). Remove clip (10) and nut
(9), Remove insulator (8), eyelet (7), and spring (6).
NOTE
Using alinement mark (11) on
mark
steering
column
shaft,
position of steering wheel for
installation.
2.
Remove steering wheel (1) using
steering wheel puller.
3.
Push in directional signal lever (12)
while rotating counterclockwise, then
rotate clockwise while pulling out to
remove from steering column.
b.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
If installing directional signal lever (12), perform step 1.
1.
Aline pin on directional signal lever (12) with notch in steering column, and install directional
signal lever while turning counterclockwise.
NOTE
Ensure that directional signal lever (12) is in “OFF” position while
installing steering wheel (1).
2.
Position steering wheel (1) using alinement mark (11).
TA49729
8-18
TM 9-2320-289-20
8-9.
3.
STEERING WHEEL AND DIRECTIONAL SIGNAL LEVER REPLACEMENT
(Con’t).
Install spring (6), eyelet (7), and insulator (8). Install nut (9) and tighten to 30 Ib.-ft. (41 N•m).
Install clip (10). Position horn contact spring (2) with bowed part facing outward, and install
horn bushing (3) and cup (4), Install 3 screws inside cup. Install horn button cover (5).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
• Check horn operation.
TA49730
8-19
TM 9-2320-289-20
8-10.
CONNECTING ROD REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Tools/Test Equipment
• Puller
• Torque wrench
• Two cotter pins
a.
REMOVAL
1.
Remove 2 cotter pins (2) and nuts (1). Using puller, remove connecting rod sockets (5 and 8)
from steering arm (6) and pitman arm (9). Remove 2 grease fittings (4) if damaged. Discard
cotter pins.
2.
Inspect connecting rod sockets (5 and 8) for damage. If damaged perform step 3. If not
damaged, clean threads on connecting rod sockets.
NOTE
Note position of sleeve (7) and number of exposed threads on connecting
rod sockets (5 and 8) for installation.
3.
Loosen 2 nuts (3) and unscrew connecting rod sockets (5 and 8) from sleeve (7).
TA49731
8-20
TM 9-2320-289-20
8-10.
b.
1.
CONNECTING ROD REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
INSTALLATION
Screw connecting rod sockets (5 and 8) onto sleeve (7) if removed. Tighten 2 nuts (3) to
40 Ib.-ft. (54 N•m).
NOTE
Ensure that shorter connecting rod socket (8) is installed on pitman arm
(9).
2
Install 2 grease fittings (4) if removed. Position connecting rod socket (8) on pitman arm (9)
and connecting rod socket (5) on steering arm (6), and install 2 nuts (1). Tighten nuts to
70 Ib.-ft. (95 N•m). Advance nuts as required to aline cotter pin (2) holes. Install 2 new cotter
pins.
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Lubricate connecting rod sockets. (See LO 9-2320-289-12)
8-21
TM 9-2320-289-20
8-11.
PITMAN ARM REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts
• Truck raised and supported by frame on
jack stands.
• Connecting rod socket disconnected
pitman arm. (See paragraph 8-10)
• One
locknut
from
Too/s/Test Equipment
• Mechanical puller,
• Torque
wrench
J-6632-01
REMOVAL
a.
NOTE
Mark position of pitman arm (3) on
steering
shaft
(1)
for
gear
installation.
1.
b.
Remove locknut (5), washer (4), and
bolt (2). Remove pitman arm (3)
from steering gear shaft (1). Discard
locknut.
INSTALLATION
CAUTION
If a clamp-type pitman arm (3) is used, spread pitman arm with a wedge
just enough to slip pitman arm onto steering gear shaft (l). DO NOT
spread pitman arm more than required to slip over steering gear shaft with
hand pressure. DO NOT use a hammer to install pitman arm.
NOTE
Before tightening locknut (5), ensure that position of pitman arm (3) is
alined with marks made during removal.
1.
Position pitman arm (3) on steering gear shaft (1). Install bolt (2), washer (4), and new locknut
(5). Tighten locknut to 95 Ib.-ft. (129 N•m).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
•
Connect
connecting
rod
socket
to
pitman
arm.
(See
paragraph
8-10)
• Remove jack stands and lower truck.
TA49732
8-22
TM 9-2320-289-20
TIE-ROD SHOCK ABSORBER REPLACEMENT.
8-12.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools/Test
Materials/Parts
• One
• One
a.
cotter pin
lockwasher
•
Torque
Equipment
wrench
REMOVAL
1.
Remove
Remove
Remove
Discard
2.
Inspect tie-rod shock absorber (2) for
leaks and damage. Inspect tie-rod
shock absorber bushings (1) for wear
and damage. Replace if damaged.
nut (7) and Iockwasher (8).
cotter pin (4) and nut (5).
tie-rod shock absorber (2).
Iockwasher and cotter pin.
b. INSTALLATION
1.
Position tie-rod shock absorber (2) on
axle (3) and tie-rod (6). Install new
Iockwasher (8) and nut (7). Install nut
(5). Tighten nut (7) to 80 Ib.-ft.
(108
N•m).
Tighten
nut
(5)
to
45 Ib.-ft. (61 N•m). Advance nut (5)
as required to aline cotter pin (4)
holes. Install new cotter pin.
TA49733
8-23
TM 9-2320-289-20
8-13.
TIE-ROD MAINTENANCE.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Disassembly
c. Assembly
d. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment
•
Condition
Tie-rod shock absorber
(See paragraph 8-12)
Materials/Parts
removed.
• Two cotter pins
• Two tie-rod socket seals
• Lubricating oil (Item 36, Appendix
C)
Too/s/Test Equipment
•
•
a.
Puller
Torque
wrench
REMOVAL
NOTE
• M1009 tie-rod assembly is mounted from below steering arms (3).
• All other tie-rod assemblies are mounted from above steering arms (3).
1.
Attempt to move tie-rod end. If socket moves 0.015 in. (0.4 mm) on stud, tie-rod end must be
replaced.
2.
Remove 2 grease fittings (6). Remove 2 cotter pins (2) and nuts (1) . Discard cotter pins.
NOTE
Note number of exposed threads on tie-rod ends (5 and 9) or (10 and 13) for
installation.
3.
Use puller until tie-rod end (5 or 10) unseats. Repeat for other tie-rod end (9 or 10). Remove
tie-rod assembly. Remove 2 tie-rod socket seals (4) from steering arms (3). Discard seals.
b. DISASSEMBLY
NOTE
• If disassembling tie-rod assembly for all except M1009, perform step 1.
• If disassembling tie-rod assembly for M1009, perform step 2.
•
1.
Note position
installation.
of
sleeve
(11)
and
number
of
exposed
threads
for
Loosen 2 nuts (14) and remove tie-rod end (10) from sleeve (11). Remove sleeve from tie-rod
tube (12). Inspect all components for damage and replace as required.
NOTE
Note number of exposed threads on adjusting nut (7) for installation.
2.
8-24
Remove tie-rod ends (5 and 9) and adjusting nut (7) from tie-rod tube (8) as required. Inspect all
components for damage and replace as required.
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
8-13.
c.
TIE-ROD MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
ASSEMBLY
NOTE
If assembling tie-rod assembly on M1009, perform step 1.
If assembling tie-rod assembly on all except M1009, perform step 2.
Ensure that tie-rod end (5 and 9) or (10 and 13) threads are clean and
lubricated.
1.
Install tie-rod end (9) on tie-rod tube (8). Install adjusting nut (7) on tie-rod tube, Install tie-rod
end (5) on adjusting nut.
2.
Install sleeve (11) on tie-rod tube (12). Install tie-rod end (10) on sleeve. Tighten nuts (14) to
40 Ib.-ft. (54 N•m).
TA49734
8-25
TM 9-2320-289-20
8-13.
d.
TIE-ROD MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
INSTALLATION
NOTE
M1009 tie-rod assembly is mounted from below steering arms (3).
All other tie-rod assemblies are mounted from above steering arms (3).
1.
Position 2 new tie-rod socket seals (4) and tie-rod ends (5 and 9) or (10 and 13) on 2 steering
arms (3). Install 2 nuts (1), Tighten nuts to 40 Ib.-ft. (54 N•m). Advance nuts as required to
aline cotter pin (2) holes. Install 2 new cotter pins. Install 2 grease fittings (6).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Install tie-rod shock absorber. (See paragraph 8-12)
Adjust toe alinement. (See paragraph 8-6)
Lubricate tie-rod ends. (See LO 9-2320-289-12)
TA49735
8-26
TM 9-2320-289-20
8-14.
POWER STEERING LINES REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts
• Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
• One Iockwasher
• One power steering gear outlet seal
Too/s/Test Equipment
• Open end wrench
(16 mm and 18 mm), J-33124
a.
REMOVAL
CAUTION
Immediately after disconnection, plug all lines and ports to prevent
contamination.
NOTE
• Note location of hoses and pipes for installation.
• Use suitable container to catch power steering fluid.
8-27
TM 9-2320-289-20
8-14.
POWER STEERING LINES REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
NOTE
Perform the following steps as required to remove or disconnect
desired power steering line (9 or 18).
Remove clamps (3, 5, 8, 14, or 17) from hoses (4, 10, or 15) as
required after disconnection.
1.
Remove nut (19), Iockwasher (20), and bolt (1). Remove clip (7).
2.
Loosen 2 clamps (14) and disconnect hose (15) from power steering pump (16) and power
steering gear (13). Remove hose. Remove outlet pipe (11) and seal (12) as required, Discard
seal if removed.
3.
Disconnect line (18) and line (9) at power booster (2). Loosen clamp (3) and disconnect hose
(4) from power booster.
TA49736
8-28
TM 9-2320-289-20
8-14.
POWER STEERING LINES REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
NOTE
If disconnecting line (9) from rear of power steering pump (16), it may be
necessary to remove power steering pump mounting hardware and pull
out power steering pump.
4.
Disconnect line (18) from power steering gear (13). Disconnect line (9) from power steering
pump (16). Loosen clamp (17) and disconnect hose (10) from power steering pump. Remove
hoses and lines as required. Loosen clamps (5 and 8), and disconnect hose (4) and pipe (6)
as required.
5.
Inspect all hoses (4, 10, and 15), pipes (6 and 11), lines (9 and 18), and fittings for damage.
Replace as required.
b.
INSTALLATION
CAUTION
Remove all plugs before connection.
NOTE
Install clamps (3, 5, 8, 14, or 17) on disconnected hoses (4, 10, or 15) if
removed.
1.
Connect hose (4) to pipe (6) and pipe to hose (10), Tighten clamps (5 and 8) if disconnected.
Connect hose (10) to power steering pump (16) and tighten clamp (17). Connect line (9) to
power steering pump. Connect line (18) to power steering gear (13), install power steering
pump if removed.
2.
Connect hose (4) to power booster (2) and tighten clamp (3). Connect lines (9 and 18) to
power booster.
3.
Install new seal (12) and outlet pipe (11) if removed. Connect hose (15) to power steering
gear (13) and power steering pump (16), and tighten clamps (14).
4.
Install clip (7) on line (9), pipe (6), and line (18), and install with bolt (1), new Iockwasher
(20), and nut (19).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
• Bleed power steering system. (See paragraph 8-8)
8-29
TM 9-2320-289-20
8-15.
POWER STEERING PUMP, BELT, AND PULLEY REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a.
Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Too/s/Test Equipment
• Alternator
belts removed (if removing
power steering pump belt).
(See paragraph 4-2 or 4-3)
• Air conditioner belt removed (M1010 only).
(See paragraph 3-35)
a.
• Power
steering pump pulley remover,
J-25034-B
• Steering pulley installer, J-25033-B
• Open end wrench
(16 mm and 18 mm), J-33124
REMOVAL
CAUTION
DO NOT pry on power steering pump (5) reservoir or pull on filler neck when
rotating power steering pump, Failure to follow this caution may result in
damage to power steering pump.
NOTE
• If removing belt (1), perform step 1.
• If removing power steering pump (5), perform steps 1-3.
1.
Loosen adjusting nut (2) and adjusting bolts (7 and 12). Rotate power steering pump (5) to
loosen belt (1). Remove belt from pulley (14), Discard belt if worn or damaged.
NOTE
On all except M1010, bolt (12) is removed from behind power steering
pump (5).
2.
Remove bolt (8), adjusting bolt (7), and bracket (9). Remove nut (10) and brace (11).
Disconnect power steering lines at power steering pump (5). (See paragraph 8-14)
3.
Remove adjusting nut (2), nut (3), and adjusting bolt (12). Remove power steering pump (5) and
bracket (4) assembly.
4.
Remove power steering pump pulley (14).
5.
Remove 3 bolts (13) and bracket from power steering pump (5).
8-30
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
8-15.
POWER STEERING PUMP, BELT, AND PULLEY REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
b. I N S T A L L A T I O N
NOTE
• If
installing power steering pump (5), perform steps 2-5.
• If
installing belt (1), perform steps 6 and 7.
1.
Install bracket (4) on power steering pump (5) with 3 bolts (13).
2.
Install power steering pump pulley (14).
NOTE
On all except M1010, bolt (12) is installed from behind power steering
pump (5).
3.
Position power steering pump (5) and bracket (4) assembly on studs (6) and install with
adjusting bolt (12), adjusting nut (2), and nut (3). DO NOT fully tighten adjusting bolt or nut.
4.
Connect power steering lines at power steering pump (5). (See paragraph 8-14)
5.
Install nut (10) and brace (11) on power steering pump (5). Install bracket (9) with bolt (8) and
adjusting bolt (7). DO NOT fully tighten adjusting bolt.
TA49737
8-31
TM 9-2320-289-20
8-15.
POWER STEERING PUMP, BELT, AND PULLEY REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
CAUTION
Ensure that belt (1) tension is correct. A belt too loose or too tight can
cause damage to power steering pump (5) or belt.
6.
Position belt (1) on pulleys. Rotate power steering pump (5) by placing a pry bar between engine
and bracket (4), and pulling pry bar toward power steering pump until belt appears tight. Tighten
adjusting nut (2) and adjusting bolts (7 and 12).
7.
Using belt tensioning gage, check belt (1) tension. (See Appendix E)
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Install air conditioner belt if removed. (See paragraph 3-35)
• Install alternator belts if removed. (See paragraph 4-2 or 4-3)
• Bleed power steering system. (See paragraph 8-8)
TA702 18
8-32
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
8-16.
POWER STEERING GEAR REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
• Pitman arm removed. (See paragraph 8-11)
• Two Iockwashers
Tools/Test Equipment
• Torque wrench
1.
Disconnect power steering lines from power steering gear (10).
2.
Remove nut (7)
Iockwashers.
and Iockwasher (6). Remove nut (8) and Iockwasher (9). Discard
NOTE
It may be necessary to lightly tap on coupling (4) to separate it from
steering shaft flange (5).
3.
Remove 4 bolts (1) and spacers (2) while supporting steering gear (10). Remove steering
gear from frame (3).
TA49739
8-33
TM 9-2320-289-20
8-16.
b.
POWER STEERING GEAR REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
INSTALLATION
1.
Position steering gear (10) so coupling (4) studs aline with holes in steering shaft flange (5).
Install steering gear on frame (3) with 4 spacers (2) and bolts (1). Tighten bolts to 75 Ib.-ft.
(102 N•m).
2.
Install coupling (4) on steering shaft flange (5) with new Iockwasher (6) and nut (7), and new
Iockwasher (9) and nut (8). Tighten nuts to 20 Ib.-ft. (27 N•m).
3.
Install power steering lines to power steering gear (10).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Install pitman arm. (See paragraph 8-11)
TA49740
8-34
TM 9-2320-289-20
8-17.
STEERING SHAFT REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools/Test Equipment
Materials/Parts
• Torque wrench
• Grease (Item 26, Appendix C)
a.
REMOVAL
NOTE
Ensure that position of flanged end of lower steering shaft (6) and steering
shaft are marked for assembly.
1.
Remove 2 nuts (4 and 7) and washers (3 and 8) from flexible coupling (2) at steering gear (1).
Remove flanged end of lower steering shaft (6) from steering gear.
2.
Remove nut securing upper shaft (5) to lower steering shaft (6) and tap out bolt. Tap steering
shaft off at upper end and remove.
TA701839
Change 2
8-35
TM 9-2320-289-20
8-17.
b.
STEERING SHAFT REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
INSTALLATION
1.
Lubricate end of upper shaft (5) with grease. Install lower steering shaft (6) onto upper shaft with
notch in cover toward flat side of spline on upper shaft. Tap into place.
2.
Tap bolt into upper and lower steering shafts (5 and 6) and install nut.
3.
Install 2 nuts (4 and 7), washers (3 and 8), and flanged end of lower steering shaft (6) to flexible
coupling (2) at steering gear (1). Tighten nuts to 20 Ib.-ft. (27 N•m).
TA701840
8-36
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
CHAPTER 9
FRAME MAINTENANCE
9-1.
FRAME MAINTENANCE INDEX.
Paragraph
Number
9-2.
9-3.
9-4.
9-5.
9-6.
9-7.
9-8.
9-9.
9-10.
Procedures
Front Bumper, Radiator Grille Guard, and Tie-down
Clevises Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Bumper Supports Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pintle Assembly Replacement (All Except M1009 and Ml1010) . . .
Pintle Assembly Replacement (M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Bumper and Tie-down Clevises Replacement
(All Except M1009) . . ... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Bumper Supports Replacement (All Except M1009) . . . . . . .
Rear Bumper, Tow Hook Bracket, and Tie-down Clevises
Replacement (M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Bumper Supports Replacement (M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spare Tire Carrier Replacement (All Except M1009) . . . . . . . . . . .
Page
Number
9-2
9-4
9-6
9-8
9-10
9-14
9-16
9-20
9-23
9-1
TM 9-2320-289-20
FRONT BUMPER, RADIATOR GRILLE GUARD, AND TIE-DOWN CLEVISES
REPLACEMENT.
9-2.
This task covers:
a.
b. Installation
Removal
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools/Test Equipment
Materials/Parts
• Two
cotter
• Torque
pins
General Safety Instructions
Personnel Required
• MOS 63B (2)
a.
wrench
• Use an assistant during removal and
installation of radiator grille guard.
REMOVAL
WARNING
Radiator grille guard is heavy. Failure to use an assistant during removal
may cause serious injury to personnel.
NOTE
If removing radiator grille guard (10), perform step 1.
1.
Remove 6 nuts (4), washers (3), bolts (11), and radiator grille guard (10).
2.
Remove cotter pin (7) from pin (8) and remove tie-down clevis (9). Repeat step to remove
other tie-down clevis.
3.
Remove 2 blackout light brackets from bumper (1). (See paragraph 4-25)
4.
Remove 2 nuts (5), washers (3), bolts (12), and bumper (1).
5.
Remove weight classification marker (2).
b.
INSTALLATION
WARNING
Radiator grille guard is heavy, Failure to use an assistant during installation
may cause serious injury to personnel.
NOTE
If installing radiator grille guard (10), perform step 5.
1.
9-2
Install weight classification marker (2) to bumper (1).
TM 9-2320-289-20
9-2.
FRONT BUMPER, RADIATOR GRILLE GUARD, AND TIE-DOWN CLEVISES
REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
2.
Install bumper (1) with 2 bolts (12), washers (3), and nuts (5), DO NOT fully tighten nuts.
3.
Install 2 blackout light brackets to bumper (1). (See paragraph 4-25)
4.
Install each tie-down clevis (9) to each tie-down extension (6) with pin (8) and new cotter pin
(7) .
5.
Install radiator grille guard (10) with 6 bolts (11), washers (3), and nuts (4). Tighten nuts to
35 Ib.-ft. (47 N•m).
6.
Tighten 2 nuts (5) to 35 Ib.-ft. (47 N•m).
TA49703
9-3
TM 9-2320-289-20
9-3.
FRONT BUMPER SUPPORTS REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
• Radiator grille guard and front bumper
• One plastic tie
• Four
Iockwashers
removed, (See paragraph 9-2)
Tools/Test Equipment
• Torque wrench
NOTE
• If removing bumper braces (6), perform steps 1 and 2.
• If removing bumper brackets (5), tie-down extensions (11), and shims
(10), perform steps 3 and 4.
1,
Remove plastic tie securing wiring harness to bumper brace (6). Discard plastic tie.
2.
Remove 2 bolts (1), washers (2), and bumper brace (6).
3.
Remove 4 nuts (13), Iockwashers (12), washers (8), and bolts (7). Discard Iockwashers.
4.
Remove nut (9), 2 washers (4), bolt (3), bumper bracket (5), shim (10), and tie-down
extension (11).
b.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
• If installing bumper brackets (5), shims (10), and tie-down extensions
(11), perform steps 1-3.
• If installing bumper braces (6), perform steps 4 and 5.
1.
Install tie-down extension (11) inside bumper bracket (5) and secure with bolt (3), 2 washers
(4), and nut (9). DO NOT fully tighten nut.
2.
Install bumper bracket (5), shim (10), and tie-down extension (11) with 4 bolts (7), washers
(8), new Iockwashers (12), and nuts (13).
3.
Tighten 4 nuts (13) and nut (9) to 70 Ib.-ft. (95 N•m).
4.
Install bumper brace (6) with 2 washers (2) and bolts (1). Tighten bolts to 40 Ib.-ft. (54 N•m).
5.
Install wiring harness to bumper brace (6) with plastic tie.
9-4
TM 9-2320-289-20
9-3.
FRONT BUMPER SUPPORTS REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Install front bumper and radiator grille guard. (See paragraph 9-2)
TA49704
9-5
TM 9-2320-289-20
9-4.
PINTLE ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT (ALL EXCEPT M1009 AND M1010).
a. Removal
This task covers:
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
• Spare
tire
removed.
(See
paragraph
9-10)
Tools/Test Equipment
•
Torque
wrench
• One cotter pin
• Four Iockwashers
• Grease (Item 26, Appendix C)
Manual References
• LO
9-2320-289-12
1.
Remove cotter pin (4), nut (3), and washer (2). Remove pintle hook (10). Discard cotter pin.
2.
Remove 4 nuts (5), Iockwashers (6), bolts
Iockwashers.
(9), and 2 brackets (1 and 8). Discard
TA49705
9-6
TM 9-2320-289-20
9-4.
b.
PINTLE ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT (ALL EXCEPT M1009 AND M1010) (Con’t).
INSTALLATION
NOTE
During installation, check that pintle hook (10) swivels freely.
1.
Assemble bracket (8) and pintle hook (10) with flat side of bracket facing reinforcement (7).
2.
Install pintle hook (10) and bracket (8).
3.
Install bracket (1) with grease fitting toward bottom.
4.
Install 4 bolts (9), new Iockwashers (6), and nuts (5), Tighten nuts to 70-80 Ib.-ft.
(95-108 N•m).
5.
Install washer (2) and nut (3).
6.
Loosen nut (3) until it alines with hole in pintle hook (10). Install new cotter pin (4).
7.
Lubricate pintle assembly. (See LO 9-2320-289-12)
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Install spare tire. (See paragraph 9-10)
9-7
TM 9-2320-289-20
9-5.
PINTLE ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT (M1009).
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
• One cotter pin
• Four Iockwashers
• Grease (Item 26, Appendix C)
Too/s/Test Equipment
• Torque wrench
Manual References
• LO 9-2320-289-12
a.
REMOVAL
1.
Remove cotter pin (4), nut (3), and washer (2). Remove pintle hook (10). Discard cotter pin.
2.
Remove 4 nuts (5), Iockwashers (6), and bolts (9). Remove 2 brackets (1 and 8) and 2
spacers (7). Discard Iockwashers.
TA49706
9-8
TM 9-2320-289-20
9-5.
PINTLE ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT (M1009) (Con’t).
b. INSTALLATION
NOTE
During installation check that pintle hook (10) swivels freely.
1.
Install bracket (8) and spacer (7) to pintle hook (10) and install pintle hook through tow hook
bracket (11).
2.
Install spacer (7) and bracket (1) with grease fitting toward bottom.
3.
Install 4 bolts (9), new Iockwashers (6), and nuts (5). Tighten nuts to 70-80 lb.-ft.
(95-108 N•m).
4.
Install washer (2) and nut (3).
5.
Loosen nut (3) until it alines with hole in pintle hook (10). Install new cotter pin (4).
6.
Lubricate pintle assembly. (See LO 9-2320-289-12)
9-9
TM 9-2320-289-20
9-6.
REAR BUMPER AND TIE-DOWN CLEVISES REPLACEMENT (ALL EXCEPT
M1009).
This task covers:
a.
Removal
b.
Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts
Trailer electrical receptacle disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-41 )
Pintle assembly and related brackets removed.
(See paragraph 9-4)
Blackout marker brackets removed from
bumper, (See paragraph 4-27)
Tools/Test Equipment
• Torque
1.
• Two cotter pins
• Six Iockwashers
• Ten locknuts
Personnel Required
wrench
• MOS 63B (2)
Remove cotter pin (19). Support tie-down clevis (21), and remove pin (20) and tie-down
clevis. Repeat step to remove other side tie-down clevis. Discard cotter pins.
NOTE
Reinforcement (18) is factory-installed with locknuts and washers instead
o f n u t s ( 1 7 ) a n d Iockwashers (16). Use nuts and Iockwashers for
installation.
2.
Remove 2 nuts (17), Iockwashers (16), washers (15), bolts (14), and reinforcement (18),
Discard Iockwashers.
3.
Remove 8 locknuts (1), 4 bolts (10), and 4 bolts (11) on left or right side. Discard locknuts.
4.
Remove 2 locknuts (3), bolts (5), and washers (4), and remove left and right tie-down
extensions (2) through holes in bumper (12). Discard locknuts.
5.
Remove clips securing wiring harness to bumper (12). Clear wiring harness from underneath
bumper.
NOTE
• Bumper (12) is factory-installed with locknuts and washers instead of
nuts (6) and Iockwashers (7), Use nuts and Iockwashers for installation.
• Use an assistant to perform step 6.
6.
9-10
Remove 4 nuts (6), Iockwashers (7), washers (8), and bolts (13) on left and right side.
Remove bumper (12). Discard Iockwashers.
TM 9-2320-289-20
9-6.
REAR BUMPER AND TIE-DOWN CLEVISES REPLACEMENT (ALL EXCEPT
M1009) (Con’t).
b. INSTALLATION
NOTE
Use an assistant to perform step 1. Be careful to not damage wiring
harness when positioning bumper (12).
1.
Install bumper (12) by hooking 2 bumper braces (9) inside bumper.
2.
Install reinforcement (18) with 2 bolts (14), washers (15), new Iockwashers (16), and nuts
(17).
TA49707
9-11
TM 9-2320-289-20
9-6.
REAR BUMPER AND TIE-DOWN CLEVISES REPLACEMENT (ALL EXCEPT
M1009) (Con’t).
3.
Install 4 bolts (13), washers (8), new Iockwashers (7), and nuts (6) on left and right sides. DO
NOT fully tighten nuts.
4.
Install 2 tie-down extensions (2) with 2 bolts (5), washers (4), and new locknuts (3). DO NOT
fully tighten locknuts.
5.
Install 4 bolts (10), 4 bolts (11), and 8 new locknuts (1). DO NOT fully tighten locknuts.
TA49708
9-12
TM 9-2320-289-20
9-6.
REAR BUMPER AND TIE-DOWN CLEVISES REPLACEMENT (ALL EXCEPT
M1009) (Con’t).
NOTE
Ensure that holes in bumper (12) and reinforcement (18) are alined before
tightening nuts (3 and 6) and locknuts (1) in steps 6 and 7.
6.
Tighten 4 nuts (6) and 8 locknuts (1) to 60-75 Ib.-ft. (81-102 N•m).
7.
Tighten 2 locknuts (3) to 45-60 Ib.-ft. (61-81 N•m).
8.
Install clips securing wiring harness to bumper (12).
9.
Install each tie-down clevis (21) with pin (20) and new cotter pin (19).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Install pintle assembly and related brackets. (See paragraph 9-4)
• Install blackout marker brackets to bumper. (See paragraph 4-27)
• Connect trailer electrical receptacle. (See paragraph 4-41)
9-13
TM 9-2320-289-20
9-7.
REAR BUMPER SUPPORTS REPLACEMENT (ALL EXCEPT M1009).
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
•
Rear
bumper
removed.
Materials/Parts
(See
paragraph
9-6)
•
Six
locknuts
Tools/Test Equipment
•
Torque
a.
wrench
REMOVAL
NOTE
Rear bumper supports are removed the same way on both sides.
1.
Remove 2 locknuts (6), washers (2), bolts (1), and tow hook reinforcement (3). Discard
locknuts.
2.
Remove 2 locknuts (8), 2 bolts (4), and bumper brace (9). Discard locknuts.
3.
Remove locknut (11), washer (10), and bolt (5). Remove locknut (7), bolt (13), and tie-down
clevis bracket (12). Discard locknuts.
TA49709
9-14
TM 9-2320-289-20
9-7.
REAR BUMPER SUPPORTS REPLACEMENT (ALL EXCEPT M1009) (Con’t).
b. INSTALLATION
NOTE
Rear bumper supports are installed the same way on both sides.
Ensure that rear wiring harness is positioned above tow hook
reinforcements (3), bumper braces (9), and tie-down clevis brackets
(12) before installing them.
1.
Install tie-down clevis (12) to bottom of frame with bolt (5), washer (10), and new locknut
(11). DO NOT fully tighten locknut.
2.
Install bolt (13) and new locknut (7) through side of frame. DO NOT fully tighten locknut.
3.
Install bumper brace (9) with 2 bolts (4) and new locknuts (8). DO NOT fully tighten locknuts.
4.
Install tow hook reinforcement (3) with 2 bolts (1), new washers (2), and new locknuts (6). DO
NOT fully tighten locknuts.
5.
Install rear bumper, (See paragraph 9-6)
6.
Tighten locknuts (6, 7, 8, and 11) to 45-60 Ib.-ft. (61-81 N•m).
9-15
TM 9-2320-289-20
9-8.
REAR BUMPER, TOW HOOK BRACKET, AND TIE-DOWN CLEVISES
REPLACEMENT (M1009).
This task covers:
b. Installation
a. Removal
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools/Test Equipment
Materials/Parts
• Two cotter pins
• Twelve Iockwashers
• Two tie-clown straps
•
wrench
(Item 44, Appendix C)
Personnel Required
•
Torque
MOS 636 (2)
General Safety Instructions
•
Provide support when removing or
installing bumper.
1.
Remove 2 rear blackout marker brackets from bumper (2).
2.
Disconnect trailer electrical receptacle.
3.
Remove 2 wiring harness tie-down straps from bumper braces (19). Discard tie-down straps,
TA49710
9-16
TM 9-2320-289-20
9-8. REAR BUMPER, TOW HOOK BRACKET, AND TIE-DOWN CLEVISES
REPLACEMENT (M1009) (Con’t).
4.
Remove cotter pin (5) from pin (3). Remove pin and tie-down clevis (4). Discard cotter pin.
Repeat step to remove other tie-down clevis.
5.
Remove 2 bolts (1) and washers (14) securing tow hook bracket (12) to crossmember.
Remove 2 bolts (7) and washers (6).
NOTE
Bumper (2) is factory-installed with locknuts and washers instead of nuts
(17) and Iockwashers (16). Use nuts and Iockwashers for installation.
6.
Remove 4 nuts (17), Iockwashers (16), washers (15), and bolts (24) securing bumper (2) to 2
bumper braces (18). Discard Iockwashers.
WARNING
Support bumper (2) during removal, If dropped, it may cause serious
injury to personnel.
7.
Remove 4 nuts (20), lockwashers (21), washers (22), and bolts (23) securing bumper (2) to 2
bumper braces (19), Remove bumper with tow hook bracket (12) and pintle hook (8)
attached. Discard Iockwashers.
8.
Remove pintle hook (8). (See paragraph 9-5)
TA49711
9-17
TM 9-2320-289-20
9-8.
REAR BUMPER, TOW HOOK BRACKET, AND TIE-DOWN CLEVISES
REPLACEMENT (M1009) (Con’t).
Remove 4 nuts (10), Iockwashers (11), washers (9), and bolts (13). Remove tow hook
bracket (12) from bumper (2). Discard Iockwashers.
9.
b.
INSTALLATION
1.
Install tow hook bracket (12) to bumper (2) with 4 bolts (13), washers (9), new Iockwashers
(11), and nuts (10). DO NOT fully tighten nuts.
2.
Install pintle hook (8), (See paragraph 9-5)
TA49712
9-18
TM 9-2320-289-20
9-8.
REAR BUMPER, TOW HOOK BRACKET, AND TIE-DOWN CLEVISES
REPLACEMENT (M1009) (Con’t).
WARNING
Support bumper (2) during removal. If dropped, it may cause serious
injury to personnel.
NOTE
Use an assistant to perform step 3.
3.
Position bumper (2) with tow hook bracket (12) and pintle hook (8) attached, and install 4 bolts
(24), washers (15), new Iockwashers (16), and nuts (17). DO NOT fully tighten nuts.
4.
Install 4 bolts (23), washers (22), new Iockwashers (21), and nuts (20). Tighten nuts (17 and
20) to 45-60 Ib.-ft. (61-81 N•m).
5.
Install tow hook bracket (12) to crossmember with 2 bolts (1) and washers (14).
6.
Install 2 bolts (7) and washers (6). Tighten 4 nuts (10).
7.
Install each tie-down clevis (4) with pin (3) and new cotter pin (5).
8.
Secure wiring harness to 2 bumper braces (19) with 2 new tie-down straps.
9.
Connect trailer electrical receptacle.
10.
Install 2 rear blackout marker brackets to bumper (2).
TA49713
9-19
TM 9-2320-289-20
9-9.
REAR BUMPER SUPPORTS REPLACEMENT (M1009).
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
•
Rear bumper, tow hook bracket,
tie-down clevises removed.
(See paragraph 9-8)
and
One locknut
Seven Iockwashers
One plastic tie
Too/s/Test Equipment
Torque wrench
Screwdriver bit set, J-29843
a. REMOVAL
NOTE
Rear bumper supports are removed the same way on both sides. Right
side removal is shown.
1.
Remove 4 nuts (8), 8 washers (9), 4 bolts (25), and reinforcement (24).
2.
Remove plastic tie securing wiring harness to bumper brace (16). Discard plastic tie.
3.
Remove 2 nuts (3), Iockwashers (4), and bolts (15), and remove bumper brace (16). Discard
Iockwashers.
4.
Remove nut (30), Iockwasher (1), and stud (7). Discard
5.
Remove 2 nuts (27 and 29), Iockwashers (26 and 28), and bolts (18 and 19). Discard
Iockwashers.
6.
Remove nut (14), Iockwasher (13), and bolt (2)
7.
Remove nut (23), Iockwasher (22), washer (21), and bolt (5) securing tow hook reinforcement
bracket (11) to frame. Discard Iockwasher.
8.
Remove locknut (17), bolt (10), and tow hook reinforcement bracket (11). Remove tie-down
clevis bracket (12), tie-down extension (20), and bumper brace (6). Discard locknut.
9.
Remove tie-down extension (20) from tie-down clevis bracket (12).
b.
Iockwasher.
Discard Iockwasher.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
Rear bumper supports are installed the same way on both sides. Right side
installation is shown.
1.
9-20
Install tie-down clevis bracket (12) to frame with bolt (2), new Iockwasher (13), and nut (14).
DO NOT fully tighten nut.
TM 9-2320-289-20
9-9.
REAR BUMPER SUPPORTS REPLACEMENT (M1009) (Con’t).
2.
Install tow hook reinforcement bracket (11) and tie-down extension (20) at tie-down clevis
bracket (12) with bolt (10) and new locknut (17). DO NOT fully tighten locknut.
3.
Position bumper brace (6) between frame and tow hook reinforcement bracket (11) and install
bolt (19), new Iockwasher (26), and nut (27). DO NOT fully tighten nut.
4.
Install bolt (18), new Iockwasher (28), and nut (29), DO NOT fully tighten nut.
5.
Install bolt (5), washer (21), new Iockwasher (22), and nut (23). DO NOT fully tighten nut.
6.
Install stud (7), engage torque rod on stud, and install new Iockwasher (1) and nut (30). DO
NOT fully tighten nut.
TA49714
9-21
TM 9-2320-289-20
9-9.
REAR BUMPER SUPPORTS REPLACEMENT (M1009) (Con’t).
7.
Install bumper brace (16) with 2 bolts (15), new Iockwashers (4), and nuts (3), Install wiring
harness to bumper brace with new plastic tie. DO NOT fully tighten nuts.
8.
Install reinforcement (24) with 4 bolts (25), 8 washers (9), and 4 nuts (8). DO NOT fully tighten
nuts.
9.
Tighten nuts (3, 8, 14, 23, 27, 29, and 30) and locknut (17) to 55 Ib.-ft. (75 N•m).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Install rear bumper, tow hook bracket, and tie-down clevises. (See paragraph 9-8)
TA49715
9-22
TM 9-2320-289-20
9-10. SPARE TIRE CARRIER REPLACEMENT (ALL EXCEPT M1009).
a. Removal
This task covers:
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required
Materials/Parts
•
• Four rivets
MOS 63B (2)
General Safety Instructions
• Use extreme caution when lowering or raising spare tire and carrier.
a.
REMOVAL
WARNING
Use extreme caution when lowering spare tire (9) and carrier (4). Spare
tke is heavy. Dropping It may result in serious injury to personnel.
NOTE
If removing spare tire (9), perform steps 1 and 2.
1.
Remove nut (5) from bolt (2), Lower spare tire (9) and carrier (4) to ground. Remove locking
bracket (3) from bolt.
2.
Remove spare tire (9) from carrier (4).
TA49716
9-23
TM 9-2320-289-20
9-10. SPARE TIRE CARRIER REPLACEMENT (ALL EXCEPT M1009) (Con’t).
NOTE
Perform steps 3 and 4 as required to remove carrier (4) from attachment
to frame.
3.
Remove nut (1) from above frame. Remove carrier (4) with attached bolt (8) and nut (10).
4.
Remove nut (10) from bolt (8) and remove bolt from carrier (4).
5.
Remove 4 rivets (7) and 2 guides (6) from carrier (4) if damaged. Discard rivets.
NOTE
Removal of bolt (2) is difficult. Remove only if damaged. On M1010, bolt
cannot be removed except by bending it. On all other trucks, bolt can be
removed only after pintle assembly and right tow hook reinforcement are
removed. (See paragraphs 9-4 and 9-7)
6.
Remove bolt (2).
TA49717
9-24
TM 9-2320-289-20
9-10. SPARE TIRE CARRIER REPLACEMENT (ALL EXCEPT M1009) (Con’t).
b.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
If installing spare tire (9), perform steps 6-9.
1.
If removed, install 2 guides (6) to carrier (4) with 4 new rivets (7).
2.
Install carrier (4) and nut (10) to bolt (8).
3.
Install carrier (4), bolt (8), and nut (10) assembly through left frame.
4.
Install nut (1) to bolt (8) above frame.
5.
Install bolt (2) if removed.
6.
Install spare tire (9) on carrier (4) so that guides (6) catch on spare tire rim.
WARNING
Use extreme caution when raising spare tire (9) and carrier. Spare tire is
heavy. Dropping it may result in serious injury to personnel.
7.
Install locking bracket (3) to bolt (2). Lift spare tire (9) on carrier (4) until bolt passes through
slot in carrier.
8.
Install nut (5) to boit (2) and turn nut at least 8 turns. Tighten nut until spare tire (9) and carrier
(4) are securely installed.
9.
Tighten nut (10) on bolt (8) until nut jams against frame.
9-25/(9-26 blank)
TM 9-2320-289-20
CHAPTER 10
BODY AND ACCESSORIES MAINTENANCE
Section I. STANDARD BODY MAINTENANCE
10-1.
STANDARD BODY MAINTENANCE INDEX.
Paragraph
Number
10-2.
10-3.
10-4.
10-5.
10-6.
10-7.
10-8.
Procedures
Radiator Grille and Front End Panel Molding Replacement . . . . . . .
Ventilator Panel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hood, Hinge, and Latch Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Door and Hinge Assembly Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Door Handle, Lock, and Cylinder Replacement ..... . . . . . . . . .
Door Panel, Armrest, and Window Regulator Replacement . . . . . .
Door and Vent Window Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page
Number
10-2
10-4
10-6
10-10
10-14
10-18
10-22
10-1
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-2.
RADIATOR GRILLE AND FRONT END PANEL MOLDING REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
•
Headlight
a.
bezels
removed.
(See
paragraph
4-24)
REMOVAL
NOTE
1.
•
If removing radiator grille (1), perform steps 1 and 2.
•
Center screw (3) is removed from behind front bumper.
Remove 5 screws (5) and 3 screws (3). Remove radiator grille (1) from behind radiator grille
guard (6).
TA49928
10-2
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-2.
RADIATOR GRILLE AND FRONT END PANEL MOLDING REPLACEMENT
(Con’t).
2.
Remove 5 retaining nuts (2) and 3 retaining nuts (4) if damaged.
3.
Remove 18 nuts (8) and molding assembly. Remove 2 side moldings (9) and 4 clips (10) from
upper molding (7) and lower molding (11) if damaged.
b.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
If installing radiator grille (1), perform steps 2 and 3.
1.
Install 2 side moldings (9) and 4 clips (10) on upper molding (7), and install lower molding (11)
if removed. Install molding assembly with 18 nuts (8).
2.
Install 5 retaining nuts (2) and 3 retaining nuts (4) if removed.
3.
Install radiator grille (1) behind radiator grille guard (6) with 5 screws (5) and 3 screws (3).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Install headlight bezels. (See paragraph 4-24)
TA49929
10-3
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-3.
VENTILATOR PANEL REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
• Windshield wiper arms removed. (See paragraph 10-11)
a.
REMOVAL
NOTE
If removing washer nozzle (2) only, perform step 1.
1.
Remove 4 bolts (11). Remove 1
screw (3) from each washer nozzle
(2), Remove retainer (4) from each
washer hose (5), and remove each
washer nozzle from ventilator panel
(1).
2.
Remove ventilator panel (1). Remove
2 retainers (6), 3 retainers (7), and 2
retainer nuts (10) as required.
3.
Inspect air inlet screen (12) for dust,
dirt buildup, and damage. If there is
dust, dirt buildup, or damage,
perform step 4.
4.
Remove 2 bolts (8) and screen
retainers (9). Carefully depress 2
tangs (13) with a flat-bladed tool and
remove air inlet screen (12). Clean
dust or dirt from air inlet screen, or
replace if damaged.
b. INSTALLATION
NOTE
If installing washer nozzle (2) only, perform step 3.
1.
Position air inlet screen (12) and snap 2 tangs (13) into place. Install 2 screen retainers (9)
with 2 bolts (8).
2.
Install 2 retainer nuts (10), 3 retainers (7), and 2 retainers (6) if removed. Install ventilator
panel (1).
3.
Install each washer hose (5) with retainer (4). Install each washer nozzle (2) with 1 screw (3),
Install 4 bolts (11).
TA49930
10-4
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-3.
VENTILATOR PANEL REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Install windshield wiper arms. (See paragraph 10-11)
TA49931
10-5
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-4.
HOOD, HINGE, AND LATCH REPLACEMENT.
c. Hood Alinement
a. Removal
b. Installation
This task covers:
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required
Equipment Condition
• Ventilator
panel removed
(See paragraph 10-3)
(if
removing
hinge).
• MOS 63B (2)
NOTE
if removing primary latch (2), perform steps 1 and 2.
If removing hood (8), perform steps 3 and 4,
If removing hinge (11) or hinge spring (14), perform steps 3 and 5 as
required.
1.
clip (4), remove
cable
Open
grommet (6) from primary latch (2),
and remove hood latch cable (5)
from primary latch.
2.
Remove 2 bolts (7) and primary latch
(2). Remove 2 bolts (3) and support
(1) if damaged.
NOTE
• If removing hinge (11) or hinge
spring (14), only remove 4 bolts
(9) from one side.
• Mark position of hinges (11) on
hood for installation.
• If
hood
seal
(15)
is
not
damaged, save for installation
on new hood.
3.
Remove 4 bolts (9) from each side of
hood (8) . R e m o v e h o o d . I n s p e c t
hood seal (15) for damage. Remove
hood seal and discard if damaged.
4.
Remove 2 bolts (18), secondary latch
(17), and spring (16) if damaged.
TA49932
10-6
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-4.
HOOD, HINGE, AND LATCH REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
TA49933
10-7
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-4.
HOOD, HINGE, AND LATCH REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
b. INSTALLATION
NOTE
• If installing primary latch (2), perform steps 5-7,
• If installing hinge (11) or hinge spring (14), perform steps 1, 2, and 4,
as required.
• If installing hood (8), perform steps 3 and 4.
1.
Install hinge spring (14) on fender
(12) with 2 bolts (13).
2.
Install hinge (11) with 2 bolts (10). DO
NOT fully tighten bolts.
3.
Install spring (16) if removed. Install
secondary latch (17) with 2 bolts (18)
if removed.
4.
Install hood seal (15) on hood (8) if
removed. Install hood with 4 bolts (9)
on each side of hood.
5.
Install support (1) with 2 bolts (3) if
removed.
6.
Install primary latch (2) with 2 bolts
(7). DO NOT fully tighten bolts.
7.
Install hood latch cable (5) on cable
clip (4) and grommet (6) on primary
latch (2).
TA49934
10-8
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-4.
c.
HOOD, HINGE, AND LATCH REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
HOOD ALINEMENT
1.
Check hood (8) operation to ensure
that secondary latch (17) assembly
engages easily in primary latch (2),
and that top of hood is flush with
fenders (12).
2.
Adjust hood bumpers. Loosen bolts
(7 and 10) and adjust positioning of
hinges (11) and primary latch (2) as
required. Tighten bolts.
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Install ventilator panel if removed. (See paragraph 10-3)
TA49935
10-9
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-5.
DOOR AND HINGE ASSEMBLY MAINTENANCE.
a. Removal
b. Hinge Disassembly
c. Hinge Assembly
This task covers:
d. Installation
e. Adjustment
INITIAL SETUP
Tools/Test Equipment
Equipment Condition
• Window
glass
completely
raised.
• Screwdriver
bit
set,
J-29843
Personnel Required
• MOS 63B (2)
NOTE
• If removing door (4) only, perform step 1.
• Provide support for door (4) while removing it.
1.
Mark position of hinge assemblies (3 and 9) on body side pillar and door (4), Remove 3 bolts
(12) at lower hinge assembly (9) and 3 bolts (2) at upper hinge assembly (3), Remove door
(4) .
2.
Reach up under instrument panel and remove plug from hidden bolt (1). Remove hidden bolt
and 5 bolts (8), and upper and lower hinge assemblies (3 and 9) from body side pillar.
b.
HINGE DISASSEMBLY
1.
If worn or damaged, remove torque rod (5) from upper hinge assembly (3). Remove pin (6)
and 2 bushings (7) from upper hinge assembly if worn or damaged.
2.
Remove pin (10) and 2 bushings (11) from lower hinge assembly (9) if worn or damaged.
c.
HINGE ASSEMBLY
1.
Install pin (10) and 2 bushings (11) to lower hinge assembly (9) as required.
2.
Install torque rod (5), pin (6), and 2 bushings (7) to upper hinge assembly (3) as required.
d.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
If installing door (4) only, perform step 2.
1.
10-10
Reach up under instrument panel and install upper hinge assembly (3) to body side pillar with
hidden bolt (1). Install 2 bolts (8) on upper hinge assembly. Install lower hinge assembly (9)
with 3 bolts (8), Ensure that upper and lower hinge assemblies are alined with marks on body
side pillar.
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-5.
2.
DOOR AND HINGE ASSEMBLY MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
Position door (4) at upper and lower hinge assemblies (3 and 9). Aline upper and lower hinge
assemblies to marks made on door. Install 3 bolts (2) at upper hinge assembly (3) and 3 bolts
(12) at lower hinge assembly (9).
TA49936
10-11
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-5.
e.
1.
DOOR AND HINGE ASSEMBLY MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
ADJUSTMENT
Check measurements as follows:
Gap between windshield pillar (14) and door (4) should be 0.02 in. to 0.14 in.
(0.5 mm to 3.5 mm).
Gap between roof panel (13) and door (4) should be 0.1 in. to 0.28 in. (3 mm to
7 mm).
Gap between rear pillar (15) and door (4) should be 0.1 in. to 0.28 in. (3 mm to
7 mm).
Gap between rocker panel (16) and door (4) should be 0.15 in. to 0.33 in. (4 mm to
8 mm).
If these measurements require adjustment, perform ADJUSTMENT steps 2-4.
2.
Remove door lock striker (17) and
washer (18) from striker plate (19).
TA49937
10-12
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-5.
DOOR AND HINGE ASSEMBLY MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
3.
Loosen 5 bolts (8) and hidden bolt (1). Adjust door (4) on upper and lower hinge assemblies
(3 and 9) until all measurements in step 1 are obtained. Tighten bolts and install plug on hidden
bolt.
4.
Install washer (18) and door lock striker (17) on striker plate (19). Adjust door lock striker as
required to engage door (4) lock. Tighten door lock striker.
TA49938
10-13
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-6
DOOR HANDLE, LOCK, AND CYLINDER REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts
• Door panel removed. (See paragraph 10-7)
• Three
gaskets
CAUTION
When removing clips (11, 14, and 16), carefully push at top of clip where
it is connected to connecting links (4, 12, or 17) to pivot clip away from
link. Failure to follow this caution will result in damage to clips,
NOTE
• If removing handle (6) and lock cylinder unit (7), perform steps 1-3.
•
1.
If removing lock assembly
steps 1, 4, and 5.
(10)
and control
assembly (18), perform
Remove clip (11) and disconnect outside door connecting link (4) from lock assembly (10).
TA49939
10-14
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-6
DOOR HANDLE, LOCK, AND CYLINDER REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
2.
Remove 2 bolts (1), handle (6), and outside door connecting link (4) from door (2). Remove
outside door connecting link from handle. Remove large gasket (3) and small gasket (5).
Discard gaskets.
3.
Remove retainer (9), lock cylinder unit (7), and gasket (8), Discard gasket.
4.
Remove clips (14 and 16) and disconnect inside handle connecting link (17) and inside door
connecting link (12). Remove lock knob (13). Remove 3 screws (15) and lock assembly (10).
5.
Remove seal (20). Remove 3 screws (19). Slide clip (21) until large slot alines with inside
handle connecting link (17). Disconnect inside handle connecting link and remove control
assembly (18).
TA49940
10-15
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-6
b.
DOOR HANDLE, LOCK, AND CYLINDER REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
INSTALLATION
NOTE
• If installing lock assembly (10) and control assembly (18), perform
steps 1, 2, and 5.
• If installing handle (6) and lock cylinder unit (7), perform steps 3-5.
1.
Connect inside handle connecting link (17) to control assembly (18). Slide clip (21) until small
slot alines with inside handle connecting link. Install control assembly with 3 screws (19), Install
seal (20).
2.
Install lock assembly (10) in door (2) with 3 screws (15). Install lock knob (13). Connect inside
handle connecting link (12) and inside door connecting link (17) to lock assembly and install
clips (14 and 16).
TA49941
10-16
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-6
DOOR HANDLE, LOCK, AND CYLINDER REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
3.
Install new gasket (8) and lock cylinder unit (7) on door (2). Install retainer (9).
4.
Install new large gasket (3) on handle (6). Install outside door connecting link (4) on handle.
Install outside door connecting link and handle in door (2). Loosely install 1 bolt (1) on large
gasket side. Install new small gasket (5) between door and handle. Install other bolt (1) and
tighten both bolts.
5.
Connect outside door connecting link (4) to lock assembly (10) and install clip (11).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Install door panel. (See paragraph 10-7)
TA49942
10-17
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-7.
DOOR PANEL, ARMREST, AND WINDOW REGULATOR REPLACEMENT.
a.
This task covers:
b.
Removal
Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts
• Window glass raised and taped in full up
position (if removing window regulator).
Tools/Test
• Retaining
a.
• One door panel seal
• Grease (Item 27, Appendix C)
• Duct tape (Item 47, Appendix C)
Equipment
clip
remover,
J-24595-B
REMOVAL
NOTE
If removing door panel (4), perform steps 1-5.
1.
Remove door lock knob. Remove grommet (6) if damaged.
2.
Remove handle (1 2), retainer (11), and handle plate (10).
3.
Remove 2 screws (5) and 6 screws (8). Pry door panel (4) away from door (1) and remove.
Remove spacer (3) and handle plate (2) from window regulator assembly (14) pin as required.
NOTE
Perform step 4 only if armrest (7) is damaged or door panel (4) is being
replaced.
4.
Remove nut (9) and armrest (7) if required.
5.
Inspect door panel seal (13) for damage, and replace if required. Clean all seal material from
door panel (4) if removed.
6.
Remove 4 screws (20). install handle (12), without retainer (11), on window regulator
assembly (14). Crank window regulator to disengage front roller (15) from sash channel (16).
While holding front roller clear of sash channel, crank window regulator in opposite direction to
disengage lower roller (18) from regulator rail (19), Remove handle and move window
regulator assembly rearward to disengage rear roller (17) from sash channel. Remove window
regulator assembly through access hole in door.
10-18
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-7.
DOOR PANEL, ARMREST, AND WINDOW REGULATOR REPLACEMENT
(Con’t).
10-19
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-7.
b.
DOOR PANEL, ARMREST, AND WINDOW REGULATOR REPLACEMENT
(Con’t).
INSTALLATION
NOTE
If installing door panel (4), perform steps 3-8.
1.
Lubricate rollers (15, 17, and 18), sash channel (16), and regulator rail (19).
2.
Insert window regulator assembly (14) through access hole in door and engage rear roller (17)
in sash channel (16). Install handle (12), without retainer (11), and crank window regulator
until lower roller (18) engages on regulator rail (19). Continue cranking window regulator until
forward roller (15) engages through notch in sash channel. Aline screw holes, then remove
handle. Install window regulator assembly with 4 screws (20).
3.
Peel backing from new door panel seal (13) and install on door panel (4) if removed.
4.
Install handle plate (2) and spacer (3) on window regulator assembly (14) pin if removed.
5.
If removed, install armrest (7) on door panel (4) with nut (9).
6.
Snap door panel (4) into place on door (1), Install 6 screws (8) and 2 screws (5).
7.
Position handle plate (10) on handle (12), and install retainer (11) on notch in handle. Snap
handle assembly into place on door panel (4) and window regulator assembly (14) pin.
8.
Install grommet (6) if removed. Install door lock knob.
TA49944
10-20
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-7.
DOOR PANEL, ARMREST, AND WINDOW REGULATOR REPLACEMENT
(Con’t).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Remove tape from window if used.
• Check operation of handle and window regulator.
TA49945
10-21
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-8.
DOOR AND VENT WINDOW MAINTENANCE.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Disassembly
c. Assembly
d. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts
Window glass lowered to full down position.
Door panel removed.
(See paragraph 10-7)
Sharp edges of door frame covered.
Too/s/Test Equipment
General Safety Instructions
• Dry cleaning solvent is flammable and
must not be used near open flame.
Use only in a well-ventilated area.
• Screwdriver bit set, J-29843
a.
One rivet
One vent window filler or one door
window filler
Adhesive (Item 2, Appendix C)
Dry cleaning solvent
(Item 15, Appendix C)
Tape (Item 48, Appendix C)
REMOVAL
NOTE
• If replacing vent window, perform DISASSEMBLY
steps 2 and 3.
• If removing vent window assembly (17), perform steps 1-4.
1.
Remove screw (5) and slide up cover (3). Remove bolt (4), From inside of door, remove bolt
(1) and reinforcement (6). Remove spacer (2).
2.
Remove 2 screws (10) and spacers
(11). Remove screw (12).
3.
Remove screw (16). Loosen screw
(9). Peel top of window glass run (14)
from door (13), Peel edge of window
glass run from vent window assembly
(17). Pull vent window assembly and
window glass run from door, and
remove vent window assembly from
window glass run.
4.
Remove screw (9), retaining nut (7),
and bumper (8) if damaged.
TA49946
10-22
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-8.
DOOR AND VENT WINDOW MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
NOTE
If window will not disengage using the procedure in step 5, raise window
slightly, remove bumper (15), lower window, and repeat step 5.
5.
Slide window glass (18) forward to
disengage forward window regulator
assembly roller (21) from notch in
sash channel (20). Push window
glass forward, then tilt up until rear
window regulator assembly roller is
disengaged. Place window glass and
sash channel assembly in level
position and pull straight up and out
of door (13).
TA49947
10-23
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-8.
DOOR AND VENT WINDOW MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
b. DISASSEMBLY
WARNING
Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 is toxic and flammable. Always wear
protective goggles and gloves and use only in a well-ventilated area. Avoid
contact with skin, eyes, and clothes and DO NOT breathe vapors. DO NOT
use near open flame or excessive heat. The solvent’s flash point is
100°F-138°F (38°C-59°C). If you become dizzy while using cleaning
solvent, immediately get fresh air and medical help. If solvent contacts
eyes, immediately wash your eyes with water and get medical aid.
NOTE
•
If disassembling door window, perform step 1.
• If disassembling vent window assembly, perform steps 2-6.
1.
Separate window glass (18) from
sash channel (20), Apply dry cleaning
solvent to filler (19) and remove filler
from window glass.
2.
Remove pin (32) and pull off handle (22), plunger (23), and spring (24). Remove screw (31)
and stud (30). Remove washer (29), plastic washer (25), plate (27), and spacer (26) from
vent window glass (28).
CAUTION
Immediately wipe off dry cleaning solvent if it drips onto truck. Failure to
follow this caution may result in damage to truck interior or exterior paint.
3.
Open vent window and apply dry cleaning solvent to filler (44) around vent window glass (28).
When filler softens, pull vent window glass and old filler from sash (45). Discard filler.
4.
Straighten tabs on back of weatherstrip (43) and remove if damaged.
TA49948
10-24
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-8.
DOOR AND VENT WINDOW MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
5.
Remove rivet (35) and sash hinge (34) from frame hinge (36), Straighten tab on tab washer
(41), remove nut (42), tab washer, spring (40), spring retainer washer (39), 2 washers (38),
and stop (37). Discard rivet.
6.
Remove sash (45) from frame (33). Remove weatherstrip (46) from frame.
c.
ASSEMBLY
NOTE
• If replacing door window, perform step 8.
• If replacing vent window, perform steps 4-7.
1.
Position weatherstrip (46) on frame (33). Position sash (45) on frame.
2.
Install stop (37), 2 washers (38), spring retainer washer (39), spring (40), tab washer (41),
and nut (42) on sash (45). Bend tab on tab washer back to lock nut into position. Install sash
hinge (34) on frame hinge (36) with new rivet (35).
3.
Apply adhesive to weatherstrip (43) as required. Install weatherstrip on frame (33) and bend
tabs on back of weatherstrip.
TA49949
10-25
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-8.
DOOR AND VENT WINDOW MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
4.
Thoroughly clean inside of sash (45), Install new filler (44) on vent window glass (28).
5.
Brush inside of sash (45) with soap solution. Firmly press new filler (44) and vent window glass
(28) into sash,
6.
Install spacer (26) and plastic washer (25) on vent window glass (28) with flanged side facing
glass. Install plate (27) with small end toward top of glass. Install stud (30) with screw (31).
7,
Install spring (24) and plunger (23)
with fins alined to notches in stud
(30). Position handle (22) and aline
handle hole with hole in stud. Install
pin (32).
8.
Firmly press new filler (19) and
window glass (18) into sash channel
(20) .
TA49950
10-26
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-8.
d.
DOOR AND VENT WINDOW MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
INSTALLATION
NOTE
If installing vent window assembly (17), perform steps 2-6.
1.
Install bumper (15) if removed. Position window glass (18) and sash channel (20) assembly in
door. Push window glass forward, then tilt up and slide rear window regulator assembly roller
(21) into sash channel. Slide window glass backward until forward window regulator assembly
roller is alined with notch in sash channel, then engage. Slide window glass assembly
backward into window glass run (14) channel.
2.
Install bumper (8), retaining nut (7), and screw (9) if removed. DO NOT tighten screw.
3.
Position window glass run (14) along vent window assembly (17). Position vent window
assembly in door (13), and seat edge of vent window assembly and window glass run along
inside of door.
4.
Tighten screw (9), Install window regulator handle and operate window. Loosen or tighten
screw as required for smooth operation, then remove window regulator handle. Install screw
(16).
5.
Install screw (12). Install 2 spacers (11) and screws (10).
TA49951
10-27
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-8.
6.
DOOR AND VENT WINDOW MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
Install spacer (2) if removed. From
inside of door, install reinforcement
(6) with bolt (1). Install bolt (4). Slide
cover (3) down and install screw (5).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Remove
• Install
10-28
any masking.
door panel. (See
paragraph
10-7)
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il. STANDARD BODY ACCESSORIES MAINTENANCE
10-9.
STANDARD BODY ACCESSORIES MAINTENANCE INDEX.
Paragraph
Number
10-10.
10-11.
10-12.
10-13.
10-14.
Procedures
Rearview Mirror Replacement. . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . . .. . ..... . . .
Windshield Wiper and Washer Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heater Blower Motor, Fan, Resistor, and Capacitor
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heater Assembly, Heater Core, and Heater Hoses
Replacement . . . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heater Control Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page
Number
10-30
10-31
10-34
10-36
10-44
10-29
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-10. REARVIEW MIRROR REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a.
Removal
b. Installation
a. REMOVAL
1.
Remove bolt (10) and slide up cover (9) while turning outside rearview mirror (7) toward window.
Remove 3 bolts (11), and remove outside rearview mirror assembly and gasket (2).
2.
Remove 2 bolts (1) and separate clamp (4) from bracket (3). Remove retainer (5) and sleeve
(6), and separate cover (9) from outside rearview mirror (7). Remove 2 grommets (8) and
retaining nut (12) as required.
b.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
M1028A2 and M1028A3 driver’s side mirrors have a longer shaft than do
other models.
1.
Install retaining nut (12) on bracket (3) and 2 grommets (8) on outside rearview mirror (7) arm if
removed. Position outside rearview mirror arm through hole in cover (9) with lower grommet
against cover.
2.
Install sleeve (6) and retainer (5) on outside rearview mirror (7) arm. Install bracket (3) and
clamp (4) around sleeve with 2 bolts (1).
3.
Install gasket (2) and outside rearview mirror (7) assembly with 3 bolts (11), Slide down cover
(9) and install bolt (10).
10-30
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-11. WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
b. Installation
a. Removal
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
• Both battery negative cables disconnected
(if removing windshield wiper motor).
(See paragraph 4-38)
• Six Iockwashers
• One windshield wiper motor gasket
• Grease (Item 26, Appendix C)
Tools/Test Equipment
• 10 mm socket
a.
REMOVAL
NOTE
If removing wiper arms (1), perform step 1.
If removing wiper transmissions, perform steps 1-3.
If removing windshield wiper motor, perform steps 4-6.
If removing hoses and washer solvent container, perform steps 7 and 8
as required.
1.
Remove wiper blade (2) from wiper arm (1), Remove wiper arm from wiper transmission (4
or 7). Remove insert (3) from wiper blade if damaged.
2.
Remove ventilator panel. (See paragraph 10-3)
TA49954
10-31
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-11. WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
3.
Remove 6 bolts (23) and Iockwashers (22). Using 10 mm socket, loosen nuts (8) and
disconnect right wiper transmission (4) rod from windshield wiper motor pin (11). Remove
wiper transmission assembly. Separate left wiper transmission (7) from right wiper
transmission (4) if damaged. Discard Iockwashers.
4.
Disconnect leads from windshield wiper motor (14). Disconnect pump hose (12) and 2 nozzle
hoses (6) from windshield wiper motor.
5.
If ventilator panel was not removed, loosen nuts (8) using 10 mm socket through access hole
in top of bulkhead (9), and disconnect right wiper transmission (4) rod from windshield wiper
motor pin (11).
TA49955
10-32
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-11. WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
6.
Remove 3 bolts (20) and grommets (21). Remove windshield wiper motor (14) and gasket
(10). Discard gasket.
7.
If ventilator panel was not removed, remove retainer (5) and disconnect nozzle hose (6) if
damaged.
8.
Remove 2 retainers (13) and disconnect and remove pump hose (12) if damaged. Remove
and disassemble cap (19), hose (18), and filter (17). Clean filter if clogged. Remove 2 screws
(16) and washer solvent container (15).
b.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
• If installing hoses (6, 12, and 18) and washer solvent container (15),
perform steps 1 and 2 as required.
• If installing windshield wiper motor (14), perform steps 3-5.
• If installing wiper transmissions (4 or 7), performs steps 6-8.
• If installing wiper arms (1), perform step 8.
1.
Install washer solvent container (15) with 2 screws (16). Assemble and install filter (17), hose
(18), and cap (19). Connect pump hose (12) to washer solvent container and install retainers
(13) if removed.
2.
Connect nozzle hose (6) if disconnected and install retainer (5).
3.
Position new gasket (10) and windshield wiper motor (14) on bulkhead (9) and install with 3
grommets (21) and bolts (20).
4.
Grease windshield wiper motor pin (11). If ventilator panel was not removed, connect right
wiper transmission (4) rod to windshield wiper motor pin. Tighten nuts (8) using 10 mm socket
through access hole in top of bulkhead (9).
5.
Connect 2 nozzle hoses (6) and pump hose (12) to windshield wiper motor (14). Connect
leads to windshield wiper motor.
6.
Install left wiper transmission (7) on right wiper transmission (4) if separated, Position wiper
transmission assembly. Grease windshield wiper motor pin (11). Connect right wiper
transmission rod to windshield wiper motor pin. Using 10 mm socket tighten nuts (8). Install 6
new Iockwashers (22) and bolts (23).
Install ventilator panel. (See paragraph 10-3)
Install insert (3) on wiper blade (2) if removed. install wiper arm (1) on wiper transmission (4
or 7) until wiper arms are parallel. Install wiper blade on wiper arm.
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Connect both battery negative cables if disconnected. (See paragraph 4-38)
10-33
TM 9-2320-289-20
FAN,
BLOWER MOTOR,
10-12. HEATER
REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
AND CAPACITOR
RESISTOR,
a. Removal
b.
Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
• Rear
battery removed (if removing blower
motor and fan). (See paragraph 4-39)
• One
• One
blower motor
locknut
seal
Too/s/Test Equipment
• ½ in. drive metric socket set
a.
REMOVAL
NOTE
If removing resistor (7), perform step 1.
If removing capacitor (3), perform step 2.
If removing heater blower motor (2) and fan (13), perform steps 2-4.
1.
Disconnect leads (8) from resistor (7). Remove 2 screws (6) and remove resistor.
2.
Disconnect leads (5) from capacitor (3). Remove screw (4) and capacitor.
3.
Disconnect vent hose (9) from heater blower motor (2). Remove 5 screws (10), heater blower
motor and fan (13) assembly, and seal (14). Discard seal.
4.
Remove locknut (11), washer (12), and fan (13). Replace heater blower motor (2) and/or fan
if damaged. Discard locknut.
b.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
If installing heater blower motor (2) and fan (13), perform steps 1-3.
If in tailing capacitor (3), perform step 3.
If installing resistor (7), perform step 4.
1.
Install fan (13) on heater blower motor (2) with washer (12) and new locknut (11).
2.
Install new seal (14) on heater blower motor (2) assembly and position on blower motor case
(1). Install 5 screws (10). DO NOT install upper right-hand screw (4) at this time. Connect vent
hose (9) to heater blower motor.
3.
Install capacitor (3) with screw (4). Connect capacitor leads (5).
4.
Install resistor (7) with 2 screws (6). Connect resistor leads (8).
10-34
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-12. HEATER BLOWER MOTOR,
REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
FAN,
RESISTOR,
AND CAPACITOR
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Install rear battery if removed. (See paragraph 4-39)
TA49956
10-35
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-13. HEATER ASSEMBLY, HEATER CORE, AND HEATER HOSES REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts
• Rear battery removed, (See paragraph 4-39)
• One heater core seal
• One strap
NOTE
• Drain coolant from hoses (3 and 9) and heater core (28) into a suitable
container.
• If removing heater hoses (3 and 9), perform steps 1-3.
• If removing heater core (28), perform steps 1 and 4 through 10.
1.
Loosen clamps (2) and disconnect outlet hose (3) and inlet hose (9) from heater core tubes
(1).
TA49957
10-36
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-13. HEATER ASSEMBLY, HEATER CORE, AND HEATER HOSES REPLACEMENT
(Con’t).
2.
Loosen clamps (4) and disconnect outlet hose (3) from radiator (6) and inlet hose (9) from
crossover pipe (5).
3.
Remove and discard strap (7). Remove hose clip (8) from inner fender and remove inlet and
outlet hoses (3 and 9). Remove hose clip from hoses.
4.
Remove 4 screws and remove instrument panel compartment.
5.
Remove 2 screws (13) and spring retainers (12). Disconnect temperature cable (14) from
temperature shaft (15) and defroster cable (10) from defroster shaft (11).
6.
Remove screw (19) and air outlet
(18) from heater assembly (16) if
damaged. Remove defroster duct
screw (17) from heater assembly.
TA49958
10-37
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-13. HEATER ASSEMBLY, HEATER CORE, AND HEATER HOSES REPLACEMENT
(Con’t).
NOTE
Step 7 only applies to trucks equipped with winterization kits.
7.
Tag leads and disconnect from safety
switch (20). Remove 2 bolts (21),
safety switch, and gasket (22).
8.
Remove 3 nuts (25) and harness
retainer (23) from heater assembly
studs (24) on bulkhead.
TA49959
10-38
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-13. HEATER ASSEMBLY, HEATER CORE, AND HEATER HOSES REPLACEMENT
(Con’t).
TA49960
10-39
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-13. HEATER ASSEMBLY, HEATER CORE, AND HEATER HOSES REPLACEMENT
(Con’t).
INSTALLATION
b.
NOTE
• If installing heater core (28), perform steps 1-7, and 9.
• If installing heater hoses, perform steps 8-10.
Install heater core (28) on heater
assembly (16) with clamps (29 and
31) and 4 screws (30).
1.
NOTE
Ensure that control cables are not
behind heater assembly (16) when
installing heater assembly.
2.
10-40
Position new heater core seal (26)
with holes over heater core tubes.
Position heater assembly (16) with
studs and heater core tubes through
bulkhead. Install screw (27).
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-13. HEATER ASSEMBLY, HEATER CORE, AND HEATER HOSES REPLACEMENT
(Con’t).
NOTE
Step 3 only applies to trucks equipped with winterization kits,
TA49962
10-41
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-13. HEATER ASSEMBLY, HEATER CORE, AND HEATER HOSES REPLACEMENT
(Con’t).
6.
Connect defroster cable (10) to defroster shaft (11) with spring retainer (12) and install screw
(13). Connect temperature cable (14) to temperature shaft (15) with spring retainer and install
screw.
7.
Install instrument panel compartment with 4 screws.
8.
Install hose clip (8) to inner fender. Connect outlet hose (3) to radiator (6) and inlet hose (9)
to crossover pipe (5).
9.
Connect outlet hose (3) to upper heater core tube (1) and inlet hose (9) to lower heater core
tube. Tighten 2 clamps (2) and clamps (4).
10.
Install hose clip (8) to hoses (3 and 9), and install a new strap (7) around hoses.
TA49963
10-42
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-13. HEATER ASSEMBLY, HEATER CORE, AND HEATER HOSES REPLACEMENT
(Con’t).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Refill cooling system. (See paragraph 3-30)
• Install rear battery. (See paragraph 4-39)
• Check operation of heater.
TA49964
10-43
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-14. HEATER CONTROL REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a.
Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
• Instrument
cluster
plate
removed.
(See
paragraph
4-7)
a. REMOVAL
1.
Remove 4 screws (7) and pull out heater control assembly (6).
2.
Remove nut (4) and disconnect defroster cable (3) from upper control arm (5) and heater
control base (2). Remove nut (10) and disconnect temperature cable (9) from lower control
arm (8) and heater control base.
TA49965
10-44
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-14. HEATER CONTROL REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
3.
b.
Disconnect wiring harness (11) from
blower switch (1). Disconnect wiring
harness lead (12) and indicator bulb
(13) from heater control assembly
(6) .
Remove
heater
control
assembly.
INSTALLATION
1.
Connect indicator bulb (13) and wiring harness lead (12) to heater control assembly (6).
Connect wiring harness (11) to blower switch (1).
2.
Connect temperature cable (9) to lower control arm (8) and heater control base (2), and
install nut (10). Connect defroster cable (3) to upper control arm (5) and heater control base,
and install nut (4).
3.
Install heater control assembly (6) with 4 screws (7).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Install instrument cluster plate, (See paragraph 4-7)
TA49966
10-45/(10-46 blank)
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Ill. CARGO BODY MAINTENANCE
10-15. CARGO BODY MAINTENANCE INDEX.
Paragraph
Number
10-16.
10-17.
10-17.1.
10-18.
10-19.
Page
Number
Procedures
Endgate Replacement (M1008 and M1008A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shelter Tie-Down Replacement (M1028, M1028A1, M1028A2,
and M1028A3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument Pad Replacement.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo Bench Seat and Seatbelt Replacement
(All Except M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo Cover and Frame Maintenance (M1008 and M1008A1) . .
.
10-48
.
.
10-52
10-54.1
.
.
10-55
10-60
Change 2
10-47
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-16. ENDGATE REPLACEMENT (M1008 AND M1008A1).
This task covers:
a.
Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required
• MOS 63B (2)
NOTE
If removing endgate (10), perform steps 1 and 2 .
If removing plates (1), perform steps 1 and 4.
If removing latch assemblies (9) and handle assembly (13), perform
steps 1 and 7 through 14.
1.
Lower endgate (10) and pull up on 2 plates (1). Raise endgate partway and disconnect plates
from latch assemblies (9).
2.
Lift right bushing (11) out of right trunnion (16). Lift left bushing (11) out of left trunnion (16)
and remove endgate (10).
3.
Remove 4 bolts (17) and remove 2 trunnions (16).
4.
Remove 4 bolts (2) and remove 2 plates (1).
5.
Remove 4 screws (4) and 4 bumpers (3 and 5).
6.
Remove 4 bolts (15) and remove 2 bushings (11).
7.
Remove 3 bolts (6) and loosen handle assembly (13).
8.
Disconnect right rod (7) from clip (12) at handle assembly (13).
9.
Remove 2 bolts (14) at left latch assembly (9). Disconnect rod (7) and remove left latch
assembly.
10.
Remove handle assembly (13) and left rod (7).
11.
Disconnect left rod (7) from clip (12) at handle assembly (13).
12.
Remove 2 bolts (14) and remove right latch assembly (9) and rod (7).
13.
Remove rod (7) from right latch assembly (9).
14.
Remove 2 insulators (8) from 2 rods (7).
10-48
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-16. ENDGATE REPLACEMENT (M1008 AND M1008A1) (Con’t).
TA49967
10-49
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-16. ENDGATE REPLACEMENT (M1008 AND M1008A1) (Con’t).
b.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
• If
installing plates (1), perform steps 10 and 14.
• If
installing endgate (10), perform steps 13 and 14.
• If
installing latch assemblies (9) and handle assembly (13), perform
steps 1-8.
1.
Install 2 insulators (8) to rods (7).
2.
Install right rod (7) to right latch assembly (9).
3.
Install right latch assembly (9) and attached right rod (7) with 2 bolts (14).
4.
Install left rod (7) to handle assembly (13) at clip (12).
5.
Install left rod (7) and handle assembly (13) through handle assembly hole in endgate (10).
6.
Position left latch assembly (9) and connect to left rod (7). Install left latch assembly with 2
bolts (14) .
7.
Connect right rod (7) to handle assembly (13) at clip (12).
8.
Install handle assembly (13) with 3 bolts (6).
9.
Install 4 bumpers (3 and 5) with 4 screws (4).
10.
Install 2 plates (1) with 4 bolts (2).
11.
Install 2 trunnions (16) with 4 bolts (17).
12.
Install 2 bushings (11) with 4 bolts (15).
13.
Position left bushing (11) onto left trunnion (16) and right bushing (11) onto right trunnion (16).
14.
Raise endgate (10) partway and install 2 plates (1) at latch assemblies (9).
10-50
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-16. ENDGATE REPLACEMENT (M1008 AND M1008A1) (Con’t).
10-51
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-17. SHELTER TIE-DOWN REPLACEMENT (M1028).
This task covers:
a. Removal
b.
Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Too/s/Test Equipment
• Torque
wrench
REMOVAL
a.
NOTE
•
Left and right shelter tie-downs are removed the same way.
• If removing rear shelter tie-downs, perform steps 1-4.
• If removing front shelter tie-downs, perform step 5.
• Nut (13) is tack welded. Remove nut only if threads appear damaged.
1.
Remove nut (2) and bolt (7) securing
brace (3), bracket (5), and support
(6). Remove bolt (1) and brace.
NOTE
Hold bolt (4) while loosening nut
(10) to keep bolt from turning.
2.
While supporting reinforcement (8),
remove 2 nuts (9), nut (10), and
reinforcement.
3.
Remove bolt (4), bracket (5), and
support (6).
4.
Remove pad (14) and save for
installation. Remove spacer (11) from
rear stake pocket (12).
NOTE
Hold bolt (15) while loosening nut
(19) to keep bolt from turning.
5.
Remove nut (19), bolt (15),
reinforcement (20) from both
stake pockets (12). Remove
bracket
(16)
and
2
pads
Remove spacer (18) from each
pocket.
and
front
front
(17).
stake
TA49969
10-52
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-17. SHELTER TIE-DOWN REPLACEMENT (M1028) (Con’t).
b.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
• Left and right shelter tie-downs are installed the same way.
• If installing front shelter tie-downs, perform steps 1 and 2.
• If installing rear shelter tie-downs, perform steps 3-8.
1.
Install spacer (18) into each front stake pocket (12). Position 2 pads (17) and front bracket
(16).
2.
Install 2 bolts (15), 2 reinforcements (20), and 2 nuts (19). Tighten nuts to 50-65 Ib.-ft.
(68-88 N•m).
3.
Install spacer (11) into rear stake pocket (12).
4.
Position pad (14) at rear stake pocket (12) and install support (6) into cargo bed of truck.
5.
Position bracket (5) at pad (14) and support (6). Thread bolt (4) through hole in pad into rear
stake pocket (12).
TA49970
10-53
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-17. SHELTER TIE-DOWN REPLACEMENT (M1028) (Con’t).
6.
Install new nut (13) if removed. Install
brace (3) with bolt (1). DO NOT fully
tighten bolt.
7.
Install bolt (7) and nut (2). Tighten
nut to 30-45 Ib.-ft. (41-61 N•m).
Tighten bolt (1).
NOTE
Hold bolt (4) while tightening nut
(10) to keep bolt from turning.
8.
Install reinforcement (8), 2 nuts (9),
and nut (10). Tighten nuts to
50-65 Ib.-ft. (68-88 N•m).
TA49971
10-54
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-17.1. INSTRUMENT PAD REPLACEMENT,
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
• Heater control panel housing removed (if truck is equipped with winterization kits). (See
paragraph 11-4)
a.
REMOVAL
If present, remove 4 screws (3),
washers (2), and reinforcement (4)
from instrument pad assembly (1).
TA701841
Change 2
10-54.1
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-17.1. INSTRUMENT PAD REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
2.
b.
Remove 4 screws (8) and screw (6), Lift up on instrument pad assembly (1) and remove. If
damaged, or if replacing instrument pad assembly, remove 6 retainers (5). Remove any
damaged push nuts (7) from instrument panel assembly (9).
INSTALLATION
1.
Replace any removed push nuts (7) at instrument panel assembly (9).
2.
If removed, install 6 retainers (5) to instrument pad assembly (1). Position instrument pad
assembly and snap into place, Install 4 screws (8) and screw (6).
TA701842
10-54.2
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-17.1. INSTRUMENT PAD REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
3.
If removed, install reinforcement (4)
to instrument pad assembly (1) with 4
washers (2) and screws (3).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Install heater control panel housing if removed, (See paragraph 11-4)
TA701843
Change 2
10-54.3/(10-54.4 blank)
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-18. CARGO BENCH SEAT AND SEATBELT REPLACEMENT (ALL EXCEPT M1009).
b. Installation
a. Removal
This task covers:
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools/Test Equipment
• Torque wrench
a.
REMOVAL
NOTE
• If
removing seatbelt assemblies (1 and 7), perform steps 1-4.
• If removing bench seat (2), perform steps 4-7.
• If removing seat adjustment assemblies, perform steps 5-8.
• Bolts (4 and 6) may have plugs covering them. Save for installation.
1.
Pry cover down to expose bolt (3) and remove bolt. Remove bolt (4) at seatbelt assembly (1)
retractor.
TA49972
10-55
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-18. CARGO BENCH SEAT AND SEATBELT REPLACEMENT (ALL EXCEPT M1009)
(Con’t).
NOTE
Step 2 only applies to left side.
2.
Disconnect wire assembly (5) from
3.
Remove seatbelt assembly (1).
4.
Move bench seat (2) forward to gain access to bolt (6). Remove bolt and remove seatbelt
assembly (7) through bench seat.
retractor.
TA49973
10-56
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-18. CARGO BENCH SEAT AND SEATBELT REPLACEMENT (ALL EXCEPT Ml 009)
(Con’t).
NOTE
• Both seatbelt assemblies (7) must be removed to remove bench
seat (2).
Ž Bolts (8) may have covers. Remove these as required and save for
installation.
5.
Remove 4 bolts (8) at 2 seat adjustment assemblies (12). Remove bench seat (2) and seat
adjustment assemblies from truck.
6.
Remove wire assembly (11) from bench seat (2) and from 2 seat adjustment assemblies (12).
7.
Remove 6 bolts (9) and 2 seat adjustment assemblies (12) from bench seat (2).
8.
Remove 2 springs (10) from each seat adjustment assembly (12). Note position of springs for
installation.
TA49974
10-57
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-18. CARGO BENCH SEAT AND SEATBELT REPLACEMENT (ALL EXCEPT M1009)
(Con’t).
b. INSTALLATION
NOTE
• If
installing bench seat (2) and seat adjustment assemblies (12),
perform steps 1-5.
• If installing seatbelt assemblies (1 and 7), perform steps 5-8.
1.
Install 2 springs (10) at each seat adjustment assembly (12).
2.
Install 2 seat adjustment assemblies (12) to bench seat (2) with 6 bolts (9).
3.
Install wire assembly (11) to bench seat (2) and to 2 seat adjustment assemblies (12).
4.
Install bench seat (2) and attached seat adjustment assemblies (12) to truck with 4 bolts (8).
Install bolt covers as required.
5.
Move bench seat (2) forward. Position seatbelt assembly (7) through bench seat and install to
cab floor with bolt (6). Tighten bolt to 40 Ib.-ft. (54 N•m). Install plug as required.
TA49975
10-58
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-18. CARGO BENCH SEAT AND SEATBELT REPLACEMENT (ALL EXCEPT M1009)
(Con’t).
6.
Install seatbelt assembly (1) to door pillar with bolt (3). Tighten bolt to 40 Ib.-ft. (54 N•m).
Install cover over bolt.
NOTE
Step 7 only applies to left side.
7.
Position seatbelt assembly (1) retractor and connect wire assembly (5).
8.
Install seatbelt assembly (1) retractor with bolt (4). Tighten bolt to 40 Ib.-ft. (54 N•m). Install
plug as required.
TA49976
10-59
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-19. CARGO COVER AND FRAME MAINTENANCE (M1008 AND M1008A1).
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Repair
c. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Personnel Required
•
Locknuts
(as
required)
RTV sealant (Item 41, Appendix C)
a.
MOS 63B (2)
REMOVAL
NOTE
•
If
•
If
removing cargo cover frame assembly components, perform steps
1-13.
•
If
removing front rail assemblies (23), perform steps 1, 3, 14, and 15.
•
If
removing rear rail assembly (12), perform steps 3, 4, and 16.
•
If
removing side rail assemblies (10), perform steps 1-10, and 17.
removing cargo cover (1), perform steps 1-5.
1.
Inside cargo area, detach cargo cover (1) from all turnbuttons (4).
2.
Inside cargo area, remove 4 straps (2) along front and rear roof bows (3).
3.
Remove 4 straps (5) from rail assemblies.
4.
On outside, detach remaining edges from all turnbuttons (4).
5.
Remove cargo cover (1).
TA49977
10-60
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-19. CARGO COVER AND FRAME MAINTENANCE (M1008 AND M1008A1) (Con’t).
6.
At each corner, remove bow strap (11) from side rail assembly (10).
7.
Fold 3 roof bows (3) forward until they rest on roof of truck cab.
8.
At bow hinge bracket (15), remove nut (18), 2 washers (14), and bolt (13). Remove strut (17)
and 2 bushings (16) from bow hinge bracket.
9.
Remove 3 roof bows (3) with 6 attached struts (17).
TA49978
10-61
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-19. CARGO COVER AND FRAME MAINTENANCE (M1008 AND M1008A1) (Con’t).
10.
Remove 2 nuts (26), washers (25),
bolts (24), and bow hinge bracket
(15).
11.
Remove nut (8), bolt (7), and bow
strap (11) or strap (9) from roof bow
(3) .
12.
Pull out pin (21) and disconnect strut
(17) from roof bow (3). Remove nut
(20), screw (19), and retainer (22)
from roof bow.
13.
Remove roof strap (6) from roof
bows (3) .
TA49979
10-62
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-19. CARGO COVER AND FRAME MAINTENANCE (M1008 AND M1008A1) (Con’t).
14.
Remove 2 bolts (27) and front rail assembly (23). Scrape off old RTV sealant from rail
assembly and from truck.
15.
Remove and discard 2 tube anchor nuts (28) if damaged.
16.
Remove 4 bolts (27) and rear rail assembly (12). Scrape off old RTV sealant from rear rail
assembly and from truck. Remove and discard 4 tube anchor nuts (28) if damaged.
17.
Remove 2 nuts (26), washers (25), bolts (24), and side rail assembly (10). Scrape off old RTV
sealant from side rail assembly and from truck.
TA49980
10-63
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-19. CARGO COVER AND FRAME MAINTENANCE (M1008 AND M1008A1) (Con’t),
NOTE
All rail assemblies (10, 12, and 23) are repaired in same way.
1.
Position rail assembly (10, 12, or 23) in vise.
2.
Grind back of broken turnbutton (4) until flush with surface of rail.
3.
Using a punch, drive broken turnbutton (4) out of rail assembly (10, 12, or 23).
4.
Install new turnbutton (4) and install new locknut on back of turnbutton.
TA49981
10-64
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-19. CARGO COVER AND FRAME MAINTENANCE (M1008 AND M1008A1 ) (Con’t).
CAUTION
DO NOT overtighten bolts (24) in nuts (26) or nuts will break.
NOTE
If installing side rail assemblies (10), perform steps 1 and 11.
If installing rear rail assembly (12), perform steps 2, 3, and 13.
If installing front rail assemblies (23), perform steps 4, 5, and 13.
If installing cargo cover frame assembly components,
steps 5-15.
perform
If installing cargo cover, perform steps 12-15.
1.
Apply RTV sealant and install side rail assembly (10) with 2 bolts (24), washers (25), and nuts
(26). Be careful to install each side rail assembly so that built-in handles are at front and rear
corners.
2.
Install 4 new tube anchor nuts (28) in endgate as required.
3.
Apply RTV sealant and install rear rail assembly (12) with 4 bolts (27).
4.
Install 2 new tube anchor nuts (28) as required. Apply RTV sealant and install front rail
assembly (23) with 2 bolts (27).
TA49982
10-65
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-19. CARGO COVER AND FRAME MAINTENANCE (M1008 AND M1008A1) (Con’t).
5.
Install roof strap (6) on roof bows (3) as required,
6.
Install bow strap (11) or strap (9) to roof bow (3) with bolt (7) and nut (8).
,
TA49983
10-66
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-19. CARGO COVER AND FRAME MAINTENANCE (M1008 AND M1008A1) (Con’t).
7.
Install bow hinge bracket (15) with 2
bolts (24), washers (25), and nuts
(26), Install front bolt, washer, and
nut through rearmost hole of front
side rail assembly (10). Install rear
bolt, washer,
and nut through
frontmost hole of rear side rail
assembly.
8.
Install retainer (22) to end of roof bow
(3) with screw (19) and nut (20).
9.
Install strut (17) to roof bow (3) with
pin (21) through holes in roof bow
and strut.
10.
Place 6 assembled struts (17) and 3
roof bows (3) folded forward over top
of truck cab. Install each strut at bow
hinge bracket (15) with bolt (13), 2
washers (14), nut (18), and 2
bushings (16). Unfold all 3 roof bows.
11.
Install 4 bow straps (11) to corner handles of side rail assemblies (10).
12.
Install cargo cover (1) over cargo cover frame assembly.
13.
Secure 4 straps (5) to handles at front and rear rail assemblies (12 and 23).
14.
Secure top of cargo cover (1) to front and rear roof bows (3) with 4 straps (2).
15.
On inside and outside, secure bottom edges of cargo cover (1) to turnbuttons (4).
TA49984
10-67/(10-68 blank)
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section IV. UTILITY TRUCK BODY MAINTENANCE
10-20. UTILITY TRUCK BODY MAINTENANCE INDEX.
Paragraph
Number
10-21.
10-22.
10-23.
10-23A.
Page
Number
Procedures
Endgate Maintenance (M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Endgate Window and Window Regulator Replacement
10-70
(M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driver’s, Passenger’s, Rear Bench Seat, and Seatbelt
Replacement (M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seatbelt Anchorpoint Repair (M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-78
Change 4
10-84
10-90
10-69
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-21. ENDGATE MAINTENANCE (M1009).
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Disassembly
c. Assembly
d. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
●
Endgate window removed.
(See paragraph 10-22)
●
Tools/Test Equipment
●
●
Three Iockwashers
Personnel Required
Torque wrench
Screwdriver bit set, J-29843
●
MOS 63B (2) (if removing endgate)
a. REMOVAL
NOTE
1.
●
If removing endgate (8), perform steps 1-3.
●
Support endgate (8) on suitable
maintenance.
●
If removing run channel, latch rods, handle, or control assembly,
perform DISASSEMBLY steps as required.
support
when performing
Remove nut (12), Iockwasher (11), and stud (9) from each frame extension (10). Discard
Iockwashers.
TA49985
10-70
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-21. ENDGATE MAINTENANCE (M1009) (Con’t).
2.
Remove 2 bolts (1 6), disconnect 2 supports (15), and remove 2 spacers (14) and washers
(13).
CAUTION
Carefully guide out torque rods (1) when removing endgate (8). Failure to
follow this caution may result in damage to torque rods.
3.
Remove 8 bolts (19) attaching 2 hinge assemblies (18) to floor panel. Remove endgate (8).
TA49986
10-71
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-21.
ENDGATE MAINTENANCE (M1009) (Con’t).
b. DISASSEMBLY
NOTE
• Opposite side is disassembled in same way.
• If removing run channel (25), perform step 1.
• If removing torque rod (1), perform steps 1 and 4.
• If removing latch rods (30) or latch assembly (27), perform steps 5
and 6.
• If removing handle, perform step 7.
• If removing control assembly, perform steps 5, 7, 8, and 9.
1.
Remove 2 screws (20). Twist run channel (25) to clear window opening and remove run
channel.
2.
Remove bolt (24), washer (23), spring (22), support (15), and washer (21).
3.
Remove 4 bolts (17) and hinge assembly (18).
TA49987
10-72
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-21. ENDGATE MAINTENANCE (M1009) (Con’t).
4.
Remove 4 bolts (4) and 2 brackets (3), Remove 4 bolts (5). Remove 2 torque rods (1) with
silencers (2 and 6). Remove 2 torque rod brackets (7).
5.
Remove clip (31) and disconnect latch rod (30) from control assembly (28).
6.
Remove 4 screws (26) and pull out latch assembly (27) with latch rod (30). Remove clip (29)
and disconnect latch rod from latch assembly.
TA49988
10-73
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-21. ENDGATE MAINTENANCE (M1009) (Con’t).
7.
Remove clip (42) and disconnect handle rod (43) from handle (40). Remove 2 screws (41)
and handle.
8.
Remove 3 screws (39) and control assembly (28). Disconnect handle rod (43) from control
assembly.
NOTE
Stop (34) is factory-installed with flanged nut and washer instead of nut
(36) and Iockwasher (35). Use nut and Iockwasher for installation.
9.
Remove spring (38). Remove 2 screws (33) and lockout rod (32). Remove nut (36),
Iockwasher (35), bolt (37), and stop (34). Discard Iockwasher.
TA49989
10-74
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-21. ENDGATE MAINTENANCE (M1009) (Con’t).
c. ASSEMBLY
NOTE
•
If installing control assembly (28), perform steps 1-3, and 5.
•
If installing handle (40), perform step 3.
•
If installing latch rods (30) or latch assembly (27), perform steps 4
and 5.
•
If installing support, perform step 8 and INSTALLATION, step 2 as
required.
• If installing torque rod, perform steps 5, 6, and 9.
• If installing hinge assembly, perform step 7 and INSTALLATION, step 1.
•
If installing run channel, perform step 9.
1.
Install stop (34) on endgate (8) with bolt (37), new Iockwasher (35), and nut (36). Install
lockout rod (32) with 2 screws (33). Install spring (38).
2.
Connect handle rod (43) to control assembly (28). Engage control assembly with lockout rod
(32) and install with 3 screws (39).
3.
install handie (40) with 2 screws (41). Connect handle rod (43) to handle and install clip (42).
4.
Connect latch rod (30) to latch assembly (27) and install clip (29). Position latch rod with latch
assembly in endgate (8) and install with 4 screws (26).
5.
Connect latch rod (30) to control assembly (28) and install clip (31).
TA49990
10-75
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-21. ENDGATE MAINTENANCE (M1009) (Con’t).
6.
Position 2 torque rod brackets (7) in endgate (8). Position 2 torque rods (1) with silencers (2
and 6) in endgate. Install 4 bolts (5). Position 2 brackets (3), ensure that they cover silencers
(2), and install with 4 bolts (4).
7.
Install hinge assembly (18) with 4 bolts (17).
8.
Install washer (21), support (15), spring (22), and washer (23) with bolt (24).
9.
Twist run channel (25) into window opening and position in endgate (8). Install 2 screws (20).
d.
INSTALLATION
CAUTION
Carefully guide in torque rods (1) when installing endgate (8). Failure to
follow this caution may result in damage to torque rods.
1.
Install 2 hinge assemblies (18) on floor panel with 8 bolts (19).
2.
Connect 2 washers (13), spacers (14), and supports (15) with 2 bolts (16).
3.
Position torque rods (1), and install each on frame extension (10) with stud (9), new
Iockwasher (11), and nut (12). Tighten nuts to 45-60 Ib.-ft. (61-81 N•m).
TA49991
10-76
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-21. ENDGATE MAINTENANCE (M1009) (Con’t).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
•
Install
endgate
window.
(See
paragraph
10-22)
TA49992
10-77
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-22. ENDGATE WINDOW AND WINDOW REGULATOR REPLACEMENT (M1009).
This task covers:
a.
Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
•
Materials/Parts
Handle and control assembly removed
(if removing window regulator or handle),
(See paragraph 10-21)
One window filler
Three access cover seals
Dry cleaning solvent
(Item 15, Appendix C)
Tape (Item 47.1, Appendix C)
General Safety Instructions
•
Dry cleaning solvent is flammable and must not be used near open flame. Use in a well-ventilated
area.
a.
REMOVAL
NOTE
1.
•
•
If
removing access cover (3), perform step 1.
If
removing window (17), perform steps 1-3, and 5.
•
•
If
removing window regulator (12), perform steps 1-4.
If removing handle assembly, perform steps 1 and 6 through 8 as
required.
Remove 16 screws (4) and access
cover (3) from endgate (1). Remove
seals (2 and 5) from access cover and
discard if damaged.
TA49993
10-78
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-22. ENDGATE WINDOW AND WINDOW REGULATOR REPLACEMENT (M1009)
(Con’t).
2.
Remove 2 screws (7) and cap (6) from each side of endgate (1). Remove seal (8 or 9) by
unsnapping clips (10).
3.
Regulate window (17) until screws (14) are accessible. Remove 4 screws and sash channels
(13) from sash (15). Remove sash channels from window regulator (12) arms as required.
4.
Remove 4 screws (11) and window regulator (12).
TA49994
10-79
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-22. ENDGATE WINDOW AND WINDOW REGULATOR REPLACEMENT (M1009)
(Con’t).
WARNING
Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 is toxic and flammable. Always wear
protective goggles and gloves and use only in a well-ventilated area. Avoid
contact with skin, eyes, and clothes and DO NOT breathe vapors. DO NOT
use near open flame or excessive heat, The solvent’s flash point is
100°F-138°F (38°C-59°C). If you become dizzy while using cleaning
solvent, immediately get fresh air and medical help. If solvent contacts
eyes, immediately wash your eyes with water and get medical aid.
5.
Carefully remove sash (15), filler (16), and window (17) assembly. Apply dry cleaning solvent
to filler along sash on both sides of window glass. When filler softens, remove window and filler
from sash. Remove old filler from sash and window. Discard filler.
6.
Remove 2 nuts (27), base (19), and handle assembly (28).
7.
Remove bezel (26) and gasket (20) from base (19). Remove 2 screws (29), Separate arm of
handle assembly (28) from base and remove pin (30).
8.
Remove clip (25) and clutch (24). Remove retainer (23), spring washer (22), and ring (21),
Remove pawl (32) and spring (31), and remove lock unit (18).
TA49995
10-80
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-22. ENDGATE WINDOW AND WINDOW REGULATOR REPLACEMENT (M1009)
(Con’t).
b. INSTALLATION
NOTE
If installing handle assembly (28), perform steps 1-3, and 9 as
required.
If installing window regulator (12), perform steps 4, 5, and 7 through 9.
If installing window (17), perform steps 4 and 6 through 9.
If installing access cover, perform step 9.
1.
Install lock unit (18) on base (19) with spring (31) and pawl (32). Install spring washer (22) and
retainer (23). Install clutch (24) with clip (25).
2.
Install pin (30) on arm of base (19). Position arm of handle assembly (28) on base and install 2
screws (29), Install gasket (20) and bezel (26) on base.
3.
Install base (19) and handle assembly (28) on endgate (1) with 2 nuts (27).
4.
Install window regulator (12) in endgate (1) with 4 screws (11).
TA49996
10-81
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-22. ENDGATE WINDOW AND WINDOW REGULATOR REPLACEMENT (M1009)
(Con’t).
5.
Install sash channels (13) on window regulator (12) arms if removed. Regulate window (17) until
sash channels and screws (14) can be installed.
6.
Install new filler (16) on window (17) if removed. Apply a ½ in. wide strip of red tape along top
edge of rear tailgate window. Press filler and window assembly into sash (15) . Position sash,
filler, and window assembly in endgate (1).
7.
Install sash channels (13) on sash (15) with 4 screws (14).
TA49997
10-82
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-22. ENDGATE WINDOW AND WINDOW REGULATOR REPLACEMENT (M1009)
(Con’t).
8.
9.
Install seals (8 and 9) on endgate (1) by snapping clips (10) in place. Install cap (6) on each
side of endgate with 2 screws (7).
Install seals (2 and 5) on access cover (3) if removed. Install access cover on endgate (1) with
16 screws (4).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Install handle and control assembly if removed. (See paragraph 10-21)
TA49998
10-83
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-23. DRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S, REAR BENCH SEAT, AND SEATBELT
REPLACEMENT (M1009).
a.
This task covers:
Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
•
Radio mounting bracket removed (if removing
rear bench seat). (See paragraph 4-47)
• TWO Iockwashers
Tools/Test Equipment
•
•
Torque
wrench
Screwdriver bit set,
a.
J-29843
REMOVAL
NOTE
If removing seatbelts (1 and 2), perform step 1.
If removing seats (9) and seat adjuster assemblies (4 or 8), perform
steps 2-4.
If removing rear bench seatbelts, perform step 5.
If removing rear bench seat, perform step 6.
1.
Remove plug from retractor cover
(3). Pry back seatbelt (2) covers to
expose mounting bolts at door pillar
and floor. Remove 3 mounting bolts
and seatbelt. Remove seatbelt buckle
(1) mounting bolt plug. Remove
mounting bolt and seatbelt buckle.
2.
Remove 2 forward bolts (7), Adjust
seat (9) forward and remove 2 rear
bolts (11) at adjuster bracket (13).
Remove seat and seat adjuster
assembly.
TA49999
10-84
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-23. DRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S, REAR BENCH SEAT, AND SEATBELT
REPLACEMENT (M1009) (Con’t).
NOTE
Driver’s and passenger’s seat adjusters (4 and 8) are removed the
same way but component locations are reversed. Driver’s seat adjuster
removal is described.
Note position of springs (6, 10, and 12) for installation.
3.
Remove outer springs (6 and 12) and
inner spring (10) if damaged or
broken.
4.
Remove wire assembly (5). Remove
4 bolts (14) and remove inner seat
adjuster (8) and outer seat adjuster
(4) from seat (9).
TA50000
10-85
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-23. DRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S,
REAR BENCH SEAT,
REPLACEMENT (M1009) (Con’t).
AND SEATBELT
5.
Fold rear bench seat (16) forward.
Remove 4 seatbelt mounting bolts
(17) and pull rear seatbelts (15)
through rear bench seat.
6.
Remove 2 bolts (22) and disconnect strut (21) from rear bench seat (16). Remove 2 bolts (18)
and Iockwashers (19) from hinges (20). Remove rear bench seat. Discard Iockwashers.
TA50001
10-86
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-23. DRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S, REAR BENCH SEAT, AND SEATBELT
REPLACEMENT (M1009) (Con’t).
b.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
•
•
•
If installing rear bench seat (16), perform step 1.
•
If installing seatbelts, perform step 7.
If installing rear bench seatbelts (15), perform step 2.
If installing seats (9) and seat adjuster assemblies (4 and 8), perform
steps 3-6.
1.
Position rear bench seat (16). Install hinges (20) with 2 new Iockwashers (19) and bolts (18).
Connect strut (21) to rear bench seat with 2 bolts (22). Fold rear bench seat back. Tighten
bolts (18) to 30-45 Ib.-ft. (41-61 N•m). Tighten bolts (22) to 10-15 Ib.-ft. (14-20 N•m).
2.
Position seatbelts (15) through rear
bench seat (16) and install to floor
with 4 seatbelt mounting bolts (17).
Tighten bolts to 40 Ib.-ft. (54 N•m).
3.
If removed, install outer springs (6
and 12) and inner spring (10).
TA50002
10-87
TM 9-2320-289-20
REAR BENCH SEAT, AND SEATBELT
10-23. DRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S,
REPLACEMENT (M1009) (Con’t).
NOTE
Driver’s and passenger’s seat adjusters (4 and 8) are installed the same
way but component locations are reversed. Driver’s seat adjuster
installation is described.
4.
Install outer seat adjuster (4) and inner seat adjuster (8) on seat (9) with 4 bolts (14). Lock
outer seat adjuster and inner seat adjuster in place. Tighten bolts to 20-30 Ib.-ft.
(27-41 N•m).
5.
Install wire assembly (5). If wire
assembly is too loose or too tight,
disconnect from inner seat adjuster
(8) adjustment hole and connect to a
inner
adjuster
different
seat
adjustment hole as required.
6.
Position seat (9) and seat adjuster
(8) assembly in truck and install with
2 forward bolts (7) and 2 rear bolts
(11). Tighten bolts to 20-25 Ib.-ft.
(27-34 N•m).
TA50003
10-88
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-23. DRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S, REAR BENCH SEAT, AND SEATBELT
REPLACEMENT (M1009) (Con’t).
7.
Install seatbelt buckle (1) with
mounting bolt. Install bolt plug. Install
seatbelt (2) with 3 mounting bolts,
Tighten mounting bolts to 40 Ib.-ft.
(54 N•m). Snap seatbelt covers into
place over mounting bolts at door
pillar and floor. Install plug to
retractor cover (3).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
● Install
radio mounting bracket if removed, (See paragraph 4-47)
TA50004
Change 4
10-89
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-23A. SEATBELT ANCHORPOINT REPAIR (M1009).
This task covers:
a. Repair
INITIAL SETUP:
Too/s/Test Equipment
Materials/Parts
• General mechanic’s tool kit
ŽDrill motor
• 1/2-inch drill
Ž Bolt, NSN 5305-00-071-2077 (1 ea)
• Flatwasher, NSN 5310-00-809-5997
(2 ea)
• Locknut, NSN 5310-00-225-6993
Ž Primer, NSN 8010-01-193-0517
Personnel Required
● MOS 63B (2)
References
TM 9-2320-289-20P (Fig.
166 & 167)
REPAIR
a.
1.
Inside of the vehicle (driver’s side), remove the bolt that attaches the lower portion of the
seatbelt to the mounting post/pillar and discard it.
2.
Outside of the vehicle, use the rear edge of the cab door opening to find the reinforcement
crossmember under the cab floor. Follow this crossmember inboard approximately 10 inches
and locate an existing 5/8-inch hole approximately 2 inches from the cab body mount.
3.
From underneath the vehicle, using the existing 5/8-hch hole as a guide, drill a 1/2-inch
diameter hole straight up through the cab floor and floormat. This new attaching hole should
be approximately 6 inches straight back from the rear seat mounting bolt location.
4.
If the floormat is still in the truck, cut and remove a 1 3/4-inch diameter section from the mat
around the drilled hole.
NOTE
If the floormat and jute backing are wet, go to step 5; if not, go to step 6.
5.
Remove floormat. When floor is dry, remove any rust with a wire brush and paint bare spots
with primer (NSN 8010-01-193-0517). Replace floormat.
6.
From inside the vehicle cab, place one hex head grade 8 bolt (1/2–inch – 13 coarse thread x
3-1/2 inch long (NSN 5305-00-071-2077) through the mounting plate of the seatbelt. Plaoe
two 1/2-inch flatwashers (NSN 5310-00-809-5997) onto the bolt and install the bolt into the
drilled hole in the floor.
10-90
Change 4
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-23A. SEATBELT ANCHORPOINT REPAIR (M1009) (Con’t.)
7.
From underneath the vehicle, have an assistant place one 1/2-inch flatwasher (NSN
5310-00-809-5997) and one UNC-2B locknut (1/2–inch – 13 coarse thread, NSN
5310-00-225-6993) onto the seatbelt mounting bolt. Tighten the nut until all clearance
between the mounting plate, flatwasher, and cab floor is removed. Tighten the nut one
additional turn; don’t overtighten.
8.
Repeat steps 1 through 7 for the passenger’s side.
9.
After relocating the seatbelt, ensure that the plastic covers are installed over the seat
hinge. The sharp edge of the seat hinges may cause damage to the seatbelts. Refer
to TM 9-2320-289-20P (May 92), driver’s side, Figure 166, Item 7 and Item 8;
passenger side, Figure 167, Item 7 and Item 11.
Change 4 10-90.1/(10-90.2 blank)
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section V. AMBULANCE BODY MAINTENANCE
10-24. AMBULANCE BODY MAINTENANCE INDEX.
Paragraph
Number
10-25.
10-26.
10-27.
10-28.
10-29.
10-30.
10-31.
10-32.
10-33.
10-34.
10-35.
10-36.
Procedures
Driver’s and Passenger’s Seat and Seatbelt
Replacement (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Door Assembly, Hinges, and Lock Mechanism
Replacement (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Door Assembly Fixed Glass Replacement (M1010) . ...
Rear Step Assembly Replacement (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Attendant’s Seat Maintenance (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interior Sliding Door Replacement (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gas-Particulate Filter Maintenance (M1010) . ... . . . . . . . . .
Heater Fuel Pump Replacement (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air Conditioner Cover and Condenser Assembly
Replacement (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air Conditioner Blower Replacement (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Personnel Heater Control Box Replacement (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . .
Personnel Heater, Fuel Filter, and Blower
Replacement (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page
Number
10-92
10-97
10-102
10-104
10-106
10-110
10-113
10-118
10-122
10-124
10-127
10-130
10-91
TM 9-2320-289-20
—
10-25. DRIVER’S AND PASSENGER’S SEAT AND SEATBELT REPLACEMENT
(M1010).
This task covers:
a.
b. Installation
Removal
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools/Test Equipment
•
a.
Torque
wrench
REMOVAL
NOTE
If removing driver’s seatbelt assembly (3), perform step 1.
If removing passenger’s seatbelt assembly (6), perform steps 2 and 9.
If removing driver’s seat (11) and seat adjuster assemblies (7), perform
steps 3-7,
If removing passenger’s seat and supports, perform steps 9-11.
1.
Remove bolt covers and remove bolt (2) and 2 floor-mounted bolts (4). Disconnect electrical
connector at seatbelt retractor (5). Remove driver’s seatbelt assembly (3).
TA50005
10-92
TM
9-2320-289-20
10-25. DRIVER’S AND PASSENGER’S SEAT AND SEATBELT REPLACEMENT
(M1010) (Con’t).
2.
Remove bolt cover and remove bolt (1).
3.
Remove 2 front bolts (12) securing 2 seat adjuster assemblies (7) to floor-mounted weldnuts
(15).
4.
Adjust driver’s seat (11) forward and remove 2 rear bolts (12). Remove seat and 2 seat
adjuster assemblies (7).
NOTE
Note location of outer spring (13) and wire assembly (8) for installation.
5.
Remove wire assembly (8).
6.
Inspect 2 seat latch springs (16) at
each seat adjuster assembly (7) and
remove if damaged or broken,
7.
Remove outer spring (13) from front
of left seat adjuster assembly (7) and
driver’s seat (11). Remove 6 bolts
(14) and 2 seat adjuster assemblies
from driver’s seat and brackets (10).
8.
Remove 4 bolts (9) and 2 brackets
(10) from driver’s seat (11).
TA50006
10-93
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-25. DRIVER’S AND PASSENGER’S SEAT AND SEATBELT REPLACEMENT
(M1010) (Con’t).
9.
Remove 2 bolts (18) and passenger’s
seatbelt assembly (6) from 2 rear
supports (19).
10.
Remove 2 bolts (23) at 2 front
supports (22). Remove passenger’s
seat (17) with attached supports (19
and 22) from bracket assembly (21).
11.
Remove 8 bolts (20), 2 front supports
(22), and 2 rear supports (19) from
passenger’s seat (17).
b.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
If installing passenger’s seat (17) and supports (19 and 22), perform
steps 1-4.
If installing seat adjuster assemblies (7) and driver’s seat (11), perform
steps 5-9.
If installing passenger’s seatbelt assembly (6), perform steps 4 and 10.
If installing driver’s seatbelt assembly, perform step 11.
1.
Install 2 front supports (22) and 2 rear supports (19) to passenger’s seat (17) with 8 bolts
(20). Tighten bolts to 15-25 Ib.-ft. (20-34 N•m).
2.
Position passenger’s seat (17) with attached supports (19 and 22) at truck floor.
3.
At right front corner, install bolt (23) through front support (22) into floor. At left front corner,
install bolt through front support into bracket assembly (21). DO NOT FULLY tighten bolts.
4.
Install passenger’s seatbelt assembly (6) at 2 rear supports (19) with 2 bolts (18). Tighten
bolts to 40 Ib.-ft. (54 N•m). Tighten bolts (23) to 25 Ib.-ft. (34 N•m).
TA50007
10-94
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-25. DRIVER’S AND PASSENGER’S SEAT AND SEATBELT REPLACEMENT
(M1010) (Con’t).
5.
Install 2 brackets (10) to driver’s seat (11) with 4 bolts (9).
6.
If removed, install seat latch spring (16) to each seat adjuster assembly (7).
7.
Install 2 seat adjuster assemblies (7) to driver’s seat (11) and to 2 brackets (10) with 6 bolts
(14). Tighten bolts to 20-30 Ib.-ft. (27-41 N•m). Install outer spring (13) between front of left
adjuster assembly and back of driver’s seat.
NOTE
A properly installed wire assembly (8) should not be in tension.
8.
Lock both seat adjuster assemblies
(7). Install wire assembly (8) with
wire in middle hole at right adjuster
assembly. Move wire to forward or
rearward hole as required to adjust
for proper tension.
9.
Install driver’s seat (11) and 2 seat
adjuster
assemblies
(7)
to
floor-mounted weldnuts (15) with 4
bolts (12). Tighten bolts to 25 Ib.-ft.
(34 N•m).
TA50008
10-95
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-25. DRIVER’S AND PASSENGER’S SEAT AND SEATBELT REPLACEMENT
(M1010) (Con’t).
10.
Install passenger’s seatbelt assembly (6) to door pillar with bolt (1). Tighten bolt to 40 Ib.-ft.
(54 N•m). Install bolt cover.
11.
Install driver’s seatbelt assembly (3) to door pillar with bolt (2). Tighten bolt to 40 Ib.-ft.
(54 N•m). P o s i t i o n s e a t b e l t r e t r a c t o r ( 5 ) a n d i n s t a l l e l e c t r i c a l c o n n e c t o r . I n s t a l l 2
floor-mounted bolts (4) and tighten to 40 Ib.-ft. (54 N•m). Install bolt covers.
TA50009
10-96
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-26. REAR DOOR ASSEMBLY, HINGES, AND LOCK MECHANISM REPLACEMENT
(M1010).
This task covers:
b. Installation
a. Removal
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Personnel Required
•
•
•
Two cotter pins
Four locknuts
Ž Tape (Item 48, Appendix C)
MOS 63B (2)
General Safety Instructions
• Use extreme caution when removing or installing rear door assembly.
a.
REMOVAL
WARNING
Use extreme caution when removing rear door assembly. Rear door
assembly is heavy and if dropped will cause equipment damage and
serious injury to personnel.
10-97
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-26. REAR DOOR ASSEMBLY, HINGES, AND LOCK MECHANISM REPLACEMENT
(M1010) (Con’t).
NOTE
•
If removing rear door assembly (6) and hinges (5), perform steps 1
and 2.
•
If removing right door assembly handles (8 and 14) and lock assembly
(7, 11, and 16), perform steps 3 and 5 through 12,
•
If removing left door assembly inside handle and lock assembly (7, 11,
and 16), perform steps 4, 5, and 7 through 12.
1.
Open door assembly (6). Support door assembly and remove 6 bolts (3) and washers (4).
Remove door assembly from truck.
2.
Remove 6 bolts (2), washers (1), and 3 hinges (5) from truck if damaged.
TA50010
10-98
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-26. REAR DOOR ASSEMBLY, HINGES, AND LOCK MECHANISM REPLACEMENT
(M1010) (Con’t).
3.
Remove setscrew (13) and right inside handle (14).
4.
Remove 2 screws and left inside handle.
5.
Remove 10 screws (17) and access panel (18).
6.
Remove 4 screws and outside handle (8).
NOTE
When removing 4 bolts (12 and 15), position hand to prevent 4
locknuts (10) from falling down between door panels.
Left rear door assembly has no handle bracket (9).
7.
Remove 2 bolts (15) and locknuts (10). Remove handle bracket (9). Discard locknuts.
8.
Remove 2 bolts (12) and locknuts (10). Discard locknuts.
9.
Pull lock mechanism (11) aside in door assembly (6) to gain working room at access panel
(18) opening.
10.
Remove cotter pin, steel washer, rubber washer, and bottom lock rod (16) through access
panel (18) opening. Discard cotter pin.
11.
Remove top lock rod (7) and attached lock mechanism (11) through access panel (18)
opening.
12.
Remove cotter pin, steel washer, rubber washer, and top lock rod (7) from lock mechanism
(11). Discard cotter pin.
b.
INSTALLATION
WARNING
Use extreme caution when installing rear door assembly. Rear door
assembly is heavy and if dropped will cause equipment damage and
serious injury to personnel.
NOTE
If installing right door assembly handles (8 and 14) and lock assembly
(7, 11, and 16), perform steps 1-11.
If installing left door assembly inside handle and lock assembly (7, 11,
and 16), perform steps 1-7, 9, and 12.
If installing rear door assembly (6) and hinges (5), perform
steps 13-16.
1.
Apply tape to ends of top and bottom lock rods (7 and 16) to prevent them from pivoting as
they are installed.
10-99
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-26. REAR DOOR ASSEMBLY, HINGES, AND LOCK MECHANISM REPLACEMENT
(M1010) (Con’t).
2.
Install bottom lock rod (16) through access panel (18) opening and out bottom of door
assembly (6).
3.
Install top lock rod (7) to lock mechanism (11) with rubber washer, steel washer, and new
cotter pin.
4.
Install top lock rod (7) with attached lock mechanism (11) through access panel (18) opening
and out top of door assembly (6), Once installed, have assistant secure top lock rod to keep it
from falling out of position.
5.
Install bottom lock rod (16) to lock mechanism (11) with rubber washer, steel washer, and new
cotter pin.
6.
Loosely install 2 bolts (12) and new locknuts (10) through door assembly (6) and lock
mechanism (11).
TA50011
10-100
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-26. REAR DOOR ASSEMBLY, HINGES, AND LOCK MECHANISM REPLACEMENT
(M1010) (Con’t).
NOTE
Left rear door assembly has no handle bracket (9).
7.
Position handle bracket (9) behind lock mechanism (11) and loosely install 2 bolts (15) and
new locknuts (10).
8.
Install outside handle (8) with 4 screws.
9.
Tighten 2 bolts (12) and bolts (15).
10.
Install access panel (18) with 10 screws (17).
11.
Install right inside handle (14) with setscrew (13).
12.
Install left inside handle with 2 screws.
NOTE
Door-mounted portion of 3 hinges (5) has 6 slotted holes to allow for
adjustment and proper fit.
13.
Install 3 hinges (5) to truck with 6 bolts (2) and washers (1). Tighten bolts to 40 Ib.-ft.
(54 N•m).
14.
While supporting door assembly (6), install 3 hinges (5) to door assembly with 6 bolts (3) and
washers (4). DO NOT fully tighten bolts.
15.
Close 2 door assemblies (6) and check for proper fit.
16.
Adjust as required at 3 hinges (5). Tighten 6 bolts (3) to 40 Ib.-ft. (54 N•m).
10-101
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-27. REAR DOOR ASSEMBLY FIXED GLASS REPLACEMENT (M1010).
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Inspection
c. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
•
•
•
Personnel Required
•
Chalk (Item 9, Appendix C)
Tape (Item 48, Appendix C)
Twine (Item 50, Appendix C)
MOS 63B (2)
General Safety Instructions
•
a.
Wear heavy gloves when handling glass.
REMOVAL
WARNING
Wear heavy gloves when handling glass to avoid risk of injury.
If glass is cracked but still intact, crisscross glass with masking tape to
reduce risk of injury to personnel.
NOTE
Chalk mark in step 1 will be used during inspection of window flange (4).
1.
If fixed glass (3) has a crack which
extends to edge of glass glazing (2),
mark door panel (1), with a piece of
chalk, at that point.
2.
Run a putty knife around window on
inside and outside between glass
glazing (2) and door panel (1).
3.
Have an assistant stand outside next
to window.
4.
Use a blunt tool to force edge of glass
glazing off window flange (4) of
window opening inside cab, while
pushing out on fixed glass (3).
5.
Continue around window opening until
fixed glass (3) and glass glazing (2)
are free.
6.
Have assistant remove fixed glass (3)
and glass glazing (2) from outside.
TA50012
10-102
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-27. REAR DOOR ASSEMBLY FIXED GLASS REPLACEMENT (M1010) (Con’t).
7.
b.
Remove fixed glass (3) from glass
glazing (2).
INSPECTION
1.
If a crack was found which extended
to edge of fixed glass (3), inspect
window flange (4) for damage where
chalk mark was made.
2.
If a high point or any other irregularity
is found in window flange (4) surface,
notify your supervisor.
3.
glass
glazing
(2)
Inspect
irregularities or obstructions.
for
WARNING
Wear heavy gloves when handling glass to avoid risk of injury.
4.
c.
Inspect replacement fixed glass (3) to ensure that there are no rough or chipped edges.
INSTALLATION
WARNING
Wear heavy gloves when handling glass to avoid risk of injury.
NOTE
To ease installation, glass glazing (2) can be heated with a nonflame
source.
1.
Install fixed glass (3) in glass glazing (2).
2.
Place a length of twine in glass glazing (2) groove where window flange (4) will fit. Overlap
ends of twine about 6 in. (152 mm) and locate at bottom of glass glazing.
3.
Brush a soapy solution of water around outside window opening.
4.
Have an assistant hold glass glazing (2) with fixed glass (3) and twine up to outside window
opening. Place ends of twine through window and let them hang loosely inside.
5.
While assistant holds fixed glass (3) in place, pull on one end of twine, forcing lip of glass
glazing (2) up and over window flange (4).
6.
Pull all twine out from around glass glazing (2).
TA50013
10-103
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-28. REAR STEP ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT (M1010).
This task covers:
a.
Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Manual References
Materials/Parts
•
Three
•
Iockwashers
TM
9-2320-289-10
a. REMOVAL
NOTE
If removing return spring (4), perform steps 1 and 5.
If removing step (11), perform steps 1 and 4.
If removing step frame (7), perform steps 1-3.
1.
Unfold rear step assembly. (See TM 9-2320-289-10)
2.
Remove 2 nuts (6), washers (9), bolts (10), and hook assembly (8).
3.
Remove step frame (7) from truck.
4.
Remove 2 nuts (13), 6 washers (12), 2 bolts (5), and step (11). Remove other step if
required.
5.
Remove 2 nuts (3), washers (2), and bolts (1), and remove return spring (4).
INSTALLATION
b.
NOTE
If installing step frame (7), perform steps 3 and 4.
If installing step (11), perform step 2.
If installing return spring (4), perform step 1.
1.
Install return spring (4) with 2 bolts (1), washers (2), and nuts (3).
2.
Install step (11) with 2 bolts (5), 6 washers (12), and 2 nuts (13). Install other step if removed.
3.
Install step frame (7) to truck.
4.
Install hook assembly (8) to step frame (7) with 2 bolts (10), washers (9), and nuts (6).
5.
Fold rear step assembly. (See TM 9-2320-289-10)
10-104
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-28. REAR STEP ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT (M1010) (Con’t).
TA50014
10-105
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-29. ATTENDANT’S SEAT MAINTENANCE (M1010).
This task covers:
c. Assembly
d. Installation
a. Removal
b. Disassembly
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools/Test
Materials/Parts
Equipment
Torque wrench
One cotter pin
One locknut
Six Iockwashers
General Safety Instructions
Use extreme caution when raising or lowering ambulance attendant’s seat.
a.
1.
b.
REMOVAL
Depress pedal of travel adjustment arm (18) and slide attendant’s seat assembly rearward to
stop bolt. Remove stop bolt from track. Remove attendant’s seat assembly from tracks.
DISASSEMBLY
NOTE
Perform the following steps as required to remove the damaged
component.
1.
Remove 3 screws (7), Iockwashers (6), and seatbelt bracket (5).
2.
Remove 3 screws (27), Iockwashers (1), and seat (2). Discard Iockwashers.
3.
Remove 2 nuts (8), washers (9), and bolts (3), and remove 2 seatbelts (4) from seatbelt
bracket (5).
4.
Remove cotter pin (11), support bracket pin (25), and support bracket (10). Discard cotter
pin.
WARNING
Ambulance attendant’s seat stem assembly (26) is spring loaded.
Carefully raise and lower attendant’s seat to avoid risk of injury.
5.
Depress pedal at height adjustment arm (21), pull back expansion pin (13) at travel adjustment
arm (18), and remove stem assembly (26) and stem spring (12).
6.
Remove locknut (20) and track Iockpin (19). Discard locknut.
10-106
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-29. ATTENDANT’S SEAT MAINTENANCE (M1010) (Con’t).
10-107
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-29. ATTENDANT’S SEAT MAINTENANCE (M1010) (Con’t).
TA50016
10-108
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-29. ATTENDANT’S SEAT MAINTENANCE (M1010) (Con’t).
NOTE
Some models use a locknut instead of a washer (16) and nut (17) at roller
(14).
7.
Remove 4 nuts (17), washers (16), and rollers (14).
NOTE
Mark location of brackets (15) on attendant’s seat frame for Installation.
8.
c.
Remove 4 nuts (22), 4 washers (23), 2 brackets (24), and 2 brackets (15).
ASSEMBLY
1.
Install 2 brackets (15) and 2 brackets (24) with 4 washers (23) and nuts (22).
2.
Install 4 rollers (14) with washers (16) and nuts (17).
3.
Install track Iockpin (19) at travel adjustment arm (18) with new locknut (20).
WARNING
Ambulance attendant’s seat stem assembly (26) is spring loaded.
Carefully raise and lower attendant’s seat to avoid risk of injury.
4.
Depress pedal at height adjustment arm (21). Install stem spring (12) and stem assembly
(26).,
5.
Install support bracket (10) with support bracket pin (25) and new cotter pin (11).
6.
Install 2 seatbelts (4) to seatbelt bracket (5) with 2 bolts (3), washers (9), and nuts (8).
Tighten nuts to 40 Ib.-ft. (54 N•m).
7.
Install seat (2) with 3 new Iockwashers (1) and screws (27),
8.
Install seatbelt bracket (5) on seat (2) with 3 new Iockwashers (6) and screws (7).
d.
INSTALLATION
1.
Aline rollers (14) on top and bottom tracks
2.
Depress pedal at travel adjustment arm (18) and slide attendant’s seat assembly into first
locking position.
3.
Install stop bolt on track.
4.
Check attendant’s seat for free travel.
10-109
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-30. INTERIOR SLIDING DOOR REPLACEMENT (M1010).
This task covers:
a.
Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Four rivets
Two screws
a.
REMOVAL
NOTE
If removing window glass, see paragraph 10-27.
If removing sliding door (2), perform steps 1-5.
If removing handles (8 and 16), slam lock (9), and hasp and shaft
assembly (11), perform steps 6-9.
If removing blackout curtain (5), perform step 10.
Rivets (14) are not replaceable, use screws for installation.
1.
Remove 2 rivets (14) securing bracket (13) to side frame. Discard rivets.
2.
Remove 2 screws (12) and floor track (15) with attached bracket (13).
NOTE
Some models may have 2 washers and Iockwashers in addition to 2 bolts
(1) and nuts (4), DO NOT use washer and Iockwasher for installation.
3.
Remove left nut (4) at roller track (3). Remove left bolt (1).
4.
Close sliding door (2) and remove right nut (4) at roller track (3). Remove right bolt (1).
5.
Open sliding door (2). Remove sliding door while holding roller track (3) stationary.
6.
Remove setscrew and handle (8).
7.
Remove 4 nuts (10), bolts (7), and slam lock (9).
8.
Turn handle (16) to gain access to 2 screws (17). Remove screws, handle, and hasp and shaft
assembly (11).
9.
Remove pin and remove handle (16) from hasp and shaft assembly (11).
10.
Remove 4 rivets (6), snap fastener, and blackout curtain (5). Discard rivets.
10-110
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-30. INTERIOR SLIDING DOOR REPLACEMENT (M1010) (Con’t).
b.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
•
If installing blackout curtain (5), perform step 1.
•
If installing handles (8 and 16), slam lock (9), and hasp and shaft
assembly (11), perform steps 2-5.
•
If installing sliding door (2), perform steps 6-11.
1.
Install blackout curtain (5) with 4 new rivets (6) and snap fastener.
2.
Install handie (16) to hasp and shaft assembly (11) with pin.
3.
Install handle (16) and hasp and shaft assembly (11) at sliding door (2) with 2 screws (17).
4.
Install slam lock (9) with 4 bolts (7) and nuts (10).
TA50017
10-111
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-30. INTERIOR SLIDING DOOR REPLACEMENT (M1010) (Con’t).
5.
Install handle (8) with setscrew.
6.
Fully open roller track (3). Hold roller track stationary and install sliding door (2).
NOTE
Ensure that bolts (1) are installed with heads facing toward rear of truck.
7.
Close sliding door (2) and install right bolt (1) and nut (4).
8.
Partially open sliding door (2) and install left bolt (1) and nut (4).
9.
Clean area where floor track (15) is to be installed. Install floor track with 2 screws (12).
10.
Install 2 new screws (14) at bracket (13) into side frame.
11.
Check operation of sliding door (2). Adjust sliding door height by loosening 2 nuts (4),
adjusting height, and tightening nuts.
TA50018
10-112
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-31. GAS-PARTICULATE FILTER MAINTENANCE (Ml 010).
This task covers:
c. Installation
a. Removal
b. Cleaning and Inspection
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
•
Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
•
Four
Iockwashers
• Dry cleaning solvent
(Item 15, Appendix C)
Manual References
•
FM 3-5
•
TM
• TM 10-277
9-2320-289-10
General Safety Instructions
•
•
If filter has been used in a Nuclear, Biological, or Chemical (NBC) environment special
precautions must be taken.
Dry cleaning solvent is flammable and must not be used near open flame. Use only in a
well-ventilated area.
WARNING
•
Only authorized and trained personnel are to remove and service
gas-particulate filters that have been used in an NBC environment. See
local SOP for disposing contaminated filters. Failure to follow this
warning may result in serious illness or death to personnel.
•
Special protective clothing (See TM 10-277) must be used and special
safety measures and decontamination procedures (See FM 3-5) must
be followed when replacing contaminated filters. Failure to follow this
warning may result in serious illness or death to personnel.
10-113
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-31. GAS-PARTICULATE FILTER MAINTENANCE (M1010) (Con’t).
NOTE
If the following conditions exist, r e p l a c e g a s c a n i s t e r s ( 1 2 ) a n d
gas-particulate filter (9):
physical darnage or water immersion; filter
becomes clogged, resulting in insufficient air flow. Replace ALL gas
canisters and gas-particulate filters after operating in an NBC environment.
1.
Loosen 2 clamps (3) and disconnect
hoses (4) from filter manifold (5).
2.
Disconnect ground wire from back of
filter housing (10).
3.
Lift
clip
(2)
assembly (1).
4.
Remove 4 screws (6) and Iockwashers (7), and remove manifold (5). Discard Iockwashers.
and
remove
filter
NOTE
If gas-particulate filter (9) is likely to be reused and no arrow is present,
mark an arrow on its side showing direction of airflow.
5.
Remove gas-particulate filter (9).
TA50019
10-114
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-31. GAS-PARTICULATE FILTER MAINTENANCE (M1010) (Con’t).
NOTE
Both gas canisters (12) are replaced in same way.
6.
Loosen 2 hose clamps (11) and
remove hoses from both ends of gas
canister (12).
7.
Loosen 2 band clamps (13) and
remove gas canister (12).
8.
Dispose
of
gas
canister
(12)
properly, as it cannot be reused.
b.
CLEANING AND INSPECTION
WARNING
Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 is toxic and flammable. Always wear
protective goggles and gloves and use only in a well-ventilated area. Avoid
contact with skin, eyes, and clothes and DO NOT breathe vapors. DO NOT
use near open flame or excessive heat. The solvent’s flash point is
100°F-138°F (38°C-59°C). If you become dizzy while using cleaning
solvent, immediately get fresh air and medical help. If solvent contacts
eyes, immediately wash your eyes with water and get medical aid.
CAUTION
DO NOT allow moisture to come in contact with filter material or filter will
be damaged.
1.
Clean gas-particulate filter (9) and manifold (5) with a cloth moistened with dry cleaning
solvent.
2.
Inspect manifold (5), gas-particulate filter (9), and all gaskets for damage. Ensure that
gaskets will make an airtight seal. If gaskets are damaged, notify your supervisor.
TA50020
10-115
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-31. GAS-PARTICULATE FILTER MAINTENANCE (M1010) (Con’t).
c. INSTALLATION
NOTE
See TM 9-2320-289-10 for gas-particulate filter (9) and gas canister
(12) part number information.
Both gas canisters (12) are installed in same way.
1.
Install new gas canister (12) with 2
band clamps (13).
2.
Install 2 hoses to ends of gas canister
(12) with 2 hose clamps (11).
NOTE
If installing a used gas-particulate filter (9), ensure that arrow marked on
the side is in direction of airflow.
3.
Install gas-particulate filter (9) into filter housing (10) and ensure that felt gasket (8) will be
against manifold (5).
TA50021
10-116
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-31. GAS-PARTICULATE FILTER MAINTENANCE (M1010) (Con’t).
4.
Install manifold (5) with 4 screws (6) and new Iockwashers (7).
5.
Install filter assembly (1) to filter
mount with clip (2).
6.
Connect ground wire to back of filter
housing (10).
7.
Connect 2 hoses (4) to manifold (5)
and tighten clamps (3).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
•
•
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
Check GPFU for proper operation. (See TM 9-2320-289-10)
TA50022
10-117
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-32. HEATER FUEL PUMP REPLACEMENT (M1010).
a. Removal
b. Cleaning
This task covers:
c. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
•
Both battery negative
(See paragraph 4-38)
cables
disconnected,
•
One
gasket
General Safety Instructions
•
a.
DO NOT perform this procedure near fire, flames, or sparks. A fire extinguisher must be on
hand in work area.
REMOVAL
WARNING
Diesel fuel is flammable. DO NOT perform procedures near fire, flames, or
sparks. A fire extinguisher must be on hand in work area. Failure to follow
this warning may result in serious injury or death.
NOTE
If removing cut-out switch (7), perform steps 3, 6, and 7.
1.
Loosen 2 nuts (4) and disconnect intake pipe (16) and output pipe (3) from 2 fittings (1 and
15).
NOTE
Trucks equipped with winterization kits will have an engine coolant heater
fuel line (2) at fitting (1) instead of cap (14) and gasket (13).
2.
Remove 2 fittings (1 and 15) from heater fuel pump (5), and cap (14) and gasket (13) from
fitting (1) if damaged. Discard gasket if removed.
3.
Disconnect 2 electrical connectors (10).
4.
Remove 2 bolts (12) and heater fuel pump (5). Remove 2 nuts (9) if damaged.
5.
Remove filter (11) from heater fuel pump (5) and set aside for cleaning.
6.
Remove cut-out switch (7) from clip (8) on inner fender.
7.
Remove 2 screws (6) and clip (8).
10-118
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-32. HEATER FUEL PUMP REPLACEMENT (M1010) (Con’t).
b.
CLEANING
WARNING
Diesel fuel is flammable. DO NOT perform procedures near fire, flames, or
sparks. A fire extinguisher must be on hand in work area. Failure to follow
this warning may result in serious injury or death.
1.
Disassemble filter (11) and drain.
2.
Flush out filter (11) with clean fuel, removing any dirt and sediment.
3.
Assemble filter (11).
TA50023
10-119
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-32. HEATER FUEL PUMP REPLACEMENT (M1010) (Con’t).
c. INSTALLATION
NOTE
If installing cut-out switch (7), perform steps 1, 2, and 5.
1.
Install clip (8) on inner fender with 2 screws (6).
2.
Install cut-out switch (7) to clip (8).
3.
Install filter (11) to heater fuel pump (5).
4.
Install 2 nuts (9) if removed, Install heater fuel pump (5) with 2 bolts (12).
5.
Connect 2 electrical connectors (10).
TA50024
10-120
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-32. HEATER FUEL PUMP REPLACEMENT (M1010) (Con’t).
NOTE
Trucks equipped with winterization kits will have an engine coolant heater
fuel line (2) at fitting (1) instead of cap (14) and gasket (13).
6.
install new gasket (13) and cap (14) to fitting (1) if removed.
7.
Install 2 fittings (1 and 15) to heater fuel pump (5) if removed.
8.
Connect intake pipe (16) and output pipe (3) to 2 fittings (1 and 15) by tightening 2 nuts (4).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
•
•
•
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
Check operation of heater fuel pump.
Check for leaks.
10-121
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-33. AIR CONDITIONER COVER AND CONDENSER ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT
(M1010).
a. Removal
This task covers:
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
. Both battery negative cables disconnected. (See paragraph 4-38)
a.
REMOVAL
NOTE
If removing capacitor (7), perform steps 1-5.
1.
Remove 20 screws (3).
2.
Raise cover assembly (1) and disconnect 2 wires (8) at 2 condenser motors (11) and ground
wire at left condenser motor. Remove cover assembly.
TA50025
10-122
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-33. AIR CONDITIONER COVER AND CONDENSER ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT
(M1010) (Con’t).
3.
Remove bolt (15), washer (14), and ground wire (13) at clamp (2).
4.
Disconnect condenser motor connector (9) from capacitor connector (5).
5.
Remove screw (4), washer (6), and capacitor (7).
6.
Remove condenser motor (11) and fan (10) from clamp (2).
7.
Remove setscrew on fan (10) and remove fan from condenser motor (11).
8.
Remove insulator (12) from condenser motor (11).
b.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
If installing capacitor (7), perform steps 5-8.
1.
Install insulator (12) on condenser motor (11).
2.
Install fan (10) to condenser motor (11) with setscrew. Ensure that setscrew is indexed to flat
side of condenser motor shaft.
3.
Position condenser motor (11) and fan (10) inside clamp (2).
4.
Install ground wire and tighten condenser motor (11) and fan (10) with washer (14) and bolt
(15).
5.
Install capacitor (7) with screw (4) and washer (6).
6.
Connect condenser motor connector (9) to capacitor connector (5).
7.
Position cover assembly (1) and connect 2 wires (8) at 2 condenser motors (11) and ground
wire at left condenser motor.
8.
Install cover assembly (1) with 20 screws (3).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
•
•
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
Check operation of condenser motor.
10-123
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-34. AIR CONDITIONER BLOWER REPLACEMENT (M1010).
This task covers:
a, Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
•
a.
Air conditioner cover assembly removed. (See paragraph 10-33)
REMOVAL
1.
Remove cover (8) from above evaporator.
2.
Remove 12 screws (3) at insulated covers (2 and 4).
3.
Disconnect plug at blower resistor (18).
4.
Disconnect 2 wires at evaporator motor (6).
5.
Remove screw and starwasher, and remove 2 ground wires and capacitor (12) from insulated
cover (4).
TA50026
10-124
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-34. AIR CONDITIONER BLOWER REPLACEMENT (M1010) (Con’t).
6.
Remove insulated cover (4) with attached blower assembly.
7.
Remove 2 screws (1), washers (19), and blower resistor (18).
8.
Remove 6 screws (17) and 2 wheel guards (5).
9.
Remove bolt (9) and starwasher (10), and bend back clamp (11).
10.
Aline setscrew at 1 wheel (16) with access hole in housing (14). Loosen setscrew.
11.
Remove 1 wheel (16) with attached evaporator motor (6) from housing (14). Remove
remaining wheel from housing.
12.
Loosen setscrew and remove attached wheel (16) from evaporator motor (6).
13.
Remove insulator (13) from evaporator motor (6).
b.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
When installing 2 wheels (16) to evaporator motor (6), ensure that 2
setscrews and flat side of evaporator motor shafts are alined.
1.
Install insulator (13) to evaporator motor (6).
2.
Install 1 wheel (16) to evaporator motor (6) with setscrew.
3.
Position remaining wheel (16) inside housing (14).
4.
Position evaporator motor (6) with attached wheel (16) in housing (14) and install to other
wheel with setscrew.
5.
Install 2 wheel guards (5) with 6 screws (17).
6.
Install evaporator motor (6) to clamp (11) with starwasher (10) and bolt (9). Ensure that 2
wires from evaporator motor are fed straight through grommet (7) in insulated cover (4).
7.
Check to see that 2 wheels (16) turn freely inside housing (14). If adjustment is needed,
loosen bolt (9), adjust, and tighten.
8.
Install blower resistor (18) with 2 washers (19) and screws (1).
9.
Position blower assembly inside air conditioner assembly.
10.
Connect plug at blower resistor (18).
NOTE
When connecting wires, ensure that they are routed through side slot in
insulated cover (4) and installed to wiring harness clip (15).
11.
Install 2 ground wires and capacitor (12) to insulated cover (4) with screw and starwasher.
12.
Install 2 wires to evaporator motor (6).
10-125
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-34. AIR CONDITIONER BLOWER REPLACEMENT (M1010) (Con’t).
13.
Install insulated covers (2 and 4) with 12 screws (3). Ensure that wiring harness is not crimped.
14.
Install cover (8) above evaporator.
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
•
•
Install air conditioner cover assembly. (See
Check operation of air conditioner blower.
paragraph
10-33)
TA50027
10-126
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-35. PERSONNEL HEATER CONTROL BOX REPLACEMENT (M1010).
This task covers:
b. Installation
a. Removal
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
•
•
Eight pop rivets
RTV sealant (Item 41, Appendix C)
Tools/Test Equipment
•
•
90 degree angle drill
3/16 in. drill bit
a. REMOVAL
1.
Remove outside access panel from right rear ambulance body.
NOTE
Tag cables for installation.
2.
Remove 2 pushnuts (4). Remove 2 screws (5) and clamps (3) from heater base (1).
Disconnect 2 cables (2) from vent door control levers (6).
TA50028
10-127
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-35. PERSONNEL HEATER CONTROL BOX REPLACEMENT (M1010) (Con’t).
3.
Disconnect wiring harness (15) from control box (11). Disconnect control box wire assembly
from blower motor lead.
4.
Loosen clamp (8) and disconnect duct hose (9) from weldment (7). Loosen clamp (17) and
disconnect flex hose (16) from weldment. Remove 4 screws (13) from adapter (14). Remove
adapter and flex hose assembly from personnel heater (12).
5.
Using 90 degree angle drill, remove 8 pop rivets (10). Remove control box (11) and clean old
sealant from mating surfaces. Discard pop rivets.
b. INSTALLATION
1.
Apply RTV sealant to inside flange of control box (11). Install control box with 8 new pop rivets
(10).
2.
Install adapter (14) and flex hose (16) assembly on personnel heater (12) with 4 screws (13).
Connect flex hose to weldment (7) and tighten clamp (17). Connect duct hose (9) to
weldment and tighten clamp (8).
3.
Connect control box (11) wire assembly to blower motor lead. Connect wiring harness (15) to
control box.
TA50029
10-128
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-35. PERSONNEL HEATER CONTROL BOX REPLACEMENT (M1010) (Con’t).
4,
Connect 2 cables (2) to vent door
control levers (6). lnstall 2 clamps (3)
on cables and heater base (1) with 2
screws (5). Install 2 pushnuts (4).
5.
Install outside access panel on right rear ambulance body.
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
• Check operation of heater and cables.
TA50030
10-129
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-36. PERSONNEL HEATER, FUEL FILTER, AND BLOWER REPLACEMENT (M1010).
This task covers:
a.
b.
Removal
Installation
c.
Heater Bleeding
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
•
Both battery negative cables
(See paragraph 4-38)
disconnected.
Personnel Required
•
a.
Cotter pin
Exhaust gasket
Filter element
Filter seal
Fuel oil (Item 17, Appendix C)
Pipe sealant (Item 43, Appendix C)
Plastic tube (Item 49, Appendix C)
General Safety Instructions
•
MOS 63B (2)
DO NOT perform this procedure near
fire, flames, or sparks.
REMOVAL
WARNING
Diesel fuel is flammable, DO NOT perform this procedure near fire,
flames, or sparks. A fire extinguisher must be on hand in work area.
Failure to follow this warning may result in serious injury or death to
personnel.
NOTE
If removing personnel heater (1), perform steps 1-6.
If removing fuel filter assembly, perform steps 1, 2, and 7.
If removing blower motor, perform steps 1-6, and 8.
Clean all old sealant from all pipe threads.
1.
Remove outside access panel from right rear ambulance body.
NOTE
Use suitable container to catch fuel when disconnecting hose (5) and
disassembling fuel filter assembly.
2.
Disconnect hose (5) from personnel heater. Loosen fitting (3) and remove hose from fuel filter
body (2) .
3.
Loosen clamp (10) and disconnect flex hose (11) from adapter (8). Remove 4 screws (7) and
adapter.
10-130
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-36. PERSONNEL HEATER, FUEL FILTER, AND BLOWER REPLACEMENT (M1010)
(Con’t).
4.
Disconnect wiring harness (9) from personnel heater (1). Unscrew 2 clamps (6) and open
completely.
5.
From under truck, remove exhaust
pipe hanger from exhaust pipe (16),
loosen clamp (15), and remove
exhaust pipe from adapter (13).
Raise personnel heater (1) and
remove cotter pin (14) and adapter.
Discard cotter pin.
6.
Remove personnel heater (1) and
exhaust gasket (17) from heater base
(4). Discard exhaust gasket. Remove
and discard seal (12) if damaged.
TA50031
10-131
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-36. PERSONNEL HEATER, FUEL FILTER, AND BLOWER REPLACEMENT (M1010)
(Con’t).
7,
From under truck, close shutoff valve
on hose connected to “IN” side of
fuel filter body (2). Disconnect hose.
Remove 2 screws (18), washers
(19), and fuel filter assembly.
Unscrew casing (22) and remove
filter seal (20) and filter element (21).
Discard filter seal and filter element.
NOTE
Tag
leads
installation.
8.
(23
and
29)
for
Disconnect
ground
lead
(23) .
Disconnect lead (29) from control box
wire assembly (30). Remove 3
screws (25) securing plate (26) to
heater base (4) and remove blower
motor (24) assembly. Remove nut
(28), blower wheel (27), and plate
from blower motor.
TA50032
10-132
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-36. PERSONNEL HEATER, FUEL FILTER, AND BLOWER REPLACEMENT (M1010)
(Con’t).
b.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
If installing blower motor (24), perform steps 1, 3 through 8, and
HEATER BLEEDING steps.
If installing fuel filter assembly, perform steps 2, 7, and HEATER
BLEEDING steps.
If installing personnel heater (1), perform steps 3 through 8 and
HEATER BLEEDING steps.
Apply pipe sealant to all pipe threads before installation.
1.
Install plate (26) and blower wheel (27) on blower motor (24) with nut (28). Install blower
motor assembly by securing plate to heater base (4) with 3 screws (25). Connect lead (29) to
control box wire assembly (30). Connect ground lead (23).
2.
Fill casing (22) ¼ full of fuel oil. Install new filter element (21) in casing and new filter seal (20)
on fuel filter body (2). Screw casing onto fuel filter body. Install fuel filter assembly with 2
washers (19) and screws (18). Connect hose to “IN” side of fuel filter body and open shutoff
valve under truck.
3.
Install new exhaust gasket (17) on
personnel heater (1). Install seal (12)
on personnel heater if removed.
Install personnel heater on heater
base (4).
4.
Raise personnel heater (1) and install
adapter (13) with new cotter pin (14),
Install exhaust pipe (16) on adapter
and tighten clamp (15). Install
exhaust pipe hanger to exhaust pipe.
TA50033
10-133
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-36. PERSONNEL HEATER, FUEL FILTER, AND BLOWER REPLACEMENT (M1010)
(Con’t).
5.
With personnel heater (1) securely in
heater base (4) opening, compress
seal (12) about 0.5 in. (1.2 cm).
Loosely install 2 clamps (6) around
personnel heater.
6.
Install adapter (8) with 4 screws (7) if
removed. Connect flex hose (11) to
adapter and tighten clamp (10).
7.
Connect hose (5) to fuel filter body (2) and tighten fitting (3).
8.
Tighten clamps (6) securely.
TA50034
10-134
TM 9-2320-289-20
10-36. PERSONNEL HEATER, FUEL FILTER, AND BLOWER REPLACEMENT (M1010)
(Con’t).
c.
HEATER BLEEDING
WARNING
Diesel fuel is flammable. DO NOT perform this procedure near fire,
flames, or sparks. A fire extinguisher must be on hand in work area.
Failure to follow this warning may result in serious injury or death to
personnel.
NOTE
Use suitable container to catch fuel from hose (5) and bleed port (31).
1.
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
2.
Hold personnel heater switch in “START” position. Continue operation until a clean, steady
flow of fuel is obtained, then shut off personnel heater. Connect hose (5) to personnel heater
(1).
3.
Connect wiring h a r n e s s ( 9 ) t o
personnel heater (1).
4.
Remove personnel heater (1) cover.
Connect plastic tube to bleed port
(31). Open bleed port. Hold cab
heater switch in “START” position.
Continue operation until a clean,
steady flow of fuel is obtained, then
shut off cab heater. Close bleed port
and remove plastic tube.
5.
Install personnel heater (1) cover.
6.
Install outside access panel on right
rear ambulance body.
TA50035
10-135/(10-136 blank)
TM 9-2320-289-20
CHAPTER 11
SPECIAL PURPOSE KITS MAINTENANCE
Section I. TROOP SEAT KIT REPAIR
11-1.
TROOP SEAT KIT REPAIR.
This task covers:
b. Assembly
a. Disassembly
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required
Materials/Parts
•
• Sixteen locknuts
Ž Sixteen cotter pins
a.
MOS 63B (2)
DISASSEMBLY
NOTE
• DISASSEMBLY steps given are for one section of right side troop seat.
All other sections are disassembled the same way.
Ž If removing support assembly from truck, perform steps 1 and
6 through 8.
1.
Remove safety strap from eye bolt.
11-1
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-1.
TROOP SEAT KIT REPAIR (Con’t).
2.
Remove 6 nuts (5) and bolts (6), and 3 seatback slats (7).
3.
Remove screw (10) and detent pin (11) from bottom of slat (13) closest to support assembly
(8). Remove 8 nuts (15), washers (14), bolts (12), and 4 slats (13).
4.
Remove 2 locknuts (19), bolts (20), and 2 legs (17 or 18) from 2 troop seat frames (16).
Discard locknuts.
5.
Remove 2 cotter pins (21), clevis pins (22), and 2 troop seat frames (16) from support
assembly (8). Discard cotter pins.
6.
Remove 3 retaining pins (4) from pin holes of 2 clamps (1) and clamp (9). If damaged,
remove 3 screws (2) and lanyards (3) from support assembly (8), Remove 3 retaining pins
from lanyards if damaged.
7.
Remove 2 clamps (1) and clamp (9) from support assembly (8) and from 3 truck stake
pockets.
8.
With the help of an assistant, remove support assembly (8) from truck.
b.
ASSEMBLY
NOTE
• ASSEMBLY steps given are for one section of right side troop seat. All
other sections are assembled the same way.
• If installing support assembly (8) in truck, perform steps 1-4, and 10.
1.
With the help of an assistant, install support assembly (8) to top of side rail with supports in 3
truck stake pockets.
2.
Install front and middle clamps (1) in 2 stake pockets with clamps hooked over support
assembly (8) and clamp plugs through holes provided in support assembly.
3.
Install rear clamp (9) in rear stake pocket with clamp hooked over support assembly (8) and
clamp plug through hole in side of support assembly. Apply pressure as required to install
clamp plug.
4.
If removed, install 3 lanyards (3) to support assembly (8) with 3 screws (2). If removed, install
3 retaining pins (4) to lanyards. Install retaining pins through pin holes of 2 clamps (1) and
clamp (9).
5.
Install 2 troop seat frames (16) to support assembly (8) with 2 clevis pins (22) and 2 new
cotter pins (21).
NOTE
Shorter legs (18) are installed at seats over wheel well.
6.
Install 2 legs (17 or 18) to 2 troop seat frames (16) with 2 bolts (20) and new locknuts (19).
7.
Install 4 slats (13) to 2 troop seat frames (16) with 8 bolts (12), washers (14), and nuts (15).
11-2
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-1.
8.
TROOP SEAT KIT REPAIR (Con’t).
Install detent pin (11) at underside of slat (13) closest to support assembly (8) with screw
(10).
9.
Install 3 seatback slats (7) with 6 bolts (6) and nuts (5).
10.
Install safety strap at eye bolt.
TA50036
11-3/(11-4 blank)
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il. WINTERIZATION KIT CAB HEATER MAINTENANCE
11-2.
WINTERIZATION KIT CAB HEATER MAINTENANCE INDEX.
Paragraph
Number
11-3.
11-4.
11-5.
11-6.
11-7.
11-8.
11-9.
11-10.
11-11.
11-12.
Procedures
Heater Control Panel Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heater Control Panel Housing Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Compartment and Cab Insulator Replacement . . . . . . . . .
Front and Rear Battery Box Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cab Heater Fuel Filter and Lines Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cab Heater and Diverter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cab Heater Blower and Hoses Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cab Heater Wiring Harness Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cab Heater Exhaust Pipe Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . .
Cab Heater Coolant Hoses Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page
Number
11-6
11-9
11-12
11-17
11-24
11-28
11-33
11-37
11-42
11-47
11-5
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-3.
HEATER CONTROL PANEL MAINTENANCE.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Disassembly
c. Assembly
d. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
• Both battery negative cables disconnected.
Materials/Parts
• Eight Iockwashers
(See paragraph 4-38)
a. REMOVAL
NOTE
Tag leads for installation.
1.
Disconnect 2 wiring harness cables (13) and disconnect plug (15).
NOTE
If removing heater control panel (1) assembly, tag and disconnect all
leads.
If removing individual controls or indicators, perform DISASSEMBLY as
required.
2.
b.
Remove 2 screws (10). Pull heater control panel (1) assembly away from housing.
DISASSEMBLY
NOTE
Each DISASSEMBLY step can be performed separately from other
DISASSEMBLY steps. Perform only as required.
Tag all disconnected leads for installation if not already disconnected
during REMOVAL.
1.
Disconnect lead from back of indicator light (2). Remove nut from back of indicator light and
remove indicator light.
2.
Remove 2 screws (3). Disconnect leads and remove circuit breaker (4). Repeat for other
circuit breaker as required.
3.
Disconnect lead from back of indicator light (9). Remove nut and washer from back of
indicator light, and remove indicator light.
4.
Remove nut (6, 7, or 11). Disconnect leads and remove toggle switch (5, 8, or 12).
5.
On underside of heater control panel (1), remove 4 nuts (17), Iockwashers (16), and screws
(19). Remove receptacle connector (14), Repeat for other receptacle connector as required.
Remove grommet (18) as required. Discard Iockwashers.
11-6
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-3.
HEATER CONTROL PANEL MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
NOTE
Each ASSEMBLY step can be performed separately from other ASSEMBLY
steps. Perform only as required.
1.
Install grommet (18) if removed.
Install receptacle connector (14) on
underside of heater control panel (1)
with 4 screws (19), new Iockwashers
(16), and nuts (17). Repeat for other
receptacle connector if removed.
2.
Position toggle switch (5, 8, or 12)
through heater control panel (1) hole
and install with nut (6, 7, or 11). DO
NOT fully tighten nut. Connect leads
to toggle switch and tighten nut.
Install indicator light (9) through
heater control panel (1) hole with
washer and nut. Connect lead to back
of indicator light.
TA50037
11-7
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-3.
HEATER CONTROL PANEL MAINTENANCE (Con’t).
4.
Install circuit breaker (4) through heater control panel (1) hole with 2 screws (3). Connect
leads to back of circuit breaker. Repeat for other circuit breaker if removed.
5.
Install indicator light (2) through heater control panel (1) hole with nut. Connect lead to back of
indicator light.
d.
INSTALLATION
1.
Connect all leads if not connected during ASSEMBLY. Install heater control panel (1) assembly
on housing with 2 screws (10).
2.
Connect plug (15). Connect 2 wiring harness cables (13) to receptacle connectors (14).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
• Check operation of cab heater. (See TM 9-2320-289-10)
TA50038
11-8
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-4.
HEATER CONTROL PANEL HOUSING REPLACEMENT.
a. Removal
This task covers:
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
•
• Heater control panel removed.
(See paragraph 11-3)
Three
Iockwashers
Tools/Test Equipment
• Torque
wrench
a. REMOVAL
NOTE
If removing heater control panel housing, perform steps 1-3.
1.
Loosen nut on clip (6). Remove push-on nut (5) and disconnect control cable (2) from diverter
assembly (1). Pull control cable through clip.
2.
Loosen retaining strap (3) and pull control cable (2) through retaining strap. Connect guide
wire to end of control cable to assist in installation.
TA50039
11-9
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-4.
HEATER CONTROL PANEL HOUSING REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
3.
Remove 3 nuts (11), Iockwashers
(10), and screws (7). Pull heater
control panel housing (9) until control
cable (2) and guide wire go through
grommet (4). Disconnect guide wire
and leave in place for installation.
Discard Iockwashers.
4.
Remove 4 bolts (14) and washers
(15). Remove mounting bracket (8)
from instrument panel (12). Remove
mounting nuts (13) as required.
b. INSTALLATION
NOTE
• Some
production models
mounting bracket (8).
may
have
screw
(7)
installed
behind
• If installing heater control panel housing (9), perform steps 2-4.
1.
Install mounting nuts (13) if removed. Install mounting bracket (8) on instrument panel (12)
with 4 bolts (14) and washers (15). Tighten bolts to 50-65 lb.-in. (6–7 N•m).
2.
Connect guide wire to end of control cable (2). Pull control cable through grommet (4) with
guide wire, Install heater control panel housing (9) on mounting bracket (8) with 3 screws (7),
new Iockwashers (10), and nuts (11).
TA50040
11-10
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-4.
HEATER CONTROL PANEL HOUSING REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
2
3.
Remove guide wire from end of control cable (2). Guide control cable through retaining strap
(3) .
4.
Guide control cable (2) through clip (6). Connect control cable to diverter assembly (1) and
install push-on nut (5). Tighten nut on clip. Tighten retaining strap (3).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
•
Install heater control panel. (See paragraph 11-3)
TA50041
11-11
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-5.
ENGINE COMPARTMENT AND CAB INSULATOR REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools/Test Equipment
• Torque wrench
a.
REMOVAL
NOTE
•
If removing hood or radiator insulators (3 or 8), perform steps 1 or 2.
•
If removing cab floor insulators, perform steps 3-6.
1.
Pry 24 retainers (2) from hood inner panel (4). Remove hood insulator (3) from hood (1).
2.
From underneath bumper, disconnect and remove 3 springs (5) from insulator loops (7) and
radiator support (6). Remove 2 turnbutton studs (9), Unsnap radiator insulator (8) from top of
grille, and remove.
TA50042
11-12
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-5.
ENGINE COMPARTMENT AND CAB INSULATOR REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
NOTE
Remove jack, handle, and wheel wrench from all trucks except M1009.
3.
Remove front seats and seatbelt floor mounting. (See paragraph 10-18, 10-23, or 10-25)
Remove transfer case bezel and boot (see paragraph 5-4) or transfer case plate and boot
(see paragraph 5-3).
4.
Remove chemical agent alarm unit.
Remove 4 bolts (11) and chemical
agent alarm bracket (10).
TA50043
11-13
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-5.
ENGINE COMPARTMENT AND CAB INSULATOR REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
NOTE
M1009 sill plates (15) are fiat and use 6 vertically-removed mounting
screws (13).
5.
Remove 6 screws (13) and 2 sill plates (15).
6.
Pry 2 retainers (12) from bulkhead (16). Remove floor mat (14). Remove front cab floor
insulator (18) and rear cab floor insulator (17).
b.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
1.
•
If
installing radiator or hood insulators, perform steps 5 or 6.
•
If
installing cab floor insulators (17 or 18), perform steps 1-4.
•
Ensure that holes in insulators aline with holes in cab floor.
Install rear cab floor insulator (17) and front cab floor insulator (18). Install floor mat (14) on
bulkhead (16) with 2 retainers (12).
TA50044
11-14
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-5.
ENGINE COMPARTMENT AND CAB INSULATOR REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
NOTE
M1009 sill plates (15) are flat and use 6 vertically-installed mounting
screws (13).
2.
Install 2 sill plates (15) with 6 screws
(13).
3.
Install chemical agent alarm bracket
(10) with 4 bolts (11). Tighten bolts to
(4-6 N•m). Install
35-55 lb.-in.
chemical agent alarm unit.
4.
install transfer case bezel and boot
(see paragraph 5-4) or transfer case
plate and boot (see paragraph 5-3).
Install front seats and seatbelt floor
mounting. (See paragraph 10-18,
10-23, or 10-25) Install jack, handle,
and wheel wrench if removed.
5.
Snap radiator insulator (8) to top of grille. Install 2 turnbutton studs (9). From underneath
bumper, connect 3 springs (5) to insulator loops (7) and radiator support (6).
TA50045
11-15
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-5.
6.
ENGINE COMPARTMENT AND CAB INSULATOR REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
Position hood insulator (3) on hood (1). Install 24 retainers (2) by pressing firmly into hood
inner panel (4) holes.
TA50046
11-16
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-6.
FRONT AND REAR BATTERY BOX REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts
• Front or rear battery removed.
•
•
•
•
(See paragraph 4-39)
One
Two
Two
Four
locknut (all except M1010)
locknuts (M1010)
Iockwashers (all except M1010)
Iockwashers (M1010)
Personnel Required
• MOS 63B (2)
NOTE
1.
• If
removing front battery box (1), perform step 1.
• If
removing rear battery box (7), perform steps 2-6.
Remove 2 bolts (9). Remove 2 bolts (2) from bracket (3) and bolt (5) from fender nut (4).
Remove front battery box (1).
TA50047
11-17
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-6.
FRONT AND REAR BATTERY BOX REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
NOTE
All except M1010 use 1 locknut (13), Iockwasher (14), bolt (10), washer
(11), and clip (21) each for inlet and outlet heater hoses (12). M1010 uses
2 each for inlet and outlet heater hoses,
2.
Remove locknut(s) (13), Iockwasher(s) (14), bolt(s) (10), and washer(s) (11) from each
heater hose (12) clip. Discard locknuts and Iockwashers.
3.
Loosen clamp (15) and disconnect
diverter hose (16) from rear battery
box (7) .
NOTE
Perform step 4, if necessary, to
prevent damage to engine fuel
filter.
4.
Remove engine fuel filter.
paragraph 3-17)
(See
TA50048
11-18
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-6.
FRONT AND REAR BATTERY BOX REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
TA50049
11-19
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-6.
b.
FRONT AND REAR BATTERY BOX REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
INSTALLATION
NOTE
•
If installing rear battery box (7), perform steps 1-7.
•
If installing front battery box (1), perform step 8.
TA50050
11-20
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-6.
FRONT AND REAR BATTERY BOX REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
3.
Position heater exhaust pipe studs
(18) through rear battery box (7)
holes and install 2 nuts (17).
4.
Loosely install 2 bolts (8) and 2 bolts
(6). Tighten all bolts.
5.
Install engine fuel filter if removed.
(See paragraph 3-17)
6.
Connect diverter hose (16) to rear
battery box (7) and tighten clamp
(15).
TA50051
11-21
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-6.
FRONT AND REAR BATTERY BOX REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
NOTE
All except M1010 use 1 locknut (13), Iockwasher (14), bolt (10), washer
(11), and clip each for inlet and outlet heater hoses (12). M1010 uses 2
each for inlet and outlet heater hoses.
7.
Position each heater hose (12) clip and install with washer(s) (11), bolt(s) (10), new
lockwasher(s) (14), and new locknut (s) (13).
8.
Position front battery box (1). Loosely install 2 bolts (9). Install bolt (5) on fender nut (4) and 2
bolts (2) on bracket (3). Tighten all bolts (9).
TA50052
11-22
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-6.
FRONT AND REAR BATTERY BOX REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Install front or rear battery. (See paragraph 4-39)
TA50053
11-23
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-7.
CAB HEATER FUEL FILTER AND LINES REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
c. Heater Bleeding
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
•
•
•
Both battery negative cables disconnected
(if removing fuel filter). (See paragraph 4-38)
General Safety Instructions
Personnel Required
•
• MOS 63B (2)
a.
Pipe sealant (Item 43, Appendix C)
Plastic tube (Item 49, Appendix C)
DO NOT perform this procedure near
fire, flames, or sparks.
REMOVAL
WARNING
Diesel fuel is flammable. DO NOT perform this procedure near fire,
flames, or sparks. A fire extinguisher must be on hand in work area.
Failure to follow this warning may result in serious injury or death.
NOTE
• If removing fuel filter (2), perform steps 1 and 2.
•
If removing fuel lines (11 or 12), perform steps 1, 3, and 4.
• Clean old sealant from all pipe threads.
•
Use suitable container to catch fuel when disconnecting fuel lines.
1.
Close fuel shutoff valve (6). Loosen
fitting (15) and disconnect fuel line
(12) from fuel filter (2). Loosen fitting
(8) and disconnect fuel line (11) from
fuel filter.
2.
Remove 2 screws (5) and washers
(4). Remove fuel filter (2) assembly
and spacer (1). Remove fuel shutoff
valve (6), elbow (7), and connector
(3) from fuel filter.
3.
Remove nut (19), bolt (16), and fuel
line clamp (18) from support (20) and
rear battery box (17).
TA50054
11-24
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-7.
4.
CAB HEATER FUEL FILTER AND LINES REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
Loosen fitting (13) and disconnect fuel line (12) from tee (14). Remove fuel line. Loosen fitting
(10) and disconnect fuel line (11) from cab heater (9). Remove fuel line. Remove connector
(21) as required.
NOTE
• If installing fuel lines (11 or 12), perform steps 1, 2, and 4.
• If installing fuel filter (2), perform steps 3 and 4.
• Apply pipe sealant to all pipe threads before installation.
1.
Install connector (21) if removed.
Position fuel line (11) and connect to
connector (21), but DO NOT tighten
fitting (10). Position fuel line (12) and
connect to tee (14) by tightening
fitting (13).
2.
Install fuel line clamp (18) on fuel line
(12) and install on rear battery box
(17) and support (20) with bolt (16)
and nut (19).
3.
Install connector (3), elbow (7), and
shutoff valve (6) on fuel filter (2).
Install spacer (1) and fuel filter
assembly with 2 washers (4) and
screws (5).
TA50055
11-25
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-7.
4.
c.
CAB HEATER FUEL FILTER AND LINES REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
Connect fuel line (11) to fuel filter (2) by tightening fitting (8). Connect fuel line (12) to fuel
filter by tightening fitting (15).
HEATER BLEEDING
WARNING
Diesel fuel is flammable. DO NOT perform this procedure near fire,
flames, or sparks. A fire extinguisher must be on hand in work area.
Failure to follow this warning may result in serious injury or death.
NOTE
Use suitable container to catch fuel from fuel line (11) and bleed port
(23).
1.
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
2.
Loosen 2 screws (24) and remove cover (22), Open shutoff valve (6). Disconnect wiring
harness assembly from cab heater (9).
TA50056
11-26
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-7.
CAB HEATER FUEL FILTER AND LINES REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
3.
Move fitting (10) clear of connector
(21). Hold cab heater switch in
“START” position. Continue operation
until a clean, steady flow of fuel is
obtained, then shut off cab heater.
Connect fitting to connector and
tighten.
4.
Connect wiring harness assembly to
cab heater (9).
5.
Connect plastic tube to bleed port (23). Open bleed port. Hold cab heater switch in “START”
position. Continue operation until a clean, steady flow of fuel is obtained, then shut off cab
heater. Close bleed port and remove plastic tube.
6.
Install cover (22) and tighten 2 screws (24).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Check for leaks.
TA50057
11-27
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-8.
CAB HEATER AND DIVERTER REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts
• Cab heater control cable disconnected from
diverter assembly. (See paragraph 11-4,
REMOVAL, step 1)
• Rear battery box and supports removed.
(See paragraph 11-6)
• Cab heater fuel lines disconnected.
(See paragraph 11-7)
a.
• Two Iockwashers
• RTV sealant (Item 41, Appendix C)
Tools/Test Equipment
• Torque wrench
REMOVAL
NOTE
• If removing diverter (8), perform steps 1-3.
• If removing cab heater (2), perform steps 1-4.
1.
Remove cab heater (2) cover and disconnect wiring harness assembly (1). Loosen clamp (5)
and disconnect blower inlet hose (4), Loosen clamp (7) and disconnect diverter hose (6).
Unscrew clamps (3) and completely open. Loosen clamp (9) and disconnect exhaust pipe
(10).
TA50058
11-28
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-8.
CAB HEATER AND DIVERTER REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
2.
Disconnect lead from diverter switch
(12). Remove cab heater (2) and
diverter (8) assembly.
3.
Remove 2 screws (11) and diverter
switch (12). Remove 4 screws (13)
and remove diverter (8) from cab
heater (2). Remove and discard seal
(14) as required.
4.
Remove 3 screws (17) and washers
(16). Remove heater adapter (15).
Clean old sealant from mating
surfaces of cab heater (2) and heater
adapter.
TA50059
11-29
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-8.
5.
b.
CAB HEATER AND DIVERTER REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
Remove heater clamp (21) from clamp bracket (20). Remove 2 bolts (19), washers (18), and
clamp bracket. Remove 2 nuts (22), Iockwashers (23), bolts (26), and washers (25). Remove
heater bracket (24). Discard lockwashers.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
If installing cab heater (2),
perform steps 2-7.
If
installing
diverter (8),
perform steps 3-7.
Ensure that heater clamp (21)
screws face toward outside of
truck.
1.
Install heater bracket (24) on fender
with 2 washers (25), bolts (26), new
lockwashers (23), and nuts (22).
Install clamp bracket (20) with 2
washers (18) and bolts (19). Install
heater clamp (21) through clamp
bracket, Tighten nuts to 15-20 Ib.-ft.
(20-27 N•m). Tighten bolts to 75-95
lb.-in, (9-11 N•m).
2.
Apply sealant to heater adapter (15).
Install heater adapter to cab heater
(2) with 3 washers (16) and screws
(17).
TA50060
11-30
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-8.
CAB HEATER AND DIVERTER REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
3.
Install new seal (14) if removed.
Install diverter (8) to cab heater (2)
with 4 screws (13). Install diverter
switch (12) on diverter with 2 screws
(11).
4.
Position cab heater (2) and diverter
(8) assembly. Ensure there is about 1
in. (2.5 cm) clearance between cab
heater and fender skirt. Connect lead
to diverter switch (12).
5.
Connect exhaust pipe (10) and
tighten clamp (9) to 75-95 lb.-in.
(9-11 N•m).
TA50061
11-31
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-8.
CAB HEATER AND DIVERTER REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
6.
Rotate heater (2) to aline seal (14)
with front battery box hole, and
compress
seal
about
0.5 in.
(1.2 cm). When all components are
alined, loosely install 2 clamps (3)
around cab heater.
7.
Connect diverter hose (6) and tighten clamp (7). Connect blower inlet hose (4) and tighten
clamp (5). Connect wiring harness assembly (1) to cab heater (2). Tighten clamps (3)
securely. Install cab heater cover.
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Connect cab heater fuel lines. (See paragraph 11-7)
Install rear battery box and supports, (See paragraph 11-6)
Connect cab heater control cable to diverter assembly. (See paragraph 11-4, INSTALLATION,
step 4)
Check operation of cab heater. (See TM 9-2320-289-10)
TA50062
11-32
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-9.
CAB HEATER BLOWER AND HOSES REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
• Cab heater removed. (See paragraph 11-8)
• RTV sealant (Item 41, Appendix C)
a. REMOVAL
NOTE
• If removing hoses (1 or 5), perform step 1.
• If removing blower motor, perform steps 2, 3, and 6 through 8.
• If removing capacitor, perform step 4.
1.
Loosen clamps (2 and 4) and disconnect hoses (1 and 5) from blower motor assembly (3).
TA50063
11-33
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-9.
CAB HEATER BLOWER AND HOSES REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
2.
Disconnect and remove lead (6) and lead assembly (8) from resistor (13) and harness plug
(9) .
3.
Remove 2 screws (7) and resistor (13). Clean old sealant from resistor and blower motor
assembly (3).
4,
Disconnect lead (6) from capacitor (14), Unplug capacitor from blower motor assembly (3).
Remove screw and capacitor.
5.
Remove 3 screws (12). Remove 2 nuts (10) from studs (11) and remove blower motor
assembly (3).
6.
Disconnect and remove pipe (21) from pipe (16) and blower motor (19). Remove screw (15)
and pipe (16).
7.
Remove 5 screws (20) and blower motor (19) from blower motor case (17), Clean old sealant
from blower motor and blower motor case.
8.
Remove nut holding fan (18) to blower motor (19), and remove fan as required.
TA50064
11-34
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-9.
b.
CAB HEATER BLOWER AND HOSES REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
INSTALLATION
NOTE
• If installing blower motor (19), perform steps 1-3, 5, and 7.
• If installing hoses (1 or 5), perform step 8.
• If installing capacitor (14), perform step 6.
1.
Install fan (18) on blower motor (19) with nut if removed.
2.
Apply sealant to mating surfaces of blower motor (19) and blower motor case (17). Install
blower motor on blower motor case with 5 screws (20).
3.
Install pipe (16) with screw (15). Connect pipe (21) to blower motor (19) and pipe (16).
4.
Position blower motor assembly (3). Install 2 nuts (10) on studs (11). Install 3 screws (12).
5.
Apply sealant to mating surfaces of blower motor assembly (3) and resistor (13). Install
resistor with 2 screws (7).
6.
Connect lead (6) to capacitor (14). Install capacitor to blower motor assembly (3) with screw,
Plug capacitor into blower motor assembly.
7.
Connect lead assembly (8) to resistor (13) and harness plug (9).
TA50065
11-35
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-9.
8.
CAB HIEATER BLOWER AND HOSES REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
Connect hoses (1 and 5) to blower motor assembly (3), and tighten clamps (2 and 4).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
•
Install cab heater. (See paragraph 11-8)
TA50066
11-36
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-10. CAB HEATER WIRING HARNESS REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts
• Rear battery box removed.
(See paragraph 11-6)
a.
• Two
• Ten
Iockwashers
straps
REMOVAL
NOTE
If removing relay (2), perform step 2.
Tag all leads and connectors for installation.
1.
Disconnect wiring harness (1) cable from cab heater control panel assembly (6). Remove 2
nuts (8) and disconnect wiring harness leads from safety switch (9). Remove screw (3),
washer (4), and clip (5). Loosen nut on strap (7) and disconnect wiring harness.
2.
Unsnap relay (2) and wiring harness (1) connector from bracket (10). Unplug relay (2) from
wiring harness connector.
TA50067
11-37
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-10. CAB HEATER WIRING HARNESS REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
3.
Disconnect
wiring
harness (1)
connectors from wiring harness
terminal (11) and fuse panel (12) at
“ IGN” terminal.
4.
Disconnect wiring harness (1) from cab heater (13) and diverter switch (19). Cut and discard
straps securing wiring harness.
5.
Loosen 2 nuts (15) and remove positive accessory wiring terminal board (16)
. . cover. Remove
nut and Iockwasher from positive accessory wiring terminal board stud, and disconnect wiring
harness (1) lead. Repeat for negative accessory wiring terminal board (14). Discard
Iockwashers.
TA50068
11-38
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-10. CAB HEATER WIRING HARNESS REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
NOTE
Step 6 only applies to trucks equipped a with cargo compartment heater.
6.
Disconnect harness connector (18) from cargo compartment heater connector.
7.
Disconnect wiring harness (1) at switch connector (21) and engine coolant heater connector
(22). Cut and discard all straps securing wiring harness to fuel lines (20). Carefully pull wiring
harness through grommet (17) into engine compartment and remove.
b. INSTALLATION
NOTE
If installing relay, perform step 6.
1.
Position wiring harness (1) in engine compartment. Carefully push wiring harness through
grommet (17) up to white band on wiring harness. Connect wiring harness at switch connector
(21) and engine coolant heater connector (22). Route wiring harness along fuel lines (20) and
install new straps,
TA50069
11-39
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-10. CAB HEATER WIRING HARNESS REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
NOTE
Step 2 only applies to trucks equipped with cargo compartment heater.
2.
Connect harness connector (18) to cargo compartment heater connector.
3.
Connect wiring harness (1) lead to positive accessory wiring terminal board (16) stud and
install new Iockwasher and nut. Install positive accessory wiring terminal board cover and
tighten 2 nuts (15). Repeat for negative accessory wiring terminal board (14).
4.
Connect wiring harness (1) to cab
heater (13) and diverter switch (19).
Install new straps on wiring harness
as required.
5.
Connect
wiring
harness
(1)
connectors to wiring harness terminal
(11) and fuse panel (12) at “IGN”
terminal.
TA50070
11-40
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-10. CAB HEATER WIRING HARNESS REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
6.
Plug relay (2) into wiring harness (1) connector. Snap relay and wiring harness connector onto
bracket (10).
7.
Position wiring harness (1) in strap (7) and tighten nut. Install clip (5) on wiring harness and
install with screw (3) and washer (4). Connect 2 wiring harness leads to safety switch (9) and
install 2 nuts (8). Connect wiring harness cable to cab heater control panel assembly (6).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Install rear battery box, (See paragraph 11-6)
• Check operation of cab heater. (See TM 9-2320-289-10)
TA50071
11-41
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-11. CAB HEATER EXHAUST PIPE REPLACEMENT.
b. Installation
a. Removal
This task covers:
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
•
Rear
battery
removed.
(See
paragraph
4-39)
Five locknuts (all except M1009 and
M1010)
Three locknuts (M1009)
Eleven locknuts (M1010)
General Safety Instructions
•
Allow exhaust system to cool before attempting to service exhaust pipes.
WARNING
Before attempting to service any part of exhaust system, allow exhaust
system to cool. Failure to follow this warning will result in serious burns.
NOTE
If removing front exhaust pipe (4), perform steps 1 and 2.
If removing rear exhaust pipe (6), perform steps 1, 3, and 4.
1.
Loosen clamp (7) and disconnect front exhaust pipe (4) from cab heater (1). Remove 2 nuts
(3) from rear battery box (2).
2.
Loosen clamp (5) and disconnect front exhaust pipe (4) from rear exhaust pipe (6) . Remove
front exhaust pipe as required.
TA50072
11-42
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-11. CAB HEATER EXHAUST PIPE REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
NOTE
M1009 uses 2 clamps (11) and M1010 uses 11 clamps, All other models
use 4 clamps. Note position of clamps for installation.
3.
Remove locknut (10) and screw (12) from each clamp (11). Remove each clamp from rear
exhaust pipe (6) and engine exhaust pipe (8). Remove rear exhaust pipe (M1010 only).
Discard locknuts.
TA50073
11-43
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-11. CAB HEATER EXHAUST PIPE REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
NOTE
Perform step 4 for all except M1010.
4.
Remove locknut (10), washer (16), clip (15), and screw (14) from frame (9) and rear exhaust
pipe (6). Remove screw (7) from fender (13), and remove rear exhaust pipe. Discard locknut.
TA50074
11-44
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-11. CAB HEATER EXHAUST PIPE REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
b. INSTALLATION
NOTE
• If installing rear exhaust pipe (6), perform steps 1, 2, and 4.
• If installing front exhaust pipe, perform steps 3 and 4.
Ž Perform step 1 for all except M1010.
1.
Install rear exhaust pipe (6) on fender (13) with screw (17). Install on frame (9) with screw
(14), clip (15), washer (16), and new locknut (10).
NOTE
Install M1009 rear exhaust pipe
(6) on top of engine exhaust
pipe (8). install all others below
engine exhaust pipe.
M1009 uses 2 clamps (11) and
M1010 uses 11 clamps, all
others use 4 clamps.
2.
Position rear exhaust pipe (6), install
each clamp (11) around rear exhaust
pipe and engine exhaust pipe (8) with
screw (12) and new locknut (10).
TA50075
11-45
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-11. CAB HEATER EXHAUST PIPE REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
3.
Connect front exhaust pipe (4) to rear exhaust pipe (6) and tighten clamp (5).
4.
Position front exhaust pipe (4) studs through rear battery box (2) holes and install 2 nuts (3).
Connect front exhaust pipe to cab heater (1) and tighten clamp (7).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Install rear battery. (See paragraph 4-39)
TA50076
11-46
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-12. CAB HEATER COOLANT HOSES REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
• Rear battery box removed. (See paragraph 11-6)
NOTE
• If removing outlet hose components, perform steps 1-3.
• If removing inlet hose components, perform steps 4 and 5.
• Drain coolant from hoses into suitable container.
• Tag hoses for installation.
1.
Loosen clamp (2) and disconnect engine coolant heater hose (3) from pipe assembly (6).
Loosen clamps (8) and disconnect hose (1) from pipe assembly and radiator (7).
TA50077
11-47
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-12. CAB HEATER COOLANT HOSES REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
2.
Loosen clamp (10) and disconnect
outlet hose (11) from upper heater
core tube (9), Remove outlet hose
assembly.
NOTE
M1010 uses 2 clamps (15), all others use 1 clamp.
3.
Loosen clamp (5) and disconnect
pipe assembly (6) from outlet hose
(4) .
Loosen
clamp
(14)
and
disconnect outlet hose from tube
(13).
Loosen
clamp (12) and
disconnect tube from outlet hose
(11). Remove clamp(s) (15).
4.
Loosen clamp (22) and disconnect inlet hose (23) from crossover pipe (24). Loosen clamp
(18) and disconnect inlet hose (17) from lower heater core tube (16). Remove inlet hose
assembly.
5.
Loosen clamp (21) and disconnect inlet hose (23) from tube (20). Loosen clamp (19) and
disconnect tube from inlet hose (17). Remove clamp(s) (15).
TA50078
11-48
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-12. CAB HEATER COOLANT HOSES REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
b. INSTALLATION
NOTE
• If installing outlet hose (11) components, perform steps 3-5.
• If installing inlet hose (17) components, perform steps 1 and 2.
1.
Install clamp(s) (15) on inlet hose (23). Connect tube (20) to inlet hose (17) and tighten clamp
(19). Connect inlet hose to tube and tighten clamp (21).
TA50079
11-49
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-12. CAB HEATER COOLANT HOSES REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
2.
Connect inlet hose (17) to lower heater core tube (16) and tighten clamp (18). Connect inlet
hose (23) to crossover pipe (24) and tighten clamp (22).
3.
Install clamp(s) (15) on outlet hose (4). Connect tube (13) to outlet hose (11) and tighten
clamp (12). Connect outlet hose (4) to tube and tighten clamp (14). Connect pipe assembly
(6) to outlet hose (4) and tighten clamp (5).
TA50080
11-50
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-12. CAB HEATER COOLANT HOSES REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
4.
Connect outlet hose (11) to upper
heater core tube (9) and tighten
clamp (10).
5.
Connect hose (1) to radiator (7) and pipe assembly (6), and tighten clamps (8). Connect
engine coolant heater hose (3) to pipe assembly and tighten clamp (2).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Install rear battery box. (See paragraph 11-6)
• Fill cooling system. (See paragraph 3-30)
• Check for leaks.
TA50081
11-51/(11-52 blank)
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Ill. WINTERIZATION KIT ENGINE HEATER MAINTENANCE
11-13. WINTERIZATION KIT ENGINE HEATER MAINTENANCE INDEX.
Paragraph
Number
11-14.
11-15.
11-16.
11-17.
11-18.
Procedures
Engine
Engine
Engine
Engine
Engine
Coolant Heater Fuel Filter and Lines Replacement . . . . . . .
Coolant Heater Hoses and Fittings Replacement ... . .. . . ....
Coolant Heater Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coolant Heater Wiring Harness Replacement . . . . . . . . . . .
Coolant Heater Exhaust Pipe Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page
Number
11-54
11-57
11-60
11-62
11-64
11-53
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-14. ENGINE COOLANT HEATER FUEL FILTER AND LINES REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
c. Heater Bleeding
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
•
Both battery
negative
cables
(See paragraph 4-38)
disconnected.
One Iockwasher
Pipe sealant (Item 43, Appendix C)
plastic tube (Item 49, Appendix C)
General Safety Instructions
•
DO NOT perform this procedure near fire, flames, or sparks.
a.
REMOVAL
WARNING
Diesel fuel is flammable. DO NOT perform this procedure near fire,
flames, or sparks, A fire extinguisher must be on hand in work area.
Failure to follow this warning may result in serious injury or death.
NOTE
• Clean old sealant from all pipe threads.
• Use suitable container to catch fuel when disconnecting fuel lines.
• If removing fuel filter (3), perform steps 1 and 2.
• If removing fuel lines, perform steps 1, 3, and 4.
1.
Close fuel shutoff valve (1). Loosen
fitting (15) and disconnect pipe (16)
from fuel filter (3). Loosen fitting (14)
and disconnect pipe (13) from fuel
filter.
2.
Remove 2 screws (7) and washers
(6). Remove fuel filter (3) assembly
and spacer (4), Remove fuel shutoff
valve (1), coupling (2), and adapter
(5) from fuel filter.
3.
Remove nut (22), Iockwasher (21),
and clamp (19) from stud (17).
Discard Iockwasher.
TA50082
11-54
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-14. ENGINE COOLANT HEATER FUEL FILTER AND LINES REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
4.
Loosen fitting (12) and disconnect pipe (13) from heater fuel pump tee (11). Remove pipe
(13). Loosen fitting (18) and disconnect pipe (20) from pipe (16) as required. Loosen fitting
(8) and disconnect pipe (20) from adapter (9). Remove adapter from engine coolant heater
(10) as required.
b. INSTALLATION
NOTE
• If installing fuel lines, perform steps 1, 2, and 4.
• If installing fuel filter (3), perform steps 3 and 4.
• Apply pipe sealant to all pipe threads before installation.
1.
Install adapter (9) on engine coolant heater (10) if removed. Connect pipe (20) to adapter, but
DO NOT tighten fitting (8). Connect pipe (20) to pipe (16) and tighten fitting (18) if
disconnected. Position pipe (13) and connect to heater fuel pump tee (11) by tightening fitting
(12).
2.
Install clamp (19) on pipe (20) and install on stud (17) with new Iockwasher (21) and nut (22).
3.
Install adapter (5), coupling (2), and fuel shutoff valve (1) on fuel filter (3). Install spacer (4)
and fuel filter assembly with 2 washers (6) and screws (7).
4.
Connect pipe (13) to fuel filter (3) and tighten fitting (14). Connect pipe (16) to fuel filter and
tighten fitting (15).
TA50083
11-55
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-14. ENGINE COOLANT HEATER FUEL FILTER AND LINES REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
HEATER BLEEDING
c.
WARNING
Diesel fuel is flammable. DO NOT perform this procedure near fire,
flames, or sparks. A fire extinguisher must be on hand in work area.
Failure to follow this warning may result in serious injury or death.
1.
Bleed engine coolant heater (10) the same way as cab heater, except that pipe plug must be
removed to open bleed valve. (See paragraph 11-7)
2.
Ensure that fitting (8) is tightened on adapter (9) and pipe plug is installed after bleeding is
completed.
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
•
Check for leaks.
TA50084
11-56
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-15. ENGINE COOLANT HEATER HOSES AND FITTINGS REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
b. Installation
a. Removal
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
• Pipe sealant (Item 43, Appendix C)
a.
REMOVAL
NOTE
• If removing hoses, perform steps 1-3.
• If removing fittings, perform steps 2, 4, and 5.
• Drain coolant from hoses into suitable container.
• Tag hoses for installation.
• Clean old pipe sealant from all pipe threads.
• On M1010, clamp (5) is removed from compressor bracket instead of
alternator bracket (20).
1.
Remove bolt and clamp (5) from alternator bracket (20), inlet hose (7), and outlet hose (6).
Remove nut (22), washer (21), bolt (1), and clamp (2) from outlet hose.
TA50085
11-57
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-15. ENGINE COOLANT HEATER HOSES AND FITTINGS REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
2.
Disconnect coupling half (10) from coupling half (11). Disconnect coupling half (16) from
coupling half (15).
3.
Loosen clamp (4) and disconnect inlet hose (7) from crossover pipe (3). Loosen clamp (23)
and disconnect outlet hose (6) from pipe assembly (24). Remove inlet hose and outlet hose.
4.
Disconnect coupling half (10) from adapter (9). Loosen clamp (8) and disconnect adapter (9)
from outlet hose (6). Disconnect coupling half (16) from adapter (17). Loosen clamp (18) and
disconnect adapter (17) from inlet hose (7).
5.
Disconnect electrical connector from heater thermostat (14). Remove coupling half (15).
Remove heater thermostat from engine coolant heater (19). Remove coupling half (11) and
elbow (12). Remove pipe nipple (13) from engine coolant heater.
TA50086
11-58
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-15. ENGINE COOLANT HEATER HOSES AND FITTINGS REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
b. INSTALLATION
NOTE
• If installing fittings, perform steps 1, 2, and 4.
• If installing hoses, perform steps 3-5 as required.
1.
Apply pipe sealant to pipe nipple (13) threads and install on engine coolant heater (19). Apply
pipe sealant to elbow (12) and coupling half (11) threads and install. Install heater thermostat
(14) on engine coolant heater. Apply pipe sealant to coupling half (15) threads and install.
Connect electrical connector to heater thermostat.
2.
Connect adapter (17) to inlet hose (7) and tighten clamp (18). Apply pipe sealant to coupling
half (16) threads and connect to adapter (17). Connect adapter (9) to outlet hose (6) and
tighten clamp (8), Apply pipe sealant to coupling half (10) threads and connect to adapter
(9) .
3.
Connect outlet hose (6) to pipe assembly (24) and tighten clamp (23). Connect inlet hose (7)
to crossover pipe (3) and tighten clamp (4).
4.
Apply pipe sealant to coupling half (16) threads and connect to coupling half (15). Apply pipe
sealant to coupling half (10) threads and connect to coupling half (11).
NOTE
On M1010, clamp (5) is installed on compressor bracket instead of
alternator bracket (20).
5.
Install clamp (2) on outlet hose (6). Install clamp (2) with bolt (1), washer (21), and nut (22).
Install clamp (5) on outlet hose and inlet hose (7). Install clamp (5) on alternator bracket (20)
with bolt.
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Fill cooling system. (See paragraph 3-30)
• Start engine and check for leaks.
11-59
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-16. ENGINE COOLANT HEATER REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts
• Engine coolant heater fuel lines disconnected.
(See paragraph 11-14)
• Engine coolant heater fittings removed.
(See paragraph 11-15)
a.
• Six Iockwashers
REMOVAL
NOTE
If removing engine coolant heater (1), perform step 1.
1.
Remove engine coolant heater (1)
cover and disconnect wiring harness
assembly (5). Unscrew clamps (4)
and open completely. Rotate engine
coolant heater to gain access to
exhaust pipe (3). Loosen clamp (2)
and
pipe.
disconnect
exhaust
Remove engine coolant heater.
TA50087
11-60
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-16. ENGINE COOLANT HEATER REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
Remove clamp (4) from clamp
bracket (16). Remove 2 nuts (6) and
Iockwashers (7), Remove clamp
bracket.
Remove
2
nuts
(9),
lockwashers (8), and mounts (15).
Remove 2 nuts (13), Iockwashers
(12), bolts (10), and washers (11).
Remove heater bracket (14). Discard
Iockwashers.
2.
b.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
If installing engine coolant heater (1), perform step 2.
1.
Install heater bracket (14) on fender with 2 washers (11), bolts (10), new Iockwashers (12),
and nuts (13). Install 2 mounts (15) on heater bracket with 2 new Iockwashers (8) and nuts
(9). Install clamp bracket (16) on mounts with 2 new Iockwashers (7) and nuts (6). Install
heater clamp (4) through clamp bracket.
2.
Position engine coolant heater (1), Connect exhaust pipe (3) and tighten clamp (2). Install 2
clamps (4) around engine coolant heater and tighten securely. Connect wiring harness
assembly (5). Install engine coolant heater cover.
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Install engine coolant heater fittings, (See paragraph 11-15)
• Connect engine coolant heater fuel lines. (See paragraph 11-14)
TA50088
11-61
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-17. ENGINE COOLANT HEATER WIRING HARNESS REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b.
Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Materials/parts
• Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
a.
•
Tie-down straps (Item 44, Appendix C)
REMOVAL
NOTE
• If removing relay (10), perform step 3.
Ž Tag all leads and connectors for installation.
1.
Disconnect wiring harness connector
(5) from engine coolant heater
thermostat (4). Remove engine
coolant
heater
(1)
cover
and
disconnect wiring harness (2) from
engine coolant heater, Disconnect
wiring harness connector (6) from
cab heater connector (7). Remove
and discard tie-down straps from
wiring harness.
2.
Disconnect wiring harness (2) from cab heater control panel assembly (8). Loosen nut on
strap (9) and disconnect wiring harness.
3.
Remove relay (10) and disconnect from wiring harness (2).
4.
Remove wiring harness (2) and grommet (3) from bulkhead. Retain grommet for installation if
not damaged.
TA50089
11-62
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-17. ENGINE COOLANT HEATER WIRING HARNESS REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
b.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
If installing relay (10), perform step 2.
1.
Install grommet (3) on wiring harness (2). Position wiring harness in cab. Push wiring harness
through bulkhead.
2.
Plug relay (10) into wiring harness (2) and connect to mount.
3.
Position wiring harness (2) in strap (9) and tighten nut. Connect wiring harness to cab heater
control panel assembly (8).
4.
Connect wiring harness connector (6) to cab heater connector (7). Connect wiring harness (2)
to engine coolant heater (1). Install engine coolant heater cover. Connect wiring harness
connector (5) to engine coolant heater thermostat (4). Install new tie-down straps to wiring
harness.
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
• Check operation of engine coolant heater. (See TM 9-2320-289-10)
TA50090
11-63
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-18. ENGINE COOLANT HEATER EXHAUST PIPE REPLACEMENT.
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
•
•
General Safety Instructions
•
Five locknuts (all except M1009)
Three locknuts (M1009)
a.
Allow exhaust system to cool before
attempting to service.
REMOVAL
WARNING
Before attempting to service any part of exhaust system, allow exhaust
system to cool. Failure to follow this warning will result in serious burns.
NOTE
1.
•
If removing front exhaust pipe (7), perform steps 1 and 2.
•
If removing heat exchange pipe (12), perform step 3.
•
If removing rear exhaust pipe (21), perform steps 4-7.
Loosen clamp (2) and disconnect front exhaust pipe (7) from engine coolant heater (1).
Remove nut (3) and clip (4) to free front exhaust pipe. Remove screw (6) and bracket (5) as
required.
TA50091
11-64
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-18. ENGINE COOLANT HEATER EXHAUST PIPE REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
2.
Loosen clamp (8) and remove front exhaust pipe (7) from engine oil pan (9).
3.
Remove 4 screws (10) and remove heat exchange pipe (12) from engine oil pan (9) and
transmission oil pan (11).
4.
Loosen clamp (22) and disconnect rear exhaust pipe (21) from transmission oil pan (11).
TA50092
11-65
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-18. ENGINE COOLANT HEATER EXHAUST PIPE REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
NOTE
M1009 uses 2 clamps (29), all
others use 3 clamps.
5.
Remove locknut (31) and screw (30)
from each clamp (29). Remove each
clamp from rear exhaust pipe (21)
and engine exhaust pipe (28).
Discard locknuts.
NOTE
Step 6 applies to all except M1009.
6.
Remove locknut (18), washer (19), clip (20), and screw (13). Remove locknut (17), washer
(16), and screw (14) from rear quarter panel (15). Remove rear exhaust pipe (21), Discard
locknuts.
NOTE
Step 7 only applies to M1009.
7.
b.
Remove locknut (27), clip (23), and screw (24). Remove screw (26) from rear quarter panel
(25). Remove rear exhaust pipe (21). Discard locknut.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
• If installing rear exhaust pipe (21), perform steps 1-3.
• If installing heat exchange pipe, perform step 4.
• If installing front exhaust pipe, perform steps 5 and 6.
• Step 1 only applies to M1009.
1.
Install rear exhaust pipe (21) on rear quarter panel (25) with screw (26). Install clip (23) on
rear exhaust pipe with screw (24) and new locknut (27).
NOTE
Step 2 applies to all except M1009.
2.
Install rear exhaust pipe (21) on rear quarter panel (15) with screw (14), washer (16), and new
locknut (17), Install clip (20) on rear exhaust pipe with screw (13), washer (19), and new
locknut (18).
TA50093
11-66
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-18. ENGINE COOLANT HEATER EXHAUST PIPE REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
NOTE
M1009 uses 2 clamps (29), all others use 3 clamps.
3.
Position rear exhaust pipe (21) along engine exhaust pipe (28). Install each clamp (29) around
rear exhaust pipe and engine exhaust pipe with screw (30) and new locknut (31). Connect rear
exhaust pipe to transmission oil pan (11) and tighten clamp (22).
TA500i94
11-67
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-18. ENGINE COOLANT HEATER EXHAUST PIPE REPLACEMENT (Con’t).
4.
Install heat exchange pipe (12) to transmission oil pan (11) and engine oil pan (9) with 4
screws (10).
5.
Connect front exhaust pipe (7) to engine oil pan (9) and tighten clamp (8).
6.
Install bracket (5) with screw (6) if removed, Install clip (3) on front exhaust pipe (7) with nut
(3), Connect front exhaust pipe to engine coolant heater (1) and tighten clamp (2).
TA50095
11-68
TM 9-2320-289-20
SectIon IV. WINTERIZATION KIT CARGO COMPARTMENT
HEATER MAINTENANCE
11-19. WINTERIZATION KIT CARGO COMPARTMENT HEATER MAINTENANCE INDEX.
Paragraph
Number
11-20.
11-21.
11-22.
11-23.
11-24.
11-25.
Procedures
Cargo Compartment Heater Control Replacement
(M1008 and M1008A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo Compartment Heater and Fuel Filter Maintenance
(M1008 and M1008A1) ... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo Compartment Heater Fuel Lines Replacement
(M1008 and M1008A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo Compartment Heater Wiring Harness Replacement
.. . . . .
(M1008 and M1008A1) .... .. .. . . . . . . . .
Cargo Compartment Heater Exhaust Pipe and Ventilator
Replacement (M1008 and M1008A1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo Compartment Heater Air Inlet Replacement
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(M1008 and M1008A1)
Page
Number
11-70
11-72
11-80
11-85
11-89
11-92
11-69
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-20. CARGO COMPARTMENT HEATER CONTROL REPLACEMENT (M1008 AND
M1008A1).
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts
• Both battery negative cables disconnected.
• Four locknuts
(See paragraph 4-38)
a.
REMOVAL
NOTE
• If removing control box (7), perform steps 1 and 2.
• If removing lead (4), perform steps 1-3 as required.
1.
Open catches (2) and remove heater
shield (1).
2.
Disconnect lead (4) from control box (7). Disconnect control box plug from heater wiring
harness. Remove 2 nuts (3) and control box.
NOTE
Note clamp locations for installation.
3.
Remove 2 screws, washers, and clamps from lead (4), Disconnect lead from cargo
compartment heater (6).
4.
Remove 2 locknuts (14), washers (13), and bolts (8). Remove upper bracket (5). Discard
locknuts.
TA50096
11-70
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-20. CARGO COMPARTMENT HEATER CONTROL REPLACEMENT (M1008 AND
M1008A1) (Con’t).
5.
b.
Remove 2 locknuts (9), washers (10), and bolts (11). Remove lower bracket (12). Discard
locknuts.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
• If installing iead (4), perform steps 2-4 as required.
• If installing control box (7), perform steps 3 and 4.
1.
Install lower bracket (12) on cargo compartment heater (6) bracket with 2 bolts (11), washers
(10), and new locknuts (9). Install upper bracket (5) on lower bracket with 2 bolts (8), washers
(13), and new locknuts (14).
2.
Connect iead (4) to cargo compartment heater (6). install 2 clamps on lead. Install clamps on
cargo compartment heater with 2 washers and screws.
3.
Install control box (7) on upper bracket (5) with 2 nuts (3). Connect lead (4) to control box.
Connect control box plug to heater wiring harness.
4.
Install heater shieid (1) over cargo compartment heater (6) and lock 2 catches (2) in place.
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
• Check operation of cargo compartment heater. (See TM 9-2320-289-10)
TA50097
11-71
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-21. CARGO COMPARTMENT HEATER AND FUEL FILTER MAINTENANCE (M1008
AND M1008A1).
This task covers:
c. Assembly
d. Installation
a. Removal
b. Disassembly
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
• Heater shield, control box, and lead removed.
(See paragraph 11-20)
• Communications rack mounting hardware
and ground strap removed (M1008A1 only).
(See paragraph 4-48)
Materials/Parts
• Seven locknuts
• One gasket
• T WO cotter pins
• RTV sealant (Item 41, Appendix C)
Personnel Required
• MOS 63B (2)
General Safety Instructions
• DO NOT perform this procedure near
fire, flames, or sparks.
a. R E M O V A L
WARNING
Diesel fuel is flammable. DO NOT perform this procedure near fire,
flames, or sparks. A fire extinguisher must be on hand in work area.
Failure to follow this warning may result in serious injury or death.
NOTE
Use suitable container to catch fuel from disconnected fuel line.
1.
Close fuel shutoff valve (2). Loosen fitting (1) and disconnect fuel line.
2.
Loosen clamp (4), disconnect air duct hose (3) from ventilator (6), and move air duct hose
out of the way.
TA50098
11-72
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-21. CARGO COMPARTMENT HEATER AND FUEL FILTER MAINTENANCE (M1008
AND M1008A1) (Con’t).
3.
Loosen clamp (8) and disconnect
exhaust pipe (7) from adapter (9).
NOTE
• Assistance is
required to
perform steps 4 and 5.
• Step 4 only applies to M1008A1.
rack (11)
4.
Tilt
communications
forward and support.
5.
Remove cotter pin from adapter (9)
and disconnect adapter from heater
(5) if damaged. Discard cotter pin.
6.
Remove 4 locknuts (12), 8 washers
(13), and 4 screws (10). Remove
heater (5) assembly. Discard
locknuts.
TA50099
11-73
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-21. CARGO COMPARTMENT HEATER AND FUEL FILTER MAINTENANCE (M1008
AND M1008A1) (Con’t).
b.
DISASSEMBLY
NOTE
1.
•
If removing control lever (28) assembly, perform step 1.
•
If removing outlet adapter (22), perform steps 1 and 2.
•
If removing fuel filter (35), perform step 3.
•
If removing ventilator (6), perform steps 1, 3, and 5.
•
Clean old sealant from all pipe threads.
Loosen setscrew (31) and disconnect control lever (28) from. rod (32). Remove cotter pin
(14), washer (15), and spring (16). Remove rod from ventilator (6). Discard cotter pin.
TA50100
11-74
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-21. CARGO COMPARTMENT HEATER AND FUEL FILTER MAINTENANCE (M1008
AND M1008A1) (Con’t).
2.
Remove 2 screws (30) and bracket (29). Remove 4 screws (27) and outlet adapter (22).
3.
Loosen fitting (41) and disconnect fuel pipe (38) from adapter (42). Remove 2 locknuts (39),
4 washers (40), and 2 screws (43). Remove fuel filter (35) assembly and spacer (36).
Remove fuel shutoff valve (2), elbow (34), and adapter. Discard locknuts.
4.
Loosen fitting (37) and disconnect fuel pipe (38) from heater (5).
5.
Remove locknut (25), washer (26), and screw (33). Remove bolt (17) and clamp (18).
Remove ventilator (6) from heater (5). Remove 3 screws (19) and inlet adapter (20) if
damaged. Discard locknut.
6.
Unscrew 2 clamps (23) and open completely. Remove heater (5) and gasket (21) from
mounting plate (24). Remove clamps if damaged. Discard gasket.
TA50101
11-75
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-21. CARGO COMPARTMENT HEATER AND FUEL FILTER MAINTENANCE (M1008
AND M1008A1) (Con’t).
c.
ASSEMBLY
NOTE
• If installing outlet adapter (22), perform steps 5 and 6.
• If installing ventilator (6), perform steps 2, 4, and 6.
• If installing fuel filter (35), perform step 4.
• If installing control lever (28) assembly, perform step 6.
• Apply pipe sealant to all pipe threads before installation.
1.
Install 2 clamps (23) on mounting plate (24) if removed. Install new gasket (21) on heater (5)
and position heater on mounting plate. Tighten clamps around heater.
TA50102
11-76
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-21. CARGO COMPARTMENT HEATER AND FUEL FILTER MAINTENANCE (M1008
AND M1008A1) (Con’t).
2.
Install inlet adapter (20) on heater (5) with 3 screws (19) if removed. Install ventilator (6) on
heater with clamp (18) and bolt (17). Install screw (33), washer (26), and new locknut (25).
3.
Connect fuel pipe (38) to heater (5) and tighten fitting (37).
4.
Install adapter (42), elbow (34), and fuel shutoff valve (2). Install spacer (36) and fuel filter
(35) assembly with 2 screws (43), 4 washers (40), and 2 new locknuts (39). Connect fuel pipe
(38) to adapter and tighten fitting (41).
5.
Install outlet adapter (22) with 4 screws (27), Install bracket (29) with 2 screws (30).
6.
Install rod (32) in ventilator (6) with spring (16), washer (15), and new cotter pin (14).
Connect control lever (28) to rod and tighten setscrew (31).
d.
1.
INSTALLATION
If removed, install adapter (9) to
heater (5) with new cotter pin.
TA50103
11-77
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-21. CARGO COMPARTMENT HEATER AND FUEL FILTER MAINTENANCE (M1008
AND M1008A1) (Con’t).
NOTE
Assistance is required to perform steps 2 and 3.
2.
Install heater (5) assembly with 4
screws (10), 8 washers (13), and 4
new locknuts (12).
CAUTION
When lowering communications rack (11), ensure that heater exhaust
adapter goes through hole in cargo bed. Failure to do this may result in
damage t O heater exhaust adapter.
NOTE
Step 3 only applies to M1008A1.
3.
Lower communications rack (11) to
cargo bed and aline mounting holes.
TA50104
11-78
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-21. CARGO COMPARTMENT HEATER AND FUEL FILTER MAINTENANCE (M1008
AND M1008A1) (Con’t).
4.
Connect exhaust pipe (7) to adapter
(9) and tighten clamp (8).
5.
Connect air duct hose (3) to ventilator (6) and tighten clamp (4).
6.
Connect fuel line to fuel shutoff valve (2) and tighten fitting (1).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
Install communications rack mounting hardware and ground strap if removed. (See
paragraph 4-48)
Install heater control box, lead, and shield. (See paragraph 11-20)
Bleed heater. (See paragraph 11-22)
TA50105
11-79
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-22. CARGO COMPARTMENT HEATER FUEL LINES REPLACEMENT (M1008 AND
M1008A1).
This task covers:
c. Heater Bleeding
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
General Safety Instructions
•
• Four
•
•
Iockwashers
RTV sealant (Item 41, Appendix C)
plastic tube (Item 49, Appendix C)
a.
DO NOT perform this procedure near
fire, flames, or sparks.
REMOVAL
WARNING
Diesel fuel is flammable, DO NOT perform this procedure near fire,
flames, or sparks. A fire extinguisher must be on hand in work area.
Failure to follow this warning may result in serious injury or death.
NOTE
• Clean old pipe sealant from all pipe threads.
• Use suitable container to catch fuel when disconnecting fuel lines.
1.
Loosen fitting (21) and disconnect fuel pipe (12) from fuel hose assembly (24).
2.
Loosen fitting (14) and disconnect fuel pipe (12) from tee (13). Remove bolt (17) and clamp
(16) from coolant heater fuel line (15) and fuel pipe.
3.
Remove bolt (19) and clamp (18) from frame (2). Remove nut (20) as required. Remove fuel
pipe (12).
4.
Remove 2 nuts (6), Iockwashers (7), and screw (11) from clamp (23), clamp (8), and clamp
(10). Separate wiring harness (22), fuel hose assembly (24), and brake line (9) from frame
(2). Remove clamp (8). Discard Iockwashers.
5.
Remove 2 nuts (5), Iockwashers (4), screws (25), and clamps (3). Loosen fitting (26) and
disconnect fuel hose assembly (24) from fuel hose assembly (27). Remove fuel hose
assembly (24). Discard Iockwashers.
11-80
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-22. CARGO COMPARTMENT HEATER FUEL LINES REPLACEMENT (M1008 AND
M1008A1) (Con’t).
6.
Remove grommet (28) from cargo
bed. For M1008A1, also remove
grommet (30) from communications
Loosen fitting (29) and
rack.
disconnect fuel hose assembly (27)
from fuel shutoff valve (1). Carefully
pull fuel hose assembly through hole
and remove.
TA50106
11-81
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-22. CARGO COMPARTMENT HEATER FUEL LINES REPLACEMENT (M1008 AND
M1008A1) (Con’t).
b.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
Apply pipe sealant to all pipe threads before installation.
1.
Connect fuel hose assembly (27) to
fuel shutoff valve (1), but DO NOT
tighten fitting (29). Feed fuel hose
assembly through cargo bed and
install grommet (28). For M1008A1,
also install grommet (30) on fuel hose
assembly and communications rack.
2.
Position fuel hose assembly (24) along frame (2). Connect fuel hose assembly (27) to fuel
hose assembly (24) and tighten fitting (26). Install 2 clamps (3) on fuel hose assembly (24)
and install on frame with 2 screws (25), new Iockwashers (4), and nuts (5).
3.
Install clamp (8) on fuel hose assembly (24). Position brake line (9), fuel hose assembly, and
wiring harness (22). Install screw (11) through clamp (10) and clamp (8). Install new
Iockwasher (7) and nut (6). Install clamp (23) with new Iockwasher and nut.
4.
Route fuel pipe (12) along bulkhead. Connect fuel pipe (12) to fuel hose assembly (24) and
tighten fitting (21). Connect fuel pipe (12) to tee (13) and tighten fitting (14).
5.
Install nut (20) if removed. Install clamp (18) on fuel pipe (12). Install clamp on frame (2) with
bolt (19).
6.
Install clamp (16) on fuel pipe (12) and coolant heater fuel line (15). Install clamp with bolt
(17).
TA50107
11-82
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-22. CARGO COMPARTMENT HEATER FUEL LINES REPLACEMENT (M1008 AND
M1008A1) (Con’t).
c.
HEATER BLEEDING
WARNING
Diesel fuel is flammable. DO NOT perform this procedure near fire,
flames, or sparks. A fire extinguisher must be on hand in work area.
Failure to follow this warning may result in serious injury or death.
NOTE
Use suitable container to catch fuel from disconnected fuel lines.
1.
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
TA50108
11-83
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-22. CARGO COMPARTMENT HEATER FUEL LINES REPLACEMENT (M1008 AND
M1008A1) (Con’t).
2.
Open 2 catches and remove heater shield, (See paragraph 11-20, REMOVAL, step 1) Loosen
2 screws (33) and remove cover (31). Open fuel shutoff valve (1). Disconnect lead from
heater.
3.
Move fitting (29) clear of fuel shutoff
valve (1). Hold cargo compartment
heater control in “START” position.
Continue operation until a clean,
steady flow of fuel is obtained, then
shut off cargo compartment heater.
Connect fitting to fuel shutoff valve.
4.
Connect lead to heater.
5.
Connect plastic tube to bleed port
(32), then open bleed port. Hold
cargo compartment heater control in
“START” position. Continue operation
until a clean, steady flow of fuel is
obtained,
then
shut
off cargo
compartment heater. Close bleed
port and remove plastic tube.
6.
Position cover (31) and tighten 2 screws (33). Install heater shield over heater and lock 2
catches in place. (See paragraph 11-20, INSTALLATION, step 4)
TA50109
11-84
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-23. CARGO COMPARTMENT HEATER WIRING HARNESS REPLACEMENT (M1008
AND M1008A1).
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
• Three Iockwashers
• Eleven straps
• Rear battery box removed.
(See paragraph 11-6)
a.
REMOVAL
NOTE
• If removing wiring harness (1) from M1008, perform steps 1-4.
• If removing wiring harness from M1008A1, perform steps 5-7.
• Tag all leads and connectors for installation.
1.
Loosen 2 nuts (6) and remove positive accessory wiring terminal board cover (5). Remove nut
and lockwasher from positive accessory wiring terminal board stud, and disconnect wiring
harness (1) lead. Repeat for negative accessory wiring terminal board (7). Discard
Iockwashers.
TA50110
11-85
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-23. CARGO COMPARTMENT HEATER WIRING HARNESS REPLACEMENT (M1008
AND M1008A1) (Con’t).
2.
Disconnect wiring harness lead (8) from cab heater wiring harness connector (9).
3.
Remove 3 screws (13) and clamps (3). Remove nut (12), Iockwasher (11), and clamp (10)
from heater fuel line clamp (4). Discard Iockwasher.
4.
Disconnect wiring harness (1) from heater control box plug (2). Remove grommet (14) from
wiring harness and cargo bed. Carefully remove wiring harness through hole in cargo body.
5.
Disconnect wiring harness (16) from cab heater wiring harness connector (19).
6.
Remove 11 straps (20) from wiring harness (16) and radio feed cable (17). Discard straps.
7.
Disconnect wiring harness (16) from junction box (18) and heater control box plug (15).
Remove grommet (21) from wiring harness and cargo bed. Carefully remove wiring harness
through hole in cargo body.
TA50111
11-86
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-23. CARGO COMPARTMENT HEATER WIRING HARNESS REPLACEMENT (M1008
AND M1008A1) (Con’t).
b.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
• If installing wiring harness (1) on M1008A1, perform steps 1-3.
• If installing wiring harness (1) on Ml 008, perform steps 4-7.
• It may be necessary to attach a guide wire to wiring harness to assist in
installation.
1.
Install wiring harness (16) through hole in cargo bed. Connect wiring harness to junction box
(18) and heater control box plug (15). Install grommet (21) on wiring harness at hole in cargo
body.
2.
Install wiring harness (16) along radio feed cable (17) with 11 new straps (20).
3.
Connect wiring harness (16) to cab heater wiring harness connector (19).
TA50112
11-87
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-23. CARGO COMPARTMENT HEATER WIRING HARNESS REPLACEMENT (M1008
AND M1008A1) (Con’t).
4.
Install wiring harness (1) through hole in cargo bed. Connect wiring harness to heater control
box plug (2). Install grommet (14) on wiring harness at hole in cargo bed.
5.
Install clamp (10) on wiring harness (1). Install clamp on heater fuel line clamp (4) with new
lockwasher (11) and nut (12). Install 3 clamps (3) on wiring harness. Install clamps on frame
with 3 screws (13).
6.
Connect wiring harness lead (8) to cab heater wiring harness connector (9).
7.
Connect wiring harness (1) lead to positive accessory wiring terminal board stud and install
new Iockwasher and nut. Install positive accessory wiring terminal board cover (5) and tighten
2 nuts (6). Repeat for negative accessory wiring terminal board (7).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
•
•
Install rear battery box. (See paragraph 11-6)
Check operation of cargo compartment heater. (See TM 9-2320-289-10)
TA50113
11-88
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-24. CARGO COMPARTMENT HEATER EXHAUST PIPE AND VENTILATOR
REPLACEMENT (M1008 AND M1008A1).
This task covers:
b. Installation
a. Removal
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required
Materlals/Parts
•
•
•
•
•
One
One
One
One
RTV
Ž MOS 63B (2)
cotter pin
exhaust pipe gasket
Iockwasher
vent door gasket
sealant (Item 41, Appendix C)
General Safety Instructions
• Before attempting to service exhaust system, allow exhaust system to cool.
a.
REMOVAL
WARNING
Before attempting to service any part of exhaust system, allow exhaust
system to cool. Failure to follow this warning will result in serious burns.
NOTE
• If removing exhaust components, perform steps 1-3.
• If
removing strainer element, perform step 4.
• If removing ventilator, perform steps 4 and 5.
1.
Remove bolt (4) and Iockwasher (3)
from side panel (2), and disconnect
exhaust pipe (1). Discard lockwasher.
TA50114
11-89
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-24. CARGO COMPARTMENT HEATER EXHAUST PIPE AND VENTILATOR
REPLACEMENT (M1008 AND M1008A1) (Con’t).
2.
Remove clamp (5) and disconnect
exhaust pipe (1) from adapter (6).
3.
Remove 4 bolts (10), retainer (9),
gasket (8),
and
gasket
(7)
if
damaged. Discard gasket (8).
4.
At upper right side of cargo compartment cover insulation, remove 4 screws (11), access
door (12), strainer element (13), and gasket (14) from access cover (16). Clean strainer
element. Discard strainer element if damaged. Discard gasket.
5.
Remove 8 nuts (20), bolts (19), and ventilator (18) from enclosure (17). Remove 2 bolts (15)
and access cover (16) from rear door assembly panel (21). Clean old sealant from all
components.
b.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
1.
•
If installing ventilator (18), perform steps 1 and 2.
•
If installing strainer element (13), perform step 2.
•
If installing exhaust components, perform steps 3-5.
Apply sealant to access cover (16) and install on rear door assembly panel (21) with 2 bolts
(15). Apply sealant to ventilator (18) and install on enclosure (17) with 8 bolts (19) and nuts
(20).
TA50115
11-90
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-24. CARGO COMPARTMENT HEATER EXHAUST PIPE AND VENTILATOR
REPLACEMENT (Ml 008 AND M1008A1 ) (Con’t).
2.
Install new gasket (14), strainer element (13), and access door (12) on access cover (16)
with 4 screws (11).
3.
Install gasket (7), new gasket (8), and retainer (9) with 4 bolts (10) if removed.
4.
Install clamp (5) on exhaust pipe (1).
Connect exhaust pipe to adapter (6)
and tighten clamp.
5.
Install exhaust pipe (1) on side panel
(2) with new Iockwasher (3) and bolt
(4) .
TA50116
11-91
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-25. CARGO COMPARTMENT HEATER AIR INLET REPLACEMENT (M1008 AND
M1008A1).
b. Installation
a. Removal
This task covers:
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required
Materials/Parts
• MOS 63B (2)
• RTV sealant (Item 41, Appendix C)
a.
REMOVAL
NOTE
•
If removing air duct hose (3), perform steps 1 and 2.
•
If removing ventilator (8), perform step 3.
1.
Loosen clamp (5) and disconnect air
duct hose (3) from ventilator (6).
Unbuckle strap (4).
2.
Loosen clamp (2). Disconnect air
duct hose (3) from air inlet adapter
assembly (1).
3.
Remove 4 nuts (7), bolts (9), and ventilator (8) from air inlet adapter assembly (1). Clean old
sealant from all components.
TA50117
11-92
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-25. CARGO COMPARTMENT HEATER AIR INLET REPLACEMENT (M1008 AND
M1008A1) (Con’t).
b.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
• If installing ventilator (8), perform step 1.
• If installing air duct hose (3), perform steps 2 and 3.
1.
Apply sealant to ventilator (8) and
install air inlet adapter (1) assembly
with 4 bolts (9) and nuts (7).
2.
Connect air duct hose (3) to air inlet adapter assembly (1) and tighten clamp (2).
3.
Connect air duct hose (3) to ventilator (6) and tighten clamp (5), Buckle strap (4) around air
duct hose.
TA50118
11-93/(11-94 blank)
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section V. CARGO COMPARTMENT ENCLOSURE KIT MAINTENANCE
11-26. CARGO COMPARTMENT ENCLOSURE KIT MAINTENANCE INDEX.
Paragraph
Number
11-27.
11-28.
11-29.
11-30.
11-31.
11-32.
11-33.
11-34.
11-35.
Procedures
Cargo Cover insulator Replacement (M1008 and M1008A1) . . . . .
Floor Panel Insulators Replacement (M1008 and M1008A1) . . . . .
Front, Side, and Wheel House Insulators Replacement
(M1008 and M1008A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Roof Cover and Endgate Curtain Replacement (M1009) . . . . . . . .
Side, Wheel House, and Floor Insulators
Replacement (M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Roof Panels and Supports Replacement
(M1008 and M1008A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Domelight and Wiring Harness Replacement
(M1008 and M1008A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Door Assembly Maintenance (M1008 and M1008A1) . . . . . .
Rear Door Frame and Panel Assembly Replacement
(M1008 and M1008A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page
Number
11-96
11-101
11-104
11-108
11-112
11-116
11-122
11-126
11-132
11-95
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-27. CARGO COVER INSULATOR REPLACEMENT (M1008 AND M1008A1).
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Material/Parts
• RTV sealant (Item 41, Appendix C)
a.
Personnel Required
• MOS 63B (3)
REMOVAL
1.
Remove 4 screws (13) from each radio antenna bracket (14). Remove radio antenna bracket.
2.
Remove 4 nuts (4), bolts (6), and air circulation ventilator (5). Clean off old sealant material.
3.
Remove 8 nuts (1), bolts (3), and air circulation ventilator (2). Clean off old sealant material.
TA50119
11-96
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-27. CARGO COVER INSULATOR REPLACEMENT (M1008 AND M1008A1) (Con’t).
4.
Remove 8 nuts (16), screws (18), and washers (17) holding cover insulator (15) to top and
bottom of rear door opening panels.
5.
Remove 12 screws (20) securing cover insulator (15) to each side of rear door opening
panels. Remove tube anchor nuts (19) only if damaged.
6.
Remove 32 screws (21) and washers (22) holding cover insulator (15) to each side of truck
cargo box. Remove tube anchor nuts (23) only if damaged.
7.
Fold cover insulator (15) forward over front roof bow.
8.
On inside of cargo compartment, remove cover insulator (15) from turnbuttons on front rail
assembly.
9.
On inside of cargo compartment, disconnect retaining strap at air inlet duct.
10.
Remove cover insulator (15) from truck.
TA50120
11-97
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-27. CARGO COVER INSULATOR REPLACEMENT (M1008 AND M1008A1) (Con’t).
11.
Remove 18 screws (7) and nuts (12) from cargo cover insulator window assembly.
12.
Remove retainer (8) and plastic window (9).
13.
Remove gasket (10) and retainer (11) from opening.
b.
INSTALLATION
1.
Remove protective paper from plastic window (9).
2.
Apply RTV sealant to mating surfaces. Install retainer (11) and gasket (10) to plastic window
(9) .
3.
Install retainer (11), gasket (10), and plastic window (9) to opening in cargo cover insulator.
4.
Apply RTV sealant to mating surfaces. Install retainer (8) and secure through all layers with 18
screws (7) and nuts (12).
5.
Place folded cover insulator (15) over front roof bow.
6.
If installing new cover insulator (15), remove window protective paper.
7.
Spread cover insulator (15) over roof, alining front hole with air inlet adapter and right rear hole
with air exhaust adapter.
8.
On inside of cargo compartment, install cover insulator (15) to turnbuttons at front rail
assembly.
TA50121
11-98
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-27. CARGO COVER INSULATOR REPLACEMENT (M1008 AND M1008A1) (Con’t).
9.
If removed, install tube anchor nuts (23). Aline grommets on both sides of cover insulator (15)
with tube anchor nuts, Partially install 32 washers (22) and screws (21).
10.
On inside of cargo compartment, install retaining strap around air inlet duct.
11.
Aline grommets on back of cover insulator (15) with rear door opening panels.
12.
Partially install 8 screws (18), washers (17), and nuts (16) at top and bottom of rear door
opening panels.
13.
If removed, install tube anchor nuts (19). Partially install 12 screws (20) down sides of rear
door opening panels.
TA50122
11-99
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-27. CARGO COVER INSULATOR REPLACEMENT (M1008 AND M1008A1) (Con’t).
14.
Apply RTV sealant to mating surfaces. Install air circulation ventilator (2) with 8 bolts (3) and
nuts (1).
15.
Apply RTV sealant to mating surfaces. Install air circulation ventilator (5) with 4 bolts (6) and
nuts (4).
CAUTION
DO NOT overtighten screws in tube anchor nuts or tube anchor nuts will
break.
16.
Tighten all screws.
17.
Install each radio antenna bracket (14) with 4 screws (13).
TA50123
11-100
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-28. FLOOR PANEL INSULATORS REPLACEMENT (M1008 AND M1008A1).
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Personnel Required
• Seven locknuts
a.
• MOS 63B (2)
REMOVAL
NOTE
• There will be no front insulator (18) or front outer insulator (5) If truck
is equipped with communications rack.
• If removing front insulator (18), perform step 1.
• If removing front outer insulator (5), perform step 2.
• If removing center insulator (16), perform steps 3-6.
• If removing rear outer insulators (10), perform steps 3 and 7.
1.
Remove 3 locknuts (17), 6 washers (2), 3 bolts (1), and front insulator (18) from truck.
Discard locknuts.
TA50124
11-101
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-28. FLOOR PANEL INSULATORS REPLACEMENT (M1008 AND M1008A1) (Con’t).
2.
Remove 2 locknuts (15), 4 washers (4), 2 bolts (3), and front outer insulator (5) from truck.
Discard locknuts.
3.
Remove rear door frame molding. (See paragraph 11-35)
4.
Remove 2 locknuts (14), 4 washers (13), and 2 bolts (6) holding center insulator (16) to cargo
box floor. Discard locknuts.
TA50125
11-102
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-28. FLOOR PANEL INSULATORS REPLACEMENT (M1008 AND M1008A1) (Con’t).
5.
Remove 16 screws (8) and 4 brackets (9) from 2 wheel house insulators (7).
6.
Remove center insulator (16) from truck.
7.
Remove 8 screws (11) and 2 brackets (12) holding 2 rear outer insulators (10) to rear side
insulators. Remove rear outer insulators.
b.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
Ž If installing rear outer insulators (10), perform steps 1, 2, and 5.
• If installing center insulator (16), perform steps 3-5.
• If installing front insulator (18), perform step 6.
• If installing front outer insulator (5), perform step 7.
1.
Place 2 rear outer insulators (10) in rear of cargo bed.
2.
Install 2 brackets (12) to 2 rear outer insulators (10) and rear side insulators with 8 screws
(11).
3.
Place center insulator (16) in line with 2 mounting holes in floor and install 2 bolts (6), 4
washers (13), and 2 new locknuts (14).
4.
Install 4 brackets (9) to 2 wheel house insulators (7) and center insulator (16) with 16 screws
(8) .
5.
Install rear door frame molding. (See paragraph 11-35)
NOTE
There will be no front insulator (18) or front outer insulator (5) if truck is
equipped with communications rack.
6.
Install front insulator (18) with 3 bolts (1), 6 washers (2), and 3 new locknuts (17).
7.
Install front outer insulator (5) with 2 bolts (3), 4 washers (4), and 2 new locknuts (15).
11-103
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-29. FRONT, SIDE, AND WHEEL HOUSE INSULATORS REPLACEMENT (M1008
AND M1008A1).
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
•
•
•
Troop seat assembly removed.
(See TM 9-2320-289-10)
Communications rack removed
(M1008A1 only). (See paragraph 4-48)
One locknut (M1008)
NOTE
• If removing wheel house insulator (21), perform steps 1-3.
• If removing front side insulators (12), perform steps 1, 4, and 6.
• If removing rear side insulators (13), perform steps 1, 2, 7, and 8.
• If removing front insulator (23), perform steps 5, 9, and 10.
1.
Remove 4 screws (18) securing 2 brackets (10) to front side insulator (12).
2.
Remove 4 screws (18) securing 2 brackets (20) to rear side insulator (13).
3.
Remove 8 screws (18), 2 brackets (22), and wheel house insulator (21).
4.
Remove cable attached to dummy receptacle connector (11) at right sidewall if present.
5.
Remove 8 screws (18) securing 4 brackets (10) at front insulator (23).
6.
Remove 4 screws (18) at 2 brackets (10) and remove front side insulator (12).
7.
Remove 2 screws (14), bolts (16), bolts (17), and rear angle bracket (15).
8.
Remove 4 screws (18), bracket (19), and rear side insulator (13).
9.
Remove 2 bolts (7), washers (6), and wiring harness (5) from front insulator (23). Remove
screw (8) and locknut (9) from ground wire (3) (M1008), or remove nut (2), ground strap (1),
and ground wire (3) from stud (4) (M1008A1). Discard locknut.
10.
Remove front insulator (23) from truck.
11-104
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-29. FRONT, SIDE, AND WHEEL HOUSE INSULATORS REPLACEMENT (M1008
AND M1008A1) (Con’t).
TA50126
11-105
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-29. FRONT, SIDE, AND WHEEL HOUSE INSULATORS REPLACEMENT (M1008
AND M1008A1) (Con’t).
TA50127
11-106
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-29. FRONT, SIDE, AND WHEEL HOUSE INSULATORS REPLACEMENT (M1008
AND M1008A1) (Con’t).
b.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
• If installing front insulator (23), perform steps 1, 2, and 5.
• If installing front side insulators (12), perform steps 3, 4, 6, and 11,
Ž If installing rear side insulators (13), perform steps 7-9, and 12,
• If Installing wheel house Insulators (21), perform steps 10-13.
1.
Install front insulator (23) flush with front of cargo box.
2.
Install ground wire (3) with screw (8) and new locknut (9) (M1008) or install ground wire (3)
and ground strap (1) on stud (4) with nut (2) (M1008A1). Install wiring harness (5) to front
insulator (23) with 2 bolts (7) and washers (6).
3.
Install front side insulator (12) flush with side of cargo bed.
4.
Install 2 brackets (10) to front side insulator (12) with 4 screws (18).
5.
Install 8 screws (18) on 4 brackets (10) at front insulator (23),
6.
Connect cable at dummy receptacle connector (11) if removed.
7.
Install rear side insulator (13) flush with side of cargo bed.
8.
Install bracket (19) to floor and to rear side insulator (13) with 4 screws (18).
9.
Install rear angle bracket (15) with 2 screws (14) to rear side insulator (13), 2 bolts (16) into
rear endgate post, and 2 bolts (17) into rear door side panel.
10.
Install wheel house insulator (21) over wheel house flush with side and fIoor panels.
11.
Install 2 brackets (20) to front side insulator 12) with 4 screws (18).
12.
Install 2 brackets (20) to rear side insulator (13) with 4 screws (18).
13.
Install 2 brackets (22) to floor with 8 screws (18).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Install troop seat assembly. (See TM 9-2320-289-10)
• Install communications rack if removed. (See paragraph 4-48)
11-107
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-30. ROOF COVER AND ENDGATE CURTAIN REPLACEMENT (M1009).
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required
Materials/Parts
•
a.
•
Sealing compound, corrosion-resistant
(Item 42, Appendix C)
MOS 63B (2)
REMOVAL
NOTE
•
If removing roof cover (6), perform steps 1-8.
•
If removing endgate curtain (9), perform steps 2, 9, and 10.
1.
Remove 4 screws (14) and radio antenna bracket (13) if present.
2.
Remove window flap (7) from 4 turnbuttons (8).
3.
Remove roof cover (6) from 4 turnbuttons (12).
4.
Remove 6 screws (15) and washers (16) on each side of truck.
5.
Pull roof cover (6) forward over cab of truck and place upside down.
6.
Remove 14 screws (2), washers (1), 2 side retainers (5), and 2 top retainers (3). Set screws
aside for later use.
7.
Remove roof cover (6) from truck.
8.
Clean off corrosion-resistant sealing compound from cab roof.
9.
Remove endgate curtain (9) from 14 turnbuttons (10) and remove endgate curtain.
10.
Open endgate and inspect each side lip of endgate for tightness of 8 locknuts (11).
b.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
•
If installing endgate curtain (9), perform steps 1 and 2.
•
If installing roof cover (6), perform steps 4-11.
1.
Replace all broken turnbuttons (8 and 10) and tighten 8 locknuts (11).
2.
Replace any loose or damaged expansion shields (4) by applying corrosion-resistant sealing
compound to holes and installing new expansion shields.
3.
Close endgate and install endgate curtain (9) to 14 turnbuttons (10).
11-108
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-30. ROOF COVER AND ENDGATE CURTAIN REPLACEMENT (M1009) (Con’t).
11-109
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-30. ROOF COVER AND ENDGATE CURTAIN REPLACEMENT (M1009) (Con’t).
TA50129
11-110
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-30. ROOF COVER AND ENDGATE CURTAIN REPLACEMENT (M1009) (Con’t).
4.
Place roof cover (6), with lettering facing up, over cab and hood, with front fold over edge of
removable cargo cover and centered right-to-left. Line up grommets in roof cover (6) with
existing expansion shield (4) holes.
CAUTION
DO NOT overtighten screws (2) in expansion shields (4) or expansion
shields will break.
5.
Install 2 top retainers (3) and 2 side retainers (5) with 14 washers (1) and screws (2).
6.
Spread roof cover (6) over rear of truck and smooth it out.
7.
Install bottom edges of roof cover (6) with 12 washers (16) and screws (15).
8.
Install roof cover (6) to rear sides of truck with 4 turnbuttons (12).
9.
Install window flap (7) to 4 turnbuttons (8).
10.
Seal front edge of roof cover (6) with corrosion-resistant sealing compound. Seal top only.
Stop at left and right side drip rails.
11.
Install radio antenna bracket (13) through holes in roof cover (6) with 4 screws (14) if
removed.
11-111
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-31. SIDE, WHEEL HOUSE, AND FLOOR INSULATORS REPLACEMENT (M1009).
b. Installation
a. Removal
This task covers:
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
•
Rear
seat
removed.
Materials/Parts
(See
paragraph
10-23)
•
•
Ten locknuts
RTV sealant (Item 41, Appendix C)
Personnel Required
• MOS 63B (2)
a. REMOVAL
NOTE
•
Spare tire and spare tire carrier must be removed to perform this task.
•
If removing wheel house insulators (1), perform step 1.
•
If removing molding (13) and rear floor insulators (12), perform steps 2
and 3.
•
If removing side insulators (6), perform steps 1 and 4 .
•
If removing front and floor insulators (17 and 22), perform steps 2 and
6 through 8.
1.
Remove 40 screws (2) and 10 brackets (3) from 2 wheel house insulators (1) and remove
wheel house insulators from wheel housings.
2.
Remove 6 screws (14) and molding (13).
3.
Remove 8 screws (4), 2 brackets (5), and 2 rear floor insulators (12).
4.
Remove 6 bolts (8), 12 washers (7), and 6 locknuts (11) at 6 brackets (10). Remove 2 side
insulators (6). Discard locknuts.
5.
Remove 12 screws (9) at 6 brackets (10) and remove brackets if damaged.
NOTE
If wheel house insulators (1) have not been removed, perform step 6.
6.
Remove 16 screws (2) and 4 brackets (3) securing 2 wheel house insulators (1) to floor
insulator (22).
7.
Remove 4 locknuts (16), 8 washers (15), and 4 bolts (23). Remove 4 screws (18) at front
edge of floor insulator (22) and remove floor insulator. Discard locknuts.
8.
Remove 2 nuts (19), washers (20), bolts (21), and front insulator (17).
11-112
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-31. SIDE, WHEEL HOUSE, AND FLOOR INSULATORS REPLACEMENT (M1009)
(Con’t).
11-113
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-31. SIDE, WHEEL HOUSE, AND FLOOR INSULATORS REPLACEMENT (M1009)
(Con’t).
TA50131
11-114
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-31. SIDE, WHEEL HOUSE, AND FLOOR INSULATORS REPLACEMENT (M1009)
(Con’t).
b.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
• If installing front and floor insulators (17 and 22), perform steps 1-4,
and 9.
• If installing side and rear floor insulators (6 and 12) and molding
- (13),
. .
perform steps 5-9.
• If installing wheel house Insulators (1), perform steps 10 and 11.
1.
Apply RTV sealant to 2 bolts (21), Install f rent insulator (17) with bolts, washers (20), and nuts
(19).
NOTE
Open and close endgate before securing floor insulator (22) to check
clearance at endgate.
2.
Place floor insulator (22) in cargo compartment, alining holes in floor insulator with holes in
floor of truck.
3.
Apply RTV sealant to 4 bolts (23), Install 4 bolts, 8 washers (15), and 4 new locknuts (16).
4.
Install 4 screws (18) at front edge of floor insulator (22).
5.
Install 6 brackets (10) to 2 side insulators (6) with 12 screws (9) if removed.
6.
Install 2 side insulators (6) with 6 bolts (8), 12 washers (7), and 6 new locknuts (11).
7.
Install 2 brackets (5) to 2 rear floor insulators (12) with 4 screws (4).
8.
Install 2 brackets (5) to 2 side insulators (6) with 4 screws (4).
9.
Install molding (13) with 6 screws (14).
10.
Position 2 wheel house insulators (1) over wheel housings.
11.
Install 10 brackets (3) with 40 screws (2).
12.
Install spare tire carrier and spare tire.
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Install rear seat. (See paragraph 10-23)
11-115
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-32. ROOF PANELS AND SUPPORTS REPLACEMENT (M1008 AND M1008A1).
This task covers:
a.
Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
•
•
Materials/Parts
Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
Cargo cover insulator removed (if removing
roof panels). (See paragraph 11 -27)
•
Two locknuts
Personnel Required
•
MOS 63B (2)
NOTE
•
If removing supports (12 and 15), perform steps 1-5.
•
If removing roof panels (8), perform steps 1-9.
•
If removing roof bow support, perform steps 10-13.
•
Perform step 11 only if replacing right roof bow support.
1.
Disconnect domelight wiring harness connector (16) at ceiling.
2.
Remove domelight wiring harness clips (14) from front support (15).
3.
Remove 4 nuts (17) and roof support bracket (18) with attached domelight.
4.
Remove 2 nuts (7) and disengage slot in front support (15) from air inlet adapter assembly
(6). Remove front support and air inlet assembly.
5.
Disengage rear support (12) from panel assembly (10) and remove rear support.
6.
Remove 6 nuts (11) at panel assembly (10).
7.
At front of roof bow (1), remove 2 nuts (5), retaining straps (4), and bolts (2).
8.
Remove roof support bracket (3), 2 roof support brackets (13), and 3 roof support brackets
(9) .
9.
Remove 2 roof panels (8).
11-116
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-32. ROOF PANELS AND SUPPORTS REPLACEMENT (M1008 AND M1008A1)
(Con’t).
TA50132
11-117
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-32. ROOF PANELS AND SUPPORTS REPLACEMENT (M1008 AND M1008A1)
(Con’t).
10.
Remove wiring harness (24) and clips (23) from right roof bow support (22).
11.
Remove pin (26) from roof bow support (22) and remove roof bow support from front rail
assembly (25).
12.
Remove screw (27), locknut (29), pin (26), and clamp (28). Discard locknut.
13.
Remove 2 screws (19), nuts (21), bracket (20), and roof bow support (22) from roof bow (1).
NOTE
•
If installing roof bow supports (22), perform steps 1-4.
•
If installing roof panels (8), perform steps 5-14.
Ž If
1.
installing supports, perform steps 10-14.
Install clamp (28) to roof bow support (22). Install pin (26) to clamp with screw (27) and new
locknut (29).
TA50133
11-118
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-32. ROOF PANELS AND SUPPORTS REPLACEMENT (M1008 AND M1008A1)
(Con’t).
2.
Install bracket (20) to roof bow support (22) and to roof bow (1) with 2 screws (19) and nuts
(21).
3.
Install roof bow support (22) to front rail assembly (25) and secure with pin (26).
4.
At right roof bow support (22) install wiring harness (24) and clips (23).
NOTE
When installing roof panels (8), place the words “THIS SIDE UP” (if
present) to the outside.
5.
Place 2 roof panels (8) on top of 3 roof bows (1) and center panels.
TA50134
11-119
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-32. ROOF PANELS AND SUPPORTS REPLACEMENT (M1008 AND M1008A1)
(Con’t).
TA50135
11-120
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-32. ROOF PANELS AND SUPPORTS REPLACEMENT (M1008 AND M1008A1)
(Con’t).
6.
Install 3 roof support brackets (9) to panel assembly (10) with 6 nuts (11).
7.
Place roof support bracket (3) through 2 roof panels (8) and air inlet adapter assembly (6).
Loosely install 2 nuts (7) but DO NOT tighten.
8.
Place 2 roof support brackets (13) through 2 roof panels (8). DO NOT install 4 nuts (17).
9.
At front edge of 2 roof panels (8), install 2 bolts (12), retaining straps (4), and nuts (5).
10.
Install slotted end of rear support (2) into panel assembly (10). Raise forward end of rear
support to center bow support (1).
11.
Install slotted end of front support (15) to air inlet adapter assembly (6). Raise rear end of front
support to center bow support (1).
12.
Install roof support bracket (18) with attached domelight with 4 nuts (17).
13.
Tighten 2 nuts (7) at air inlet adapter assembly (6).
14.
Install domelight wiring harness clips (14) to front support (15) and connect domelight wiring
harness connector (16) at ceiling.
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
•
•
Install cargo cover insulator. (See paragraph 11-27)
Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
11-121
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-33. DOMELIGHT AND WIRING HARNESS REPLACEMENT (M1008 AND M1008A1).
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Equipment Condition
•
a.
Both battery negative cables disconnected.
(See paragraph 4-38)
•
One locknut (M1008)
REMOVAL
NOTE
If removing domelight, perform steps 1-5.
If removing 2 bulbs (25), 2 lenses (26 and 29), or cover plate (28),
perform steps 4 and 5.
If removing wiring harness (12) and
steps 6-14.
electrical lead (3), perform
1.
Disconnect electrical lead (3) from connector (22) at ceiling.
2.
Remove 4 nuts (23) and roof support bracket (30) from front and rear roof supports (1).
3.
Remove 4 screws (2) and roof support bracket (30) from base assembly (24).
4.
Remove 6 screws (27) and cover plate (28).
5.
Remove blue lens (29) and clear lens (26) from cover plate (28) and 2 bulbs (25) from base
assembly (24).
NOTE
Tag wires for installation.
6.
Disconnect purple wire (18) from “DOME” and orange wire (16) from “T-LPS” positions on
fuse box (17) under dash.
7.
Remove grommet (15) at bulkhead and carefully pull wiring harness (12) through bulkhead.
Discard grommet if damaged.
8.
Remove 5 screws (14), clamps (13), and wiring harness (12) from under hood and along
frame.
9.
Disconnect wiring harness (12) from electrical lead (3) at connector at front of cargo box.
10.
Remove 2 screws (6), washers (5), and clamps (20), and remove wiring harness (12) from
front of cargo box.
11.
Remove screw (7) and locknut (8) from ground wire (10) (M1008), or nut (9) from stud (11),
and remove ground wire (10) and communications rack ground strap (M1008A1). Discard
locknut.
11-122
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-33. DOMELIGHT AND WIRING HARNESS REPLACEMENT (M1008 AND M1008A1)
(Con’t).
TA50136
11-123
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-33. DOMELIGHT AND WIRING HARNESS REPLACEMENT (M1008 AND M1008A1)
(Con’t).
TA50137
11-124
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-33. DOMELIGHT AND WIRING HARNESS REPLACEMENT (M1008 AND M1008A1)
(Con’t).
12.
Remove grommet (19) and carefully pull wiring harness (12) into cargo box and remove. DO
NOT discard grommet.
13.
Remove electrical lead (3) from clips (21) at right bow roof support (4), right side of front roof
bow, and front section of roof support (1).
14.
Disconnect electrical lead (3) from domelight at connector (22) and remove electrical lead.
b.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
• If installing domelight, perform steps 1-4 and 6.
• If installing wiring harness (12) and electrical iead (3), perform
steps 5-13.
1.
Install 2 bulbs (25) into base assembly (24).
2.
Install clear lens (26) and blue lens (29) into cover plate (28) with clear iens to the front. Install
cover plate to base assembly (24) with 6 screws (27).
3.
Install base assembly (24) to roof support bracket (30) with 4 screws (2).
4.
Install roof support bracket (30) to 4 studs from roof supports (1) with 4 nuts (23).
5.
Install electrical iead (3) to clips (21) at front section of roof support (1), right side of front roof
bow, and right bow roof support (4).
6.
Connect electrical lead (3) to domelight at connector (22).
7.
Connect electrical iead (3) to wiring harness (12).
8.
Carefully push wiring harness (12) through hole in cargo box front. install grommet (19).
9.
Install ground wire (10) to cargo bed using boit (7) and new locknut (8) (M1008), or install
ground wire (10) with communications rack ground strap to stud (11) with nut (9) (M1008A1).
10.
Install wiring harness (12) to front of cargo box with 2 clamps (20), washers (5), and screws
(6) .
11.
Install wiring harness (12) along frame and under hood with 5 clamps (13) and screws (14).
12.
Carefully push wiring harness (12) through hole in left front of bulkhead and install grommet
(15).
13.
Connect purple wire (18) to uDOME” and orange wire (16) to “T-LPS” positions on fuse box
(17) under dash.
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Connect both battery negative cables. (See paragraph 4-38)
Ž Check
operation of domelight.
11-125
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-34. REAR DOOR ASSEMBLY MAINTENANCE (M1008 AND M1008A1).
This task covers:
a. Removal
b. Disassembly
c. Assembly
d. Installation
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
•
Personnel Required
•
RTV sealant (Item 41, Appendix C)
a.
MOS 63B (2)
REMOVAL
NOTE
If removing check strap (5), perform step 1.
1.
Remove 4 nuts (4), screws (1), and washers (2) securing check strap (5) to rear door
assembly (6) and rear side panel. Remove check strap from rear door assembly and door
holder (3) from loop in check strap.
TA501i38
11-126
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-34. REAR DOOR ASSEMBLY MAINTENANCE (M1008 AND M1008A1) (Con’t).
NOTE
Use an assistant to support rear door assembly (6) before performing
step 3.
2.
Remove 4 nuts (11), 4 screws (14), and 8 washers (9) holding rear door assembly (6) to
hinge (10). Remove rear door assembly.
3.
Remove 4 nuts (13), 4 screws (7), and 8 washers (8) holding hinge (10) to door opening panel
assembly. Remove hinge and molding (12).
TA50139
11-127
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-34. REAR DOOR ASSEMBLY MAINTENANCE (M1008 AND M1008A1) (Con’t).
NOTE
Latch assembly (19), handle assemblies (21 and 24), and window
assembly (26, 27, 28, and 29) can be replaced without removing door
assembly (6) from truck.
If disassembling handle assemblies (21 and 24), perform steps 1 and 2.
If disassembling latch assembly (19), perform steps 1 and 3 through 5.
If disassembling door frames (15), perform step 6.
If disassembling window assembly (26, 27, 28, and 29), perform steps 7
and 8.
1.
Loosen setscrew and remove inner handle assembly (21).
2.
Remove 3 screws (25) and outer handle assembly (24). Remove 3 nuts (22) from rear door
assembly (6) by tapping them out if damaged.
3.
Remove 8 screws (18) and 2 latch brackets (17).
4.
Remove 4 screws (20) and latch assembly (19).
5.
Remove 12 nuts (23) from rear door assembly (6) by tapping nuts out if damaged.
6.
Remove 14 screws (16) and 4 door frames (15).
7.
At window assembly, remove 18 screws (26), retainer (27), and gasket (28). Discard gasket
only if worn.
8.
Remove plastic window (29) from opening, Scrape off old RTV sealant from wood.
c.
ASSEMBLY
NOTE
If assembling window assembly (26, 27, 28 and 29), perform steps
1 and 2.
If assembling door frames (15), perform step 3.
If assembling latch assembly (19), perform steps 4-6.
If assembling handle assemblies (21 and 24), perform steps 7
and 8.
1.
Apply RTV sealant to wood at window opening.
2.
Install plastic window (29), gasket (28), and retainer (27) with 18 screws (26).
NOTE
1 door frame (15) is installed with 4 hinge screws.
3.
Install 4 door frames (15) to rear door assembly (6) with 14 screws (16).
11-128
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-34. REAR DOOR ASSEMBLY MAINTENANCE (M1008 AND M1008A1) (Con’t).
4.
Install 12 nuts (23) and 3 nuts (22) into holes in rear door assembly (6) if removed.
5.
Install 4 screws (20).
6.
Install 2 latch brackets (17) with 8 screws (18).
7.
Install outer handle assembly (24) with 3 screws (25).
8.
Install inner handle assembly (21) and tighten setscrew.
TA50140
11-129
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-34. REAR DOOR ASSEMBLY MAINTENANCE (M1008 AND M1008A1) (Con’t).
d.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
If installing hinge (10), molding (12), and rear door assembly (6),
perform steps 1-3.
If installing check strap (5), perform steps 4 and 5.
1.
Install hinge (10) and molding (12) to door opening panel with 4 screws (7), 8 washers (8),
and 4 nuts (13).
TA50141
11-130
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-34. REAR DOOR ASSEMBLY MAINTENANCE (M1008 AND M1008A1) (Con’t).
NOTE
Use an assistant to support rear door assembly (6) while performing
step 2.
2.
Install rear door assembly (6) to hinge (10) with 4 screws (14), 8 washers (9), and 4 nuts
(11).
3.
Check operation of rear door assembly (6). If binding occurs, loosen nuts (11), adjust rear
door assembly, and tighten nuts.
4.
Install door holder (3) in loop at end of check strap (5).
5.
Install check strap (5) to rear door assembly (6) and rear side panel with 4 screws (1),
washers (2), and nuts (4).
TA50142
11-131
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-35. REAR DOOR FRAME AND PANEL ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT (M1008 AND
M1008A1).
This task covers:
b. Installation
a. Removal
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required
Equipment Condition
MOS 63B (2)
Cargo cover insulator removed.
(See paragraph 11-27)
Rear door assembly and hinge removed.
(See paragraph 11-34)
a.
REMOVAL
NOTE
If removing door frame assembly (7), perform steps 1-4.
If removing left or right side panel assembly (6), perform steps 1-7.
If removing molding (29), perform steps 4, 6, and 8.
If removing molding, perform steps 1-7 and 9.
1.
Remove 2 nuts (16), 4 washers (10), 2 screws (11), and handle (12).
TA50143
11-132
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-35. REAR DOOR FRAME AND PANEL ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT (M1008 AND
M1008A1) (Con’t).
2.
Remove 2 nuts (1), 4 washers (2), and 2 screws (8) at top of door frame assembly (7).
3.
Remove 2 nuts (3), 4 washers (4), 2 screws (9), and molding (5).
4.
Remove 2 nuts (15), 4 washers (13), and 2 screws (14). Remove door frame assembly (7) by
moving bottom rearward and downward.
NOTE
Left and right side panel assemblies (6) are removed the same way.
5.
Remove 2 bolts (21) from 2 nuts (25) in right side panel assembly (6). Remove 2 nuts from
right side panel assembly if damaged. Remove 2 bolts (19) from inside right side panel and
remove air vent (20).
6.
Remove nut (30), 2 washers (27), and screw (26) at bottom of right side panel assembly (6).
7.
Remove extended nut (17), washer (23), and screw (24) at top of right side panel assembly
(6). Remove right side panel assembly and rubber strip (22).
TA50144
11-133
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-35. REAR DOOR FRAME AND PANEL ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT (M1008 AND
M1008A1) (Con’t).
8.
Remove 3 screws (32) from center of molding (29). Remove 4 nuts (34), 8 washers (33), 4
bolts (31), and molding.
9.
Remove 5 bolts (38) and molding (36). Remove 2 gaskets (37) from molding. Replace gaskets
if damaged. Remove 5 expansion shields (35) if damaged.
TA50145
11-134
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-35. REAR DOOR FRAME AND PANEL ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT (M1008 AND
M1008A1) (Con’t).
b.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
If installing molding (36), perform steps 1 and 2.
If Installing molding (29), perform steps 3 and 4.
If installing left or right side panel assembly (6), perform steps 1-10.
If installing door frame assembly, perform steps 11-16.
1.
Install 5 expansion shields (35) if removed.
2.
Install 2 gaskets (37) into molding (36). Install molding with 5 bolts (38).
3.
Install molding (29) to cargo floor with 4 bolts (31), 8 washers (33), and 4 nuts (34).
4.
Install 3 screws (32) through center of molding (29).
NOTE
Left and right side panel assemblies (6) are installed the same way. Use an
assistant to support side panel assemblies during installation.
5.
Install 2 nuts (25) into right side panel assembly (6) if removed.
TA50146
11-135
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-35. REAR DOOR FRAME AND PANEL ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT (M1008 AND
M1008A1) (Con’t).
6.
Position rubber strip (22) at angle bracket (28). Install right side panel assembly (6) with 2
bolts (21) into 2 nuts (25). DO NOT fully tighten bolts. Install air vent (20) on right side panel
assembly with 2 bolts (19),
7.
Install screw (26), 2 washers (27), and nut (30) through bottom of right side panel assembly
(6) into molding (29).
8.
Install screw (24), washer (23), and extended nut (17) through top of right side panel
assembly (6) into panel assembly (18). DO NOT fully tighten extended nut.
9.
Tighten 2 bolts (21) and extended nut (17).
NOTE
Use an assistant to support door frame assembly (7) during installation.
10.
Install door frame assembly (7) with 2 screws (8), 4 washers (2), and 2 nuts (1). DO NOT fully
tighten nuts.
TA50147
11-136
TM 9-2320-289-20
11-35. REAR DOOR FRAME AND PANEL ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT (M1008 AND
M1008A1) (Con’t).
11.
Along bottom of door frame assembly (7), install 2 screws (14), 4 washers (13), and 2 nuts
(15). DO NOT fully tighten nuts.
12.
Install molding (5) on inside of right side panel assembly (6), and install 2 screws (9), 4
washers (4), and 2 nuts (3) through mounting holes. DO NOT fully tighten nuts.
13.
Install handle (12) with 2 screws (11), 4 washers (10), and 2 nuts (16). Tighten nuts (1, 3, 15,
and 16).
FOLLOW-ON TASKS:
• Install hinge and rear door assembly. (See paragraph 11-34)
• Install cargo cover insulator. (See paragraph 11-27)
TA50148
11-137/(11-138 blank)
TM 9-2320-289-20
CHAPTER 12
PREPARATION FOR STORAGE OR SHIPMENT
12-1.
OVERVIEW.
a. This chapter describes preparation of CUCV Series trucks for shipment within the
continental United States and for limited storage.
b. This information is covered in the following sections:
(1) Section I.
(2) Section Il.
(3) Section Ill.
General Preparation of Truck for Shipment
Loading and Movement
Limited Storage
12-1/(12-2 blank)
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section I. GENERAL PREPARATION OF TRUCK FOR SHIPMENT
12-2.
GENERAL.
a. This section provides instructions on preserving and otherwise protecting CUCV Series
trucks in preparation for shipment.
b. Protection for trucks and accompanying equipment must be sufficient to protect the
materiel against deterioration and physical damage.
12-3.
CLEANING.
WARNING
Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 is toxic and flammable. Always wear
protective goggles and gloves and use only in a well-ventilated area. Avoid
contact with skin, eyes, and clothes and DO NOT breathe vapors, DO NOT
use near open flame or excessive heat. The solvent’s flash point is
100°F-138°F (38°C-59°C). If you become dizzy while using cleaning
solvent, immediately get fresh air and medical help. If solvent contacts
eyes, immediately wash your eyes with water and get medical aid.
CAUTION
• Do not use liquids under pressure for cleaning interior of truck.
• Prior to application of preservatives, surfaces must be cleaned to
ensure removal of corrosion, soil, grease, or other acid and alkali
residues.
a. Interior of Truck. Remove all dirt and other foreign matter from all painted metal
surfaces of the truck by scrubbing with cloths soaked in dry cleaning solvent (Item 15, Appendix C).
DO NOT apply solvent to electrical equipment, vinyl, or rubber parts of any nature. Notify your
supervisor for cleaning of electrical equipment. Use warm water and mild soap for cleaning vinyl. Dry
vinyl thoroughly. Apply preservative compound (Item 38, Appendix C) to vinyl and rubber.
b. Exterior of Truck. Clean exterior surfaces of the truck to ensure removal of all dirt and
foreign matter. After cleaning, immediately dry parts to remove excess cleaning solutions or residual
moisture. Let parts air dry or wipe with clean, dry, lint-free cloths. (See MIL P-116).
12-3
TM 9-2320-289-20
12-4.
LUBRICATION.
WARNING
Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 is toxic and flammable, Always wear
protective goggles and gloves and use only in a well-ventilated area. Avoid
contact with skin, eyes, and clothes and DO NOT breathe vapors, DO NOT
use near open flame or excessive heat. The solvent’s flash point is
100°F-138°F (38°C-59°C). If you become dizzy while using cleaning
solvent, immediately get fresh air and medical help. If solvent contacts
eyes, immediately wash your eyes with water and get medical aid.
After cleaning has been accomplished, wipe all grease fittings clean with dry cleaning
solvent (Item 15, Appendix C) and lubricate the truck in accordance with LO 9-2320-289-12. Remove
excess grease after lubrication and before processing.
12-5.
PRESERVATION.
a. All critical unpainted metal surfaces must be protected during shipment. Use
procedures and materials listed in paragraphs (1) and (2) below. If the preservatives listed are not
available, oil or grease specified in LO 9-2320-289-12 may be used for this purpose.
(1) Battery Leads. Disconnect both batteries. (See paragraph 4-38). Each battery
lead terminal, including the jumper lead ends, must be cleaned, coated with grease (Item 26,
Appendix C) and wrapped with tape (Item 48, Appendix C).
(2) Miscellaneous Preservation. Coat all unpainted, exposed, machined metal
surfaces on the exterior of the truck with corrosion preventive compound (Item 13, Appendix C).
12-6.
PACKAGING.
a. Lenses. Cover all truck lamp lenses with grease proof barrier material (Item 5,
Appendix C) and secure with tape (Item 48, Appendix C).
b. Electrical Openings. Cover all electrical receptacles with tape (Item 48, Appendix C)
or with plastic caps which will afford the same degree of protection.
12-7.
PACKING.
a. Pack all Basis Issue Items (BII) and Additional Authorization List (AAL) items to prevent
mechanical damage.
b. For shipment, disconnect both battery negative cables (see paragraph 4-38) and wrap
with tape (Item 48, Appendix C).
12-8.
MARKING.
Provide any necessary identification and precautionary markings in accordance with
instructions in MlL-STD-129.
12-4
TM 9-2320-289-20
12-9.
SHIPMENT OF ARMY DOCUMENTS.
Prepare all army shipping documents accompanying truck in accordance with
DA Pam 738-750.
12-5/(12-6 blank)
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section II. LOADING AND MOVEMENT
12-10. LOADING AND MOVEMENT.
For transportability guidance for the logistical handling and movement of the CUCV Series
trucks, refer to TM 55-2320-289-14.
12-7/(12-8 blank)
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section III. LIMITED STORAGE
12-11. GENERAL.
Commanders are responsible for ensuring that all trucks issued or assigned to their
command are maintained in a serviceable condition and properly cared for, and that personnel under
their command comply with technical instructions. Lack of time, lack of trained personnel, or lack of
proper tools may result in a unit being incapable of performing maintenance for which it is
responsible. In such cases, unit commanders may, with the approval of major commanders, place a
truck that is beyond the maintenance capability of the unit in administrative storage or return it to
supply agencies.
12-12. LIMITED STORAGE INSTRUCTIONS.
a. Time Limitations. Administrative storage is restricted to a period of 90 days and must
not be extended unless the truck is reprocessed in accordance with subparagraph b. below.
b. Storage Procedure. Perform disassembly only as required to clean and preserve
exposed surfaces. Except as otherwise noted, and to the maximum extent consistent with safe
storage, place the truck in administrative storage in as nearly a completely assembled condition as
practicable. Install and adjust equipment so that the truck may be placed in service and operated
with minimum delay.
(1) The truck should be stored on level ground in the most favorable location
available, preferably one which affords protection from exposure to the elements and from pilferage.
(2) Perform semiannual preventive maintenance checks and services (PMCS) on
trucks intended for administrative storage. This maintenance consists of inspecting, cleaning,
servicing, preserving, lubricating, adjusting, and replacing minor repair parts as required.
(3) Remove both batteries and place in covered storage, maintaining a charged
condition.
(4) Provide access to the truck to permit inspection, servicing, and subsequent
removal from storage.
c. Inspection in Storage.
(1) Visual inspection of trucks in administrative storage must be conducted at least
once a month, and immediately following hard rain, heavy snowstorm, windstorm, or other severe
weather conditions. Perform disassembly as required to fully ascertain the extent of any deterioration
or damage found. A record of these inspections must be maintained for each truck in administrative
storage, attached to the truck in such a manner as to protect the record from the elements.
(2) When rust or deterioration is found on a critical/machined surface, reprocessing
for administrative storage must be immediately accomplished. Repair damage caused to the truck by
severe weather conditions. Deterioration or damage to on-equipment materiel (OEM) must be
repaired as necessary. Painted surfaces showing evidence of deterioration must be thoroughly
cleaned, dried, and repainted, using paint of the same quality and color as the original paint.
12-9/(12-10 blank)
TM 9-2320-289-20
APPENDIX A
REFERENCES
A-1 .
SCOPE.
This appendix lists all forms, field manuals, technical manuals, and other publications
required for use with this manual.
A-2.
INDEXES.
The following indexes should be frequently consulted for latest changes to, or revisions of,
references given in this appendix and for new publications or instructions relating to materiel covered in
this manual.
a. Military Publications:
Consolidated Index of Army Publications and Blank Forms . . .
Equipment Improvement Report and Maintenance Digest . . . .
The Standard Army Publications System Users Index . . . . . . . .
DA Pam 25-30
TB 43-0001-39
DA Pam 310-10
b. General References:
AR 310-50
AR 310-25
FM 101-5-1
Catalog of Abbreviations and Brevity Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dictionary of United States Army Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Military Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-3.
SUPPLY CATALOGS.
The following Department of the Army Supply Catalogs pertain to this manual:
Shop Equipment, Automotive Maintenance and Repair:
Organizational Maintenance: Common No. 1, Less Power
(NSN 4910-00-754 -0654) . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shop Equipment, Automotive Maintenance and Repair:
Organizational Maintenance: Common No. 2, Less Power
(NSN 4910-00-754-0650) . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s: Automotive
(NSN 5180-00-177-7033) ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-4.
SC 4910-95-CL-A74
SC 4910-95-CL-A72
SC 4910-95-CL-N26
FORMS.
Refer to DA Pam 310-1, Consolidated Index of Army Publications and Blank Forms, for a
current and complete list of blank forms. Refer to DA Pam 738-750, The Army Maintenance
Change 1
A-1
TM 9-2320-289-20
Management System (TAMMS), for instructions on the use of maintenance forms pertaining to this
materiel.
DA
DA
DA
DA
DA
DA
DA
DA
DA
DA
DA
DA
Form 285 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . US Army Accident Investigation Report
Form 348 . . . . . . . . . Equipment Operator’s Qualification Record (Except Aircraft)
Form 2028 . . . . . . . . . . . Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms
Form 2401 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Organization Control Record for Equipment
Form 2402 .......... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Exchange Tag
Form 2404 . . ...... . .... . . . ......... Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet
Form 2405 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance Request Register
Form 2406 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Materiel Condition Status Report
Form 2407 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance Request
Form 2407-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance Request – Continuation Sheet
Form 2408 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Equipment Log Assembly (Records)
Form 2408-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Equipment Control Record
DA
DD
DD
DD
Form
Form
Form
Form
2409 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Equipment Maintenance Log (Consolidated)
314 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preventive Maintenance Schedule and Record
518 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accident Identification Card
1397 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Processing and Reprocessing Record for Shipment,
Storage, and Issue of Vehicles and Spare Engines
Standard Form 46 . . . . . US Government Motor VehicIe Operator’s Identification Card
Standard Form 91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operator Report on Motor Vehicle Accidents
Standard Form 368 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quality Deficiency Report
A-5.
OTHER PUBLICATIONS.
The following publications contain information pertinent to the major item materiel and
associated equipment.
a.
Truck:
Lubrication Order for Truck,
¾ and 1¼ Ton, 4x4, CUCV Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LO 9-2320-289-12
Operator’s Manual for Truck,
¾ and 1¼ Ton, 4X4, CUCV Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TM 9-2320-289-10
Unit Maintenance Repair Parts and Special Tools List for Truck,
¾ and 1¼ Ton, 4X4, CUCV Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TM 9-2320-289-20P
Warranty Procedures for Truck,
¾ and 1¼ Ton, 4X4, CUCV Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TB 9-2300-295-15/24
b. C a m o u f l a g e :
Camouflage, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Camouflage Materials, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Color, Marking, and Camouflage Painting of Military
Vehicles, Construction Equipment, and Materials
Handling Equipment, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FM 5-20
TM 5-200
TB 43-0209
c. Decontamination:
NBC Decontamination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-2
Change 1
FM 3-5
TM 9-2320-289-20
Chemical, Toxicological, and Missile Fuel Handlers
Protective Clothing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operator’s and Organizational Maintenance Manual
(Including Repair Parts and Special Tools List) for
Decontamination Apparatus, Portable, DS2,
1½ Quart, ABC-M11 (NSN 4230-00-720-1618) . . . . . . . . . . . .
d.
TM 10-277
TM 3-4230-204-12&P
General:
Accident Reporting and Records. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Army Motor Transport Units and Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basic Cold Weather Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chemical Agent Resistant Aliphatic Polyurethane Coating . . .
Cooling Systems: Tactical Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AR 385-40
FM 55-30
FM 31-70
MIL-C-46168C
TM 750-254
.
.
.
.
.
Corrosion Prevention and Control: Including Rustproofing
for Tactical Vehicles and Trailers.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
First Aid for Soldiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Functional Grouping Codes: Combat, Tactical, and Support
Vehicles and Special Purpose Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TB 43-0213
FM 21-11
TB 750-93-1
FM 10-16
FM 21-305
FM 90-6
FM 31-71
General Fabric Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manual for the Wheeled Vehicle Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mountain Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Northern Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation and Maintenance of Ordnance Materiel
in Cold Weather (0°F to -65°F). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Painting instructions for Field Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Painting Procedures and Marking for Vehicles, Construction
Equipment and Material Handling Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Petroleum Supply Point Equipment and Operations . . . . . . . . .
Prevention of Motor Vehicle Accidents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principles of Automotive Vehicles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Procedures for Destruction of Tank-Automotive Equipment
to Prevent Enemy Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Treatment and Painting of Materiel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
e.
FM 9-207
TM 43-0139
MlL-STD-l 93
FM 10-69
AR 385-55
TM 9-8000
TM 750-244-6
MIL-T-704J
Maintenance and Repair:
Chemical Agent Alarm Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description, Use, Bonding Techniques
and Properties of Adhesives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inspection, Care, and Maintenance of Antifriction Bearings . . .
Mandatory Brake Hose Inspection and
Replacement - Tactical Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Materials Used for Cleaning, Preserving, Abrading and
Cementing Ordnance Materiel and Related Materials
Including Chemicals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Operator’s and Organizational Maintenance Manual:
Alarm, Chemical Agent, Automatic , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TM
3-6665-225-12
TB ORD 1032
TM 9-214
TB 9-2300-405-14
TM 9-247
TM
3-6665-261-14
Change 2
A-3
TM 9-2320-289-20
Operator’s, Organizational, Direct Support and
General Support Maintenance Manual Including
Repair Parts List for Balancer, Vehicle Wheel
(Model M-76) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operator’s and Organizational Maintenance Manual Including
Repair Parts and Special Tools List for Simplified Test
Equipment for Internal Combustion Engines (STE/lCE) . . . . ,
Operator’s Manual for Welding Theory and Application , , , . . .
Operator’s, Organizational, Direct Support and General
Support Maintenance Manual for Lead-Acid
Storage Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Organizational Care, Maintenance & Repair of Pneumatic Tires,
Inner Tubes and Radial Tires... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Inspection and Testing of Lifting Devices . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Criteria for Technical Inspection
and Classification of Tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Use of Antifreeze Solutions and Cleaning Compounds
in Engine Cooling Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
f.
TM 9-4910-571-12&P
TM 9-237
TM 9-6140-200-14
TM 9-2610-200-24
TB 43-0142
TM 9-2610-201-14
TB 750-651
Shipment and Limited Storage:
Marking for Shipment and Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Methods of Preservation... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Packaging of Materiel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Packaging of Materiel: Preservation
. . . . . . . . .
. . . . . .
.
.
.
.
Preparation for Shipment and Limited Storage
of Wheeled Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparation for Shipment and Storage of Basic Issue Items
for Military Vehicles, Carriages and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . .
Railcar Loading Procedures ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Security of Tactical Wheeled Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Softwood Lumber . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards for Overseas Shipment or Domestic Issue of
Special Purpose Vehicles, Combat, Tactical, Construction,
and Selected Industrial and Troop Support US Army
Tank-Automotive Readiness Command Managed Items . . . .
A-4
TM 9-4910-743-14&P
Change 2
MlL-STD-129
MlL-P-116
AR 700-15
TM 38-230-1
and TM 38-230-2
MIL-V-62038
MlL-B-12841
.
.
.
TM 55-601
TB 9-2300-422-20
MM-L-751
.
TB 9-2300-281-35
TM 9-2320-289-20
APPENDIX B
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART
Section I. INTRODUCTION
B-1 .
GENERAL.
a. This section provides a general explanation of all maintenance and repair functions
authorized at the various maintenance levels.
b. The Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) in Section II designates overall authority and
responsibility for the performance of maintenance functions on the identified end item or component.
The application of the maintenance functions to the end item or component will be consistent with the
capacities and capabilities of the designated maintenance levels.
c. Section Ill lists the tools and test equipment (both special tools and common tool sets)
required for each maintenance function as referenced from Section II.
d. Section IV contains supplemental instructions and explanatory notes for a particular
maintenance function.
B-2.
MAINTENANCE FUNCTIONS.
Maintenance functions will be limited to and defined as follows:
a. Inspect. To determine the serviceability of an item by comparing its physical,
mechanical, and/or electrical characteristics with established standards through examination (e.g.,
by sight, sound, or feel).
b. Test. To verify serviceability by measuring the mechanical, pneumatic, hydraulic, or
electrical characteristics of an item and comparing those characteristics with prescribed standards.
c. Service. Operations required periodically to keep an item in proper operating condition,
i.e., to clean. (includes decontaminate, when required), to preserve, to drain, to paint, or to
replenish fuel, lubricants, chemical fluids, or gases.
d. Adjust. To maintain or regulate, within prescribed limits, by bringing into proper or
exact position, or by setting the operating characteristics to specified parameters.
desired
e. Aline. To adjust specified variable elements of an item to bring about optimum or
performance.
f. Calibrate. To determine and cause corrections to be made or to be adjusted on
instruments or test, measuring, and diagnostic equipments used in precision measurement. Consists
of comparisons of two instruments, one of which is a certified standard of known accuracy, to detect
and adjust any discrepancy in the accuracy of the instrument being compared.
g. Remove/Install. To remove and install the same item when required to perform service
or other maintenance functions. Install may be the act of emplacing, seating, or fixing into position a
spare, repair part, or module (component or assembly) in a manner to allow the proper functioning
of an equipment or system.
B-1
TM 9-2320-289-20
h. Replace. To remove an unserviceable item and install a serviceable counterpart in its
place. “Replace” is authorized by the MAC and is shown as the third position code of the SMR code,
i.
Repair. The application of maintenance services, including fault location/troubleshooting, removal/installation, and disassembly/assemble procedures, and maintenance actions to
identify - troubles and restore serviceability to an item by correcting specific damage, fault,
malfunction, or failure in a part, subassembly, module (component or assembly), end item, or
system.
Overhaul. That maintenance effort (service/action) prescribed to restore an item to a
j.
completely serviceable/operational condition as required by maintenance standards in appropriate
technical publications (i.e., DMWR). Overhaul is normally the highest degree of maintenance
performed by the Army. Overhaul does not normally return an item to like new condition.
k. R e b u i l d . C o n s i s t s o f t h o s e s e r v i c e s / a c t i o n s n e c e s s a r y f o r t h e r e s t o r a t i o n o f
unserviceable equipment to a like new condition in accordance with original manufacturing
standards. Rebuild is the highest degree of materiel maintenance applied to Army equipment. The
rebuild operation includes the act of returning to zero those age measurements (hours/miles, etc.)
considered in classifying Army equipment/components.
B-3.
EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN THE MAC, SECTION II.
a. Column 1, Group Number. Column 1 lists functional group code numbers, the purpose
of which is to identify maintenance significant components, assemblies, subassemblies, and
modules with the next higher assembly. End item group number shall be “00.”
b. Column 2, Component/Assembly. Column 2 contains the names of components,
assemblies, subassemblies, and modules for which maintenance is authorized.
c. Column 3, Maintenance Function. Column 3 lists the functions to be performed on the
item listed in Column 2. (For a detailed explanation of these functions, see paragraph B-2.)
d. Column 4, Maintenance Level. Column 4 specifies, by the listing of a work time figure
in the appropriate subcolumn(s), the level of maintenance authorized to perform the function listed in
Column 3. This figure represents the active time required to perform that maintenance function at the
indicated level of maintenance. If the number or complexity of the tasks within the listed maintenance
function vary at different maintenance levels, appropriate work time figures will be shown for each
level. The work time figure represents the average time required to restore an item (assembly,
subassembly, component, module, end item, or system) to a serviceable condition under typical
field operating conditions. This time includes preparation time (including any necessary
disassembly/assembly time), troubleshooting/fault location time, and quality assurance/quality
control time in addition to the time required to perform the specific tasks identified for the
maintenance functions authorized in the Maintenance Allocation Chart. The symbol designations for
the various maintenance levels are as follows:
C
O
... . . .. . . . . .
Unit (Operator or Crew)
.................
F
H
D
. .... . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . .. . . . .
Unit Organizational Maintenance
Intermediate Direct Support Maintenance
Intermediate General Support Maintenance
Depot Maintenance
e. Column 5, Tools and Equipment. Column 5 specifies, by code, those common tool
sets (not individual tools) and special tools, TMDE, and support equipment required to perform the
designated function.
f. Column 6, Remarks. This column shall, when applicable, contain a letter code, in
alphabetic order, which shall be keyed to the remarks contained in Section IV.
B-2
TM 9-2320-289-20
B-4.
EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENT
REQUIREMENTS, SECTION III.
a. Column 1, Tool or Test Equipment Reference Code. The tool and test equipment
reference code correlates with a code used in the MAC, Section II, Column 5.
b. C o l u m n 2 , Maintenance Level. The lowest level of maintenance authorized to use the
tool or test equipment.
c. Column 3, Nomenclature. Name or identification of the tool or test equipment.
d. C o l u m n 4 , National/NATO Stock Number. The National or NATO Stock Number of the
tool or test equipment.
e. C o l u m n 5 , Tool Number. The manufacturer’s part number.
B-5.
EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN REMARKS, SECTION IV.
a. Column 1, Reference Code. The code recorded in Column 6, Section Il.
b. C o l u m n 2 , R e m a r k s . This column lists information pertinent to the maintenance
function being performed as indicated in the MAC, Section II.
B-3
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il.
(1)
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART
(2)
Maintenance
Group
Function
Number Component/Assembly
01
0100
(4)
(3)
Maintenance Level
interDepot
Unit
mediate
c
o
0.1
0.5
F
H
ENGINE, DIESEL
ENGINE MOUNTS
CYLINDER HEAD, DIESEL
PLLJGS (CYL & CASE)
COVER, TMG GEAR
0102
PULLEY, CONE CSHAFT
DAMPER ASSY,
TORSIONAL
CRANKSHAFT,
INSPECT
TEST
SERVICE
REPLACE
REPAIR
B-4
Tools and
Equipment Remarks
0.3
4,0
1.0
16.0
30.0
ENG
FLYWHEEL, ENG
Change 1
0,3
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
INSPECT
REPLACE
1 ,2,6
1 ,2,4
1 ,2,4,6
1,2,4,6,
9,10
1.5
0.4
INSPECT
REPLACE
INSPECT
REPLACE
SEAL, CSHAFT REAR OIL
0103
D
ENGINE
OVERHAUL
0101
(6)
(5)
B
1,4
1.5
0.2
3.2
5,0
1 ,2,4,6
1,4
0.4
1 ,4,6
0.1
1,2,4,6
1,2,10
0.5
1.0
0.1
1,2
0.5
0,1
0.5
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
1,2,6
1.0
4.0
2.0
A
1,2,6,10
1,4
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.5
3.0
1,2,6,10
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.5
3.0
1 ,2,6
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART - Continued
(1)
(2)
(3)
Maintenance
Group
Function
Number ComponentlAssembly
0104
o
F
H
D
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.5
4.0
1,2,4,6
A
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.5
2.0
1,4,6
A
(CMSHFT, ENG)
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.5
3.0
1,2,6,10
(COVER, VALVE)
INSPECT
REPLACE
(PSTN, INTERNAL
COMBUSTION)
0106
c
PISTON, CONNROD
(CONNROD, PSTN)
0105
(6)
(5)
(4)
Maintenance Level
interUnit
mediate Depot Tools and
Equipment Remarks
CAMSHAFT, VALVES,
TIMING SYSTEM
0.1
0.1
1.2
1,4
(ROCKER ARM)
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.5
1.0
1,2,6
(VALVE, EXH & INL)
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.5
1.0
0.6
1,2,6
1,6
(SPROCKET, CSHAFT)
REPLACE
0.6
1,4,6
(GEAR, F/lNJ PMP DR)
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.2
0,8
1,4,6
(CHAIN, CMSHFT TM G)
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.5
1.0
1,4,6
ENGINE LUBRICATION
SYSTEM
TUBE ASSY & SEAL, 01 L
LVL INDICATOR
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
0.3
1,2
Change 1
B-5
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section II.
(1)
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART - Continued
(2)
(3)
(4)
Maintenance
Group
Maintenance
Number Component/Assembly
Function
0106
(Cont’d)
FILTER ASSY, OIL
PAN ASSY, ENG OIL
0302
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
rrl;~~;e
F
1+
Depot
~ool, and
D
Equipment
0.2
1,2
0,1
0,4
1,2,4
0.2
1,0
0,6
1 ,4,6
1,6
0,5
1 ,2,4
0,5
1,2
MANIFOLDS, INTK & EXH
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
1.0
INSPECT
TEST
REPLACE
0.1
1.0
1 ,4,6
1,4,6
FUEL SYSTEM
NOZZLE, F/INJ
0.3
0,5
1 ,2,9
0.3
0,8
1,2,6
P UMPS, FUEL SPLY
(GEAR, F/lNJ PMP)
(VALVE, TRANS VAC)
B-6
INSPECT
REPLACE
LINES, OIL COOLER
(MANIFOLD ASSY,
EXE!)
0301
c)
(6)
Change 2
INSPECT
REPLACE
INSPECT
ADJUST
REPLACE
Remark:
0,1
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
(MANIFOLD, INTK)
03
c
PUMP & SCREEN
ASSY, OIL
VALVE, DEPRESSION
REGULATOR
0108
INSPECT
REPLACE
Unit
(5)
Level
0,1
0.1
0.3
1 ,4,9
1,2
A
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART - Continued
(1)
(2)
(3)
Maintenance
Group
Number ComponentlAssembly
Function
0302
[PMP AS.SY, F/lNJ]
(Cont’d)
(4]
c
INSPECT
c1
1=’
01
0,1
TEST
!.0
REPAIR
OVERHAUL
f.5
ADJUST
REPLACE
(FUEL PMP, ENG)
(5)
Maintenance Level
interunit
mediate Depot
H
D
1.0
1.0
(6)
Tools and
Equipment Remarks
1,2,9
1,6,10
4.5
2.0
[NSPECT
REPLACE
0,1
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
INSPECT
SERVICE
REPLACE
0.1
0.2
0.4
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
B
0.5
1,2
1.0
1,2,9
0.2
1
LINES & FITTINGS
[PMP-TO-FLTFl]
(VALVE , VAC=-TCH%MP)
(FIINJ PMP-TO-NC3Z]
0304
0306
AIR CLEANER ASH
1,6,9
0.5
1,2
1.0
1,2,4,8
0.2
1.0
‘1,2
0.2
0.s
1,2
TANKS & LINES
(TANK ASSY, FUEL)
(LINES & FTGS)
0309
10
FILTER ASSY, FUEL
INSPECT
REPLACE
INSPECT
SERVICE
REPLACE
0.1
Change 1
B-7
TM 9-2320-289-20
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART - Continued
Section lI.
(1)
(2)
Maintenance
Group
Function
Number Component lAssemb Iy
0311
(SENSOR, GLOW
PLUG)
ACCELERATOR LINKAGE
SOLENOID ASSY
04
0401
05
0501
B-8
(6)
INSPEC7”
REPLACE
0,2
0,4
1,2
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
0.3
1!4
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
1.2
1 ,2.4
INSPECT
ADJUST
REPLACE
0,2
0.1
0.5
1.4
1 ,2,4
1.0
1 ,2,4
0.5
1,2
EXHAUST SYSTEM
MUFFLERS, PIPES,
BRKTS
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
INSPECT
TEST
SERVICE
REPLACE
REPAIR
01
COOLING SYSTEM
RESERVOIR, COOL
RADIATOR ASSY
0502
(5)
Maintenance Level
lnterDepot
Unit
mectiate
- Tools and
Equipment Remarks
c o
F
H
~
ENGINE STARTING AIDS
(PLUG ASSY, GLOW)
0312
(4)
(3)
PROBE ASSY, LOW
COOLANT
INSPECT
REPLACE
SHROUD, FAN RDTR
INSPECT
REPLACE
Change 1
0.1
0.5
1.5
1.3
1,2
1.2,6
1 ,2,6
0,1
0.4
1,2
1.0
1.2
0.1
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART - Continued
(1)
(2)
(3)
Group
Maintenance
Number Component/Assembly
Function
0503
THERMOSTAT,
LINES
HSG,
(HOSES)
(WATER OUTLET, ENG
CROSSOVER]
0504
0505
PUMP ASSY, WATER
IMPELLER FAN, AXIAL
CLUTCH, HUB FAN
0601
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.5
1,2
0.5
1,2
0.1
1.3
1,2,6
FAN ASSY
PULLEY ASSY
06
(4)
(5)
(6)
Maintenance Level
lnterLJnit
mediate Depot a Took and
c
o F l-l
D
Equipment Remarks
INSPECT
REPLACE
0,1
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
0.5
1,2,8
0.4
1,2
INSPECT
REPLACE
0,1
0.5
1,2
INSPECT
TEST
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
0.4
0.8
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
ALTERNATOR AND
GENERATOR
BRACKETS, MTG
BELT, ALTNTR & GEN
0.8
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
INSPECT
ADJUST
REPLACE
0.!
1,4
1,2,4
1,2,4,6
0.5
1,2
02
0.4
1.4
1,4
Change 1
B-9
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART - Continued
(1)
Maintenance
2roup
Function
‘2)
umber ComponentlAssembly
INSPECT
REPLACE
PULLEY, ALTNTR
0601
Cent’d) (M101O)
0602
0603
0607
0.1
RELAY, ELECTROMAGNETIC
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
STARTER, ENG ELEC
INSPECT
TEST
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
0.2
1.0
INSPECT
TEST
REPLACE
REPAIR
0!2
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
1.0
1,2,4
0.3
1,2
0.4
1,2
0.4
1,2
0.5
1,2
0.1
0.5
1,2
1.0
1,2
VOLTAGE
WIRING HARNESS, INSTI
I
I
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
INDICATOR ASSY, GLOW
PLUG
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
HOUSING ASSY, DOOR
AJAR (M101O)
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
SWITCH ASSY, GPFU
(M101O)
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
BOARD, VEH ACCESS
WRG
INSPECT
REPLACE
CABLE ASSY. POS &
NEG FEED (M1OO8A1)
INSPECT
REPLACE
LAMPS, INSTR PANEL
B-10
1,4
0.5
INsPECT
REPLACE
lREGuLATOR.
I(ilolo)
CLUSTER ASSY, INSTR
0608
0.1
Change 1
0.5
r
1,2,4
0.5
1,2,4
4.0
2
1,2
1,2,4,6
0.4
2.0
1.0
2
1,2
1,4,6
0.1
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART - Continued
(1)
(2)
Group
Number Comrlonent/Assembl
0608
(Cont’d)
RESISTOR (BTRY BSTR)
c
INSPECT
REPLACE
o
0.1
0.7
1,2
0.1
0.5
2
1.2
INSPECT
TEST
REPLACE
0.1
0.3
0<5
1,2
SWITCH ASSY,
BLACKOUT
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
0.5
1,2
SWITCH ASSY,
HEADLAMP
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
0.4
0.2
1,2
1,2
SWITCH, DIMMER
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
SWITCH ASSY, TRANS
DOWNSHIFT
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
FUSES (PANEL)
INSPECT
REPLACE
0,1
0.2
1,2
0.3
0.1
1,2
1.2
0.2
1,2
0.4
1,2,8
WIRE ASSY (BTRY BSTR
RELAY, GLOW PLUG
SWITCH, IGNITION
0609
.....
me
Maintenance
‘3)
*To~antt ‘-(6)
Function
F
H
D
Equipmen Remark:
LAMP ASSY, BLACKOUT
INSPECT
TEST
REPLACE
0.1
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0!1
BULBS, MKR LAMPS, &
TAlLLAMPS
INSPECT
REPLACE
0,1
LAMP ASSY, PARK
INSPECT
REPLACE
0,1
0.5
1,2
1.0
1,2,8
0.5
1,2,4
Change 1
B-11
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART - Continued
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Maintenance
Group
Maintenance
Number Component/Assembly
Function
0609
(Cont’d)
LAMP ASSY, HEADLAMP
0611
0612
0,1
INSPECT
REPLACE
0,1
LAMP ASSY, TAIL
(M101O & M1031)
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
LAMP ASSY, REAR
FENDER (M1028A2
& M1028A3)
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
sWITCH, ENG
THERMOSTAT
o
ml;$~;e
F
(6)
H
Depot
~oo,, and
D
Equipment
0.4
0,5
1,2
1,2
0.2
1,2,8
0.3
0,2
1 ,2,4
1,2
0.3
0.2
1 ,2,4
1,2
TEST
REPLACE
0,3
0.5
1,2
sWITCH ASSY, COLD
A DVANCE
TEST
REPLACE
0,3
0,5
1,2
sWITCH, ENG OIL PRESS
TEST
REPLACE
0,3
0.5
1,8
H ORN ASSY, ELEC
REPLACE
0.3
1,2
R ELAY, HORN
REPLACE
0.2
1
B ATTERY, STOR
INSPECT
TEST
SERVICE
REPLACE
0,1
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
o .1
c ABLE ASSY, BTRY POS
c ABLE ASSY, BTRY NEG
B-12
c
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
LENS ASSY, TAlLLAMP
0610
Unit
(5)
Level
Change 2
0,1
0,2
0,2
0.3
2
1,2
1,2
0,3
0.4
1,2
1,2
0,3
0,4
1,2
1,2
Remark:
TM 9-2320-289-20
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART - Continued
Section Il.
(1)
(2)
Group
Number Com~onent/Assembl
0612
(Cont’d)
0613
(3)
Maintenance
Function
(4)
Maintenance Level
Unit
c
o
n%%e
F
H
(5)
(6)
‘ePot . ~ools and
D
Equipmen Remarks
CONNECTOR ASSY,
BTRY BSTR
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
HARNESS WIRING,
FWD LAMP
INSPECT
TEST
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
0.2
INSPECT
TEST
REPLACE
0.1
0.1
INSPECT
TEST
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
0.2
INSPECT
TEST
REPLACE
0.1
0.1
HARNESS ASSY, REAR
LAMP
INSPECT
TEST
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.2
0.2
1,5
1.0
2
1,2
1,2
HARNESS ASSY, TRLR
WRG
INSPECT
TEST
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
0.2
1.0
1.5
2
1,2,4
1,2
HARNESS ASSY, INSTR
PANEL EXT (M101O)
INSPECT
TEST
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.2
0.2
INSPECT
TEST
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
WIRING ASSY, BRAKE
INDICATOR
HARNESS ASSY,
BODY WRG
HARNESS ASSY, FUEL
SENDING (M1OO9)
HARNESS ASSY,
ENG WRG
0.1
0.5
0.5
1,2
1,2
3.0
4.0
2
1,2
1,2
0,2
2
1,2
2.0
4.0
2
1,2,8
1,2
1,0
2
1,2,4
3.0
2.0
2
1,2,4
1,2
0.5
2.0
1.0
2
1,2,4
1,6
Change 1
B-13
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il.
(1)
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART - Continued
(2)
(3)
(4)
Maintenance
Unit
Group
Maintenance
Number ComponentlAssembly
Function
0613
(Cont’d)
0705
0710
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
1,0
0.5
HARNESS, GLOW PLUG
INSPECT
TEST
REPLACE
REPAIR
0,1
0.1
INSPECT
TEST
REPLACE
0.2
0,3
HARNESS ASSY, REAR
FENDER LIGHTS
(M1028A2 & M1028A3)
INSPECT
TEST
REPLACE
0.2
0,3
HARNESS ASSY, DOOR
ALM (M101O)
INSPECT
TEST
REPLACE
0.1
0,2
INSPECT
ADJUST
REPLACE
0.1
INDICATOR ASSY,
TRANS
INSPECT
ADJUST
REPLACE
REPAIR
0,1
0.2
0.5
0,2
MODULATOR UNIT,
TRANS
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
MOUNT, TRANS UPR
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
n-llf%;e
F
(6)
H
Depot. ~ool, and
D
Equipment
1,2
1,2
0,5
0.4
2
1,2
1,6
1.0
2
1 ,2,4
0,5
2
1 ,2,4
1.0
2
1 ,2,4
0.2
0.5
1 ,2,4
1,2,4,6
TRANSMISSION
SHIFT LINKAGE
MOUNT, TRANS LWR
B-14
o
HARNESS ASSY,
TERMINAL BOARD
HARNESS ASSY,
DIAGNOSTIC
07
c
(5)
Level
Change 2
1,2
1,2
1,2
0,3
1,2
0,3
1,2
0.3
1,2
Remarks
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART - Continued
(1)
(2]
Maintenance Level
Group
Number
0710
component/Assembly
TRANSMISSION , H’Y’DR
c
C)
F
}+
D
(Cont’d)
Equipment Remarks
1,2
1,2
1,2,6
1,2,6,10
4,5
10.0
A
B
CONVERTER, TFm
1,2,6
PAN, TRANS FL
1,2,4
TUBE, TRANS FILL
7,2
0714
CUJTC-X+ As.!w, FW3
0.8
0.6
1,2,6,10
1,2,6, !0
CLUTCH ASSY, DIR
08
0,5
1,2,4,6
3,2,4,10
BAND ASSY, FRONT
0.5
0,8
1,2,10
1,2,4,6,10
BAND ASSY, REAR
!2.5
0,8
1,2,10
f,2,4,6,10
SUPPORT & GEAR A&EN’
0.8
0,-7
1,2,6,10
1,2,6$10
GOVERNOR ASSY
0.5
1.0
1,2
VALVE ASSY, CONTROL
0.7
0.3
1,’2
1,6
COVER” REAR SERVO
0,5
1.0
1 ,2,6
Change 1
B-15
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il.
(1 )
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART - Continued
- (2)
(3)
Group
Maintenance
Number Component/Assembly
Function
0721
08
0801
B-16
(4)
(5)
Maintenance Level
interUnit
Depot
mediate
c
o
FILTER A.SSY, TRANS
SERVICE
REPLACE
PUMP ASSY
REPLACE
REPAIR
PIPE ASSY, TRANS FL
COOLER
lNsPEcT
REPLACE
0.1
INSPECT
SERVICE
REPLACE
REPAIR
OVERHAUL
0.1
0.2
F
1+
D
0,5
0,5
(6)
Tools and
Equipment Remarks
1 ,2,6
1,2,6
0.7
1.0
1,2,8
1 ,2,6,8
0,5
1,2
A
1,3
1
1,2,4,6
1 ,2,4,6
A
TRANSFER AND
DRIVE ASSEMBLY
TRANSFER CASES
4.0
2.8
B
CASE ASSY, REAR tiSG
(MODEL. 208)
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
PUMP HOUSING ASSY
(MODEL 208)
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.3
0.2
1,2
1,2,4
HOUSING, MN SFT BSHG
(MODEL 208)
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.7
0,3
1,2,4
1 ,2,4
FORK ASSY SHIFTER
(MODEL. 208)
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.7
0.3
1 ,2,4
1 ,2,4
SHAFT & SELECTOR
ASSY’ (MODEL 208)
REPLACE
REPAIR
0,7
0.3
1 ,2,4
1 ,2,4
YOKE (MODEL 208)
REPLACE
REPAIR
Change 1
0.7
0.3
0.3
0.2
1,2,4
1,2,4,10
1 ,2,4
1 ,2,4
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART - Continued
(1)
(2)
Maintenance
Group
Function
Number ComponentlAssembly
0801
(Cont’d)
0803
09
0900
(4)
Maintenance Level
(3)
Unit
c
o
n-ll%e
F
(6)
(5)
i-i
‘ePot Too,, and
D
Equipment Remarks
CASE ASSY, FRONT HSG
(MODEL 208)
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
1.0
0.8
1,2,4
1,2,4,10
FORK SHIFT ASSY, RNG
(MODEL 208)
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.7
0.3
1,2,4
1,2,4
GEAR ASSY, PLANETARY
(MODEL 208]
REPLACE
REPAIR
1.0
1.0
1,2,4
1,2,4
RETAINER ASSY, FRONT
(MODEL 205]
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.3
0.2
1,2,4
1,2,4
EXTENSION & BUSHING
ASSY , REAR
(MODEL 205)
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.5
0.3
1,2,4
1,2,4
PLUG, DRAIN FILL
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
0,1
1,2,4
LEVER & LINKAGE
[MODEL 208)
INSPECT
ADJUST
REPLACE
0.1
0.5
0.7
1,2,4
1,2,4
LEVER & LINKAGE
[MODEL 205)
INSPECT
ADJUST
REPLACE
0.1
0.5
0.7
1,2,4
1,2,4
INSPECT
SERVICE
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
0.1
0.6
0.8
1.0
4
1,2
1,2
INSPECT
SERVICE
REPLACE
0.1
0.1
0.4
4
1,2,6,9
PROPELLER SHAFTS
SHAFT ASSY , FRCJNT
BALL KIT, UNIV CV
Change 1
B-17
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section II.
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART - Continued
(3)
I
(4)
I
Group
Number Cotnponent/Assembly
0900
(Cont’d)
Tools and
Equipment Remarks
REPAIR KIT, UNIV JOINT
I
SHAFT ASSY, REAR
10
INSPECT
SERVICE
REPLACE
0.1
0.1
0.4
1,41
1 ,2,4
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
0,4
0.5
1,2
1 ,2,4
FRONT AXLE
1000
AXLE ASSEMBLIES
INSPECT
SERVICE
REPLACE
REPAIR
/
1002
,
0.1
0.1
1,6
1,2,4,6
1,2,4,6.
9,10
1.7
4.0
OVERHAIJL
COVER, GEAR CARR
2.6
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
CAP, VENT ASSY
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
0.5
SPINDLES
REPLACE
1,0
SHAFTS
INSPECT
REPLACE
0,1
CASE ASSY, DIF”F
GEAR ASSY, DIFF
FLANGE & YOKE ASSY,
UNI’J
I
I
I
B-18
(6)
(5)
Change 1
0,6
1.0
INSPEC”T
REPLACE
0.1
1,4
REPAIR
1.0
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
1.5
lNSPEC-r
REPLACE
REPAIR
B
1,2,4,6,
9,10
1,2,4,6,
9,10
1 ,2,4.6,9
0,1
I
I
I
1
I
07
0,4
I
I
I
1
1 ,2,4,6
2,4
I
I
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART - Continued
(1)
(2)
Maintenance Level
I
Ma~ntenanee
Group
Number Component/Assembly
7004
REPAIR k-a-r, KINGPIN
(ALL. EXCEPT MIO09)
1,2,4,6,8,9
4.6,8,$3
REPAIR KIT, STRG
KNUCKLE [MIO09]
,
1,2,4s6”9
4,6,9
REPLACE
REPAIR
I
KNUCKLE Assw, S-I-R(3
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
1 ,2,4,6,9
4,6,9
,
!
I
11
1100
REAR AXLE
AXLE ASSEMBLIES
0.1
0.1
INSPECT
SERVICE
REPLACE
REPAIR
1,6
1,2,4,6
1,2,4,6,
9,10
OVERHAUL
1
CAP, VENT ASSY
INSPECT
REPLACE
1,2
SHAFT, AXLE [ALL
EXCEPT MIO09]
INSPECT
REPLACE
1,2
SHAFT, AXLE (Mt O09]
INSPECT
REPLACE
1101
E L D E D AS.SY, DIFF
CAM (ALL EXCEPT
MIO09]
INSPECT
REPLACE
1,2,4
1,2,4,6,
9,10
REPAIR
WELDED AssY”. Dlffl=
CARR [MIO09)
INSPECT
REPLACE
1,2,4,6,
!3,10
‘COVER, GEAR CARR
Change 1
B-19
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART - Continued
(1)
(2)
(4)
(3)
Group
Maintenance C
Number Component/Assembly
Function
1102
12
1201
1202
1204
F
H
D
Tools and
Equipment Remarks
FLANGE & DEFLECTOR
ASSY (ALL EXCEPT
M1OO9)
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
FLANGE & DEFLECTOR
ASSY (Ml 009)
INSPECT
REPLACE
0,1
DIFF UNIT, SPIDER (ALL
EXCEPT M1OO9)
REPLACE
REPAIR
1.2
0.5
1,2,4,6,9
1,4,6,9
CASE ASSY, DIFF
(M1OO9)
REPLACE
REPAIR
1.5
0.8
1,2,4,6,9
1,4,6,9
0.5
0.2
1,2,6,9
2,6,9
0,5
1,2,6,9
BRAKES
PARKING BRAKE , CABLE
& BRKTS
INSPECT
TEST
SERVICE
ADJUST
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.5
0.3
4
1,2
1,2
1,2
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
1.0
1,2,4
SHOE KIT, REAR BK
(ALL EXCEPT M1OO9)
1
REPLACE
REPAIR
1.0
SHOE KIT, REAR BK
(M1OO9)
REPLACE
0.8
1,2,4
CYLINDER ASSY, MA
INSPECT
SERVICE
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
0.3
1.0
0.2
1 ,2,4
1.4
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
1.4
1 ,2,4
DISC BRAKE SHOE SETS
BOOSTER ASSY. HYDR
B-20
O
(6)
(5)
Maintenance Level
interUnit
mediate Depot
Change 1
1.0
1,2,4
1,2,4
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART - Continued
(1)
(2)
(4)
(3)
(5)
(6)
Maintenance Level
Group
Maintenance
Number Component/Assembly
Function
1204
JJi%e
Depot
Too,. an*
D
Equipment
c
o
0.1
0.1
0.5
1 ,2,4
INSPECT
REPLACE
0,1
1.0
1 ,2,4
VALVE, PROPORTIONING
(ALL EXCEPT M1OO9)
INSPECT
ADJUST
REPLACE
0.1
0.2
1.0
1,4
1,2,4
CALIPER ASSY
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
0.5
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
1.5
1 ,2,4
0.5
1,2,4
0.4
1 ,2,4
0.4
2,4
LINES & FITTINGS
(Cont'd)
VALVE, BK COMB
CYLINDER ASSY, WHL
1206
Unit
PEDAL ASSY, BK
13
WHEELS & TIRES
1311
WHEEL ASSEMBLIES
LOCKING HUB, FRONT
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.3
INSPECT
REPLACE
0,1
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
HUB & ROTOR ASSY,
FRONT (ALL EXCEPT
M1OO9)
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0,1
0.7
HUB & DISC ASSY
(M1OO9)
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
0.7
INSPECT
SERVICE
ADJUST
REPLACE
0.1
1.2
0.2
1.0
BEARINGS & SEALS
F
H
Remarks
1,2
1,4
0.2
4,6,8
4,6
0.2
4,6,8
4,6
2,4,8
2,4,8
2,4,8
Change 2
B-21
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il.
(1)
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART - Continued
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
Maintenance Level
Group
Maintenance
Number Component/Assembly
Function
1311
(Cont’d)
1313
14
1401
DRUM, REAR BK
TIRES, PNEU
c
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
o
Jlt%ie
F
H
0.1
0.7
0.1
0.2
INSPECT
ADJUST
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0,1
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
D
Equipment
1,2,6,8
6
0,2
INSPECT
SERVICE
REPLACE
REPAIR
‘ePot Too,. and
0.3
0.3
1,2,4
2
STEERING
COLUMN ASSY, STRG
SHAFT WITH COUPLING
STEERING
STEERING WHEEL
0.1
0.5
1.6
1.5
0,3
1.5
1,2,6
1,2,6
1,2,6,8
1 ,2,4
1 ,2,4
0.3
0,4
1,2,4
1,2,4
0.5
1,2
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
0.7
1,2,8
STEERING DAMPER,
SHOCK ABSORBER
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
0.5
1,2
s OCKET, CONNROD
INSPECT
SERVICE
REPLACE
0.1
0.2
0.7
1,2
1,2
INSPECT
SERVICE
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
0,2
0.5
0.1
1,2
1,2
LEVER ASSY, SIG
ARM, PITMAN
T IE-ROD END, STRG
( ALL EXCEPT M1OO9)
B-22
Unit
Change 2
Remarks
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART - Continued
(1)
(2)
(3)
Maintenance
Group
Number Component/Assembly
Function
1401
(Cont’d)
1407
1410
TIE-ROD END, STRG
(M1OO9)
GEAR ASSY, PWR STRG
PULLEY, PWR BSTR PMP
BELT, PWR BSTR PMP
PUMP ASSY, HYDR
1411
15
1501
LINES & HOSES
(4)
(6)
(5)
Maintenance Level
interUnit
mediate Depot Tools and
c o F
H
D
Equipment Remarks
INSPECT
SERVICE
REPLACE
0.1
0.2
0.7
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
1.0
1,2
1.8
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
INSPECT
ADJUST
REPLACE
0,1
INSPECT
SERVICE
REPLACE
0.1
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.2
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
INSPECT
REPLACE
0,1
1,2,8
1,2,10
0!5
1,2,8
0.1
0.4
1,4
1,4
0.1
0.6
1,2,4,8
0.7
1,2,4,8
1.0
1,2
1.0
1,2
FRAME, TOWING
ATTACHMENTS AND
DRAWBAR
BUMPER, FRONT
BUMPER, REAR
FRAME ASSY , STRL
SIDEMEMBERS
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.2
0.5
20.0
7.5
1,2,4,8
1,2,4,6
20.0
8.0
1,2,4,6
1,2,4,6
Change 1
B-23
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il.
(1)
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART - Continued
(2)
(3)
(4)
Maintenance
Group
Maintenance
Number Component/Assembly
Function
Unit
c
1501
CROSSMEMBERS
(Cont’d)
REPLACE
REPAIR
1503
CLEVISES, PTL ASSY &
BRKTS
INSPECT
SERVICE
REPLACE
REPAIR
0,1
CARRIER, SPARE WHEEL
INSPECT
REPLACE
0,1
1504
16
1601
1605
SPRING ASSY, FRONT
ml;~;;e
F
l-l
2,0
8.0
Depot ~ool~ and
D
Equipment Remarks
1,2,4,6
1 ,2,4,6
0,2
0.8
0,5
1,2
1,2,4
1,2
0.5
1,2
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
INSPECT
REPLACE
0,1
0,5
SPRING ASSY, REAR
(ALL EXCEPT M1028,
M1028A1 , M1028A2,
& M1028A3)
INSPECT
REPLACE
0,1
SPRING ASSY, REAR
( M1028, M1028A1,
M1028A2, & M1028A3)
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0,1
s HACKLE , LEAF SPRING
INSPECT
REPLACE
0,1
INSPECT
REPLACE
0,1
0.4
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
0,7
INSPECT
REPLACE
0,1
0.7
s HOCK ABSORBERS
s HAFT, FRONT STAB
s HAFT, REAR STAB
( M1028A2 & M1028A3)
B-24
(6)
SPRINGS AND
SHOCK ABSORBERS
BUMPER ASSY, FRONT
1604
o
(5)
Level
Change 2
1,0
1,2,4,6
A
1,2
0.8
1 ,2,4,6
A
0.8
1.5
1 ,2,4,6
1 ,2,4,6
A
A
0,5
1 ,4,6
1 ,2,4
0,4
1 ,2,4
1 ,2,4,6
1 ,2,4
A
A
A
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART - Continued
(1)
(2)
(3)
Group
Maintenance
Number ComponentlAssembly
Function
18
1801
(4)
Maintenance Level
Unit
c
o
n%l%e
F
l-l
(5)
(6)
Depot ~ool, and
D
Equipment Remarks
BODY, CAB, HOOD,
AND HULL
GUARD, RDTR GRL
GRILLE ASSY, RDTR
SUPPORT ASSY, RDTR
COWL, TOP VENT PNL
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
INSPECT
REPLACE
INSPECT
REPLACE
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
INSPECT
SERVICE
REPLACE
0,1
0.1
INSPECT
SERVICE
REPLACE
0.1
0.1
INSTRUMENT PANEL
TRIM
INSPECT
REPLACE
0,1
CONTROL ASSY, VENT
[NSPECT
REPLACE
REPLACE
REPAIR
1,2
1,2,4
0.1
HOOD, ENG COMPT
PANEL, INSTR
0.7
1.0
INSPECT
REPLACE
LATCH ASSY, HOOD
SEC
1,2
0.1
CABLE ASSY, HOOD
LCH
LATCH , HOOD
0.5
05
1,2
0.1
0.6
1,2
1.0
1,2
0.5
1,2
1,2
0.5
1,2
0!5
1,2
0.1
0.5
1,2
1.5
1.0
1,2.4,6,8
1,2,4,6
Change 1
B-25
TM
9-2320-289-20
Section II.
1801
(Cont’d)
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART - Continued
HANDLE ASSY, SIDE
DOOR
INSPECT
REPL,4CE
DOOR /%SSY, CAB
INSPECT
ALINE
REPLACE
I ‘“’~ ;t~
‘ii
0.1
0.5
15
1 .2,8
1 ,2.8
1,2.8
‘i
HINGE ASSY, DOOR
lNsPEc-r
SERVICE
REPLACE
0.1
0.2
0.7
1 ,2,4
\
PANEL, INSIDE DOOR
IN SPEC”:
REPLACE
,0,1 ~
~ 0.5
REGULATOR ASSY,
DOOR WINDOW
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
0,7
1 ,2,8
VENT ASSY, AIR
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.7 ~
1 ,2.8
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
0.7
1,2<4
INSPECT
REDLACE
0.1
0.7
1.2,4
CONTROL ASSY, FRON-r
DOOR
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
0.5
1 ,2,4
BODY MOUNTS
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.2
0.1
1,0
1!2!4
1.0
0.1
4.0
1 .2.4
1 ,2,4,6,8
CHANNEL, LIFT
LOCK ASSY, DOOR
BODY UNIT ASSY,
PU BOX
PANEL. WHL HSG (AILL
EXCEPT M1OO9)
B-26
‘
Change 1
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
lNs PEc”l
REPLA.Ck
:
1 ,2,8
().1
\ 0.1
60!
[),(; i
1 ,2,4,5
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART - Continued
(1)
(2)
(4)
(3)
(5)
(6)
Maintenance Level
Maintenance
Group
Function
Number ComponentlAssembly
1801
(Cont’d)
1802
Unit
c
PANEL, WHL HSG
(M1OO9)
INSPECT
REPLACE
ENDGATE (ALL EXCEPT
M101O)
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
REGULATOR, WINDOW
ENDGATE (M1OO9)
INSPECT
REPLACE
LOCK UNIT, ENDGATE
(M1OO9)
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
LATCH ASSY, ENDGATE
(M1OO9)
INSPECT
SERVICE
REPLACE
0.1
0<1
HANDLE ASSY,
ENDGATE (M1OO9)
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
TOP-ASSY, REMOVABLE
(M1OO9)
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
GLASS , WSHLD & BACK
WINDOW
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
GLASS, SIDE WINDOW
(M1OO9)
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
GLASS , EN DGATE
WINDOW (M1OO9)
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
FRONT FENDER ASSY
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
GLASS, SIDE DOORS
o
intermediate
F
H
Depot
D
Tools and
Equipment Remarks
0.1
0.5
1,2,4
1.0
1.0
?,2,4
1,2,4
0.1
1,0
1,2,4
0.7
1,2,4
0.5
1,2
0.5
1,2
0!1
1.0
1.0
B
1 ,2,8
1.0
1.5
1,2,9
0.8
1,2,9
1,2
0.5
1.0
1.0
1,2,4
1,2,4
1,2,6
1,2
Change 1
B-27
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il.
(1)
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART - Continued
(2)
(3)
Mai
Group
Number Component/Assembl}
1802
(Cont’d)
1805
1806
T
—
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
MAT & INSULATOR
FLOOR
INSPECT
REPLACE
0,1
‘AD ASSY, INSTR PANEL
JPR TRIM
INSPECT
REPLACE
0,1
3ELT ASSY, SEAT
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
SEATS
1808
1812
3ACK ASSY, COMMS
:LEC
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
3RACKET, CHEM AGT
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.2
INSPECT
REPAIR
0.2
INSPECT
REPAIR
0,2
INSPECT
REPAIR
0.2
BODY
30 DYSIDE
<OOF ASSY
+EAR FRAME ASSY
B-28
Change 2
D
Tools and
iquipmenl
~emarks
1.0
1 ,2,6
1,2
1,0
1 ,2,4
1 ,2,4
0.5
1,2
1.0
1 ,2,4
1 ,2,4
0,1
0.7
1.0
1,2
1,2
0.5
1.0
1,2
1 ,2,4
0.3
—
(6)
1,0
0.5
0.4
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
lMBULANCE
;
—
1.0
IDJUSTER ASSY, FRONT
3EAT
(5)
Depot
Unit
Maintenance
Function
REAR FENDER ASSY
(M1028A2 & M1028A3)
(4)
enance Le el
—
0.4
1,2,5
8.0
1,2,4,6
4.0
1 ,2,4
4,0
1,2,4
4.0
1 ,2,4
c
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART - Continued
(1)
(2)
Maintenance Level
Group
Number ComponentlAssembly
1812
(Cont’d)
FRONT FRAME A.SSY
Equipment Remarks
INSPECT
REPAIR
0.2
LIGHT ASSY, FlJ30D
(Mlolo]
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
01
LIGHT ASSY, FLUC)R
(Mlolo]
INSPECT
FIEFLACE
REPAIR
01
LIGHT ASSY, BLACKCNJT
(MIO1O)
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
SWITCH ASSY ,
BLACKOUT (M101O)
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
DCX3R ASSY, REAR
(Mlolo]
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
LADDER, BOARDING
(M1OIO)
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
STOWAGE BOX (MIOIO)
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
INSPECT
TEST
REPLACE
0.1
HARNESS, ACCESS
PANEL RELAY, PWR
SPLY
[Mlolo)
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
SEAT AS.SY, ATT’S
(Mlolo)
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
4.0
1,’2,4
0.2
0.2
1,2
1,2
0.3
0.2
1 ,2,4
1,2
0.2
0.1
1,2
1,2
0.1
0,3
0.2
1,2
1,2
15
1.0
1.0
1,2,4
1,2,4
03
05
1,2
1,2
0.5
0.5
7,2,4
1,2,4
0.3
0.7’
2
1,2,4
0.5
0.4
1,2,4
1,2,4
0.1
0,1
0.1
0.5
1,2
1,2
Change 1
B-29
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART - Continued
(1)
(2)
Group
Number
:omponent/Assembl\
1812
(Cont’d)
ITTER ASSY. [) PI?
M101O)
INSPECT
REPAIR
0.1
IGHT ASSY, INTER1OR
OCUS (M101O)
lNsPEclREPLACE
REPAIR
0,1
ATCti ASSY, DOC)R
Mlolo)
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
lJLLMAN COLLAR
Ilwfwcr
REPLACE
0.1
‘ACt(AGE , CARGO COV
M1OO8 & M1OO8A1)
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
OP ASSY, CANVAS
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
F
(5)
(6)
‘OOIS and
aui~meni
{emarks
Level
)epot
D
02
1,2
1,2
0.5
1 ,2,4
3,1
3.5
3.3
1,2
1,2
0.6
9.4
1,2
1,2
1.5
1 ,2,4
K2DY, CHASSIS,
ND ACCESSORY
TEMS
22
2201
2202
ILADE ASSY, WIPER
INK ASSY, WIPER
B-30
c —
0
—
0,1
M101O)
.
Vlaintenance
Function
Maintenance
——
In
Unit
— .—. ~
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
ALF PARTITlON (M101C
—
(4)
(3)
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
02
0.5
Change 1
1.0
1,2
1 ,2,6
0.1
INSPECT
REPI..ACE
REPAIR
—
-
1,2
1,2
1.5
0.7
0.2
0.1
1,2
1,2
0.1
0.5
0.4
1,2
1,2
--
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART - Continued
Group
Maintenance
Number Component/Assemblb
2202
(Cont’d)
MOTOR,
wsl+m
WIPER
“’”
D
E~Liiprneri
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
!3,1
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1 i
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1 I
BRACKET MEN, RADIO
MT(3 {MIO09 & Mlolo)
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
HEATER ASSN
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
1.0
0.4
1,2,4
1,2,4
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
0.2
0,2
1,2,4
1,2,4
BLOWER ASSY
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.5
0.3
2,4
1,2,4
CONTROL ASSY
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
0.4
0.2
1,2,4
1,2,4
INSPECT
REPLACE
of
0.5
1,2
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
MIRROR ASSY, W
‘ 0.5
1.0
Reread
1,2,4
7,2,4
0.2
1,2,8
0.2
0.2
1,2,8
1,2,8
0.5
1,2,4
1
MIRROR ASS(, OUT W
MOUNTS, ANTENNA
2207
CXSE, HTR
HOSES, HTR
HEATER ASSY
(MIOIO PATIENT]
0.7
1.0
0<1
0.5
2.5
1,2,5
1,2,4
1,2,4
Change 1
B-31
TM
9-2320-289-20
Section Il.
(1)
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART - Continued
(2)
Maintenance
Group
Number Component/Assembly
Function
2207
(Cont’d)
FILTER ASSY
(M101O PATlENT)
CC) NTROL ASSY
(M101O PATlENT)
33
3303
“
(5)
Maintenance Level
interDepot
Unit
mediate
c
INSPECT
SERVICE
REPLACE
REPAIR
o
F
0.1
0,2
0,3
0,2
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
LINES & FITTINGS
(M101O PAT!ENT)
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
PUMP, FIJEL ELEC
(M101O PATIENT)
INSPECT
TEST
REPLACE
0.1
INSPECT
TEST
REPLACE
0.1
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
INSPECT
TEST
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
INSPECT
TEST
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
D
Tools and
Equipment Remarks
1,2
1,2
0.6
2,4
1,2,4
1.0
1,2,4
0.5
1.0
H
(6)
0,2
0.5
1 ,2,4
1,2,4
0.2
0.4
1,2
0.5
1,2
SPECIAL PURPOSE
KITS
PUMP, F(JEL, HTR
LINES, FUEL, HTR
HEATER COOL.ANT/
PERSONNEL (ENG
COMPARTMENT)
WIRING, ELEC
BATTERY BOXES
.-
B-32
(4)
(3)
Change 1
0,5
1,0
2.5
1,2,4
1,2,4
0.2
0.5
0.2
1,2
1,2
1,2,4
4,0
1,2
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section II.
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART - Continued
(1)
(3)
Group
Maintenance
Number Component/Assembly
Function
3303
(Cont’d)
DOMEMGHT
(4)
Maintenance Level
Unit
c
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
[NSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
WINTERIZATION HOSES
& TUBES, ENG CKIMPT
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
CONTROL ASSY, HTR
INSPECT
TEST
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
INSPECT
TEST
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
COVER, GRILLE RDTR
INSULATOR, HOOD ENG
INSULATOR, DOOR
INSUMTOR, CARGO
BOX
I NSULATOR, FLCK3R
PERSONNEL HEATER
( CARGO AREA)
FILTER, FUEL, HTR
INSPECT
SERVICE
REPLACE
REPAIR
o
ml;K~e
F
0.2
0.2
1+
(5)
(6)
Depot ~oo,~ and
D Equipment Remarks
1,2
1,2
0.2
0.5
1,2
1,2,6
0.5
1,2
1,2,6
0.2
0.5
1.0
1,2,6
1,2,6
0,1
2.0
1.0
1,2
1,2,6
1.0
1,2
1.0
1,2
0.3
0.5
1.5
1,2
1,2
1,2
0.5
17
2.5
0.1
0,2
0.4
0.2
1,2,4
1,2,4,6
1,2
1,2
1,2
Change 1
B-33
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il. IMAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART - Continued
(6)
(5)
(4)
Maintenance Level
interUnit
mediate Depot . Tools and
Maintenance ‘
Group
Equipment Remarks
Number ComponentlAssembly
Function
C
O
F
H
D
(1)
3307
39
3901
(2)
SEAT ASSY, TROOP
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
0.3
0.5
1,2
1,2
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
0.8
1,2,4
CABLE ASSY, SPDOM
REPLACE
0.5
1,2
GEAR, SPDOM
REPLACE
SEARCHLIGHT AND
ELECTRICAL lLLUMlNATING EQUIPMENT
SPOTLIGHT ASSY
(M101O)
4701
SPEEDOMETER ASSY
B-34
0.1
1,2,4
1,2,4
GAGES, NONELECTRICAL
5200
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
1,0
1.0
47
52
(3)
0.5
1,2,4
0.4
1.4
0.7
6.0
1,2,4
1,2,4
1,2,4,6
1.5
0.6
1,2,4,6
1,2,4,6
AIR CONDITIONER
AIR CONDITIONER
(M101O)
INSPECT
TEST
SERVICE
REPLACE
REPAIR
BOX ASSY, AIR OUT
REPLACE
REPAIR
PANEL ASSY, CONTROL
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
Change 1
0.1
0.1
0.1
1.2
0.6
1,2,4
1,2,4
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section II.
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART - Continued
(4)
Maintenance
unit
T
—
zomponent!Assemb[
5200
‘II-REP?, FRESH AIR
(Cont’d)
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
0.2
0.5
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
1.5
0,5
INSPECT
TEST
SERVICE
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
SERVICE
x$x .ASs’fo MAIN
20 MPRESSOR Ass’If,
WGT
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
EL-I-, COMPRESSOR
lNsPEc.-iAEUIJST
REPLACE
0.1
INSPECT
REPLACE
0.1
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
0.1
>OVER ASSY
:01!-, CONDENSER
:(3IL ASSY, EVAP
LOWER ASSY,
EVAP
F
cl
:quipmen
0.1
1s2
1,2
1,2,6
1,2,6
1,2,9
1,2,4, fo
0.5
1,2
0.2
0.3
1,2
1,2
A
0.1
9.1
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
1.1
1.5
).3
—
Tools anc
1,2
1,2
D.5
D.5
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR
‘el
Depot
1.0
INSPECT
REPLACE
L
me
0.4
1.4
1.0
2.0
3RACKETS, MT-G,
>OMPRESSOR
miss, RF(3T
z
-.
in
(5)
3,2,4
1,2
1,2
0.1
1.0
1,2
0.1
0.7
4.0
1,2,4
1,2,4
1,2
1,2
—
Change 1
B-35
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART - Continued
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(6)
Tools and
Iquipmeni
~einarks
Maintenance
Group
Number
hl’ipcmnt/As w’mk. )i}
91
:BR ECJUIP!VIENT
9111
;AS-PARTICUI. ATE
‘ILTER UNIT (GPFU)
;Y.STEM (M101O)
B-36
Change 1
Maintenance
Function
INsPECT
Tcs-r
SE RVI(; E
REPLACE
REPAIR
Levei
——
In rUnit
Depot
me ate
—— .—
(“)
F
H
D
(5)
F
-.
0.1
0.3
0,3
0.2
1,0
2.0
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Ill. TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS
(1)
(2)
rool or Test
Equipment
Reference Maintenance
Level
Code
(3]
(4)
(5)
Nomenclature
National/NATO
Stock Number
Tool
Number
1
0
Tool Kit, General Mechanic’s Automotive
5180-00-177-7033
2
0
Shop Equipment, Automotive Maintenance and Repair, Unit Maintenance,
Common No. 1
4910-00-754-0654
3
0
Shop Equipment, Automotive Malntenance and Repair, Unit Maintenance,
Common No. 1, Less Power
4910-00-754-0653
4
0
Shop Equipment, Automotive Maintenance and Repair, Unit Maintenance,
Common No. 2, Less Power
4910-00-754-0650
5
0
Tool Kit, Welder’s
5180-00-754-0661
6
F, H
Shop Equipment, Automotive Maintenance and Repair, Field Maintenance
4910-00-754-0705
7
F, H
Shop Equipment, Automotive Maintenance and Repair, Field Maintenance,
Supplement
4910-00-754-0706
SPECIAL TOOL SET - UNIT MAINTENANCE
8
0
TOOL KIT
5180-01-156-0466
J-33119
COMBINATION VALVE DEPRESSOR
4910-01-268-0255
J-23709
HANDLE, DRIVER
5120-00-877-2259
J-8092
Consisting of:
INSERTER, BEARING, ANNULAR
5120-01-169-4878
J-23445-A
WRENCH, NUT (Wheel Bearing)
5120-01-170-0628
J-26878-A
WRENCH, OPEN END
5120-01-170-5473
J-33124
WRENCH, NUT (Wheel Bearing)
5120-01-170-6664
J-34616
BIT SET, SCREWDRIVER (Torx)
5120-01-178-6342
J-29843
REMOVER, WHEEL BEARING (Outer)
5120-01-179-1034
J-24426
PULLER, MECHANICAL (Pitman Arm)
5120-01-179-1318
J-6632-01
INSTALLER , AXLE SEAL
4910-01-179-2516
J-29713
INSTALLER, PULLEY, STEERING
4910-01-179-2517
J-25033-B
REMOVER, CLIP, RETAINING
4910-01-179-2518
J-24595-B
Change 2
B-37
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Ill. TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS Continued
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
rool or Test
Equipment
Reference
Code
Maintenance
Level
Nomenclature
National/NATO
Stock Number
Tool
Number
o
(Co% ’d)
REMOVER/lNSTALLER,
FUEL
4910-01-179-6340
J-24187
SOCKET, OIL SWITCH
4910-01-179-6341
J-21757-03
WRENCH, WHEEL BEARING
5120-01-180-0558
J-2222-C
REMOVER, PULLEY, WATER
4910-01-181-1959
J-25034-B
WRENCH, HUB NUT (Wheel Bearing)
5120-01-219-6753
J-6893-D
BLOCK, VALVE GAGE
4820-01-179-4869
J-33043
SPECIAL TOOL SET - DIRECT SUPPORT/iNTERMEDIATE
9
F
MAINTENANCE
5180-01-155-3937
J-33120
CROWFOOT ATTACHMENT
(Injection Line)
5120-00-189-7898
J-29698-A
CROWFOOT ATTACHMENT
(Fuel Line)
5120-00-224-7288
J-28402
WRENCH, NUT (Differential)
5120-01-170-0627
J-24429
INSERTER, BEARING, ANNULAR
5120-01-170-3279
J-23690
ADAPTER, SOCKET WRENCH
5120-01-171-5233
J-29873
REMOVER, ACCUMULATOR
4910-01-178-8864
J-26889
GAGE ASSY, TIMING
4910-01-178-9788
J-29601
TOO L KIT
consisting of:
PACKER, SEAL (Rear Main)
5120-01-179-1033
J-33154
ADAPTER SET, BALL JOINT
4910-01-179-2515
J-23454-D
COVER, MANIFOLD
4910-01-179-4870
J-29664-1
REMOVER/lNSTALLER (CV Joint)
4910-01-179-6339
J-23996
4910-01-180-6155
J-23653-A
INSTALLING TOOL (Weatherstrip)
5120-01-180-8592
J-26471
SLEEVE, BALL STUD ADJUSTER
4910-01-181-1958
J-23447
REMOVER, LOWER BALL JOINT
4910-01-182-2704
J-33122
ADAPTER, SOCKET WRENCH
5120-01-183-8576
J-26871-A
ADAPTER COMPRESSION
AXLE SPREADER
4910-01-238-2551
J-26999-30
D-167
DD-914-95
LOCK PLATE COMPRESSION
ADAPTER SET USED WITH
DD-914-P AND D-914-8
B-38
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Ill. TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS Continued
(1)
(2)
rool or Test
Equipment
Reference
Code
Maintenance
Level
(3)
Nomenclature
(4)
(5)
National/NATO
Stock Number
Tool
Number
SPECIAL TOOL SET - GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE
10
H
TOOL KIT
5180-01-155-3938
J-33121
WRENCH, SPANNER
5120-01-082-6436
J-7624
INSTALLATION TOOL
5120-01-082-6448
J-7728
REMOVER, BEARING, ANNULAR
5120-01-169-4876
J-29168
INSERTER, BEARING, ANNULAR
5120-01-189-4877
J-21465-1
INSERTER, BEARING, ANNULAR
5120-01-170-3278
J-29167
CROWFOOT ATTACHMENT
5120-01-170-4436
J-33125
COMPRESSOR, CLUTCH
5120-01-170-6703
J-34502
PROTECTOR, SEAL
4910-01-178-0360
J-21409
Cons/sting of:
PROTECTOR, iNNER SEAL
4910-01-178-0713
J-21363
GAGE, PIN SELECTOR
4910-01-178-0722
J-21370
CLUTCH REBUILDER, MO
4910-01-178-0724
J-23327
PROTECTOR, INNER SEAL
4910-01-17’8-6551
J-21362
HOLDING UNIT, GEAR
4910-01-178-8865
J-21795-02
GAGE, PINION SETTING
4910-01-178-8866
J-21777-500
PUNCH, HAND TOOL
5120-01-179-1032
J-21552
SEAL INSTALLER, BEARING
4910-01-179-5530
J-291 62
INSTALLER, HUB&DRIVE
4910-01-179-6338
J-9480-B
PULLER, DRIVE SPROCKET
4910-01-179-6364
J-26941
WASHER, SHOULDERED
5310-01-179-9486
J-8107-2
REMOVER, BUSHING
5120-01-180-7928
J-26252
REMOVER, SPROCKET SUPPORT
4910-01-181-0183
J-29369-1
GAGE, BEARING PRELOAD
4910-01-183-0044
J-22779
PULLER, BEARING, CAM
5120-01-206-3818
J-35178
B-39
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section IV. REMARKS
(1)
(2)
Reference Code
Remarks
A
In this category, the needed tool to perform the required maintenance function was not
listed in one of the tool sets shown in Section Ill of this MAC. If this tool is not available at the
maintenance level that Is performing the maintenance function on the component, the tool
can be found In the GSA Cara/ogue, These tools consist of:
B-40
PLIERS, SLIP JOINT,,,,,,,,,,.. .,, ,,, ,., . . . . .
5120-00-223-7396
SOCKET, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5130-00-227-6683
SOCKET, ,,, ,, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,, .,, ,,, ...,.
5120-00-235-5898
COMPRESSOR, PISTON RING .,, ,,, .,,,,,,,,,,
5120-00-250-6055
GAGE , .,, ,,, , . ., ., . .,, .,, ,,, ...,... ... ,., ,,
5210-00-274-2857
PLIERS, SLIP JOINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., ..,,,,,,,,,
5120-00-278-0350
SOCKET, CROWFOOT,
5120-00-317-8076
.,,.,., , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WRENCH, ADJUSTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5120-00-449-8084
WRENCH,
...,,,..,
5120-00-541-3001
PLIERS, HOG GINA . . . . . . . . . . . ,, . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5120-00-595-9547
TOOL KIT, CANVAS REPAIR, ,, ...,,,,,,.,.,,,
5180-00-754-0731
REMOVALT OOL,OILFILTER ,, .,, ,,, ,, . . . . . .
5120-00-865-0933
MALLET,
5120-00-926-7116
TORQUE
.
.,.,,..,,
WOOD,,.,.,,,,,,
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
B
In this category, nospecific times can reestablished, Time required for repair/overhaul
will depend on the extent of the repair required for the damaged components,
c
If body side panel is also damaged and must be replaced, side panel must be cut using
modification template to accept fender flares,
Change 1
TM 9-2320-289-20
APPENDIX C
EXPENDABLE/DURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST
Section I. INTRODUCTION
C-1 .
SCOPE.
This appendix lists expendable/durable supplies and materials you will need to maintain the
CUCV Series trucks. This listing is for informational purposes only and is not authority to requisition
the listed items. These items are authorized to you by CTA 50-970, E x p e n d a b l e / D u r a b l e I t e m s
(Except Medical, Class V, Repair Parts, and Heraldic Items), or CTA 8-100, A r m y M e d i c a l
Department Expendable/Durable Items.
C-2.
EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS.
a. Column (1) - Item Number. This number is assigned to the entry in the listing and is
referenced in the Initial Setup of applicable tasks under the heading of Materials/Parts.
b. Column (2) - Level. This column identifies the lowest level of maintenance that
requires the listed item.
C - Operator/Crew
O - Unit Maintenance
c . Column (3) - National Stock Number. This is the National Stock Number assigned to
the item; use it to request or requisition the item.
d. C o l u m n ( 4 ) - D e s c r i p t i o n . Indicates the Federal item name and, if required, a
description to identify the item. The last line for each item indicates the Federal Supply Code for
Manufacturer (FSCM) in parentheses, followed by the part number, if applicable.
e. C o l u m n ( 5 ) - Unit of Measure (U/M). Indicates the measure used in performing the
actual maintenance function. This measure is expressed by an alphabetical abbreviation (e.g., ea,
in, pr, gal). If the unit of measure differs from the unit of issue, requisition the lowest unit of issue
that will satisfy your requirements.
C-1
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il. EXPENDABLE/DURABLE SUPPLIES AND
MATERIALS LIST
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
hem
Number
Level
National
Stock Number
Description
UIM
1.
0
5935-00-322-8959
ADAPTER: Connector
(19207) 11677570
2.
0
8040-00-262-9028
ADHESIVE: General Purpose, Type 1
(19203) 829899
pt
ADHESIVE: (anterior Rearview Mirror)
(11862) 1052369
ea
2.1.
3,
0
8040-00-024-6991
c
ANTIFREEZE: Arctic
(81349) MIL-A-11755
6850-00-174-1806
4,
5.
c
gal
6850-00-181-7929
1 Gallon Can
gal
6850-00-181-7933
5 Gallon Can
gal
6850-00-181-7940
55 Gallon Drum
gal
0
BARRIER MATERIAL: Greaseproof
(81349) MIL-B-121
c
100 Yard Roll
yd
BRAKE FLUID: Silicone, Automotive, All Weather,
Operational and Preservative (81349) MIL-B-46176
9150-01-102-9455
1 Gallon Can
gal
9150-01-123-3152
5 Gallon Can
gal
9150-01-072-8379
55 Gallon Drum
gal
7,
0
2590-00-398-6527
CABLE: 20Feet, without Connectors
(19207) 11682337-1
ea
8.
0
6150-01-022-6004
CABLE: with End Connectors
(19207) 11682336-1
ea
9,
0
CHALK, MARKING:
(61348) SS-C-255
7510-00-223-6701
10.
c
11.
0
Change 2
1 Gross
gr
CLEANING COMPOUND: Windshield Washer
(81348) O-C-1901
6850-00-926-2275
C-2
55 Gallon Drum
ANTIFREEZE: Ethylene Glycol, Inhibited, Heavy-duty,
Single Package (81349) MIL-A-46153
8135-00-171-0930
6,
ea
1 Pint Bottle
pt
COATING: Aliphatic Polyurethane, Chemical Agent
Resistant, Forest Green (81349) MIL-C-46168C
8010-00-111-7937
1 Gallon Can
gal
8010-00-111-8010
5 Gallon Can
gal
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il. EXPENDABLE/DURABLE SUPPLIES AND
MATERIALS LIST - Continued
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Item
dumber
Level
National
Stock Number
Description
UIM
12.
0
13.
0
2510-00-567-0128
c
16.
17.
18.
5 Pound Carton
lb
DETERGENT: General Purpose, Liquid
(81349) MIL-D-16791
7930-00-262-9699
15.
ea
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND:
(81349) MlL-C-l 1796
8030-00-231-2354
14.
CONNECTOR, PLUG:
(19207) 11682338
c
1 Gallon Can
gal
DRY CLEANING SOLVENT: Type II
(61348) P-D-680
6850-00-110-4496
1 Pint Can
pt
6850-00-274-5421
5 Gallon Can
gal
6850-00-285-8011
55 Gallon Drum
gal
c
FUEL OIL DIESEL: Arctio, DF-A
(61348) VV-F-800
9140-00-286-5282
5GallonCan
gal
9140-00-286-5284
55 Gallon Drum
gal
c
FUEL OIL DIESEL: Arctic, DF-2
(81 348) VV-F-800
9140-00-286-5295
5 Gallon Can
gal
9140-00-286-5296
55 Gallon Drum
gal
c
FUEL OIL DIESEL: V/Inter, DF-1
(81348) VV-F-800
9140-00-286-5267
5 Gallon Can
gal
9140-00-286-5288
55 Gallon Drum
gal
19.
0
5920-01-123-5212
FUSE: 5amp
(11862) 12004005
ea
20.
0
5920-01-123-5211
FUSE: 10amp
(11662) 12004007
ea
21.
0
5920-01-149-6952
FUSE: 15amp
(11862) 12004008
ea
22.
0
5920-01-085-0825
FUSE: 20amp
(11862) 12004009
ea
C-3
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il. EXPENDABLE/DURABLE SUPPLIES AND
MATERIALS LIST - Continued
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Item
Uumber
Level
National
Stock Number
Description
UIM
23.
0
5920-01-149-6953
FUSE: 25 amp
(11862) 12004010
ea
24.
0
5920-01-188-6294
FUSE: 30 amp
(11862) 12004011
ea
25.
0
5210-01-222-8068
GAGE: Plastlc Adjustment
(11862) 14061396
ea
26.
c
27.
GREASE: Automotive and Artillery
(81349) MIL-G-10924
9150-00-935-1017
14 Ounce Cartridge
Oz
9150-00-190-0904
1-314 Pound Can
lb
9150-00-190-0905
6-1/2 Pound Can
lb
GREASE: Molybdenum, Dlsulfide
(81348) MIL-G-21164
0
9150-00-935-4018
28.
29.
c
9150-00-698-2382
1 Quart Can
qt
9150-00-657-4959
5 Gallon Can
gal
INHIBITOR: Corrosion, Liquid Cooling System
(81349) MIL-A-53009
c
1 Quart Can
30.
0
LOCTITE:
(24617) 9985283
31.
c
LUBRICATING OIL: Gear, Multipurpose, G075W
(81349) MIL-L-2105
32,
33.
Oz
HYDRAULIC FLUID: Transmission
(24617) Dexrot@ll
6850-00-160-3868
qt
9150-01-035-5390
1 Quart Can
qt
9150-01-035-5391
5 Gallon Can
gal
LUBRICATING OIL: Gear, Mulltlpurpose, G080/90
(81349) MIL-L-2105
c
9150-01-035-5392
1 Quart Can
qt
9150-01-035-5393
5 Gallon Can
gal
c
LUBRICATING OIL: General Purpose, Preservative, PL-S
(81348) VVL800
9150-00-231-6689
C-4
6 Ounce Tube
1 Quart Can
qt
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il. EXPENDABLE/DURABLE SUPPLIES AND
MATERIALS LIST - Continued
7
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Item
Number
Level
National
Stock Number
Description
UIM
34.
c
35.
36.
37.
LUBRICATING OIL: Internal Combustion Engine,
Arctic, OEA (81349) MIL-L-46167
9150-00-402-4478
1 Quart Can
qt
9150-00-402-2372
5 Gallon Can
gal
9150-00-491-7197
55 Gallon Drum
gal
c
LUBRICATING OIL: Internal Combustion Engine,
Tactical Service, OE/HDO 10 (81349) MIL-L-2104
9150-00-189-6727
1 Quart Can
qt
9150-00-186-6668
5 Gallon Can
gal
9150-00-191-2772
55 Gallon Drum
gal
c
LUBRICATING OiL: Internal Combustion Engine,
Tactical Service, OE/HDO 15W/40 (81349) MIL-L-2104
9150-01-152-4117
1 Quart Can
9150-01-152-4118
5 Gallon Can
gal
9150-01-152-4119
55 Gallon Drum
gal
c
LUBRICATING OIL: Internal Combustion Engine,
Tactical Service, OE/HDO 30 (81349) MIL-L-2104
1 Quart Can
qt
9150-00-188-9858
5 Gallon Can
gal
9150-00-189-6729
55 Gallon Drum
gal
9150-00-186-6681
38.
39,
0
PRESERVATIVE COMPOUND:
(331 50) x975
8030-01-220-1442
4 Ounce with Spray
Oz
8030-01-220-1441
8 Ounce with Spray
Oz
8030-01-220-1440
32 Ounce Bottle
Oz
0
PRIMER: Epoxy Coating
(81349) MIL-P-521928
8010-00-264-8866
40.
Kit
ea
RAG: Wiping, Cotton and Cotton-Synthetic
(58536) A-A-531
c
7920-00-205-1711
41.
qt
50 Pound Bale
lb
SEALANT: Silicone, RTV
(1 1862) 1052734
0
8030-01-159-4844
8-112 Ounce Tube
Oz
C-5
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il. EXPENDABLE/DURABLE SUPPLIES AND
MATERIALS LIST - Continued
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Item
Number
Level
National
Stock Number
Description
LJIM
42.
0
SEALING COMPOUND: Corrosion-resistant, Type II
(81349) MIL-S-81733
8030-00-009-5023
43,
5975-00-074-2072
0
46,
0
9905-00-537-8954
50.
0
4720-00-964-1433
Change 2
260 Inch Roll
!n
60 Yard Roll
yd
60 Yard Roll
yd
72 Yard Roll
TUBE: Plastic Drain
(81346) D1248-60TTYPE1 CLASSAGRADE4
yd
ft
TWINE: Fibrous, Cotton (String), 16-Ply
(81348) T-T-871
0
4020-00-291-5901
C-6
ea
TAPE: Pressure Sensitive Adhesive, Red,
Flat, 1/2 inch width (52170) 650
0
7510-00-550-7126
49.
TAG: Marker, 50 Each
(81349) MIL-T-12755
ea
TAPE: Pressure Sensitive Adhesive, Masking,
Flat, 2 inch width (81349) MIL-T-2397
0
7510-00-473-9513
48,1,
Box of 100
TAPE: Duct, 2 Inch width
(07124) C-519
0
5640-00-103-2254
48.
WI I
TAPE: Antiseize, 1/2 inch width
(81349) MIL-T-27730A
8030-00-889-3535
47.
50 Milliliter Tube
STRAP: Tie-down
(06383) MS 3367- 1-9
0
45.
ea
SEALING COMPOUND: Pipe, Anaerobic, with Teflon
(05972) 592-31
0
8030-01-054-0740
44,
Kit
375 Yarcl Spool
yd
TM 9-2320-289-20
APPENDIX D
ILLUSTRATED LIST OF MANUFACTURED ITEMS
Section I. INTRODUCTION
D-1 .
SCOPE.
a. This appendix includes complete instructions for making items authorized to be
manufactured or fabricated at unit maintenance.
b. A part number index in alphanumeric order is provided for cross-referencing the part
number of the item to be manufactured to the figure which covers fabrication criteria. Items requiring
complicated manufacturing instructions will be illustrated with dimensions and locations of holes to be
drilled. Items requiring simple manufacturing instructions will not be illustrated.
c. All bulk materials needed for manufacture of an item are listed by National Stock Number,
part number, or specification number in the manufacturing instructions.
d. All dimensions given in Section II, Illustrated Manufacturing Instructions, are in inches,
except as noted.
Table D-1. Manufactured Items Part Number Cross-reference
PART
NUMBER
FIGURE
NUMBER
PART
NUMBER
FIGURE
NUMBER
PART
NUMBER
FIGURE
NUMBER
FLW-12
D-14
14063352
D-55
14076222
D-33
MS1 8029 -13 L-3
D-12
14063353
D-56
14076229
D-36
fvlS18029-13L-5
D-12
14063370
D-27
14076232
D-34
MS27212-4-3
D-13
14063373
D-27
14076271
D-37
14076272
D-38
MS27212-4-5
D-13
14066305
D-2
XX123
D-21
14072337
D-15
14076273
D-39
10012288
D-27
14072430
D-10
14076274
D-39
14027542
D-24
14074444
D-27
14076275
D-40
14033823
D-11
14074446
D-27
14076276
D-40
14040775
D-19
14074447
D-27
14076277
D-41
14041258
D-7
14074449
D-27
14076276
D-41
14063341
D-44
14074453
D-27
14076279
D-42
14063342
D-52
14075856
D-27
14076280
D-42
D-43
D-54
14063343
D-45
14075862
D-54
14076281
14063344
D-46
14075863
D-54
14076802
14063345
D-53
14075864
D-54
14076803
D-54
14063346
D-47
14075883
D-29
14076864
D-31
14063347
D-48
14075884
D-29
14076871
D-32
14063348
D-49
14076201
D-35
14076672
D-32
14063350
D-50
14076209
D-30
1488565
D-20
14063351
D-51
14076212
D-31
15590415
D-22
D-1
TM 9-2320-289-20
Table D-1. Manufactured Items Part Number Cross-reference (Continued)
PART
NUMBER
FIGURE
NUMBER
PART
NUMBER
FIGURE
NUMBER
PART
NUMBER
FIGURE
NUMBER
337714
D-26
3782732
D-26
9439048
D-17
15593599
D-28
474935
D-19
9439059
D-4
15599916
D-34
482995
D-27
9439068
D-4
15599235
D-34.1
487425
D-27
9439088
D-18
326560
D-35.1
6263870
D-3
9439091
D-18
329198
D-25
6263871
D-3
9439092
D-9
350371
D-20
8919163
D-16
9439117
D-5
365953
D-23
9438227
D-8
9439120
D-5
365953-1
D-23
9438999
D-6
9439128
D-5
3773684
D-19
9439004
D-6
9439363
D-1
3782730
D-25
9439010
D-6
D-2
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section II. ILLUSTRATED MANUFACTURING INSTRUCTIONS
1.
Fabricate from rubber hose, ¼ in. inside diameter, stock size 25 ft. long,
NSN 4720-01-163-7833.
2.
Cut to 3 in. long for Part Number 9439363.
Figure D-1. Nonmetallic Hose.
1.
Fabricate from NSN 4720-01-184-0433, Part Number 14066306, FSCM 11862.
2.
Cut to 7.01 in. long for Part Number 14066305.
Figure D-2. Fuel Drainback Hose.
1.
Fabricate from fuel tank
NSN 2590-01-155-7711.
insulator,
stock
2.
Cut to 19.24 in. long for Part Number 6263870.
3.
Cut to 15.75 in. long for Part Number 6263871.
size
7
in.
x
22
in.,
Figure D-3. Fuel Tank Insulators.
1.
Fabricate from rubber hose, 5/16 in. inside diameter, stock size 25 ft, long,
NSN 4720-01-156-0547.
2.
Cut to 7.48 in. long for Part Number 9439068.
3.
Cut to 3.94 in. long for Part Number 9439059.
Figure D-4. Fuel Tank Drain Hose.
1.
Fabricate from rubber hose, 3/8 in. inside diameter, stock size 25 ft. long,
NSN 4720-01-156-0548.
2.
Cut to 8.27 in. long for Part Number 9439128.
3.
Cut to 3.94 in. long for Part Number 9439117.
4.
Cut to 5.12 in. long for Part Number 9439120.
Figure D-5. Fuel Feed Hose.
D-3
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section II.
ILLUSTRATED MANUFACTURING INSTRUCTIONS
Continued
1.
Fabricate from rubber hose, ¼ in. inside diameter, stock size 25 ft. long,
NSN 4720-01-156-0549.
2.
Cut to 7.48 in. long for Part Number 9439010.
3.
Cut to 3.94 in. long for Part Number 9438999.
4.
Cut to 5.12 in. long for Part Number 9439004.
Figure D-6. Fuel Return Hose.
1.
Fabricate from rubber hose, 5/8 in. inside diameter, stock size 25 ft. long,
NSN 4720-01-182-3457.
2.
Cut to 6.50 in. long for Part Number
14041258.
Figure D-7. Fuel Tank Fill Vent Hose.
1.
Fabricate from rubber hose, ¼ in. inside diameter, stock size 25 ft. long,
NSN 4720-01-155-7784.
2.
Cut to 9.84 in. long for Part Number 9438227.
Figure D-8. Fuel Return Hose.
1.
Fabricate from rubber hose, 5/16 in. inside diameter, stock size 25 ft. long,
NSN 4720-01-156-0547.
2.
Cut to 25.59 in. long for Part Number 9439092.
Figure D-9. Fuel Filter Drain Hose.
1.
Fabricate from rubber hose, 3/8 in. inside diameter, stock size 24 ft. long,
NSN 4720-01-159-5796.
2.
Cut to 59.00 in. long for Part Number 9439068.
Figure D-10. Coolant Reservoir Hose.
D-4
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section II. ILLUSTRATED MANUFACTURING INSTRUCTIONS Continued
1.
Fabricate from heater hose, 5/8 in. inside diameter, stock size 25 ft. long,
NSN 4720-00-432-1179.
2.
Cut to 4.25 in. long for Part Number 14033823.
Figure D-11. Thermostat Bypass Hose.
1.
Fabricate from cover, stock size 12.041 in. long, NSN 5490-00-984-9088.
2.
Count off 3 dimplings (1) from end of stock for Part Number MS18029-13L-3.
Using dimpling as a center point, drill 0.64 in. diameter hole through first and
third dimpling. Cut stock 1.062 in. from center of each hole, Total length will be
6.664 in.
3.
Count off 5 dimplings (1) from end of stock for Part Number MS18029-13L-5.
Using dimpling as a center point, drill 0.64 in. diameter hole through first and
fifth dimpling. Cut stock 1.062 in. from center of each hole, Total length will be
9.664 in.
Figure D-12. Cover.
TA49687
D-5
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il. ILLUSTRATED MANUFACTURING INSTRUCTIONS Continued
1.
Fabricate from board, stock size 12.041 in. long, NSN 5940-00-753-7753.
2.
Count off 4 pairs of flanges (1) from end of stock for Part Number
MS27212-4-3. There will be a total of 3 studs (2) between these flanges. Cut
stock 5.124 in. from outside of first pair of flanges to outside of fourth pair of
flanges.
3.
Count off 6 pairs of flanges (1) from end of stock for Part Number
MS27212-4-5. There will be a total of 5 studs (2) between these flanges. Cut
stock 8.124 in. from outside of first pair of flanges to outside of sixth pair of
flanges.
Figure D-13. Accessory Wiring Terminal Board.
1.
Fabricate from fuse link conductor, 3.0 mm diameter,
NSN 5920-01-219-0793.
2.
Cut to 10 in. long for Part Number FLW-12.
12 gage,
Figure D-14. Fuse Link Wire.
TA49688
D-6
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il. ILLUSTRATED MANUFACTURING INSTRUCTIONS Continued
1.
Fabricate from NSN 6150-01-159-6901, Part Number 14072336, FSCM 11862.
2.
Cut 3.625 in. from 1 end for Part Number 14072337.
Figure D-15. Connector Link.
1.
Fabricate from conduit, ½ in. inside diameter, stock size 15 ft. long,
NSN 5975-01-160-8458.
2.
Cut to 6.00 in. long for Part Number 8919163.
Figure D-16. Battery Booster Cable Conduit.
1.
Fabricate from rubber hose, 5/16 in. inside diameter, stock size 25 ft. long,
NSN 4720-01-156-0547.
2.
Cut to 1.77 in. long for Part Number 9439048.
Figure D-17. Transfer Case Vent Hose.
1.
Fabricate from rubber hose, 5/16 in. inside diameter, stock size 25 ft. long,
NSN 4720-01-156-0547.
2.
Cut to 20.67 in. long for Part Number 9439088.
3.
Cut to 23.62 in. long for Part Number 9439091.
Figure D-18. Front Axle Vent Hose.
10
Fabricate from rubber hose, 5/16 in. inside diameter, stock size 25 ft. long,
NSN 4720-01-148-2768.
2.
Cut to 14.38 in. long for Part Number 14040775.
3.
Cut to 24.00 in. long for Part Number 474935.
Figure D-19. Rear Axle Vent Hose.
D-7
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section II.
ILLUSTRATED MANUFACTURING INSTRUCTIONS Continued
1.
Fabricate from rubber hose, 3/8 in. inside diameter, stock size 10 ft. long,
NSN 4720-01-154-1241.
2.
Cut to 1.75 in. long for Part Number 350371.
3.
Cut to 20.50 in. long for Part Number 1488565.
4.
Cut to 13.00 in. long for Part Number 3773684.
Figure D-20. Power Steering Hose.
1.
Fabricate from chain, NSN 4010-00-129-3221.
2.
Cut to 5.00 in. long for Part Number XX123.
Figure D-21. Pintle Chain.
1.
Fabricate from front door trim panel seal, stock size 46.50 in. x 0.36 in. x
0.50 in., NSN 5330-01-096-7698.
2.
Cut as required to fit for Part Number 15590415.
Figure D-22. Front Door Trim Panel Seal.
1.
Fabricate from filler, stock size 0.047 in. x 100 ft. long, NSN 5330-00-753-8036.
2.
Cut to 25.62 in. long for Part Number 365953.
3.
Cut to 25.10 in. long for Part Number 365953-1.
Figure D-23. Glass Channel Filler.
1.
Fabricate from filler, stock size 0.047 in. x 100 ft. long, NSN 5330-00-753-8036.
2.
Cut to 60.00 in. long for Part Number 14027542.
Figure D-24. Endgate Sash Filler.
D-8
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il. ILLUSTRATED MANUFACTURING INSTRUCTIONS Continued
1.
Fabricate from vacuum hose, 7/32 in. inside diameter, stock size 25 ft. long,
NSN 4720-01-096-7718.
2.
Cut to 46.00 in. long for Part Number 3782730.
3.
Cut to 7.00 in. long for Part Number 329198.
Figure D-25. Pump Assembly Hose.
1.
Fabricate from rubber hose, 5/32 in. inside diameter, stock size 25 ft. long,
NSN 4720-00-230-6523.
2.
Cut to 16.00 in. long for Part Number 337714.
3.
Cut to 36.00 in. long for Part Number 3782732.
Figure D-26. Nozzle Assembly Hose.
1.
Fabricate from heater hose, 5/8 in. inside diameter, stock size 25 ft. long,
NSN 4720-00-432-1179.
2.
Cut to 48,00 in. long for Part Number 487425.
3.
Cut to 42.00 in. long for Part Number 482995.
4.
Cut to 44.75 in. long for Part Number 10012288.
5.
Cut to 43.00 in. long for Part Number 14063370.
6.
Cut to 23.00 in. long for Part Number 14063373.
7.
Cut to 24.00 in. long for Part Number 14065856.
8.
Cut to 28.75 in. long for Part Number 14074444.
9.
Cut to 3.00 in. long for Part Number 14074446.
10.
Cut to 2.50 in. long for Part Number 14074447.
11.
Cut to 21.50 in. long for Part Number 14074449.
12.
Cut to 11.00 in. long for Part Number 14074453.
Figure D-27. Heater Hose.
D-9
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il.
ILLUSTRATED MANUFACTURING INSTRUCTIONS Continued
1.
Fabricate from insulator, NSN 2510-01-162-7224.
2.
Cut as required to fit for Part Number 15593599.
Figure D-28. Hood Insulator.
1.
Fabricate from metal strip, NSN 9510-00-516-5737.
2.
Cut to 24.20 in, long for Part Number 14075883.
2.
Cut to 29.62 in. long for Part Number 14075884.
Figure D-29. Retainer.
1.
Fabricate from softwood plywood, 1 in. thick, NSN 5530-00-129-7889.
2.
Using Figure FO-1, cut to dimensions shown and drill holes as indicated for Part
Number 14076209.
3.
Remove all burrs.
4.
Treat and seal wood per MIL-T-704J, paragraph 3.2.4. Prime with epoxy primer
coating (Item 39, Appendix C), per MlL-STD-l 93. Finish paint lusterless forest
green (Item 11, Appendix C) on both sides.
Figure D-30. Rear Door.
1.
Fabricate from Part Number NSN 5330-01-163-5850, 14076235, FSCM 11862.
2.
Using 2 x stock material, cut to 30.60 in. long for Part Number 14076864.
3.
Using 4 x stock material, cut to 56.38 in. long for Part Number 14076212.
Figure D-31. Gasket.
D-10
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il. ILLUSTRATED MANUFACTURING INSTRUCTIONSContinued
1.
Fabricate from softwood plywood, 1 in. thick, NSN 5530-00-129-7889.
2.
Cut to dimensions shown for Part Numbers 14076871 and 14076872.
NOTE
Part Number 14076871 is the left half (LH) panel and 14076872 is the right
half (RH) panel. Only drill holes indicated for part to be fabricated.
3.
Drill holes as indicated.
4.
Remove all burrs.
5.
Treat and seal wood per MIL-T-704J, paragraph 3.2.4. Prime with epoxy primer
coating (Item 39, Appendix C), per MlL-STD-193. Finish paint lusterless forest
green (Item 11, Appendix C) on both sides.
Figure D-32. Panel Assembly.
TA49689
D-11
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il. ILLUSTRATED MANUFACTURING INSTRUCTIONS Continued
1.
Fabricate from softwood plywood, ¼ in. thick, NSN 5530-00-129-7721.
2.
Cut to 24.00 in.
Number 14076222.
3.
Remove all burrs.
4.
Treat and seal wood per MIL-T-704J, paragraph 3.2.4. Prime with epoxy primer
coating (Item 39, Appendix C), per MlL-STD-193. Finish paint lusterless forest
green (Item 11, Appendix C) on both sides.
x
96.00
in.
and drill holes as indicated for Part
Figure D-33. Roof Panel.
TA49690
D-12
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section II. ILLUSTRATED MANUFACTURING INSTRUCTIONS Continued
1.
Fabricate from metallic tube, 1 in. outside diameter, NSN 4720-00-288-7928.
2.
Cut to dimensions shown and drill holes as indicated for Part Number 14076232.
3.
Cut to 46.50 in. long for Part Number 15599916.
4.
Remove all burrs.
Figure D-34. Support.
1.
Fabricate from steel tubing, ¼ in. outside diameter, stock size 25 ft. long,
NSN 4720-01-161-0138.
2.
Cut to 49.11 in. long for Part Number 15599235.
3.
Use old pipe as a guide and bend steel tubing to same shape.
Figure D-34.1. Transmission Vacuum Modulator Pipe.
TA49691
Change 2
D-13
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il.
ILLUSTRATED MANUFACTURING INSTRUCTIONS -
Continued
1.
Fabricate from softwood plywood, 1 in. thick, NSN 5530-00-129-7889.
2.
Cut to dimensions shown and drill holes as indicated for Part Number 14076201.
3.
Remove all burrs.
4.
Treat and seal wood per MIL-T-704J, paragraph 3.2.4. Prime with epoxy primer
coating (Item 39, Appendix C), per MIL-STD-193. Finish paint lusterless forest
green (Item 11, Appendix C) on both sides.
Figure D-35. Rear Door Panel.
1.
Fabricate from rubber hose, 7/32 in. inside diameter, stock size 25 ft. long,
NSN 4720-01-192-3519.
2.
Cut to 1.30 in. long for Part Number 326560.
Figure D-35.1. Transmission Vacuum Modulator Hose.
TA49692
D-14
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il. ILLUSTRATED MANUFACTURING INSTRUCTIONS Continued
1.
Fabricate from softwood plywood, 1 in. thick, NSN 5530-00-129-7889.
2.
Cut to dimensions shown and drill holes as indicated for Part Number 14076229.
3.
Remove all burrs.
4.
Treat and seal wood per MIL-T-704J, paragraph 3.2.4. Prime with epoxy primer
coating (Item 39, Appendix C), per MlL-STD-193. Finish paint lusterless forest
green (Item 11, Appendix C) on both sides.
Figure D-36. Insulator.
TA49693
D-15
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section II. ILLUSTRATED MANUFACTURING INSTRUCTIONS Continued
1.
Fabricate from softwood plywood, 1 in. thick, NSN 5530-00-129-7889.
2.
Cut to dimensions shown and drill holes as indicated for Part Number 14076271.
3.
Remove all burrs.
TA49694
D-16
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section II. ILLUSTRATED MANUFACTURING INSTRUCTIONS Continued
4.
Treat and seal wood per MIL-T-704J, paragraph 3.2.4. Prime with epoxy primer
coating (Item 39, Appendix C), per MlL-STD-193. Finish paint lusterless forest
green (Item 11, Appendix C) on both sides.
Figure D-37. Insulator.
1.
Fabricate from softwood plywood, 1 in. thick, NSN 5530-00-129-7889.
2.
Using Figure FO-2, cut to dimensions shown and drill holes as indicated for Part
Number 14076272.
3.
Remove all burrs.
4.
Treat and seal wood per MIL-T-704J, paragraph 3.2.4. Prime with epoxy primer
coating (Item 39, Appendix C), per MlL-STD-193. Finish paint lusterless forest
green (Item 11, Appendix C) on both sides.
Figure D-38. Insulator.
1.
Fabricate from softwood plywood, ½ in. thick, NSN 5530-00-129-7777.
NOTE
Part Number 14076273 is the opposite part to 14076274, so all dimensions
will be identical.
2.
Using Figure FO-3, cut to dimensions shown and drill holes as indicated for Part
Numbers 14076273 and 14076274.
3.
Remove all burrs.
4.
Treat and seal wood per MIL-T-704J, paragraph 3.2.4. Prime with epoxy primer
coating (Item 39, Appendix C), per MlL-STD-193. Finish paint lusterless forest
green (Item 11, Appendix C) on both sides.
Figure D-39. Insulator.
D-17
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il. ILLUSTRATED MANUFACTURING INSTRUCTIONS Continued
1.
Fabricate from softwood plywood, 1 in. thick, NSN 5530-00-129-7889.
NOTE
Part Number 14076275 is the opposite part to 14076276, so all dimensions
will be identical.
2.
Cut to dimensions shown for Part Numbers 14076275 and 14076276.
3.
Remove all burrs.
4.
Treat and seal wood per MIL-T-704J, paragraph 3.2.4. Prime with epoxy primer
coating (Item 39, Appendix C), per MlL-STD-193. Finish paint lusterless forest
green (Item 11, Appendix C) on both sides.
Figure D-40. Insulator.
TA49695
D-18
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il. ILLUSTRATED MANUFACTURING INSTRUCTIONS Continued
1.
Fabricate from softwood plywood, ½ in. thick, NSN 5530-00-129-7777.
NOTE
Except where noted, 14076277 is the opposite part to 14076278, so all
dimensions will be identical.
2.
Using Figure FO-4, cut to dimensions shown for Part Numbers 14076277 and
14076278.
3.
Remove all burrs.
4.
Treat and seal wood per MIL-T-704J, paragraph 3.2.4. Prime with epoxy primer
coating (Item 39, Appendix C), per MlL-STD-193. Finish paint lusterless forest
green (Item 11, Appendix C) on both sides.
Figure D-41. Insulator.
1.
Fabricate from softwood plywood, ½ in. thick, NSN 5530-00-129-7777.
NOTE
Part Number 14076279 is the opposite part to 14076280, so all dimensions
will be identical.
2.
Using Figure FO-5, cut to dimensions shown for Part Numbers 14076279 and
14076280.
3.
Remove all burrs.
4.
Treat and seal wood per MIL-T-704J, paragraph 3.2.4. Prime with epoxy primer
coating (Item 39, Appendix C), per MlL-STD-193. Finish paint lusterless forest
green (Item 11, Appendix C) on both sides.
Figure D-42. Insulator.
D-19
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il. ILLUSTRATED MANUFACTURING INSTRUCTIONS Continued
1.
Fabricate from softwood plywood, ½ in. thick, NSN 5530-00-129-7777.
2.
Cut to dimensions shown and drill holes as indicated for Part Number 14076281.
3.
Remove ail burrs.
4.
Treat and seal wood per MIL-T-704J, paragraph 3.2.4. Prime with epoxy primer
coating (Item 39, Appendix C), per MlL-STD-193. Finish paint lusterless forest
green (Item 11, Appendix C) on both sides.
Figure D-43. Insulator.
TA49696
D-20
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il. ILLUSTRATED MANUFACTURING INSTRUCTIONS Continued
1.
Fabricate from softwood plywood, 1 in. thick, NSN 5530-00-129-7889.
2.
Using Figure FO-6, cut to dimensions shown and drill holes as indicated for Part
Number 14063341.
3.
Remove all burrs.
4.
Treat and seal wood per MIL-T-704J, paragraph 3.2.4. Prime with epoxy primer
coating (Item 39, Appendix C), per MlL-STD-193. Finish paint lusterless forest
green (Item 11, Appendix C) on both sides.
Figure D-44. Insulation Assembly.
1.
Fabricate from softwood plywood, ½ in. thick, NSN 5530-00-129-7777.
2.
Using Figure FO-7, cut to dimensions shown and drill holes as indicated for Part
Number 14063343.
3.
Remove all burrs.
4.
Treat and seal wood per MIL-T-704J, paragraph 3.2.4. Prime with epoxy primer
coating (Item 39, Appendix C), per MlL-STD-193. Finish paint lusterless forest
green (Item 11, Appendix C) on both sides.
Figure D-45. Right Half Panel Insulator.
1.
Fabricate from softwood plywood, ½ in. thick, NSN 5530-00-129-7777.
2.
Using Figure FO-8, cut to dimensions shown and drill holes as indicated for Part
Number 14063344.
3.
Remove all burrs.
4.
Treat and seal wood per MIL-T-704J, paragraph 3.2.4. Prime with epoxy primer
coating (Item 39, Appendix C), per MlL-STD-193. Finish paint lusterless forest
green (Item 11, Appendix C) on both sides.
Figure D-46. Left Half Panel Insulator.
D-21
TM 9-2320-289-20
II. ILLUSTRATED MANUFACTURING INSTRUCTIONS Continued
1.
Fabricate from softwood plywood, 1 in. thick, NSN 5530-00-129-7889.
2.
Cut to dimensions shown and drill holes as indicated for Part Number 14063346.
3.
Remove all burrs.
4.
Treat and seal wood per MIL-T-704J, paragraph 3.2,4. Prime with epoxy primer
coating (Item 39, Appendix C), per MlL-STD-193. Finish paint lusterless forest
green (Item 11, Appendix C) on both sides.
Figure D-47. Panel Insulator.
TA49697
D-22
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il. ILLUSTRATED MANUFACTURING INSTRUCTIONS Continued
1.
Fabricate from softwood plywood, ½ in. thick, NSN 5530-00-129-7777.
2.
Using Figure FO-9, cut to dimensions shown and drill holes as indicated for Part
Number 14063347.
3.
Remove all burrs.
4.
Treat and seal wood per MIL-T-704J, paragraph 3.2.4. Prime with epoxy primer
coating (Item 39, Appendix C), per MlL-STD-193. Finish paint lusterless forest
green (Item 11, Appendix C) on both sides.
Figure D-48. Insulation.
1.
Fabricate from softwood plywood, ½ in. thick, NSN 5530-00-129-7777.
2.
Using Figure FO-10, cut to dimensions shown and drill holes as indicated for
Part Number 14063348.
3.
Remove all burrs.
4.
Treat and seal wood per MIL-T-704J, paragraph 3.2.4. Prime with epoxy primer
coating (Item 39, Appendix C), per MlL-STD-193. Finish paint lusterless forest
green (Item 11, Appendix C) on both sides.
Figure D-49. Insulation.
1.
Fabricate from structural angle steel, 1 in. x 1 in., NSN 9520-00-855-7037.
2.
Cut to 56.00 in. long for Part Number 14063350.
3.
Remove all burrs.
Figure D-50. Molding.
D-23
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section II. ILLUSTRATED MANUFACTURING INSTRUCTIONS Continued
1.
Fabricate from softwood plywood, 1 in. thick, NSN 5530-00-129-7889.
2.
Cut to dimensions shown and drill holes as indicated for Part Number 14063351.
3.
Remove all burrs.
4.
Treat and seal wood per MIL-T-704J, paragraph 3.2.4. Prime with epoxy primer
coating (Item 39, Appendix C), per MlL-STD-193. Finish paint lusterless forest
green (Item 11, Appendix C) on both sides.
Figure D-51. Floor Insulator.
TA49698
D-24
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il. ILLUSTRATED MANUFACTURING INSTRUCTIONS Continued
1.
Fabricate from structural angle steel, 3 in. x 3 in., NSN 9520-01-023-9271.
2.
Cut to dimensions shown and drill holes as indicated for Part Number 14063342.
3.
Remove all burrs.
Figure D-52. Bracket.
TA49699
D-25
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il. ILLUSTRATED MANUFACTURING INSTRUCTIONS Continued
1.
Fabricate from softwood plywood, 1 in. thick, NSN 5530-00-129-7889.
2.
Cut to dimensions shown and drill holes as indicated for Part Number 14063345.
3.
Remove all burrs.
4.
Treat and seal wood per MIL-T-704J, paragraph 3.2.4. Prime with epoxy primer
coating (Item 39, Appendix C), per MlL-STD-193. Finish paint lusterless forest
green (Item 11, Appendix C) on both sides.
Figure D-53. Insulator.
TA49700
D-26
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il. ILLUSTRATED MANUFACTURING INSTRUCTIONS Continued
1.
Fabricate from NSN 2510-01-158-9337, Part Number 462233, FSCM 11862.
2.
Cut to fit for Part Numbers 14075862, 14075863, 14075864, 14076802, and
14076803.
Figure D-54. Floor Insulator.
1.
Fabricate from metal bar, ½ in. thick, NSN 9510-00-063-4670.
2.
Cut to dimensions shown and drill hole as indicated for Part Number 14063352.
3.
Remove all burrs.
Figure D-55. Spacer.
TA49701
D-27
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section Il. ILLUSTRATED MANUFACTURING INSTRUCTIONS Continued
1.
Fabricate from metal bar, ½ in. thick, NSN 9510-00-063-4670.
2.
Cut to dimensions shown and drill holes as indicated for Part Number 14063353.
3.
Remove all burrs.
Figure D-56. Spacer.
TA49702
D-28
TM 9-2320-289-20
APPENDIX E
TORQUE LIMITS
E-1.
SCOPE.
This appendix lists standard torque values, as shown in Table E-1, and provides general
information for applying torque. Special torque values and sequences are indicated in the
maintenance procedures for applicable components.
E-2.
GENERAL.
a. Always use the torque values listed below when the maintenance procedure does not
give a specific torque value.
b. Unless otherwise specified, standard torque tolerance shall be ± 10%.
c. Torque values listed are based on clean and dry threads. Reduce torque by 10% when
engine oil is used as a lubricant.
Table E-1. Standard Torque Specifications
NUT OR BOLT SIZE
(inch)
TORQUE
GRADE 5
GRADE S
NUT OR BOLT SIZE
(millimeter)
TORQUE
GRADE 9.8
Ib.-ft.
GRADE 10.9
N • m Ib.-ft.
N-m
FINE & COARSE THREADS
Ib.-ft.
1/4
6
6
10
14
6
10
14
12
16
5/16
15
20
21
29
8
20
27
23
31
3/8
26
35
37
50
10
40
54
48
65
7/16
43
58
60
81
12
70
95
80
109
1/2
65
88
90
122
14
113
153
132
179
9/16
90
122
130
176
16
176
239
207
261
5/8
130
176
178
241
20
343
465
399
541
3/4
185
251
260
353
7/8
300
408
420
570
1
440
597
635
861
N • m Ib.-ft.
N•m
E-1
TM 9-2320-289-20
E-3.
DRIVEBELT TENSION SPECIFICATIONS.
NOTE
Using belt tensioning gage, adjust belt tension as listed below.
If belt has been replaced, refer to new belt specification, run engine for
15 minutes, and adjust to old belt specifications.
Table E-2. Drivebelt Tension Specifications
TENSION REQUIREMENT
NEW
ALTERNATOR
POWER STEERING
PUMP
AIR CONDITIONER
COMPRESSOR
146 lb.
650 N
146 lb.
650 N
169 lb.
750 N
67 lb.
300 N
67 lb.
300 N
67 lb.
300 N
BELT:
Before Operating Engine
OLD BELT:
After Operating Engine
E-2
TM 9-2320-289-20
APPENDIX F
WIRING DIAGRAMS AND SCHEMATICS
F-1.
SCOPE.
This appendix contains wiring diagrams and schematics of each CUCV Series electrical
circuit. This appendix should be used when performing the Electrical Troubleshooting procedures in
Table 2-4.
F-2.
Figure
Number
F-1.
F-2.
F-3.
F-4.
F-5.
F-6.
F-7.
F-8.
F-9.
F-10.
F-11.
F-12.
F-13.
F-14.
F-14.1.
F-15.
F-16.
F-17.
F-18.
F-19.
F-20.
F-21.
F-22.
F-23.
F-24.
F-25.
F-26.
F-27.
WIRING DIAGRAMS AND SCHEMATICS INDEX.
Page
Number
Figure Title
Starting Circuits (All Except M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starting Circuits (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Compartment Ignition Circuits (All Except M1010) ... ...
Cab Ignition Circuits (All Except M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Compartment Ignition Circuits (M1010)..................................
Cab lgnition Circuits (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Glow Plug Circuits (All Except M1010). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Glow Plug Circuits (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Charging Circuits (All Except M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Charging Circuits (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostic Circuits (All Except M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostic Circuits (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Lighting Circuits-Front (All Except M1010) . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Lighting Circuits- Rear
(All Except M1010 and M1031) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Lighting Circuit-Rear (M1028A2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Lighting Circuits -Rear (M1031) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Lighting Circuits -Front (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Lighting Circuits-Rear (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Blackout Lighting Circuits (All Except M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Blackout Lighting Circuits (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wipers, Washer, Horn, and Heater Circuits (All Except M1010) . .
Wipers, Washer, Horn, and Heater Circuits (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Heating Circuits (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gas-Particulate Filter Unit (GPFU) Heater Circuits (M1010) . . . . . .
Interior Lighting Circuits (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Outlet Circuits (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air Conditioner Circuits (M1010). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Winterization Kit Cab Heater and Winterization Kit Engine
Heater Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change 1
F-3
F-4
F-5
F-6
F-7
F-8
F-9
F-10
F-11
F-12
F-13
F-14
F-15
F-16
F-16.1
F-17
F-18
F-19
F-20
F-21
F-22
F-23
F-24
F-25
F-26
F-27
F-28
F-29
F-1
TM 9-2320-289-20
F-2.
Figure
Number
F-28.
F-29.
F-30.
F-2
WIRING DIAGRAMS AND SCHEMATICS INDEX (Con’t).
Figure Title
Winterization Kit Cab Heater and Winterization Kit Engine
Heater Fuse BIock and Relay Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Winterization Kit Cab Heater and Winterization Kit Engine
Heater Control Box Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Winterization Kit Cargo Compartment Heater Circuits
(M1008 and M1008A1)........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page
Number
F-30
F-31
F-32
F-1.
TM 9-2320-289-20
F-3
TM 9-2320-289-20
F-4
F-2.
F-3.
TM 9-2320-289-20
F-5
TM 9-2320-289-20
F-6
F-4.
F-5.
TM 9-2320-289-20
F-7
TM 9-2320-289-20
F-8
F-6.
F-7.
F-9
TM 9-2320-289-20
Change 2
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
F-10
F-8.
F-9.
TM 9-2320-289-20
F-11
TM 9-2320-289-20
F-12
F-10.
F-11.
TM 9-2320-289-20
F-13
TM 9-2320-289-20
F-14
F-12.
F-13.
TM 9-2320-289-20
F-15
TM 9-2320-289-20
F-16
F-14.
TM 9-2320-289-20
F-14.1
Change 1
F-16.1/(F-16.2
blank)
F-15.
TM 9-2320-289-20
F-17
TM 9-2320-289-20
F-18
F-16.
F-17.
TM 9-2320-289-20
F-19
TM 9-2320-289-20
F-20
F-18.
F-19.
TM 9-2320-289-20
F-21
TM 9-2320-289-20
F-22
F-20.
F-21.
TM 9-2320-289-20
F-23
TM 9-2320-289-20
F-24
F-22.
F-23.
TM 9-2320-289-20
F-25
TM 9-2320-289-20
F-26
F-24.
F-25.
TM 9-2320-289-20
F-27
TM 9-2320-289-20
F-28
F-26
F-27.
TM 9-2320-289-20
F-29
TM 9-2320-289-20
F-30
F-28.
F-29.
TM 9-2320-289-20
F-31
TM 9-2320-289-20
F-32
F-30.
TM 9-2320-289-20
GLOSSARY
Section I. ABBREVIATIONS
a/c . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air Conditioner
air cond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air Conditioner
altnr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alternator
amp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ampere
AR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Army Regulation
assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assembly
bd . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Board
blk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Block
blo ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blower
bo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Blackout
btry . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Battery
b/u . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Back-up
C . . . . . . . . .. .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Centigrade or Celsius
c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operator/CrewLevel Maintenance
cb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Circuit Breaker
CDRV . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Crankcase Depression Regulator Valve
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Centerline
cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Centimeter
cond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condenser
cont . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Control
DA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Department of the Army
DD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Department of Defense
dir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Directional
dly ... .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Delay
EIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Equipment Improvement Recommendation
eng . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine
F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fahrenheit
F . . . .... . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intermediate Direct Support Level Maintenance
f/inj . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel Injector
flm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flame
FM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Field Manual
fr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front
ft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Foot
gal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... Gallon
GAWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gross Axle Weight Rating
gen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Generator
gnd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ground
gr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gross
GVWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
“ H ” ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High (on transfer case control Iever indicator)
H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intermediate General Support Level Maintenance
htr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heater
Glossary 1
TM 9-2320-289-20
I.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inside Diameter
in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ignition
igntr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . ..lgnitor
in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inch
km . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilometer
kPa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilopascal
I ..... . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .. Liter
L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Left
“L” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low (on transfer case control Iever indicator)
lb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Pound
Imp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Lamp
LO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Lubrication Order
It . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... Light
m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . . . . . . . Meter
MAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance Allocation Chart
mar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Marker
ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Milliliter
mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Millimeter
MOB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Military Occupational Specialty
mot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Motor
“N” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Neutral (on transmission and transfer case control lever indicators)
N . . . . . . . .... .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . Newton
NATO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . North Atlantic Treaty Organization
NBC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nuclear, Biological, or Chemical
n/c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Normally Closed
neg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Negative
N•m. .. . . .... . .. . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .Newton-meter
no . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Normally Open
NSN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. National Stock Number
O . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unit Level Maintenance
ovht . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Overheat
02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ounce
“P” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Park (on transmission control Iever indicator)
PMCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services
pos . ... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Positive
p r e s s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pressure
prkg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parking
psi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Pounds per Square inch
pt .. . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pint
PRO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Power Take-off
qt. . .. . . . . . ... .. . . . . .. . . . . ... . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quart
R ..... ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . Radius
"R".... ... ..... ....
. . . . Reverse (on transmission control Iever indicator)
R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . Right
red . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . ... . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . Resistor
rgltr
. . . . . . . ..... . . . . ..... . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Regulator
rise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Release
rly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Relay
RPSTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Repair Parts and Special Tools List
SAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Society of Automotive Engineers
Glossary 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
sdr . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . Sender
sig . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Signal
SMR . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Source, Maintenance, and Recoverability
snsr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sensor
sov . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shutoff Valve
STE/lCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SimplifiedTestEquipment/Internal Combustion Engine
supprr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Suppressor
svce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service
sw . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Switch
TB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Bulletin
T/C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transfer Case
temp . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Temperature
term . .... . ...... . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Terminal
therm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thermometer
thrmst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... Thermostat
TM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Manual
tmr . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Timer
trans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . . . . . . Transmission
trlr ... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . . . . . Trailer
TYP . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . Typical Dimension
U/M . .... . .. ... . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unit of Measure
v . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . volt
vlv ... ... ..... . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Valve
vm . . . .... . ..... .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voltmeter
vs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voltmeter Switch
wrg . . . . . . . ... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring
xfr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transfer
xmsn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transmission
Glossary 3/(Glossary 4 blank)
TM 9-2320-289-20
Section II. Definition OF UNUSUAL TERMS
Throughout this manual all assemblies, subassemblies, components, component parts, kits,
and bulk items are referred to by their official nomenclature as found in the Repair Parts and Special
Tools List (RPSTL) manual (TM 9-2320-289-20P).
Glossary 5/ (Glossary 6 blank)
TM 9-2320-289-20
INDEX
Subject
Paragraph
Page
6-10
6-11
8-12
6-18
6-19
8-23
3-23
3-24
3-24
4-46
4-10
3-9
3-66
3-69
3-69
4-98
4-28
3-14
3-35
10-34
10-33
11-25
8-6
3-106
10-124
10-122
11-92
8-14
4-2
4-2
4-2
4-2
4-3
4-3
4-4
4-6
4-6
4-10
3-35
10-34
10-33
3-106
10-124
10-122
4-3
4-3
4-4
10-29
4-6
4-6
4-10
10-106
4-33
4-31
4-63
4-61
10-34
10-36
4-13
1-25
10-33
10-35
10-33
10-124
10-130
4-32
1-18
10-122
10-127
10-122
A
Absorber, shock:
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .
Tie-rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accelerator:
Cable assembly . ... . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . .
Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pedal . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessory wiring terminal board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adapter, speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air cleaner and seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air conditioner (M1010):
Belt . . . . . . . . .. .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Blower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cover and condenser assembly . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air inlet, cargo compartment heater (winterization kit) . .... . . . . . . . . .
Alinement, front wheel toe.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alternator:
All except M1010:
Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1010:
Belt . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pulley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Regulator ... . . . . . . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ambulance (M1010):
Air conditioner:
Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
...
...... . .... . . . . .
Mower . ... . ... . . . . . . . . .
Cover and condenser assembly ... .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alternator:
Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
P u l l e y . . . . . . . . ... .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Regulator . .... . . . . . . . . . ... ... .... . .... . . . . . . . . . . .
Attendant’s seat maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .... . .... . . . . . .
Blackout:
Domelight lamp . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....
Light, rear ... ... . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Blower:
Air conditioner . . . . . . . . . ...... . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Personnel heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Body fuses . . . . . . . . . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Components, principles of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Condenser, air conditioner ..... . . . . . . . . . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control box, personnel heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cover, air conditioner . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Index 1
TM 9-2320-289-20
INDEX
Subject
Door:
Interior sliding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear:
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fixed glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hinge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lock mechanism ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driver’s:
Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seatbelt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fixed glass, rear door ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Floodlight:
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Focus light and lamp, interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel:
Filter, personnel heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pump, heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuses, body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gas-particulate filter unit (GPFU):
Maintenance . . . . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Glass, fixed, rear door..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heater:
Blower, personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control box, personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Fuel:
Filter, personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hinge, rear door........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interior:
Focus light.............. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sliding door . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light:
Blackout:
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fluorescent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interior focus ... . .. ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Surgical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .....
Tail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Location and description of major components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lock mechanism, rear door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Index 2
Paragraph
Page
10-30
10-110
10-26
10-27
10-26
10-26
10-97
10-102
10-97
10-97
10-25
10-25
10-27
10-92
10-92
10-102
4-34
4-34
4-21
4-35
4-64
4-64
4-44
4-66
10-36
10-32
4-13
10-130
10-118
4-32
10-31
4-21
10-27
10-113
4-44
10-102
10-36
10-35
10-130
10-127
10-36
10-32
10-36
10-26
10-130
10-118
10-130
10-9
4-35
10-30
4-66
10-110
4-33
4-31
4-34
4-32
4-35
4-36
4-32
4-29
1-11
10-26
4-63
4-61
4-64
4-62
4-66
4-67
4-62
4-57
1-6
10-97
TM 9-2320-289-20
INDEX
Subject
Passenger’s:
Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seatbelt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Personnel heater:
Blower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . ..
Principles of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pulley, alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ....
Pump, fuel heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear:
Blackout light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Door:
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fixed glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hinges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lock mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Step assembly . . . . . . . ........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Regulator, alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ..... . . . . . . . . . . .
Relay, body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat:
Attendant’s, maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driver’s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . .. ........ . . . . . . . . .
Passenger’s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . . . ..
Seatbelt:
Driver’s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Passenger’s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sliding door, interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spotlight and lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Step assembly, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Surgical lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . ..... . . . . . .
Switch :
Floodlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gas-particulate filter unit (GPFU). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Taillight and lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Window, door:
Interior sliding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Arm, pitman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Army:
Documentation, shipment of. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Materiel, destruction of..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annual schedule, PMCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Attendant’s seat maintenance (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Axle:
Bumper:
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paragraph
Page
10-25
10-25
10-92
10-92
10-36
10-35
10-36
1-25
4-3
10-32
10-130
10-127
10-130
1-18
4-6
10-118
4-31
4-61
10-26
10-27
10-26
10-26
10-28
4-4
4-13
10-97
10-102
10-97
10-97
10-104
4-10
4-32
10-29
10-25
10-25
10-106
10-92
10-92
10-25
10-25
10-30
4-36
10-28
4-32
10-92
10-92
10-110
4-67
10-104
4-62
4-21
4-21
4-29
4-44
4-44
4-57
10-30
10-27
8-11
10-110
10-102
8-22
12-9
1-3
10-7
Table 2-2
10-29
12-4
1-1
10-18
2-21
10-106
6-10
6-11
6-18
6-19
Index 3
TM 9-2320-289-20
INDEX
Subject
Shaft, rear (all except M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spindle and wheel bearings, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paragraph
Page
6-8
6-7
6-15
6-14
4-19
6-12
4-41
6-21
11-6
4-38
4-39
1-19
4-39
4-39
11-17
4-72
4-79
1-14
4-79
4-79
8-4
6-7
8-5
8-5
6-14
8-10
3-35
3-106
4-2
4-3
8-15
Table E-2
4-2
4-6
8-30
E-2
10-18
10-23
10-55
10-84
10-18
10-23
5-4
10-55
10-84
5-7
4-33
4-25
4-27
4-63
4-50
4-53
4-30
4-31
4-18
4-60
4-61
4-40
7-6
8-8
4-42
7-10
8-16
4-89
10-34
10-124
B
Back-up light switch...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bar, front stabilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery:
Box, front and rear (winterization kit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principles of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Related components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bearings, wheel:
Front:
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Belt:
Air conditioner (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alternator:
All except M1010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power steering pump.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bench:
Seat:
Cargo (all except M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear (M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seatbelt:
Cargo (all except M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear (M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bezel, transfer case (all except M1028A1, M1028A2, and M1031) . . . . . . . .
Blackout light:
Dome lamp (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drive and lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear:
All except M1010 and M1031. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1010 and M1031 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bleeding:
Heater, personnel (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power steering pump.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Block, engine wiring harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Blower:
Air conditioner (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Index 4
Change 1
TM 9-2320-289-20
INDEX
Subject
Heater:
Cab (winterization kit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Personnel (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Board, accessory wiring and radio terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Body fuses (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Booster, power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Boot, transfer case:
All except M1028A1, M1028A2, and M1031 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1028A1, M1028A2, and M1031. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Box:
Battery, front and rear (winterization kit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Personnel heater control (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bracket:
Radio mounting (M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Resistor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Tow hook (M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ... .
Brake:
Indicator light wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lines, bleeding instructions:
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
Parking:
Cable:
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ..
Pedal:
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. .. . .... ....
Principles of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .... ......
Wheel cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bumper:
Axle:
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....
Spring, front . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . ... .......
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......
Rear:
All except M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . .. ..
Support:
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Rear:
All except M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . .
Paragraph
Page
11-9
10-12
10-36
4-46
4-13
7-8
11-33
10-34
10-130
4-98
4-32
7-21
5-4
5-3
5-7
5-6
11-6
4-48
10-35
11-17
4-104
10-127
4-47
4-44
9-8
4-102
4-92
9-16
4-22.1
4-46.1
7-9
7-10
7-6
7-11
7-24
7-28
7-10
7-33
7-2
7-4
4-17
7-2
7-5
4-39
7-3
7-12
1-21
7-7
7-7
7-3
7-38
1-16
7-14
7-14
6-10
6-11
6-10
9-2
6-18
6-19
6-18
9-2
9-6
9-8
9-10
9-1
9-3
9-4
9-7
9-9
9-14
9-20
Change 2
Index 5
TM 9-2320-289-20
INDEX
Subject
Bushings, front stabilizer bar.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .....
Buzzer:
Open door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seatbelt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paragraph
Page
6-12
6-21
4-11
4-11
4-30
4-30
10-7
10-18
10-5
10-6
10-5
10-6
10-7
4-12
11-5
4-12
10-10
10-14
10-10
10-14
10-18
4-31
11-12
4-31
10-13
10-12
10-14
10-12
10-12
10-12
10-36
10-34
10-44
10-34
10-34
10-34
11-8
11-9
11-12
11-8
11-11
11-7
11-9
1-20
11-10
11-28
11-33
11-47
11-28
11-42
11-24
11-33
1-15
11-3
10-22
10-8
10-8
10-78
10-22
10-22
3-23
4-38
3-66
4-72
7-2
7-4
4-10
7-11
3-16
7-2
7-5
4-28
7-33
3-50
C
Cab:
Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Door:
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hinges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lock and cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flashers, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....
Floor insulators (winterization kit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
Heater blower:
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capacitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Resistor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heater (winterization kit):
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Blower, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coolant hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diverter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exhaust pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel filter and lines... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principles of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Window:
Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable:
Accelerator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking brake:
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Caliper, brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cap, fuel tank (M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Index 6
TM 9-2320-289-20
INDEX
Subject
Capabilities, equipment:
Ambulance (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo (M1008, M1008A1, M1028, M1028A1, M1028A2,
and M1028A3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chassis (M1031) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Utility (M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capacitor, heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo body:
Cover:
Insulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Endgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frame maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat, bench (all except M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seatbelt (all except M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shelter tie-down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo compartment:
Domelight and wiring harness (M1008 and M1008A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Endgate curtain (M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heater (M1008 and M1008A1) (winterization kit):
Air inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exhaust pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel:
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ventilator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulators:
M1008 and M1008A1:
Cover . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wheelhouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009:
Floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wheelhouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear door (M1008 and M1008A1):
Frame, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Roof:
Cover (M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panels (M1008 and M1008A1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Supports (M1008 and M1008A1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo truck, equipment characteristics, capabilities, and features . . . . . . .
Carrier, spare tire (all except M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paragraph
Page
1-10
1-3
1-10
1-10
1-10
10-12
1-3
1-3
1-3
10-34
11-27
10-19
10-16
10-19
10-18
10-18
10-17
11-96
10-60
10-48
10-60
10-55
10-55
10-52
11-33
11-30
11-122
11-108
11-25
11-20
11-24
11-92
11-70
11-89
11-21
11-22
11-24
11-23
11-72
11-80
11-89
11-85
11-27
11-28
11-29
11-29
11-29
11-96
11-101
11-104
11-104
11-104
11-31
11-31
11-31
11-112
11-112
11-112
11-35
11-34
11-35
11-132
11-126
11-132
11-30
11-32
11-32
1-10
9-10
11-108
11-116
11-116
1-3
9-23
Change 2
Index 7
TM 9-2320-289-20
INDEX
Subject
Caution plates, location and contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CDRV (crankcase depression regulator valve) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Characteristics, equipment:
Ambulance (M1010) . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo (M1008, M1008A1, M1028, M1028A1, M1028A2,
and M1028A3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chassis (M1031) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Utility (M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chassis truck, equipment characteristics, capabilities, and features . . . . . .
Clamps, radiator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleaner, air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clevises, tie-down:
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear:
All except M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cluster, instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clutch, cooling system ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Combination valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Common tools.......... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Communications rack ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compartment, cargo:
Domelight and wiring harness (M1008 and M1008A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Endgate curtain (M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heater (M1008 and M1008A1) (winterization kit):
Air inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exhaust pipe andventiiator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel:
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulators:
M1008 and M1008A1:
Cargo cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wheel house . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009:
Floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wheel house . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear door (M1008 and M1008A1):
Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Roof:
Cover (M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Index 8
Change 2
Paragraph
Page
1-13
3-5
1-7
3-5
1-10
1-3
1-10
1-10
1-10
1-10
3-33
3-9
1-3
1-3
1-3
1-3
3-98
3-14
9-2
9-2
9-6
9-8
4-7
3-35
7-9
1-9
4-48
9-10
9-16
4-16
3-106
7-24
1-2
4-104
11-33
11-30
11-122
11-108
11-25
11-20
11-24
11-92
11-70
11-89
11-21
11-22
11-23
11-72
11-80
11-85
11-27
11-28
11-29
11-29
11-29
11-96
11-101
11-104
11-104
11-104
11-31
11-31
11-31
11-112
11-112
11-112
11-35
11-34
11-35
11-132
11-126
11-132
11-30
11-108
TM 9-2320-289-20
INDEX
Subject
Panels (M1008 and M1008A1) ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Supports (M1008 and M1008A1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compartment, engine, insulators (winterization kit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Condenser, air conditioner (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conditioner, air (M1010):
Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Blower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cover and condenser assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting rod (steering system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control:
Hazard warning . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Headlight, switch....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heater:
Box, personnel (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo compartment (M1008 and M1008A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panel:
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lever, transfer case:
All except M1028A1, M1028A2, and M1031 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..,..,
M1028A1, M1028A2, and M1031 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conversion chart, metric... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coolant:
Cab heater, hose (winterization kit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine, heater (winterization kit):
Exhaust pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel filter and lines....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hoses and fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement .......... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recovery reservoir ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Temperature sending unit.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cooling system:
Principles of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Core, heater . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cover:
Air conditioner (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo, maintenance (M1008 and M1008A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulator, cargo (M1008 and M1008A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Roof (M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Crankcase depression regulator valve (CDRV) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Crankshaft pudgy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Crossover pipe housing..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Curtain, endgate (M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cylinder:
Door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paragraph
Page
11-32
11-32
11-5
10-33
11-116
11-116
11-12
10-122
3-35
10-34
10-33
8-10
3-106
10-124
10-122
8-20
4-20
4-15
4-43
4-37
10-35
10-14
11-20
10-127
10-44
11-70
11-4
11-3
11-9
11-6
5-6
5-5
5-10
5-8
Back
Cover
11-12
11-47
11-18
11-14
11-15
11-16
11-17
3-32
4-14
11-64
11-54
11-57
11-60
11-62
3-96
4-35
1-18
3-30
10-13
1-14
3-88
10-36
10-33
10-19
11-27
11-30
3-5
3-2
3-34
11-30
10-122
10-60
11-96
11-108
3-5
3-2
3-100
11-108
10-6
10-14
Change 1
Index 9
TM 9-2320-289-20
INDEX
Subject
Master . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paragraph
Page
7-8
7-7
7-21
7-14
1-14
1-13
1-11
1-5
1-3
Appendix F
1-12
3-3
8-9
11-8
12-9
1-8
1-7
1-6
1-1
1-1
F-1
1-7
3-3
8-18
11-28
12-4
4-33
11-33
4-63
11-122
10-7
10-5
10-18
10-10
3-15
3-16
10-6
3-48
3-50
10-14
10-5
10-26
10-30
10-10
10-97
10-110
10-6
10-6
10-26
4-11
10-7
10-14
10-14
10-97
4-30
10-18
10-26
10-27
11-35
11-34
10-30
10-9
10-102
11-132
11-126
10-110
10-8
10-27
10-7
10-8
10-22
10-102
10-18
10-22
D
Data:
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plates, location and contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description and location of major components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Designations, official ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Destruction of Army materiel to prevent enemy use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagrams, wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Differences between models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dipstick (engine oil level indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Directional signal lever .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diverter, cab heater (winterization kit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Documents, shipment of Army . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Domelight:
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . . . .
Blackout lamp (M1010) . . . . . . . .
Replacement (M1008 and M1008A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Door:
Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assembly, cab . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel tank filler:
All except M1009 and M1010. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hinge:
Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear (M1010)............ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
interior sliding (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lock:
Assembly .............. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanism, rear (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Open, buzzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panel, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear:
Assembly (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fixed glass (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frame and panel assembly (M1008 and M1008A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance (M1008 and M1008A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sliding, interior (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Window:
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear, fixed glass (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vent, maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Index 10
TM 9-2320-289-20
INDEX
Subject
Drainback, fuel:
Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. ....... . . . . .
Pipe assembly.. . . .. . . .. . ... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . ... ...
Drive light and lamp, blackout . .... ... ..... .. ............................. ... . . . . . .
Drivebelt tensions.... . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . ........ . . ...
Driver’s:
Seat:
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seatbelt:
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . ...
M1010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .... . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .
Drivetrain system, principles of operation . .... . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. ..... . .
Drum, hub, and wheel bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paragraph
Page
3-18
3-19
4-25
Table E-2
3-56
3-58
4-50
E-2
10-23
10-25
10-84
10-92
10-23
10-25
1-16
8-5
10-84
10-92
1-12
8-10
E
Electrical:
Diagrams, wiring ... . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix F
1-19
Principles of operation . . . . . . . . . . . ... .. . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-41
Trailer, receptacle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ..
Troubleshooting:
Table 2-4
M a l f u n c t i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . .
2-11
Symptom index. . . . . . .. . .. . .. . .... . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . .. ..
Endgate:
11-30
Curtain (M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-21
Maintenance (M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .. ... . . . . .
10-16
Replacement (M1008 and M1008A1) . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .... ....
Window:
10-22
Regulator (M1009) ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-22
Replacement (M1009) ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine:
11-5
Compartment insulator (winterization kit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heater coolant (winterization kit):
11-18
Exhaust pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . .
11-14
Fuel filter and lines . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . .. .... . . . . . . .
11-15
Hoses and fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-16
R e p l a c e m e n t . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. .... . . . . . .
11-17
Wiring harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-25
Idle speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil:
3-6
Cooler lines . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ....... . . . . . . .
3-4
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Level indicator (dipstick):
3-3
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-3
Tube seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-7.1
Pan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-4
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-42
Wiring harness block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change 2
F-1
1-14
4-88
2-57
2-33
11-108
10-70
10-48
10-78
10-78
11-12
11-64
11-54
11-57
11-60
11-62
3-71
3-8
3-4
3-3
3-12.1
3-4
4-89
Index 11
TM 9-2320-289-20
INDEX
Paragraph
Subject
Equipment:
1-10
Characteristics, capabilities and features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14,1-1 4.2
1-6
Improvement Recommendations (EIRs) Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exhaust:
Heater (winterization kit):
11-11
Cab, pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
11-24
Cargo compartment . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-18
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-28
Manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-27
Muffler ............ .
............
.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
3-27
Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-27
Tailpipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Appendix
C
Expendable/durable supplies and materials list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page
1-3
1-8,1 -10
1-1
11-42
11-89
11-64
3-82
3-74
3-74
3-74
C-1
F
Fan:
Heater blower...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shroud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fast idle solenoid assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features, equipment:
.....................
Ambulance (M10100) . . . . . .
Cargo (M1008, M1008A1, M1028, M 1 028A1, M1028A2,
and M1028A3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chassis (M1031) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Utility (M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fill pipe:
All except M1009 and M1010.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Filler door, fuel tank:
All except M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fill/vent hose (all except M1009 and M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Filter:
Air cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel:
Cab heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo compartment heater, maintenance (winterization kit) . . . . . . . . .
Engine coolant heater, (winterization kit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Personnel heater (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gas-particulate, unit (GPFU) (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fittings, engine coolant heater hoses (winterization kit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fixed glass:
Rear door (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
interior sliding door (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Index 12
Change 2
10-12
3-35
3-31
3-23
10-34
3-106
3-90
3-66
1-10
1-3
1-10
1-10
1-10
1-3
1-3
1-3
3-15
3-16
3-48
3-50
3-15
3-16
3-15
3-48
3-50
3-48
3-9
3-14
11-7
11-21
11-14
3-17
10-36
10-31
3-4
5-2
11-15
11-24
11-72
11-54
3-52
10-130
10-113
3-4
5-2
11-57
10-27
10-30
10-102
10-110
TM 9-2320-289-20
INDEX
Paragraph
Page
4-12
Flashers . . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Floodlight (M1010):
4-34
Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-34
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-21
Switches . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . .. . . . . .
Floor panel insulators:
11-5
Cab (winterization kit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-28
M1008 and M1008A1 .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-31
M1009 . . . . . . . . . .... ... .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... ... . . . . . .
4-35
Focus light and lamp, interior (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forms:
1-2
Maintenance . . . . . . . . ...... .... . . . . . . . .
... . ..... . . .
Reference . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A
Frame:
10-19
Cargo maintenance (M1008 and M1008A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-35
Rear door (M1008 and M1008A1) . ..... ... .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front:
Axle:
6-10
Bumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-7
Spindle . . . . . . . . .... . ..... . ... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-7
Wheel bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-6
Battery box (winterization kit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake:
7-11
Caliper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-9
L i n e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-11
Pad .. .. . . . . . . . . ..... ... .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bumper:
9-2
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... ..... . . . . . . . .
9-3
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
...
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
...
.
.
.
.
Supports
10-2
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
...
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
End panel molding
11-29
Insulators (M1008 and M1008A1) ... .. . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . .
8-3
Locking hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Propeller shaft:
6-3
Repair . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-2
Replacement . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-10
Shock absorber . .... . ..... ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-10
Spring bumper.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... ... . .....
6-12
Stabilizer bar and bushings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9-2
Tie-down clevises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-6
Wheel toe alinement .... . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel:
Drainback:
3-18
Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-19
Pipe assembly . .... . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .... . . . . . . .
3-15
Fill/vent hose (all except M1009 and M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . ...
Filter:
11-7
Cab heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-21
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Cargo compartment heater, maintenance (winterization kit)
4-31
Subject
4-64
4-64
4-44
11-17
11-101
11-112
4-66
1-1
A-1
10-60
11-132
6-18
6-14
6-14
11-17
7-33
7-24
7-33
9-2
9-4
10-2
11-104
8-4
6-4
6-2
6-18
6-18
6-21
9-2
8-14
3-56
3-58
3-48
11-24
11-72
Index 13
TM 9-2320-289-20
INDEX
Subject
Engine:
Coolant heater (winterization kit)... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Personnel heater (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hoses, drainback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lines, cargo compartment heater (winterization kit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pump:
Heater (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System, principles of operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tank:
Cap (M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fill pipe assembly:
All except M1009 and M1010. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Filler door:
All except M1009 and M1010.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fill/vent hoses (all except M1009 and M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement:
All except M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Return hoses:
All except M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shield:
AIl except M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Supply hoses:
All except M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuses:
Body (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paragraph
Page
11-14
3-17
10-36
3-18
11-22
11-54
3-52
10-130
3-56
11-80
10-32
3-10
1-17
10-118
3-16
1-13
3-16
3-50
3-15
3-16
3-48
3-50
3-15
3-16
3-15
3-48
3-50
3-48
3-11
3-12
3-18
3-24
3-13
3-14
3-32
3-40
3-11
3-12
3-18
3-24
3-13
3-14
3-32
3-40
4-13
4-12
4-32
4-31
10-31
4-21
8-16
2-7
10-113
4-44
8-33
2-3
12-3
12-4
12-8
12-6
12-2
12-3
12-3
12-3
G
Gas-particulate filter unit (GPFU):
Maintenance (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gear, power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General PMCS procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General preparation of truck for shipment:
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Packaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Index 14
TM 9-2320-289-20
INDEX
Subject
Packing . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preservation . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . ..
Shipment of Army documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Generator 2 relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Glass:
Fixed:
interior sliding door (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. .. . . . . . .
Rear door (M1010) . . . .... . .. . . . . . . . .
Window:
Cab door . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . .... . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.... . .... . . . . . . . . . ...... ... ..
Endgate (M1009)
Vent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Glow plug:
Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .... . . . . . . . . . ... . . .
Relay . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .
Replacement . . ... ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .....
Grille, radiator:
Guard . . . . . . . . . ... .. ... . . . . . . . . . ...... .... . . . . . . . .
Replacement . . . . . . . . ... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .
Guard, radiator grille . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . .... . . . . . .
Paragraph
Page
12-7
12-5
12-9
4-9
12-3
12-3
12-4
4-26
10-30
10-27
10-110
10-102
10-8
10-22
10-8
10-22
10-78
10-22
4-8
4-8
3-20
4-24
4-24
3-60
9-2
10-2
9-2
9-2
10-2
9-2
10-6
10-14
10-16
10-21
10-30
10-26
10-48
10-70
10-110
10-97
11-33
4-42
4-45
11-122
4-89
4-94
11-10
11-23
11-17
4-20
11-37
11-85
11-62
4-43
4-15
4-24
4-37
4-48
10-13
10-36
10-12
10-36
10-34
10-130
H
Handle:
Cab door . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Endgate:
M1008 and M1008A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . .
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . .
interior sliding door (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear door (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Harness:
Domelight wiring (winterization kit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine wiring block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . ..... . . . . .
Radio feed (all except M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring, heater (winterization kit):
Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hazard warning control . . . . . . . ... .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Headlight:
Control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . ... .
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heater:
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Blower:
Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .... . ...... . . .. . . . . . .
M1010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Index 15
TM 9-2320-289-20
INDEX
Subject
Cab (winterization kit):
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Blower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coolant hose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exhaust pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principles of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capacitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo compartment (winterization kit):
Air inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exhaust pipe and ventilator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....
Fuel:
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control box:
Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panel, maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Personnel (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Core . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine coolant (winterization kit):
Exhaust pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .....
Fuel:
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hoses and fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel:
Filter:
Cab (winterization kit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo compartment (M1008 and M1008A1) (winterization kit) . . . . .
Engine coolant (winterization kit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Personnel (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .....
Pump (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hoses:
Cab:
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Winterization kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Index 16
Paragraph
Page
11-8
11-9
11-12
11-11
11-7
11-9
11-7
1-20
11-10
10-12
11-28
11-33
11-47
11-42
11-24
11-33
11-24
1-15
11-37
10-34
11-25
11-20
11-24
11-92
11-70
11-89
11-21
11-22
11-23
11-72
11-80
11-85
10-14
11-4
11-3
10-35
10-13
10-44
11-9
11-6
10-127
10-36
11-8
11-28
11-14
11-14
11-15
11-16
11-17
10-12
11-54
11-54
11-57
11-60
11-62
10-34
11-7
11-21
11-14
10-36
10-32
11-24
11-72
11-54
10-130
10-118
11-12
10-13
11-9
11-47
10-36
11-33
TM 9-2320-289-20
INDEX
Subject
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Personnel (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Resistor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Swingfire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Winterization kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hinge:
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear door (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hood :
Insulator (winterization kit).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hook:
Pintle:
All except M1009 and M1010. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tow, bracket (M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Horn:
Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hoses:
Crankcase depression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel:
Drainback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fill/vent, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tank supply and return:
All except M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heater:
Cab:
Coolant (winterization kit)..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Winterization kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine coolant (winterization kit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil cooler supply and return.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Radiator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vacuum, transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Housing:
Crossover pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heater control panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to use this manual ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hub:
Front locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paragraph
Page
11-15
10-12
10-36
10-12
1-24
11-57
10-34
10-130
10-34
vi
1-18
10-5
10-4
10-26
10-10
10-6
10-97
11-5
10-4
11-12
10-6
9-4
9-5
9-8
9-6
9-8
9-16
4-22
4-22
4-45
4-45
3-5
3-5
3-18
3-15
3-56
3-48
3-13
3-14
3-32
3-40
11-12
10-13
11-9
11-15
3-6
3-33
3-21
11-47
10-36
11-33
11-57
3-8
3-98
3-62
3-34
11-4
3-100
11-9
v
8-3
8-5
8-3
8-4
8-10
8-4
Index 17
TM 9-2320-289-20
INDEX
Subject
Paragraph
Page
3-23
3-25
Appendix D
3-66
3-71
D-1
1-15
2-11
2-11
Appendix A
3-3
4-22.1
2-2
1-11
2-33
2-30
A-1
3-3
4-46.1
2-1
2-2
12-12
2-3
2-1
12-9
2-1
4-7
10-17.1
4-16
10-54.1
11-5
11-27
11-12
11-96
10-16
10-21
11-5
10-48
10-70
11-12
11-28
11-31
11-29
11-101
11-112
11-104
11-29
11-31
11-104
11-112
11-29
11-31
11-104
11-112
4-35
10-30
2-5
4-66
10-110
2-3
4-48
4-104
6-3
6-5
6-4
6-10
11-1
11-1
I
Idle:
Fast, solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speed, engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Illustrated list of manufactured items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Index:
Principles of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting, electrical.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting, mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Indicator, engine oil level (dipstick) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
lndicator light wire, brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inspection instructions, upon receipt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instructions:
Inspection, upon receipt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Limited storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......
Servicing upon receipt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument:
Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulators (winterization kit):
Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
Cargo cover (M1008 and M1008A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Endgate:
M1008 and M1008A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .....
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
Floor panel:
M1008 and M1008A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front (M1008 and M1008A1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Side:
M1008 and M1008A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wheel house:
M1008 and M1008A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
Interior:
Focus light and lamp (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Sliding door (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intervals, PMCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....
J
Junction box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Joints, universal:
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
K
Kit, troop seat, repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Index 18
Change 2
TM 9-2320-289-20
INDEX
Subject
Paragraph
Page
10-16
10-21
10-4
10-48
10-70
10-6
3-24
8-9
3-69
8-18
5-6
5-5
5-10
5-8
4-19
4-41
4-33
4-25
4-63
4-50
4-30
4-31
4-18
11-33
4-12
4-60
4-61
4-40
11-122
4-31
4-34
4-21
4-32
4-64
4-44
4-62
4-15
4-24
4-7
4-35
4-27
4-26
4-36
4-16
4-32
4-37
4-48
4-16
4-66
4-53
4-52
4-67
4-38
4-62
4-28
4-29
4-22.1
4-55
4-57
4-46.1
12-11
12-12
Appendix E
12-6
12-6
E-1
7-6
7-9
7-10
7-10
7-24
7-28
L
Latch:
Endgate:
M1008 and M1008A1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........
Lever:
Accelerator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .....
Directional signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transfer case control:
All except M1028A1, M1028A2, and M1031 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1028A1, M1028A2 and M1031 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Light:
Back-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ... .. ..
Blackout:
Dome (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ....
Rear:
All except M1010 and M1031 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1010 and M1031 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .
Dome (M1008 and M1008A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flashers, cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .....
Flood (M1010):
Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......
Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fluorescent (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
Head:
Control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .............
Service . . . . .. . ... .... . . . . . . . .. . ..
Instrument
cluster
..
.......
.
.
..
...
.
.
.
.
....
Interior focus (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .........
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . ..
spot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
... . . . . ..
Stop, switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . ..
Surgical (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .
Tail:
All except M1010 and M1031. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1010 and M1031 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . ... .. ...
Wire, brake indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......
Limited storage:
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Limits, torque . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lines:
Brake:
Bleeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . .
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......... . . . . . . . . . . .
Change 2
Index 19
TM 9-2320-289-20
INDEX
Subject
Engine oil cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel:
Heater (winterization kit):
Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Return:
All except M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
supply:
All except M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Linkage:
Accelerator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transfer case:
All except M1028A1, M1028A2, and M1031 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1028A1, M1028A2, and M1031 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loading and movement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Location and contents of warning, caution, and data plates . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Location and description of major components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lock:
Assembly, cab door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanism (M1010) ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Locking hub, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paragraph
Page
3-6
3-8
11-7
11-22
11-14
11-24
11-80
11 -54
3-13
3-14
3-32
3-40
3-13
3-14
8-14
3-32
3-40
8-27
3-23
3-66
5-6
5-5
12-10
1-13
1-11
5-10
5-8
12-5
1-7
1-6
10-6
10-26
8-3
10-14
10-97
8-4
Appendix B
1-2
B-1
1-1
1-11
1-11
1-15
1-6
1-6
1-11
2-11
2-11
3-28
Appendix D
4-27
7-8
Appendix C
Table 2-3
10-26
2-33
2-30
3-82
D-1
4-53
7-21
C-1
2-35
10-97
1-8
10-10
Back
Cover
1-2
10-30
M
Maintenance:
Allocation Chart (MAC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forms and records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Major components:
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . . . . . . . .
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principles of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Malfunctions:
Electrical troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manifold, exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manufactured items, illustrated Iist of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marker light and lamp .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Master cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Materials and supplies, expendable/durable list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanism, lock (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metric:
Conversion chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mirror, rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Index 20
Change 1
TM 9-2320-289-20
INDEX
Subject
Models, differences between .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Module, glow plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Molding:
Cargo compartment rear doorframe (M1008 and M1008A1) . . . . . . . . . .
Front end panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Motor, heater blower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mounting bracket, radio (M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Movement and loading.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Muffler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paragraph
Page
1-12
4-8
1-7
4-24
11-35
10-2
10-12
4-47
12-10
3-27
11-132
10-2
10-34
4-102
12-5
3-74
N
1-5
1-5
1-1
1-1
1-5
1-1
3-6
3-4
3-4
3-3
3-8
3-4
3-4
3-3
3-7.1
5-2
4-14
4-11
3-34
12-1
3-12.1
5-2
4-35
4-30
3-100
12-1
........................
........................
7-11
10-17.1
7-33
10-54.1
.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
........................
3-7.1
5-2
3-12.1
5-2
.......................
.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-7
10-2
10-18
10-2
........................
........................
11-4
11-3
11-9
11-6
........................
........................
11-5
11-27
11-17
11-96
..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
........................
10-16
10-21
11-5
10-48
10-70
11-12
Names, official . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nomenclature, official.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0
Official nomenclature, names, and designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil:
Cooler lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Level indicator, engine .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pan:
Engine ................. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure sending unit.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Open door buzzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outlet, water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview, preparation for storage or shipment ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
P
Pad:
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pan:
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panels:
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front end molding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heater control:
Housing ... .. . . . . .. ...... . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulators:
Cab (winterization kit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo cover (M1008 and M1008A1) . . . . .
Endgate:
M1008 and M1008A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change 2
Index 21
TM 9-2320-289-20
INDEX
Subject
Floor:
M1008 and M1008A1 ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front (M1008 and M1008A1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Side:
M1008 and M1008A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wheel house:
M1008 and M1008A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear door (winterization kit). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Roof (winterization kit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ventilator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking brake:
Cable:
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking light and lamp... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Passenger’s:
Seat:
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seatbelt:
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pedal:
Accelerator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Personnel heater (M1010):
Control box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel filter and blower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principles of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pintle assembly:
All except M1009 and M1010. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pipe:
Crossover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drainback, fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine oil cooler supply and return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exhaust:
Cab heater (winterization kit). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo compartment heater (winterization kit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine coolant heater (winterization kit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Index 22
Paragraph
Page
11-28
11-31
11-29
11-101
11-112
11-104
11-29
11-31
11-104
11-112
11-29
11-31
11-35
11-32
10-3
11-104
11-112
11-132
11-116
10-4
7-2
7-4
7-3
4-17
4-26
7-2
7-5
7-3
4-39
4-52
10-23
10-25
10-84
10-92
10-23
10-25
10-84
10-92
3-24
7-12
7-3
3-69
7-38
7-3
10-35
10-36
1-25
10-36
10-127
10-130
1-18
10-130
9-4
9-5
9-6
9-8
3-34
3-19
3-6
3-100
3-58
3-8
11-11
11-24
11-18
3-27
11-42
11-89
11-64
3-74
TM 9-2320-289-20
INDEX
Subject
Fill:
All except M1009 and M1010 .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . . . . .
Fuel tank supply and return:
All except M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tail ... . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pitman arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plate:
Instrument cluster ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transfer case (M1028A1, M1028A2, and M1031) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plug, glow:
Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PMCS procedures:
Annual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intervals. . . . . . . .. ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Semiannual ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specific . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power:
Booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering:
B e l t . . .... . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bleeding, system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pulley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparation of truck for:
Limited storage:
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shipment:
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Packaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
P r e s e r v a t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .... . . . . . . . . . .
Of Army documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure, oil, sending unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preventive Maintenance Checks and services (PMCS):
Annual checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paragraph
Page
3-15
3-16
3-48
3-50
3-13
3-14
3-27
8-11
3-32
3-40
3-74
8-22
4-7
5-3
4-16
5-6
4-8
3-20
4-24
3-60
Table 2-2
2-7
2-5
Table 2-1
2-8
2-21
2-3
2-3
2-5
2-4
7-8
7-21
8-15
8-8
8-16
8-14
8-15
8-15
8-30
8-16
8-33
8-27
8-30
8-30
12-11
12-12
12-1
12-9
12-9
12-1
12-3
12-2
12-4
12-8
12-6
12-7
12-5
12-9
4-14
12-1
12-2
12-3
12-3
12-3
12-3
12-3
12-4
4-35
Table 2-2
2-7
2-5
2-21
2-3
2-3
Change 1
Index 23
TM 9-2320-289-20
INDEX
Subject
Paragraph
Page
Semiannual checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specific . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principles of operation:
Ambulance components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cab heating system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drivetrain system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Suspension system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Winterization kit heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Propeller shafts:
Front:
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear:
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proportioning valve, rear brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pulley:
Alternator (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Crankshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power steering pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement, cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pump:
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heater fuel (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pushrod, fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vacuum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2-1
2-8
2-5
2-4
1-25
1-21
1-20
1-18
1-16
1-19
1-17
1-22
1-23
1-24
1-18
1-16
1-15
1-14
1-12
1-14
1-13
1-17
1-18
1-18
6-3
6-2
6-4
6-2
6-5
6-4
7-10
6-10
6-9
7-28
4-3
3-2
8-15
3-35
4-6
3-2
8-30
3-106
3-10
10-32
8-15
3-10
3-7
3-1
10-118
8-30
3-16
3-12
4-48
4-104
3-33
3-31
3-98
3-90
9-2
10-2
3-33
3-31
3-30
9-2
10-2
3-98
3-90
3-88
4-45
4-47
4-46
4-94
4-102
4-98
R
Rack, communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Radiator:
Clamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fan shroud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grille:
Guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Radio:
Feed harness (all except M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mounting bracket (M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Terminal board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Index 24
TM 9-2320-289-20
Subject
Paragraph
Rear:
Axle:
Bumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-11
Shaft (all except M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-8
Battery box (winterization kit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-6
Bench:
Seat (M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-23
10-23
Seatbelt (M1009) ., . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Blackout light:
All except M1O1O and M1031 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-30
M1O1O and M1031 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-31
Brake:
Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-10
Shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-7
Wheel cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-7
Bumper:
Replacement:
All except M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9-6
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9-8
supports:
All except M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9-7
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9-9
Door:
Fixed glass (M1O1O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-27
Frame (M1008 and M1008A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-35
Hinges (M1O10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-26
Lock mechanism (M1O1O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-26
Maintenance (M1008 and M1008Al) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-34
Panel assembly (M1008 and M1008A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-35
Replacement (M1O1O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-26
Propeller shaft:
Repair, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-5
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-4
Shaft, axle (all except M1009). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-8
Shock absorber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-11
Stabilizer bar (M1028A2 and M1028A3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-13
10-28
Step assembly (M1O1O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-10
Receptacle:
4-40
Slave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-41
Trailer electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-2
Records, maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recovery reservoir, coolant., . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-32
References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A
Regulator:
4-4
Alternator (M1O1O) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-7
Door window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-22
Endgate window (M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relay:
4-13
Air conditioner (M1O10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change 2
Page
6-19
6-15
11-17
10-84
10-84
4-60
4-61
7-28
7-14
7-14
9-10
9-16
9-14
9-20
10-102
11-132
10-97
10-97
11-126
11-132
10-97
6-10
6-9
6-15
6-19
6-23
10-104
10-30
4-84
4-88
1-1
3-96
A-1
4-10
10-18
10-78
4-32
Index 25
TM 9-2320-289-20
Paragraph
Subject
4-13
4-13
4-13
4-9
4-8
4-22
4-5
4-9
1-9
4-32
4-32
4-32
4-26
4-24
4-45
4-11
4-26
1-2
1-6
2-6
3-32
4-44
10-12
1-1
2-3
3-96
4-92
10-34
3-13
3-14
8-10
3-32
3-40
8-20
11-30
11-32
11-32
8-4
11-108
11-116
11-116
8-5
Schematics, wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix F
Seal:
Air cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-9
3-3
Engine oil level indicator tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat:
10-29
Attendant’s, maintenance (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-18
Bench, cargo (all except M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driver’s:
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-23
10-25
M1010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Passenger’s:
10-23
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-25
M1010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-23
Rear bench (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-1
Troop, kit, repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seatbelt:
Anchorpoint Repair (M1009)
......................................................................
10-23A
Assemblies:
10-18
Cargo bench seat (all except M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driver’s:
10-23
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-25
M1010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F-1
Ambulance body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Blackout light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gas-particulate filter unit (GPFU) (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Glow plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repair parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reporting:
Equipment improvement Recommendations (EIRs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repairs, PMCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reservoir, coolant recovery.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Resistor and bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Resistor, heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Return line, fuel:
All except M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rod, connecting, steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Roof:
Cover (M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panels (M1008 and M1008A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Support (M1008 and M1008A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rotor and wheel bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . .
s
3-14
3-3
10-106
10-55
10-84
10-92
10-84
10-92
10-84
11-1
10-90
10-55
10-64
10-92
PIN: 053627-004
lndex 26 Change 4
TM 9-2320-289-20
INDEX
Subject
Passenger’s:
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buzzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sending unit:
Coolant temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel tank:
All except M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service brake:
Front:
Caliper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Combination valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Master cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear:
Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proportioning valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wheel cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System:
Bleeding instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principles of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service upon receipt:
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inspection instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Servicing:
Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instructions:
For storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Upon receipt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shaft:
Propeller:
Front:
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear:
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear axle (all except M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shelter tie-down (M1028, M1028A1, M1028A2, and M1028A3) . . . . . . . . . . .
Shield, fuel tank:
All except M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paragraph
Page
10-23
10-25
4-11
10-84
10-92
4-30
4-14
4-35
3-11
3-12
4-14
3-18
3-24
4-35
7-11
7-9
7-9
7-11
7-8
7-12
7-8
7-33
7-24
7-24
7-33
7-21
7-38
7-21
7-10
7-10
7-7
7-7
7-28
7-28
7-14
7-14
7-6
1-21
4-24
7-10
1-16
4-48
2-1
2-2
2-1
2-1
3-30
3-88
12-12
2-3
12-9
2-1
6-3
6-2
6-4
6-2
6-5
6-4
6-8
10-17
6-10
6-9
6-15
10-52
3-11
3-12
3-18
3-24
Change 2
Index 27
TM 9-2320-289-20
INDEX
Subject
Shipment:
Of Army documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparation for:
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparation of truck:
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Packaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preservation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shock absorber:
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tie-rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shoe, brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shroud, fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Side insulators:
M1008 and M1008A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signal, directional, lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Slave receptacle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sliding door, interior (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Solenoid, fast idle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spare tire carrier (all except M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speed, idle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speedometer:
Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spindle, front axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spotlight and lamp (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spring bumper:
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stabilizer bar:
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear (M1028A2 and M1028A3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starter:
Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Index 28
Change 2
Paragraph
Page
12-9
12-4
12-2
12-1
12-2
12-1
12-3
12-2
12-4
12-8
12-6
12-7
12-5
12-2
12-2
12-3
12-3
12-3
12-3
12-3
6-10
6-11
8-12
7-7
3-31
6-18
6-19
8-23
7-14
3-90
11-29
11-31
8-9
4-40
10-30
3-23
9-10
Appendix B
3-25
11-104
11-112
8-18
4-84
10-110
3-66
9-23
B-1
3-71
4-10
4-10
4-10.1
6-7
4-36
4-28
4-28
4-29.0
6-14
4-67
6-10
6-11
6-18
6-19
6-12
6-13
6-21
6-23
4-5
4-5
4-11
4-11
TM 9-2320-289-20
INDEX
Subject
Steering:
Connecting rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pitman arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power:
Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lines:
Bleeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change 1
Paragraph
Page
8-10
8-11
8-20
8-22
8-15
8-16
8-30
8-33
8-8
8-16
Index 28.1(Index 28.2 blank)
TM 9-2320-289-20
INDEX
Paragraph
Page
8-14
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-15
Pulley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-15
Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System:
8-8
Bleeding instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-22
Principles of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tie-rod:
8-13
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-12
Shock absorber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-9
Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-12
STE/lCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-28
Step, rear (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-16
Stoplight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Storage, limited, preparation for:
12-11
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-12
Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-1
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Supplies, expendable/durable and materials list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix C
Supply lines:
Engine fuel:
3-13
All except M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-14
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heater fuel (winterization kit):
11-7
Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-22
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Cargo compartment (M1008 and M1008A1)
11-14
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Supports:
Bumper:
9-3
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear:
9-7
All except M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .
9-9
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
11-32
Roof (M1008 and M1008A1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-32
Surgical lamp (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-23
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Suspension system, principles of operation
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
Swingfire heaters
Switch:
4-19
Back-up light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-18
Blackout light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-21
Floodlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
4-21
(Gas-particulate filter unit (GPFU) . . . ... . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . ..
3-20
Glow plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-15
Headlight control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-32
Heater fuel pump cut-out (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-17
.
.
.
.
...
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-16
Stoplight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . ..
Symptom index, troubleshooting:
2-11
Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-11
Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-27
8-30
8-30
Subject
8-16
1-17
8-24
8-23
8-18
2-77
10-104
4-38
12-6
12-6
12-1
C-1
3-32
3-40
11-24
11-80
11-54
9-4
9-14
9-20
11-116
4-62
1-18
vi
4-41
4-40
4-44
4-44
3-60
4-37
10-118
4-39
4-38
2-33
2-30
Index 29
TM 9-2320-289-20
INDEX
Subject
Paragraph
Page
Table E-2
Table 2-4
Table 1-1
Table 2-3
E-2
2-57
1-8
2-35
Back
Cover
Table 2-2
Table 2-1
Table E-1
2-21
2-5
E-1
10-16
10-48
11-30
10-21
10-22
11-108
10-70
10-78
4-28
4-29
3-27
4-55
4-57
3-74
3-15
3-16
3-48
3-50
3-15
3-16
3-15
3-48
3-50
3-48
3-11
3-12
3-18
3-24
3-13
3-14
3-32
3-40
3-11
3-12
3-18
3-24
3-11
3-12
3-18
3-24
3-13
3-14
4-14
4-46
3-34
3-32
3-40
4-35
4-98
3-100
T
Tables:
Drivebelt tensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equipment data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metric conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PMCS:
Annual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Semiannual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standard torque specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tailgate (endgate):
M1008 and M1008A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009:
Curtain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Taillight:
All except M1010 and M1031 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1010 and M1031 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tailpipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tank, fuel:
Fill pipe assembly:
All except M1009 and M1010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Filler door:
All except M1009 and M1010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fill/vent hoses (all except M1009 and M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement:
All except M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Return hoses:
All except M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sending unit:
All except M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shield:
All except M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Supply hoses:
All except M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Temperature sending unit, coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Terminal boards, accessory wiring and radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Index 30
TM 9-2320-289-20
INDEX
Subject
Tie-down:
Clevis:
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear:
All except M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shelter (M1028) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tie-rod:
Shock absorber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tire:
Carrier, spare (all except M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Toe alinement, front wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tool and test equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tools:
Common . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Torque limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tow hook bracket (M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trailer, electrical receptacle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transfer case:
All except M1028A1, M1028A2, and M1031:
Bezel and boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control lever assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1028A1, M1028A2, and M1031:
Boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transmission:
Filter assembly maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vacuum hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vacuum valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tray, maintenance, battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troop seat kit repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting:
Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
STE/lCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Symptom index:
Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paragraph
Page
9-2
9-2
9-6
9-8
10-17
9-10
9-16
10-52
8-12
8-13
8-23
8-24
9-10
8-2
8-6
Appendix B
9-23
8-2
8-14
B-1
1-9
1-9
1-9
Appendix E
9-8
4-41
1-2
1-2
1-2
E-1
9-16
4-88
5-4
5-6
5-6
5-7
5-10
5-10
5-3
5-5
5-5
5-3
5-6
5-8
5-8
5-6
5-2
5-2
3-21
3-21.1
4-39
11-1
5-2
5-2
3-62
3-6.4
4-79
11-1
Table 2-4
2-10
2-9
Table 2-3
2-12
2-57
2-26
2-25
2-35
2-77
2-11
2-11
2-33
2-30
Index 31
TM 9-2320-289-20
INDEX
Subject
Truck, preparation for shipment:
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Packaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preservation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tube seal, engine oil level indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paragraph
Page
12-3
12-2
12-4
12-8
12-6
12-7
12-5
3-3
12-2
12-2
12-3
12-3
12-3
12-3
12-3
3-3
4-14
4-21
4-35
4-44
6-3
6-5
1-10
6-4
6-10
1-3
3-7
3-12
3-21
3-21.1
3-62
3-64
7-9
7-24
3-5
3-5
7-10
10-8
3-5
3-5
7-28
10-22
11-24
10-3
4-9
11-89
10-4
4-26
U
Unit:
Coolant temperature sending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gas-particulate filter, switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Universal joints, propeller shaft:
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Utility truck equipment characteristics, capabilities, and features . . . . . . . . .
V
Vacuum:
Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transmission:
Hose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Valve:
Combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Crankcase depression regulator (CDRV):
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proportioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vent window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ventilator:
Cargo compartment heater exhaust (M1008 and M1008A1) . . . . . . . . . . .
Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
W
Warning:
Hazard control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plates, location and contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warranty information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Washer and wiper, windshield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Water outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wheel:
Bearings:
Drum and hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Index 32
Change 2
4-20
1-13
4-43
1-7
Warning a
1-7
1-2
10-11
10-31
3-34
3-100
8-5
8-10
TM 9-2320-289-20
INDEX
Subject
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rotor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
House insulators:
M1008 and M1008A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009 . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Toe alinement, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Window:
Door:
Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interior sliding (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear (M1010) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Endgate (M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Regulator:
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Endgate (M1009) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Windshield wiper and washer . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Winterization kit:
Air inlet, cargo compartment heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery box, front and rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Blower, cab heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cab and engine compartment insulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cab heater:
Blower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control panel:
Heater, maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coolant hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .
Diverter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exhaust pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo compartment heater:
Air inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exhaust pipe . . . . ... . . . . . . . ... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel:
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Ventilator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine compartment and cab insulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paragraph
Page
6-7
8-4
7-7
6-14
8-5
7-14
11-29
11-31
8-2
8-9
8-2
8-6
11-104
11-112
8-2
8-18
8-2
8-14
10-8
10-30
10-27
10-22
10-22
10-110
10-102
10-78
10-7
10-22
10-8
10-11
10-18
10-78
10-22
10-31
11-25
11-6
11-9
11-5
11-92
11-17
11-33
11-12
11-9
11-33
11-3
11-4
11-12
11-8
11-11
11-7
11-9
11-7
11-8
11-10
11-6
11-9
11-47
11-28
11-42
11-24
11-33
11-24
11-28
11-37
11-25
11-20
11-24
11-92
11-70
11-89
11-21
11-22
11-24
11-23
11-5
11-72
11-80
11-89
11-85
11-12
Index 33
TM 9-2320-289-20
INDEX
Subject
Engine coolant heater:
Exhaust pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel filter and lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hoses and fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exhaust pipe, heater:
Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front battery box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel:
Filter, heater:
Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lines, heater:
Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Harness, wiring:
Domelight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heater:
Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heater:
Cab:
Blower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control panel:
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coolant hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exhaust pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cargo compartment:
Air inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exhaust pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel:
Filter maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ventilator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Index 34
Paragraph
Page
11-18
11-14
11-15
11-16
11-17
11-64
11-54
11-57
11-60
11-62
11-11
11-24
11-18
11-6
11-42
11-89
11-64
11-17
11-7
11-21
11-14
11-24
11-72
11-54
11-7
11-22
11-14
11-24
11-80
11-54
11-33
11-122
11-10
11-23
11-17
11-37
11-85
11-62
11-9
11-33
11-4
11-3
11-12
11-11
11-7
11-9
11-7
11-8
11-10
11-9
11-6
11-47
11-42
11-24
11-33
11-24
11-28
11-37
11-25
11-20
11-24
11-92
11-70
11-89
11-20
11-22
11-20
11-24
11-23
11-70
11-80
110-70
11-89
11-85
TM 9-2320-289-20
INDEX
Paragraph
Subject
Engine coolant:
11-18
Exhaust pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-14
Fuel filter and lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-15
Hoses and fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-16
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-17
Wiring harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hoses:
11-9
Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-12
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-15
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-4
Housing, cab heater control panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulator:
11-5
Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-5
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1008 and M1008A1:
11-27
Cargo cover . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-28
Floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-29
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-29
Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-29
Wheelhouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M1009:
11-31
Floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-31
Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-31
Wheelhouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-6
Rear battery box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-24
Ventilator, cargo compartment heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring harness:
11-33
Domelight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heater:
11-10
Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-23
Cargo compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-17
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-11
Wiper and washer, windshield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-22.1
Wire, brake light indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix F
Wiring harness:
4-42
Block, engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-33
Domelight (winterization kit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-8
Glow plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heater:
11-10
Cab (winterization kit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-23
Cargo compartment (winterization kit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-17
Engine coolant (winterization kit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-46
Wiring terminal board, accessory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change 2
Page
11-64
11-54
11-57
11-60
11-62
11-33
11-47
11-57
11-9
11-12
11-12
11-96
11-101
11-104
11-104
11-104
11-112
11-112
11-112
11-17
11-89
11-122
11-37
11-85
11-62
10-31
4-46.1
F-1
4-89
11-122
4-24
11-37
11-85
11-62
4-98
lndex35/(lndex36 blank)
TM 9-2320-289-20
FO-1. Rear Door.
TA49607
FP-1/(FP-2 blank)
TM 9-2320-289-20
FO-2.
TA49608
FP-3/(FP-4 blank)
TM 9-2320-289-20
SECTION H-H
SECTION G-G
SECTION F-F
FO-6. Insulator Assembly.
TA49612I
FP-11/(FP-12 blank)
By Order of the Secretaries of the Army, the Navy, and the Air Force:
CARL E. VUONO
General, United States Army
Chief of Staff
Official:
R.L. DILWORTH
Brigadier General United States Army
The Adjutant General
NORMAND G. LEZY
Official:
Colonel, USAF
Director of Administration
LARRY D. WELCH
General, USAF
Chief of staff
Official:
J.J. WENT
Lieutenant General, USMC
Deputy Chief of Staff for Installations and Logistics
Distribution
To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-38, Unit Maintenance requirements for Truck Commercial
Utility Vehicle, Cargo, Tatical 4x4, M1008, M1008A1, M1009, M1010, M1028A1, M1031.
PIN: 053627-000